STEPMAKE_TEMPLATES=documentation texinfo tex
LOCALSTEPMAKE_TEMPLATES=lilypond ly
LILYPOND_BOOK_FLAGS=--extra-options '-e "(ly:set-option (quote internal-type-checking) \#t)"'
-README_TOP_FILES= DEDICATION THANKS
+README_TOP_FILES= DEDICATION THANKS
EXTRA_DIST_FILES= texinfo.css TRANSLATION
include $(depth)/make/stepmake.make
+HTML_PAGE_NAMES= index devel translations
+OUT_HTML_FILES= $(HTML_PAGE_NAMES:%=$(outdir)/%.html)
+
default: local-doc
-local-WWW: txt-to-html $(outdir)/index.html $(outdir)/devel.html
+local-WWW: txt-to-html $(OUT_HTML_FILES)
local-WWW-clean: deep-WWW-clean
-1- Documentation index and Tutorial
412 user/lilypond-learning.tely
-5652 user/tutorial.itely
+5685 user/tutorial.itely
23 user/dedication.itely
378 user/macros.itexi
-218 index.html.in
-3457 po/lilypond-doc.pot (translate to po/<MY_LANGUAGE>.po)
-10140 total
+228 index.html.in
+3438 po/lilypond-doc.pot (translate to po/<MY_LANGUAGE>.po)
+10164 total
-2- Introduction and beginning of Application Usage
411 user/preface.itely
-3699 user/introduction.itely
+3678 user/introduction.itely
390 user/lilypond-program.tely
1681 user/install.itely (partial translation)
1012 user/setup.itely
2879 user/running.itely
-10072 total
+10051 total
-3- Learning manual
9800 user/fundamental.itely -- Fundamental concepts
-12262 user/tweaks.itely -- Tweaking output
+12334 user/tweaks.itely -- Tweaking output
3005 user/working.itely -- Working on LilyPond files
483 user/templates.itely -- Templates
-25550 total
+25622 total
-4- Notation reference
-544 user/lilypond.tely
+547 user/lilypond.tely
91 user/notation.itely -- Musical notation
-2822 user/pitches.itely
-6657 user/rhythms.itely
-843 user/expressive.itely
-940 user/repeats.itely
-883 user/simultaneous.itely
-2310 user/staff.itely
-827 user/editorial.itely
-1851 user/text.itely
+2948 user/pitches.itely
+6785 user/rhythms.itely
+1119 user/expressive.itely
+556 user/repeats.itely
+1000 user/simultaneous.itely
+1800 user/staff.itely
+908 user/editorial.itely
+2082 user/text.itely
73 user/specialist.itely -- Specialist notation
-2745 user/vocal.itely
-1303 user/chords.itely
+2799 user/vocal.itely
+1352 user/chords.itely
702 user/piano.itely
-546 user/percussion.itely
+747 user/percussion.itely
826 user/guitar.itely
66 user/strings.itely
242 user/bagpipes.itely
3474 user/ancient.itely
-5399 user/input.itely -- Input syntax
+5431 user/input.itely -- Input syntax
2164 user/non-music.itely -- Non-musical notation
-8400 user/spacing.itely -- Spacing issues
-6855 user/changing-defaults.itely -- Changing defaults
-5213 user/programming-interface.itely -- Interfaces for programmers
-1127 user/notation-appendices.itely -- Notation manual tables
+7896 user/spacing.itely -- Spacing issues
+8377 user/changing-defaults.itely -- Changing defaults
+5218 user/programming-interface.itely -- Interfaces for programmers
+1146 user/notation-appendices.itely -- Notation manual tables
250 user/cheatsheet.itely -- Cheat sheet
-57153 total
+58599 total
-5- Application usage
3175 user/lilypond-book.itely -- LilyPond-book
game is catching where has gone each section. In Learning manual, and
in Notation Reference sections which have been revised in GDP, there
may be completely new sections: in this case, copy @node and
-@section-command from English docs, and put the usual tricky line
-'UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME'. Note that it is not possible to
-exactly match subsections or subsubsections of documentation in
-English, when contents has been deeply revised; in this case, kee
-obsolete (sub)subsections in the translation.
+@section-command from English docs, and add the marker for
+untranslated status '@untranslated' on a single line. Note that it is
+not possible to exactly match subsections or subsubsections of
+documentation in English, when contents has been deeply revised; in
+this case, keep obsolete (sub)subsections in the translation, marking
+them with a line '@c obsolete' just before the node.
-* Hints for Emacs users (without Emacs AucTeX installed)
+4) update sections finished in GDP; check sections status at GDP website.
+
+
+* Hints for Emacs users
Emacs with Texinfo mode makes this step easier:
depth = ../..
SUBDIRS = user
STEPMAKE_TEMPLATES = documentation
+LOCALSTEPMAKE_TEMPLATES = doc-i18n-root
include $(depth)/make/stepmake.make
-
-local-WWW: lang-merge
-
-lang-merge: $(outdir)/index.html
- ln -f $(outdir)/index.html $(depth)/Documentation/$(outdir)/index.$(ISOLANG).html
- <p><i>Last updated Sat Jul 19 15:59:20 UTC 2008
+ <p><i>Last updated Mon Aug 11 16:16:20 UTC 2008
</i></p>
<html>
<!-- This page is automatically generated by translation-status.py from
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1 Einleitung<br>(3699)</td>
+ <td>1 Einleitung<br>(3678)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (65 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #9eff30">partially</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ffa34c">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2 Übung<br>(5652)</td>
+ <td>2 Übung<br>(5685)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #a5ff31">partially</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #b2fe32">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Die Ausgabe verändern<br>(12262)</td>
+ <td>4 Die Ausgabe verändern<br>(12334)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (17 %)</span></td>
<th>Other info</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Section titles<br>(544)</td>
+ <td>Section titles<br>(547)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #33ff21">partially</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #40fe23">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.1 Tonhöhen<br>(2822)</td>
+ <td>1.1 Tonhöhen<br>(2948)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.2 Rhythmus<br>(6657)</td>
+ <td>1.2 Rhythmus<br>(6785)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (86 %)</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.3 Ausdrucksbezeichnungen<br>(843)</td>
+ <td>1.3 Ausdrucksbezeichnungen<br>(1119)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.4 Wiederholungszeichen<br>(940)</td>
+ <td>1.4 Wiederholungszeichen<br>(556)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.5 Gleichzeitig erscheinende Noten<br>(883)</td>
+ <td>1.5 Gleichzeitig erscheinende Noten<br>(1000)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (81 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (71 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.6 Notation innerhalb eines Systems<br>(2310)</td>
+ <td>1.6 Notation innerhalb eines Systems<br>(1800)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (63 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (87 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.7 Anmerkungen<br>(827)</td>
+ <td>1.7 Anmerkungen<br>(908)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (47 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (44 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.8 Text<br>(1851)</td>
+ <td>1.8 Text<br>(2082)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.1 Notation von Gesang<br>(2745)</td>
+ <td>2.1 Notation von Gesang<br>(2799)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.2 Tasteninstrumente<br>(561)</td>
+ <td>2.2 Tasteninstrumente<br>(668)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (90 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (89 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.4 Saiteninstrumente mit Bünden<br>(857)</td>
+ <td>2.4 Saiteninstrumente mit Bünden<br>(1369)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (32 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (16 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.5 Schlagzeug<br>(546)</td>
+ <td>2.5 Schlagzeug<br>(747)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (95 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (96 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.7 Notation von Akkorden<br>(1303)</td>
+ <td>2.7 Notation von Akkorden<br>(1352)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (65 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (62 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>3 Die Eingabe-Syntax<br>(5399)</td>
+ <td>2.9 World music<br>(1115)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Abstände<br>(8400)</td>
+ <td>3 General input and output<br>(5431)</td>
+ <td>Till Rettig</td>
+ <td></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (6 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff8353">partially</span></td>
+ <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr align="left">
+ <td>4 Abstände<br>(7896)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Standardeinstellungen verändern<br>(6855)</td>
+ <td>5 Standardeinstellungen verändern<br>(8377)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>6 Schnittstellen für Programmierer<br>(5213)</td>
+ <td>6 Schnittstellen für Programmierer<br>(5218)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>B Notationsübersicht<br>(1127)</td>
+ <td>B Notationsübersicht<br>(1146)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #cdfe36">partially</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (99 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #d4ff37">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
@node Ancient notation
@section Ancient notation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Introduction to ancient notation::
@node Introduction to ancient notation
@subsection Introduction to ancient notation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Ancient notation supported::
@node Ancient notation supported
@subsubsection Ancient notation supported
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Alternative note signs
@subsection Alternative note signs
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Ancient note heads::
@seealso
-In diesem Handbuch: @ref{Pitches}, @ref{Cautionary accidentals} und
+In diesem Handbuch: @ref{Pitches}, @ref{Accidentals} und
@ref{Automatic accidentals} geben eine allgemeine Einführung in die Benutzung
von Versetzungszeichen. Der Abschnitt @ref{Key signature} zeigt die allgemeine
Benutzung von Vorzeichen.
@node Additional note signs
@subsection Additional note signs
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Ancient articulations::
@node Pre-defined contexts
@subsection Pre-defined contexts
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Gregorian chant contexts::
@node Transcribing ancient music
@subsection Transcribing ancient music
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Ancient and modern from one source::
@node Ancient and modern from one source
@subsubsection Ancient and modern from one source
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Incipits
@subsubsection Incipits
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Mensurstriche layout
@subsubsection Mensurstriche layout
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Transcribing Gregorian chant
@subsubsection Transcribing Gregorian chant
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Editorial markings
@subsection Editorial markings
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Annotational accidentals::
@node Baroque rhythmic notation
@subsubsection Baroque rhythmic notation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 02cb8b672238eeb53bffa2240c87f23dd8ca9e60
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node Changing defaults
@chapter Changing defaults
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Interpretation contexts::
+* Explaining the Internals Reference::
+* Modifying properties::
+* Useful concepts and properties::
+* Common properties::
+* Advanced tweaks::
+* Discussion of specific tweaks::
+@end menu
-@menu
-* Interpretation contexts::
-* The \override command::
-* Discussion of specific tweaks::
-@end menu
@node Interpretation contexts
@section Interpretation contexts
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Contexts explained::
-* Creating contexts::
-* Changing context properties on the fly::
-* Modifying context plug-ins::
-* Layout tunings within contexts::
-* Changing context default settings::
-* Defining new contexts::
-* Aligning contexts::
-* Vertical grouping of grobs::
-@end menu
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Contexts explained::
+* Creating contexts::
+* Modifying context plug-ins::
+* Changing context default settings::
+* Defining new contexts::
+* Aligning contexts::
+@end menu
+
@node Contexts explained
@subsection Contexts explained
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Score - the master of all contexts::
+* Top-level contexts - staff containers::
+* Intermediate-level contexts - staves::
+* Bottom-level contexts - voices::
+@end menu
+
+@node Score - the master of all contexts
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Score - the master of all contexts
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Top-level contexts - staff containers
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Top-level contexts - staff containers
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Intermediate-level contexts - staves
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Intermediate-level contexts - staves
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Bottom-level contexts - voices
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Bottom-level contexts - voices
+
+@untranslated
+
@node Creating contexts
@subsection Creating contexts
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@node Changing context properties on the fly
-@subsection Changing context properties on the fly
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
@node Modifying context plug-ins
@subsection Modifying context plug-ins
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Layout tunings within contexts
-@subsection Layout tunings within contexts
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
@node Changing context default settings
@subsection Changing context default settings
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Defining new contexts
@subsection Defining new contexts
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Aligning contexts
@subsection Aligning contexts
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@node Vertical grouping of grobs
-@subsection Vertical grouping of grobs
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@node Explaining the Internals Reference
+@section Explaining the Internals Reference
-@node The \override command
-@section The @code{\override} command
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@menu
-* Constructing a tweak::
-* Navigating the program reference::
-* Layout interfaces::
-* Determining the grob property::
-* Objects connected to the input::
-* Using Scheme code instead of \tweak::
-* \set versus \override::
-* Difficult tweaks::
-@end menu
-@node Constructing a tweak
-@subsection Constructing a tweak
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@menu
+* Navigating the program reference::
+* Layout interfaces::
+* Determining the grob property::
+* Naming conventions::
+@end menu
@node Navigating the program reference
@subsection Navigating the program reference
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Layout interfaces
@subsection Layout interfaces
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Determining the grob property
@subsection Determining the grob property
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Naming conventions
+@subsection Naming conventions
-@node Objects connected to the input
-@subsection Objects connected to the input
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@node Using Scheme code instead of \tweak
-@subsection Using Scheme code instead of @code{\tweak}
+@node Modifying properties
+@section Modifying properties
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@node \set versus \override
+
+@menu
+* Overview of modifying properties::
+* The set command::
+* The override command::
+* set versus override::
+* The tweak command::
+@end menu
+
+@node Overview of modifying properties
+@subsection Overview of modifying properties
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node The set command
+@subsection The @code{\set} command
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node The override command
+@subsection The @code{\override} command
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node set versus override
@subsection @code{\set} vs. @code{\override}
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@node Difficult tweaks
-@subsection Difficult tweaks
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@node The tweak command
+@subsection The @code{\tweak} command
-@node Discussion of specific tweaks
-@section Discussion of specific tweaks
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@menu
-* Line styles::
-* Controlling visibility of objects::
-@end menu
-@node Line styles
-@subsection Line styles
+@node Useful concepts and properties
+@section Useful concepts and properties
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Input modes::
+* Direction and placement::
+* Distances and measurements::
+* Spanners::
+@end menu
+
+@node Input modes
+@subsection Input modes
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Direction and placement
+@subsection Direction and placement
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Distances and measurements
+@subsection Distances and measurements
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Spanners
+@subsection Spanners
+
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+
+@node Common properties
+@section Common properties
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Controlling visibility of objects::
+* Line styles::
+* Rotating objects::
+* Aligning objects::
+@end menu
@node Controlling visibility of objects
@subsection Controlling visibility of objects
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Removing the stencil::
+* Making objects transparent::
+* Painting objects white::
+* Using break-visibility::
+* Special considerations::
+@end menu
+
+@node Removing the stencil
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Removing the stencil
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Making objects transparent
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Making objects transparent
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Painting objects white
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Painting objects white
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Using break-visibility
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using break-visibility
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Special considerations
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Special considerations
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Line styles
+@subsection Line styles
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Rotating objects
+@subsection Rotating objects
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Aligning objects
+@subsection Aligning objects
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Advanced tweaks
+@section Advanced tweaks
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Vertical grouping of grobs::
+* Modifying ends of spanners::
+* Modifying stencils::
+* Modifying shapes::
+@end menu
+
+@node Vertical grouping of grobs
+@subsection Vertical grouping of grobs
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Modifying ends of spanners
+@subsection Modifying ends of spanners
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Modifying stencils
+@subsection Modifying stencils
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Modifying shapes
+@subsection Modifying shapes
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Discussion of specific tweaks
+@section Discussion of specific tweaks
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* old Contexts explained::
+@end menu
+
+@node old Contexts explained
+@subsection old Contexts explained
+
+@untranslated
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
@node Chord notation
@section Chord notation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Chord mode::
@node Chord mode
@subsection Chord mode
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Chord mode overview::
@node Extended and altered chords
@unnumberedsubsubsec Extended and altered chords
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Displaying chords
@subsection Displaying chords
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Printing chord names::
@node Customizing chord names
@unnumberedsubsubsec Customizing chord names
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Figured bass
@subsection Figured bass
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Introduction to figured bass::
@node Entering figured bass
@unnumberedsubsubsec Entering figured bass
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Displaying figured bass
@unnumberedsubsubsec Displaying figured bass
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-program.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 02cb8b672238eeb53bffa2240c87f23dd8ca9e60
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node Converting from other formats
@chapter Converting from other formats
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Invoking midi2ly::
* Invoking musicxml2ly::
* Invoking abc2ly::
* Invoking etf2ly::
* Generating LilyPond files::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Invoking midi2ly
@section Invoking @command{midi2ly}
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Invoking musicxml2ly
@section Invoking @code{musicxml2ly}
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Invoking abc2ly
@section Invoking @code{abc2ly}
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Invoking etf2ly
@section Invoking @command{etf2ly}
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Generating LilyPond files
@section Generating LilyPond files
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
@node Selecting notation font size
@unnumberedsubsubsec Selecting notation font size
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Fingering instructions
@node Hidden notes
@unnumberedsubsubsec Hidden notes
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Coloring objects
@unnumberedsubsubsec Coloring objects
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Parentheses
@unnumberedsubsubsec Parentheses
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Stems
@node Balloon help
@unnumberedsubsubsec Balloon help
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Grid lines
@unnumberedsubsubsec Grid lines
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Analysis brackets
@unnumberedsubsubsec Analysis brackets
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node New dynamic marks
@subsubsection New dynamic marks
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Curves
@node Fretted string instruments
@section Fretted string instruments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Common notation for fretted strings::
@node Common notation for fretted strings
@subsection Common notation for fretted strings
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* References for fretted strings::
@node References for fretted strings
@subsubsection References for fretted strings
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node String number indications
@subsubsection String number indications
@node Guitar
@subsection Guitar
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Guitar tablatures::
@node Guitar tablatures
@subsubsection Guitar tablatures
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Indicating position and barring
@subsubsection Indicating position and barring
@node Banjo
@subsection Banjo
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Banjo tablatures::
@node Introduction to the LilyPond file structure
@subsection Introduction to the LilyPond file structure
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Score is a (single) compound musical expression
@subsection Score is a (single) compound musical expression
@node Nesting music expressions
@subsection Nesting music expressions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@
@node On the un-nestedness of brackets and ties
@subsection On the un-nestedness of brackets and ties
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Voices contain music
@section Voices contain music
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* I'm hearing Voices::
@node I'm hearing Voices
@subsection I'm hearing Voices
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Explicitly instantiating voices
@subsection Explicitly instantiating voices
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Voices and vocals
@subsection Voices and vocals
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Contexts and engravers
@section Contexts and engravers
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Contexts explained::
@node Contexts explained
@subsection Contexts explained
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Creating contexts
@subsection Creating contexts
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Engravers explained
@subsection Engravers explained
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Modifying context properties
@subsection Modifying context properties
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Adding and removing engravers
@subsection Adding and removing engravers
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Extending the templates
@section Extending the templates
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Soprano and cello::
@node Soprano and cello
@subsection Soprano and cello
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Four-part SATB vocal score
@subsection Four-part SATB vocal score
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Building a score from scratch
@subsection Building a score from scratch
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
+@c \version "2.11.51"
+
+@node General input and output
+@chapter General input and output
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Input structure::
+* Titles and headers::
+* Working with input files::
+* Controlling output::
+* MIDI output::
+@end menu
+
+@node Input structure
+@section Input structure
+
+@untranslated
-@node Input syntax
-@chapter Input syntax
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Input files::
-* Common syntax issues TODO name?::
-* Other stuffs TODO move?::
-@end menu
-@node Input files
-@section Input files
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* File structure::
-* A single music expression::
-* Multiple scores in a book::
-* Extracting fragments of notation::
-* Including LilyPond files::
-* Text encoding::
-* Different editions from one source::
-@end menu
-@node File structure
-@subsection File structure
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@menu
+* Structure of a score::
+* Multiple scores in a book::
+* File structure::
+@end menu
-@node A single music expression
-@subsection A single music expression
+@node Structure of a score
+@subsection Structure of a score
+
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
@node Multiple scores in a book
@subsection Multiple scores in a book
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node File structure
+@subsection File structure
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Titles and headers
+@section Titles and headers
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Creating titles::
+* Custom titles::
+* Reference to page numbers::
+* Table of contents::
+@end menu
+
+@node Creating titles
+@subsection Creating titles
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Custom titles
+@subsection Custom titles
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Reference to page numbers
+@subsection Reference to page numbers
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Table of contents
+@subsection Table of contents
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Working with input files
+@section Working with input files
-@node Extracting fragments of notation
-@subsection Extracting fragments of notation
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+
+@menu
+* Including LilyPond files::
+* Different editions from one source::
+* Text encoding::
+* Displaying LilyPond notation::
+@end menu
@node Including LilyPond files
@subsection Including LilyPond files
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Text encoding
-@subsection Text encoding
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
@node Different editions from one source
@subsection Different editions from one source
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Using variables::
+* Using tags::
+@end menu
+
+@node Using variables
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using variables
+
+@untranslated
-@node Common syntax issues TODO name?
-@section Common syntax issues TODO name?
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@node Using tags
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using tags
-@menu
-* Controlling direction and placement::
-* Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE::
-* When to add a -::
-@end menu
-@node Controlling direction and placement
-@subsection Controlling direction and placement
+@cindex Erweiterung von Wiederholungen
+@funindex \unfoldRepeats
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+Mit ein bisschen Anpassung können alle Wiederholungstypen
+auch in der MIDI-Datei wiedergegeben werden. Das wird erreicht
+durch die @code{\unfoldRepeats}-Funktion. Hiermit werden alle
+Wiederholungen, welcher Art auch immer, in notengetreue Wiederholungen
+umgewandelt, die Noten werden also wiederholt ausgegeben.
-@node Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE
-@subsection Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,line-width=8.0\cm]
+\unfoldRepeats {
+ \repeat tremolo 8 {c'32 e' }
+ \repeat percent 2 { c''8 d'' }
+ \repeat volta 2 {c'4 d' e' f'}
+ \alternative {
+ { g' a' a' g' }
+ {f' e' d' c' }
+ }
+}
+\bar "|."
+@end lilypond
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+Wenn man eine Partitur schreibt, die diesen @code{\unfoldRepeats}-Befehl
+für die MIDI-Ausgabe benutzt, muss man zwei @code{\score}-Umgebungen
+schreiben: eine für die MIDI-Ausgabe, wo die Wiederholungen ausgeschrieben
+werden, und eine für die gedruckte Notation, in der Klammern, Tremolo und
+Prozent-Wiederholungen benutzt werden. Zum Beispiel:
-@node When to add a -
-@subsection When to add a -
+@example
+\score @{
+ @var{..music..}
+ \layout @{ .. @}
+@}
+\score @{
+ \unfoldRepeats @var{..music..}
+ \midi @{ .. @}
+@}
+@end example
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@node Other stuffs TODO move?
-@section Other stuffs TODO move?
+@node Text encoding
+@subsection Text encoding
+
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@menu
-* Displaying LilyPond notation::
-* Skipping corrected music::
-* context list FIXME::
-* another thing FIXME::
-* Input modes FIXME::
-@end menu
@node Displaying LilyPond notation
@subsection Displaying LilyPond notation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Controlling output
+@section Controlling output
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Extracting fragments of music::
+* Skipping corrected music::
+@end menu
+
+@node Extracting fragments of music
+@subsection Extracting fragments of music
+
+@untranslated
+
@node Skipping corrected music
@subsection Skipping corrected music
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node MIDI output
+@section MIDI output
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Creating MIDI files::
+* MIDI block::
+* What goes into the MIDI output?::
+* Repeats in MIDI::
+* Controlling MIDI dynamics::
+@end menu
+
+@node Creating MIDI files
+@subsection Creating MIDI files
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Instrument names
+@node MIDI block
+@subsection MIDI block
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node What goes into the MIDI output?
+@subsection What goes into the MIDI output?
+
+@untranslated
-@node context list FIXME
-@subsection context list FIXME
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Supported in MIDI
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Unsupported in MIDI
+@node Repeats in MIDI
+@subsection Repeats in MIDI
-@node another thing FIXME
-@subsection another thing FIXME
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@node Input modes FIXME
-@subsection Input modes FIXME
+@node Controlling MIDI dynamics
+@subsection Controlling MIDI dynamics
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Dynamic marks
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Overall MIDI volume
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Equalizing different instruments (i)
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Equalizing different instruments (ii)
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-program.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 02cb8b672238eeb53bffa2240c87f23dd8ca9e60
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node Install
@chapter Install
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Precompiled binaries::
* Compiling from source::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Precompiled binaries
@section Precompiled binaries
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@subsection Downloading
@node Compiling from source
@section Compiling from source
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Downloading source code::
* Requirements::
* Building LilyPond::
-* Building documentation without compiling LilyPond::
+* Building documentation::
* Testing LilyPond::
* Problems::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Downloading source code
@subsection Downloading source code
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Requirements
@subsection Requirements
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@unnumberedsubsubsec Compilation
@unnumberedsubsubsec Running requirements
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Building documentation
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Requirements for building documentation
@node Building LilyPond
@subsection Building LilyPond
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@unnumberedsubsubsec Compiling
@unnumberedsubsubsec Compiling for multiple platforms
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Compiling outside the source tree
+@node Building documentation
+@subsection Building documentation
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Commands for building documentation::
+* Building documentation without compiling LilyPond::
+@end menu
+
+@node Commands for building documentation
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Commands for building documentation
+
+@untranslated
+
+
@node Building documentation without compiling LilyPond
-@subsection Building documentation without compiling LilyPond
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Building documentation without compiling LilyPond
+
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
@node Testing LilyPond
@subsection Testing LilyPond
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Problems
@subsection Problems
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@unnumberedsubsubsec Bison 1.875
@unnumberedsubsubsec Solaris
@unnumberedsubsubsec FreeBSD
@unnumberedsubsubsec International fonts
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
@node References for keyboards
@subsubsection References for keyboards
-@ifhtml
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@end ifhtml
+@untranslated
@ifnothtml
@englishref
@end ifnothtml
Bezeichnung des Systems. Damit wird die aktuelle Stimme vom aktuellen
System zu dem System mit der @var{Systembezeichnung} gewechselt.
Üblicherweise ist die Systembezeichnung @code{"up"} oder
-@code{"down"}. Dieses System (@context{Staff}), auf das verweisen wird,
+@code{"down"}. Dieses System (@code{Staff}), auf das verweisen wird,
muss auch wirklich existieren, weshalb die Aufstellung eines Klaviersystems
dann üblicherweise damit beginnt, die Systeme zu benennen. Hierbei können
natürlich beliebige Namen vergeben werden.
@node Discant symbols
@subsubsection Discant symbols
-@ifhtml
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@end ifhtml
+@untranslated
@ifnothtml
@englishref
@end ifnothtml
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-program.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 02cb8b672238eeb53bffa2240c87f23dd8ca9e60
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node LilyPond-book
@chapter @command{lilypond-book}: Integrating text and music
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
+
+@menu
* An example of a musicological document::
* Integrating music and text::
* Music fragment options::
* Invoking lilypond-book::
* Filename extensions::
* Alternate methods of mixing text and music::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node An example of a musicological document
@section An example of a musicological document
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@subheading Input
@subheading Processing
@node Integrating music and text
@section Integrating music and text
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
+
+@menu
* LaTeX::
* Texinfo::
* HTML::
* DocBook::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node LaTeX
@subsection @LaTeX{}
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Texinfo
@subsection Texinfo
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node HTML
@subsection HTML
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node DocBook
@subsection DocBook
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@subheading Common conventions
@subheading Including a LilyPond file
@node Music fragment options
@section Music fragment options
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Invoking lilypond-book
@section Invoking @command{lilypond-book}
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@subheading Format-specific instructions
@subsubheading @LaTeX{}
@node Filename extensions
@section Filename extensions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Alternate methods of mixing text and music
@section Alternative methods of mixing text and music
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Many quotes from a large score::
* Inserting LilyPond output into OpenOffice.org::
* Inserting LilyPond output into other programs::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Many quotes from a large score
@subsection Many quotes from a large score
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Inserting LilyPond output into OpenOffice.org
@subsection Inserting LilyPond output into OpenOffice.org
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Inserting LilyPond output into other programs
@subsection Inserting LilyPond output into other programs
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
@menu
* Musical notation:: Allgemeine Notation von Musik.
* Specialist notation:: Notation, die nur für spezielle Zwecke eingesetzt wird.
-* Input syntax:: Allgemeine Information über die Quelldateien von LilyPond.
-* Non-musical notation:: Alles, was nicht Musiknotation ist.
+* General input and output:: Allgemeine Information über die Quelldateien von LilyPond.
* Spacing issues:: Anzeige der Ausgabe auf dem Papier.
* Changing defaults:: Das Notenbild verfeinern.
* Interfaces for programmers:: Benutzung für Experten.
@include specialist.itely
@include input.itely
-@include non-music.itely
@include spacing.itely
@include changing-defaults.itely
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 1440fffdf8579046cc2033b9c697a190b34b91e5
+ Translation of GIT committish: a88c1b861df238ad1c000e6a86926e6f19f2fedd
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@c ***** Displaying text *****
-@c we need this since @q{\} doesn't work with makeinfo 4.8 --
-@c say @q{@value{backslash}} instead
-@set backslash \
+@c we need this since @q{\} doesn't work with makeinfo 4.11 --
+@c say @q{@bs{}} instead
+@macro bs
+\\
+@end macro
@c to get decent quotes in `foo' and ``foo''
@c these need to be split up so that "@qq{foo}." looks nice. :(
@quotedblbase{}\TEXT\@quotedblleft{}
@end macro
+@ifhtml
+@macro warning{TEXT}
+@cartouche
+@b{Achtung:} \TEXT\
+@end cartouche
+@end macro
+@end ifhtml
+
+@ifnothtml
@macro warning{TEXT}
@quotation
@quotation
@end quotation
@end quotation
@end macro
+@end ifnothtml
@ifnotinfo
@macro notation{TEXT}
@end macro
-@c obsolete, remove when translation is fully updated
-@macro context{TEXT}
-@vindex \TEXT\
-@code{\TEXT\}@c should use rinternals
-@end macro
-
@macro lydoctitle {TEXT}
@emph{\TEXT\}
+@c **** Links and references ****
+
@c Definitions for references:
-@c @rinternals
@c @rglos
-@c @rprogram
-@c @ruser
@c @rlearning
+@c @ruser
+@c @rprogram
+@c @rlsr
+@c @rinternals
+@c all these also have a @...named version, which allows to specify the
+@c displayed text for the reference as second argument
-@ifhtml
-@c ***** HTML *****
+@c ***** HTML + bigpage is a special case (other manual names), all other
+@c formats are treated similarly
+
+@ifnottex
@ifset bigpage
-@macro rinternals{TEXT}
+@macro rglos{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-internals-big-page,Programmreferenz}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary-big-page,Glossar}
@end macro
-@macro rglos{TEXT}
+@macro rglosnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary-big-page,Glossar}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,music-glossary-big-page,Glossar}
@end macro
-@macro rprogram{TEXT}
+@macro rlearning{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program-big-page,Programmbenutzung}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning-big-page,Handbuch zum Lernen}
+@end macro
+
+@macro rlearningnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-learning-big-page,Handbuch zum Lernen}
@end macro
@macro ruser{TEXT}
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-big-page,Benutzerhandbuch}
@end macro
-@macro rlearning{TEXT}
+@macro rusernamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning-big-page,Handbuch zum Lernen}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-big-page,Benutzerhandbuch}
@end macro
-@macro rlsr{TEXT}
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets-big-page,Beispiele}
+@macro rprogram{TEXT}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program-big-page,Programmbenutzung}
@end macro
+@macro rprogramnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-program-big-page,Programmbenutzung}
+@end macro
-@end ifset
-
+@macro rlsr{TEXT}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets-big-page,Beispiele}
+@end macro
-@ifclear bigpage
+@macro rlsrnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-snippets-big-page,Beispiele}
+@end macro
@macro rinternals{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-internals,Programmreferenz}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-internals-big-page,Programmreferenz}
@end macro
-@macro rglos{TEXT}
+@macro rinternalsnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary,Glossar}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-internals-big-page,Programmreferenz}
@end macro
-@macro rprogram{TEXT}
+@end ifset
+
+
+@ifclear bigpage
+
+@macro rglos{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program,Programmbenutzung}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary,Glossar}
@end macro
-@macro ruser{TEXT}
+@macro rglosnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond,Benutzerhandbuch}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,music-glossary,Glossar}
@end macro
@macro rlearning{TEXT}
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning,Handbuch zum Lernen}
@end macro
-@macro rlsr{TEXT}
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets,Beispiele}
+@macro rlearningnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-learning,Handbuch zum Lernen}
@end macro
-
-@end ifclear
-
-@end ifhtml
-
-
-@ifdocbook
-@c ***** DOCBOOK-XML *****
-
-@macro rinternals{TEXT}
+@macro ruser{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-internals,Programmreferenz}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond,Benutzerhandbuch}
@end macro
-@macro rglos{TEXT}
+@macro rusernamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary,Glossar}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond,Benutzerhandbuch}
@end macro
@macro rprogram{TEXT}
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program,Programmbenutzung}
@end macro
-@macro ruser{TEXT}
+@macro rprogramnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond,Benutzerhandbuch}
-@end macro
-
-@macro rlearning{TEXT}
-@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning,Handbuch zum Lernen}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-program,Programmbenutzung}
@end macro
@macro rlsr{TEXT}
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets,Beispiele}
@end macro
+@macro rlsrnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-snippets,Beispiele}
+@end macro
+
+@macro rinternals{TEXT}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-internals,Programmreferenz}
+@end macro
-@end ifdocbook
+@macro rinternalsnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-internals,Programmreferenz}
+@end macro
+@end ifclear
-@ifinfo
-@c **** INFO ****
+@end ifnottex
-@macro rinternals{NAME}
-@vindex \NAME\
-@inforef{\NAME\,,lilypond-internals,Programmreferenz}
-@end macro
-@macro rglos{NAME}
-@vindex \NAME\
-@inforef{\NAME\,,music-glossary,Glossar}
-@end macro
+@c **** TEX ****
+@iftex
-@macro rprogram{TEXT}
+@macro rglos{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program,Programmbenutzung}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary,Glossar}
@end macro
-@macro ruser{TEXT}
+@macro rglosnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond,Benutzerhandbuch}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,music-glossary,Glossar}
@end macro
@macro rlearning{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning,Handbuch zum Lernen}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning.de,Handbuch zum Lernen}
@end macro
-@macro rlsr{TEXT}
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets,Beispiele}
+@macro rlearningnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-learning.de,Handbuch zum Lernen}
@end macro
-
-@end ifinfo
-
-
-@c **** TEX ****
-@iftex
-
-@macro rinternals{TEXT}
+@macro ruser{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@code{\TEXT\}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond.de,Benutzerhandbuch}
@end macro
-@macro rglos {TEXT}
+@macro rusernamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary,Glossar}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond.de,Benutzerhandbuch}
@end macro
@macro rprogram{TEXT}
+@vindex \TEXT\
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program.de,Programmbenutzung}
@end macro
-@macro ruser{TEXT}
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond.de,Benutzerhandbuch}
-@end macro
-
-@macro rlearning{TEXT}
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning.de,Handbuch zum Lernen}
+@macro rprogramnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-program.de,Programmbenutzung}
@end macro
@macro rlsr{TEXT}
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets,Beispiele}
@end macro
+@macro rlsrnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-snippets,Beispiele}
+@end macro
+
+@macro rinternals{TEXT}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@code{\TEXT\}
+@end macro
+
+@macro rinternalsnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@code{\DISPLAY\}
+@end macro
@end iftex
-@c Commands specific to translated docs
+@c **** Macros specific to translated docs ****
@c ugh, cannot set/define global variable 'translationof' in some way?
@iftex
Abschnitt im englischen Benutzerhandbuch.
@end macro
+@ifhtml
+@macro untranslated
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end macro
+@end ifhtml
+
+@ifnothtml
+@macro untranslated
+@end macro
+@end ifnothtml
+++ /dev/null
-@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
-@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
-@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 02cb8b672238eeb53bffa2240c87f23dd8ca9e60
-
- When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
- version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
-@end ignore
-
-
-@node Non-musical notation
-@chapter Non-musical notation
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Titles and headers::
-* MIDI output::
-* other midi::
-@end menu
-@node Titles and headers
-@section Titles and headers
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Creating titles::
-* Custom titles::
-* Reference to page numbers::
-* Table of contents::
-@end menu
-@node Creating titles
-@subsection Creating titles
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Custom titles
-@subsection Custom titles
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Reference to page numbers
-@subsection Reference to page numbers
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Table of contents
-@subsection Table of contents
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node MIDI output
-@section MIDI output
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Creating MIDI files::
-* MIDI block::
-* MIDI instrument names::
-* What goes into the MIDI? FIXME::
-@end menu
-@node Creating MIDI files
-@subsection Creating MIDI files
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node MIDI block
-@subsection MIDI block
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node MIDI instrument names
-@subsection MIDI instrument names
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node What goes into the MIDI? FIXME
-@subsection What goes into the MIDI? FIXME
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Repeats and MIDI::
-@end menu
-
-@node Repeats and MIDI
-@subsubsection Repeats and MIDI
-
-@cindex Erweiterung von Wiederholungen
-@funindex \unfoldRepeats
-
-Mit ein bisschen Anpassung können alle Wiederholungstypen
-auch in der MIDI-Datei wiedergegeben werden. Das wird erreicht
-durch die @code{\unfoldRepeats}-Funktion. Hiermit werden alle
-Wiederholungen, welcher Art auch immer, in notengetreue Wiederholungen
-umgewandelt, die Noten werden also wiederholt ausgegeben.
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,line-width=8.0\cm]
-\unfoldRepeats {
- \repeat tremolo 8 {c'32 e' }
- \repeat percent 2 { c''8 d'' }
- \repeat volta 2 {c'4 d' e' f'}
- \alternative {
- { g' a' a' g' }
- {f' e' d' c' }
- }
-}
-\bar "|."
-@end lilypond
-
-Wenn man eine Partitur schreibt, die diesen @code{\unfoldRepeats}-Befehl
-für die MIDI-Ausgabe benutzt, muss man zwei @code{\score}-Umgebungen
-schreiben: eine für die MIDI-Ausgabe, wo die Wiederholungen ausgeschrieben
-werden, und eine für die gedruckte Notation, in der Klammern, Tremolo und
-Prozent-Wiederholungen benutzt werden. Zum Beispiel:
-
-@example
-\score @{
- @var{..music..}
- \layout @{ .. @}
-@}
-\score @{
- \unfoldRepeats @var{..music..}
- \midi @{ .. @}
-@}
-@end example
-
-
-@node other midi
-@section other midi
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-
@node Percussion
@section Percussion
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
@node References for percussion
@subsubsection References for percussion
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Basic percussion notation
@subsubsection Basic percussion notation
erstellt werden. Im Standard-@code{\drummode}-Modus ist aber
das @code{Parenthesis_engraver}-Plugin nicht automatisch enthalten.
Sie müssen das Plugin ausdrücklich in den Kontext-Definitionen
-laden, wie im Abschnitt @ref{Changing context properties on the fly}
+laden, wie im Abschnitt @rlearning{Modifying context properties}
detailliert beschrieben.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
Into text.
@menu
-* Normal pitches::
+* Absolute octave entry::
+* Relative octave entry::
* Accidentals::
-* Cautionary accidentals::
-* Micro tones::
* Note names in other languages::
@end menu
-@node Normal pitches
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Normal pitches
+@node Absolute octave entry
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Absolute octave entry
@cindex Tonhöhenbezeichnungen
innerhalb derer die Noten gesetzt werden, dabei werden
unter Umständen weniger Oktavangaben (@code{'} oder @code{,})
benötigt. Siehe auch
-@ref{Relative octaves}.
+@ref{Relative octave entry}.
+
+
+@node Relative octave entry
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Relative octave entry
+
+@cindex Relativ
+@cindex Relative Oktavbestimmung
+@funindex \relative
+
+Oktaven werden angegeben, indem man @code{'} oder @code{,}
+an die Notenbezeichnung hängt. Wenn Sie schon existierende
+Musik kopieren, passiert es schnell, eine Note aus Versehen
+in die falsche Oktave zu setzen, und der Fehler ist schwer zu
+finden. Der relative Oktaven-Modus verhindert solche Fehler,
+indem mögliche Fehler stark vergrößert werden: ein einziger
+Oktavierungsfehler wirkt sich auf den gesamten Rest des Stückes aus.
+
+Die Syntax des Befehls lautet:
+
+@example
+\relative @var{Referenzoktave} @var{musikalischer Ausdruck}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+oder:
+
+@example
+\relative @var{musikalischer Ausdruck}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Das eingestrichene C (@code{c'}) wird als Referenzoktave angenommen,
+wenn sie nicht extra angegeben wird.
+
+Die Oktave von Noten, die im musikalischen Ausdruck notiert sind,
+wird wie folgt erschlossen: Wenn keine Oktavversetzungszeichen
+benutzt werden, wird als Intervall zwischen der Noten und der
+vorhergehenden immer eine Quarte oder kleiner angenommen. Dieser
+Abstand wird ohne Rücksicht auf Alterationen bestimmt. Eine
+übermäßige Quarte ist also ein kleineres Intervall als eine
+verminderte Quinte, auch wenn beide sechs Halbtöne groß sind.
+
+Die Oktavversetzungszeichen @code{'} und @code{,} können
+hinzugefügt werden, um die Tonhöhe um eine Oktave zu erhöhen
+oder zu erniedrigen. Wenn der relative Modus beginnt, kann
+ein Referenzton angegeben werden, der als die vorhergehende Note
+für die erste Tonhöhe des musikalischen Ausdrucks verwendet
+wird. Wenn dieser Referenzton nicht angeben wird, wird das
+eingestrichene C verwendet.
+
+So funktioniert der relative Modus:
+
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim]
+\relative c'' {
+ b c d c b c bes a
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Oktavversetzungen müssen für alle Intervalle angezeigt werden,
+die größer als eine Quarte sind.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+\relative c'' {
+ c g c f, c' a, e''
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Wenn der vorherige Ausdruck ein Akkord ist, wird die erste Note
+des Akkordes benutzt, um die erste Note des nächsten Akkordes zu
+bestimmen.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+\relative c' {
+ c <c e g>
+ <c' e g>
+ <c, e' g>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Die Tonhöhe nach @code{\relative} muss eine Notenbezeichnung enthalten.
+
+Die relative Veränderung wirkt sich nicht auf
+Transposition (@code{\transpose}),
+Akkordnotation (@code{\chordmode}) oder @code{\relative}-Abschnitte
+aus. Um den relativen Modus innerhalb von transponierter Musik zu
+verwenden, muss ein zusätzliches @code{\relative} innerhalb der
+Klammern des @code{\transpose}-Befehls gesetzt werden.
@node Accidentals
@rinternals{NoteHead}.
-@node Cautionary accidentals
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Micro tones
+
+@cindex Vierteltöne
+@cindex Vorzeichen, Vierteltöne
+@cindex Versetzungszeichen, Vierteltöne
+@cindex Mikrotöne
+
+Versetzungszeichen für Vierteltöne werden durch Anhängen der Endungen
+@code{-eh} (Erniedrigung) und @code{-ih} (Erhöhung) an den
+Tonhöhenbuchstaben erstellt. Das Beispiel zeigt eine in Vierteltönen
+aufsteigende Serie vom kleinen C.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,relative=2,fragment]
+\set Staff.extraNatural = ##f
+ceseh ceh cih cisih
+@end lilypond
+
+Mikrotöne werden auch in die MIDI-Dateien geschrieben.
+
+
+
+@knownissues
+
+Es gibt keine allgemein anerkannten Standards für die
+Notation von Dreiviertelton-Erniedrigungszeichen. LilyPonds
+Symbol entspricht also keinem Standard.
+
+
@unnumberedsubsubsec Cautionary accidentals
@cindex Versetzungszeichen, Erinnerung
@ref{Automatic accidentals}.
-@node Micro tones
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Micro tones
-
-@cindex Vierteltöne
-@cindex Vorzeichen, Vierteltöne
-@cindex Versetzungszeichen, Vierteltöne
-@cindex Mikrotöne
-
-Versetzungszeichen für Vierteltöne werden durch Anhängen der Endungen
-@code{-eh} (Erniedrigung) und @code{-ih} (Erhöhung) an den
-Tonhöhenbuchstaben erstellt. Das Beispiel zeigt eine in Vierteltönen
-aufsteigende Serie vom kleinen C.
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,relative=2,fragment]
-\set Staff.extraNatural = ##f
-ceseh ceh cih cisih
-@end lilypond
-
-Mikrotöne werden auch in die MIDI-Dateien geschrieben.
-
-
-
-@knownissues
-
-Es gibt keine allgemein anerkannten Standards für die
-Notation von Dreiviertelton-Erniedrigungszeichen. LilyPonds
-Symbol entspricht also keinem Standard.
-
-
@node Note names in other languages
@unnumberedsubsubsec Note names in other languages
@subsection Changing multiple pitches
@menu
-* Relative octaves::
-* Octave check::
+* Octave checks::
* Transpose::
@end menu
-@node Relative octaves
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Relative octaves
-
-@cindex Relativ
-@cindex Relative Oktavbestimmung
-@funindex \relative
-
-Oktaven werden angegeben, indem man @code{'} oder @code{,}
-an die Notenbezeichnung hängt. Wenn Sie schon existierende
-Musik kopieren, passiert es schnell, eine Note aus Versehen
-in die falsche Oktave zu setzen, und der Fehler ist schwer zu
-finden. Der relative Oktaven-Modus verhindert solche Fehler,
-indem mögliche Fehler stark vergrößert werden: ein einziger
-Oktavierungsfehler wirkt sich auf den gesamten Rest des Stückes aus.
-
-Die Syntax des Befehls lautet:
-
-@example
-\relative @var{Referenzoktave} @var{musikalischer Ausdruck}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-oder:
-
-@example
-\relative @var{musikalischer Ausdruck}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Das eingestrichene C (@code{c'}) wird als Referenzoktave angenommen,
-wenn sie nicht extra angegeben wird.
-
-Die Oktave von Noten, die im musikalischen Ausdruck notiert sind,
-wird wie folgt erschlossen: Wenn keine Oktavversetzungszeichen
-benutzt werden, wird als Intervall zwischen der Noten und der
-vorhergehenden immer eine Quarte oder kleiner angenommen. Dieser
-Abstand wird ohne Rücksicht auf Alterationen bestimmt. Eine
-übermäßige Quarte ist also ein kleineres Intervall als eine
-verminderte Quinte, auch wenn beide sechs Halbtöne groß sind.
-
-Die Oktavversetzungszeichen @code{'} und @code{,} können
-hinzugefügt werden, um die Tonhöhe um eine Oktave zu erhöhen
-oder zu erniedrigen. Wenn der relative Modus beginnt, kann
-ein Referenzton angegeben werden, der als die vorhergehende Note
-für die erste Tonhöhe des musikalischen Ausdrucks verwendet
-wird. Wenn dieser Referenzton nicht angeben wird, wird das
-eingestrichene C verwendet.
-
-So funktioniert der relative Modus:
-
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim]
-\relative c'' {
- b c d c b c bes a
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-Oktavversetzungen müssen für alle Intervalle angezeigt werden,
-die größer als eine Quarte sind.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-\relative c'' {
- c g c f, c' a, e''
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-Wenn der vorherige Ausdruck ein Akkord ist, wird die erste Note
-des Akkordes benutzt, um die erste Note des nächsten Akkordes zu
-bestimmen.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-\relative c' {
- c <c e g>
- <c' e g>
- <c, e' g>
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-Die Tonhöhe nach @code{\relative} muss eine Notenbezeichnung enthalten.
-
-Die relative Veränderung wirkt sich nicht auf
-Transposition (@code{\transpose}),
-Akkordnotation (@code{\chordmode}) oder @code{\relative}-Abschnitte
-aus. Um den relativen Modus innerhalb von transponierter Musik zu
-verwenden, muss ein zusätzliches @code{\relative} innerhalb der
-Klammern des @code{\transpose}-Befehls gesetzt werden.
-
-@node Octave check
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Octave check
+@node Octave checks
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Octave checks
@cindex Oktavenüberprüfung
@node Ottava brackets
@unnumberedsubsubsec Ottava brackets
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
+@untranslated
@node Instrument transpositions
@unnumberedsubsubsec Instrument transpositions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Automatic accidentals
@unnumberedsubsubsec Automatic accidentals
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Ambitus
@unnumberedsubsubsec Ambitus
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Note heads
@subsection Note heads
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Special note heads::
@node Special note heads
@unnumberedsubsubsec Special note heads
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Easy notation note heads
@unnumberedsubsubsec Easy notation note heads
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Shape note heads
@unnumberedsubsubsec Shape note heads
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Improvisation
@unnumberedsubsubsec Improvisation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 02cb8b672238eeb53bffa2240c87f23dd8ca9e60
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node Interfaces for programmers
@chapter Interfaces for programmers
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Music functions::
* Programmer interfaces::
* Building complicated functions::
* Markup programmer interface::
* Contexts for programmers::
* Scheme procedures as properties::
-@end menu
+* TODO moved into scheme::
+@end menu
+
@node Music functions
@section Music functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Overview of music functions::
* Simple substitution functions::
* Paired substitution functions::
* Void functions::
* Functions without arguments::
* Overview of available music functions::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Overview of music functions
@subsection Overview of music functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Simple substitution functions
@subsection Simple substitution functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Paired substitution functions
@subsection Paired substitution functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Mathematics in functions
@subsection Mathematics in functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Void functions
@subsection Void functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Functions without arguments
@subsection Functions without arguments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Overview of available music functions
@subsection Overview of available music functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@include identifiers.tely
@node Programmer interfaces
@section Programmer interfaces
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Input variables and Scheme::
* Internal music representation::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Input variables and Scheme
@subsection Input variables and Scheme
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Internal music representation
@subsection Internal music representation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Building complicated functions
@section Building complicated functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Displaying music expressions::
* Music properties::
* Doubling a note with slurs (example)::
* Adding articulation to notes (example)::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Displaying music expressions
@subsection Displaying music expressions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Music properties
@subsection Music properties
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Doubling a note with slurs (example)
@subsection Doubling a note with slurs (example)
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Adding articulation to notes (example)
@subsection Adding articulation to notes (example)
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Markup programmer interface
@section Markup programmer interface
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Markup construction in Scheme::
* How markups work internally::
* New markup command definition::
* New markup list command definition::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Markup construction in Scheme
@subsection Markup construction in Scheme
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node How markups work internally
@subsection How markups work internally
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node New markup command definition
@subsection New markup command definition
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node New markup list command definition
@subsection New markup list command definition
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Contexts for programmers
@section Contexts for programmers
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Context evaluation::
* Running a function on all layout objects::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Context evaluation
@subsection Context evaluation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Running a function on all layout objects
@subsection Running a function on all layout objects
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Scheme procedures as properties
@section Scheme procedures as properties
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node TODO moved into scheme
+@section TODO moved into scheme
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Using Scheme code instead of \tweak::
+* Difficult tweaks::
+@end menu
+
+@node Using Scheme code instead of \tweak
+@subsection Using Scheme code instead of @code{\tweak}
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Difficult tweaks
+@subsection Difficult tweaks
+
+@untranslated
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
@node Multi measure rests
@subsubsection Multi measure rests
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Displaying rhythms
@node Polymetric notation
@subsubsection Polymetric notation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Automatic note splitting
@node Feathered beams
@subsubsection Feathered beams
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Setting automatic beam behavior
@subsubsection Setting automatic beam behavior
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Bars
@node Bar numbers
@subsubsection Bar numbers
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Barnumber check
@node Rehearsal marks
@subsubsection Rehearsal marks
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Special rhythmic concerns
@node Aligning to cadenzas
@subsubsection Aligning to cadenzas
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Time administration
@subsubsection Time administration
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Proportional notation (introduction)
@subsubsection Proportional notation (introduction)
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-program.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 02cb8b672238eeb53bffa2240c87f23dd8ca9e60
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node Running LilyPond
@chapter Running LilyPond
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Normal usage::
* Command-line usage::
* Error messages::
* Updating files with convert-ly::
* Reporting bugs::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Normal usage
@section Normal usage
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Command-line usage
@section Command-line usage
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Invoking lilypond::
+* Command line options::
+* Environment variables::
+@end menu
+@node Invoking lilypond
@subsection Invoking lilypond
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Command line options
@subsection Command line options
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Environment variables
@subsection Environment variables
+
+@untranslated
+
+
@node Error messages
@section Error messages
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Updating files with convert-ly
@section Updating with @command{convert-ly}
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@subsection Command line options
-@menu
+@menu
* Problems with convert-ly::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Problems with convert-ly
@subsection Problems with @code{convert-ly}
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Reporting bugs
@section Reporting bugs
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
@node Clusters
@unnumberedsubsubsec Clusters
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Multiple voices
@node Automatic part combining
@unnumberedsubsubsec Automatic part combining
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Writing music in parallel
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 02cb8b672238eeb53bffa2240c87f23dd8ca9e60
+ Translation of GIT committish: 3121682025660b6c85fbf3f22bb9cd8396699ad1
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node Spacing issues
@chapter Spacing issues
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Paper and pages::
* Music layout::
-* Displaying spacing::
* Breaks::
* Vertical spacing::
* Horizontal spacing::
-* Page layout MOVED FROM LM::
-@end menu
+* Fitting music onto fewer pages::
+@end menu
+
@node Paper and pages
@section Paper and pages
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Paper size::
* Page formatting::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Paper size
@subsection Paper size
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Page formatting
@subsection Page formatting
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Music layout
@section Music layout
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Setting the staff size::
* Score layout::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Setting the staff size
@subsection Setting the staff size
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Score layout
@subsection Score layout
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Displaying spacing
-@section Displaying spacing
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
@node Breaks
@section Breaks
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Line breaking::
* Page breaking::
* Optimal page breaking::
* Minimal page breaking::
* Explicit breaks::
* Using an extra voice for breaks::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Line breaking
@subsection Line breaking
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Page breaking
@subsection Page breaking
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Optimal page breaking
@subsection Optimal page breaking
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Optimal page turning
@subsection Optimal page turning
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Minimal page breaking
@subsection Minimal page breaking
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Explicit breaks
@subsection Explicit breaks
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Using an extra voice for breaks
@subsection Using an extra voice for breaks
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Vertical spacing
@section Vertical spacing
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Vertical spacing inside a system::
* Vertical spacing between systems::
* Explicit staff and system positioning::
* Two-pass vertical spacing::
* Vertical collision avoidance::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Vertical spacing inside a system
@subsection Vertical spacing inside a system
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Vertical spacing between systems
@subsection Vertical spacing between systems
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Explicit staff and system positioning
@subsection Explicit staff and system positioning
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Two-pass vertical spacing
@subsection Two-pass vertical spacing
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Vertical collision avoidance
@subsection Vertical collision avoidance
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Horizontal spacing
@section Horizontal Spacing
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Horizontal spacing overview::
* New spacing area::
* Changing horizontal spacing::
* Line length::
* Proportional notation::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Horizontal spacing overview
@subsection Horizontal spacing overview
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node New spacing area
@subsection New spacing area
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Changing horizontal spacing
@subsection Changing horizontal spacing
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Line length
@subsection Line length
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Proportional notation
@subsection Proportional notation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Page layout MOVED FROM LM
-@section Page layout MOVED FROM LM
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@menu
-* Introduction to layout::
-* Global sizes::
-* Line breaks::
-* Page breaks::
-* Fitting music onto fewer pages::
-@end menu
-@node Introduction to layout
-@subsection Introduction to layout
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Global sizes
-@subsection Global sizes
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Line breaks
-@subsection Line breaks
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Page breaks
-@subsection Page breaks
+@node Fitting music onto fewer pages
+@section Fitting music onto fewer pages
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@node Fitting music onto fewer pages
-@subsection Fitting music onto fewer pages
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@menu
+* Displaying spacing::
+* Changing spacing::
+@end menu
+@node Displaying spacing
+@subsection Displaying spacing
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Changing spacing
+@subsection Changing spacing
+
+Manchmal bleiben nur noch ein oder zwei Systeme auf der
+letzten Seite übrig. Das ist immer ärgerlich, besonders
+wenn es scheint, dass auf den vorigen Seiten genug Platz
+ist, um die Systeme noch unterzubringen.
+
+Wenn man versucht, das Layout zu verändern, kommt einem
+der Befehl @code{annotate-spacing} zu Hilfe. Mit diesem
+Befehl erhält man die Werte von verschiedenen Abstandsbefehlen
+ausgedruckt, mehr Information im Kapitel @ref{Displaying spacing}.
+Anhand dieser Angaben kann dann entschieden werden, welche
+Werte verändert werden müssen.
+
+Neben Rändern gibt es nämlich weitere Optionen, Platz zu sparen:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+LilyPond kann die Systeme so dicht wie möglich platzieren (damit
+so viele Systeme wie möglich auf eine Seite passen), aber sie
+dann so anordnen, dass kein weißer Rand unten auf der Seite entsteht.
+
+@example
+\paper @{
+ between-system-padding = #0.1
+ between-system-space = #0.1
+ ragged-last-bottom = ##f
+ ragged-bottom = ##f
+@}
+@end example
+
+@item
+Die Anzahl der Systeme kann reduziert werden (wenn LilyPond
+die Musik auf 11 Systeme verteilt, kann man die Benutzung von
+nur 10 Systemen erzwingen).
+
+@example
+\paper @{
+ system-count = #10
+@}
+@end example
+
+@item
+Vermeidung von Objekten, die den vertikalen Abstand von Systemen
+vergrößern, hilft oft. Die Verwendung von Klammern bei Wiederholungen
+etwa braucht mehr Platz. Wenn die Noten innerhalb der Klammern auf
+zwei Systeme verteilt sind, brauchen sie mehr Platz, als wenn sie
+nur auf einer Zeile gedruckt werden.
+
+Ein anderes Beispiel ist es, Dynamik-Zeichen, die besonders
+weit @qq{hervorstehen}, zu verschieben.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,fragment]
+\relative c' {
+ e4 c g\f c
+ \override DynamicLineSpanner #'padding = #-1.8
+ \override DynamicText #'extra-offset = #'( -2.1 . 0)
+ e4 c g\f c
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Die horizontalen Abstände können mit der
+ @code{SpacingSpanner}-Eigenschaft verändert werden. Siehe
+@ref{Changing horizontal spacing} für Einzelheiten.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\score {
+ \relative c'' {
+ g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 d e f | g4 g g2 |
+ g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 e g g | c,1 |
+ d4 d d d | d4 e f2 | e4 e e e | e4 f g2 |
+ g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 e g g | c,1 |
+ }
+ \layout {
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ \override SpacingSpanner
+ #'base-shortest-duration = #(ly:make-moment 1 4)
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@end itemize
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
* Wind instruments::
* Chord notation::
* Ancient notation::
+* World music::
@end menu
@include vocal.itely
@include wind.itely
@include chords.itely
@include ancient.itely
-
-
+@include world.itely
@node Hiding staves
@unnumberedsubsubsec Hiding staves
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Writing parts
@node Metronome marks
@unnumberedsubsubsec Metronome marks
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Instrument names
@unnumberedsubsubsec Instrument names
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Quoting other voices
@unnumberedsubsubsec Quoting other voices
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Formatting cue notes
@unnumberedsubsubsec Formatting cue notes
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 02cb8b672238eeb53bffa2240c87f23dd8ca9e60
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node Text
@section Text
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Writing text::
* Formatting text::
-@end menu
+* Fonts::
+@end menu
+
@node Writing text
@subsection Writing text
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Text scripts::
* Text spanners::
* Text marks::
* Separate text::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Text scripts
@subsubsection Text scripts
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Text spanners
@subsubsection Text spanners
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Text marks
@subsubsection Text marks
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Separate text
@subsubsection Separate text
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Formatting text
@subsection Formatting text
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Text markup introduction::
-* Nested scores::
-* Page wrapping text::
-* Font selection::
-@end menu
+* Selecting font and font size::
+* Text alignment::
+* Graphic notation inside markup::
+* Music notation inside markup::
+* Multi-page markup::
+@end menu
+
@node Text markup introduction
@subsubsection Text markup introduction
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Selecting font and font size
+@subsubsection Selecting font and font size
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Text alignment
+@subsubsection Text alignment
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Graphic notation inside markup
+@subsubsection Graphic notation inside markup
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Music notation inside markup
+@subsubsection Music notation inside markup
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Multi-page markup
+@subsubsection Multi-page markup
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Fonts
+@subsection Fonts
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Entire document fonts::
+* Single entry fonts::
+@end menu
-@node Nested scores
-@subsubsection Nested scores
+@node Entire document fonts
+@subsubsection Entire document fonts
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@node Page wrapping text
-@subsubsection Page wrapping text
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@node Single entry fonts
+@subsubsection Single entry fonts
-@node Font selection
-@subsubsection Font selection
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
@menu
-* Moving objects::
-* Fixing overlapping notation::
+* Tweaking basics::
+* The Internals Reference manual::
+* Appearance of objects::
+* Placement of objects::
+* Collisions of objects::
* Common tweaks::
-* Default files::
-* Fitting music onto fewer pages::
-* Advanced tweaks with Scheme::
-* Avoiding tweaks with slower processing::
+* Further tweaking::
@end menu
+@node Tweaking basics
+@section Tweaking basics
+
+@untranslated
+
+@menu
+* Introduction to tweaks::
+* Objects and interfaces::
+* Naming conventions of objects and properties::
+* Tweaking methods::
+@end menu
+
+@node Introduction to tweaks
+@subsection Introduction to tweaks
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Objects and interfaces
+@subsection Objects and interfaces
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Naming conventions of objects and properties
+@subsection Naming conventions of objects and properties
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Tweaking methods
+@subsection Tweaking methods
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node The Internals Reference manual
+@section The Internals Reference manual
+
+@untranslated
+
+@menu
+* Properties of layout objects::
+* Properties found in interfaces::
+* Types of properties::
+@end menu
+
+@node Properties of layout objects
+@subsection Properties of layout objects
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Properties found in interfaces
+@subsection Properties found in interfaces
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Types of properties
+@subsection Types of properties
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Appearance of objects
+@section Appearance of objects
+
+@untranslated
+
+@menu
+* Visibility and color of objects::
+* Size of objects::
+* Length and thickness of objects::
+@end menu
+
+@node Visibility and color of objects
+@subsection Visibility and color of objects
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Size of objects
+@subsection Size of objects
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Length and thickness of objects
+@subsection Length and thickness of objects
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Placement of objects
+@section Placement of objects
+
+@untranslated
+
+@menu
+* Automatic behavior::
+* Within-staff objects::
+* Outside staff objects::
+@end menu
+
+@node Automatic behavior
+@subsection Automatic behavior
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Within-staff objects
+@subsection Within-staff objects
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Outside staff objects
+@subsection Outside staff objects
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Collisions of objects
+@section Collisions of objects
+
+@menu
+* Moving objects::
+* Fixing overlapping notation::
+* Real music example::
+@end menu
+
@node Moving objects
-@section Moving objects
+@subsection Moving objects
Es wird vielleicht eine Überraschung sein, aber LilyPond ist nicht
perfekt. Einige Notationselemente können sich überschneiden. Das
@node Fixing overlapping notation
-@section Fixing overlapping notation
+@subsection Fixing overlapping notation
Im Kapitel @ref{Moving objects} wurde gezeigt, wie man Texte
(@code{TextScript}-Objekte) verschiebt. Mit der gleichen
@end multitable
+@node Real music example
+@subsection Real music example
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@c DEPRECATED SECTION
@node Common tweaks
@section Common tweaks
+
Bestimmte Korrekturen sind so häufig, dass für sie schon fertige
angepasste Befehle bereitgestellt sind, so etwa
@code{\slurUp} um einen Bindebogen oberhalb anzuzeigen oder
@code{MetronomeMark}-Objekt vom @code{Score}-Kontext gesetzt
wird, werden Veränderungen innerhalb des @code{Voice}-Kontextes
nicht berücksichtigt. Genauere Details im Kapitel
-@ruser{Constructing a tweak}.
+@ruser{The \override command}.
@cindex extra-offset
@cindex zusätzlicher Abstand
Notenzeilenabstände gekoppelt. Mehr Information findet sich
im relevanten Teil der Programmreferenz.
-@node Default files
-@section Default files
+@node Further tweaking
+@section Further tweaking
+
+@menu
+* Other uses for tweaks::
+* Using variables for tweaks::
+* Other sources of information::
+* Avoiding tweaks with slower processing::
+* Advanced tweaks with Scheme::
+@end menu
+
+@node Other uses for tweaks
+@subsection Other uses for tweaks
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Using variables for tweaks
+@subsection Using variables for tweaks
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Other sources of information
+@subsection Other sources of information
Die Programmreferenz enthält sehr viel Information über LilyPond, aber
noch mehr Information findet sich in den internen
@file{ly/declarations-init.ly} definieren alle häufig vorkommenden Veränderungen.
-@node Fitting music onto fewer pages
-@section Fitting music onto fewer pages
-
-Manchmal bleiben nur noch ein oder zwei Systeme auf der
-letzten Seite übrig. Das ist immer ärgerlich, besonders
-wenn es scheint, dass auf den vorigen Seiten genug Platz
-ist, um die Systeme noch unterzubringen.
-
-Wenn man versucht, das Layout zu verändern, kommt einem
-der Befehl @code{annotate-spacing} zu Hilfe. Mit diesem
-Befehl erhält man die Werte von verschiedenen Abstandsbefehlen
-ausgedruckt, mehr Information im Kapitel @ruser{Displaying spacing}.
-Anhand dieser Angaben kann dann entschieden werden, welche
-Werte verändert werden müssen.
-
-Neben Rändern gibt es nämlich weitere Optionen, Platz zu sparen:
-
-@itemize
-@item
-LilyPond kann die Systeme so dicht wie möglich platzieren (damit
-so viele Systeme wie möglich auf eine Seite passen), aber sie
-dann so anordnen, dass kein weißer Rand unten auf der Seite entsteht.
-
-@example
-\paper @{
- between-system-padding = #0.1
- between-system-space = #0.1
- ragged-last-bottom = ##f
- ragged-bottom = ##f
-@}
-@end example
+@node Avoiding tweaks with slower processing
+@subsection Avoiding tweaks with slower processing
-@item
-Die Anzahl der Systeme kann reduziert werden (wenn LilyPond
-die Musik auf 11 Systeme verteilt, kann man die Benutzung von
-nur 10 Systemen erzwingen).
+LilyPond kann einige zusätzliche Tests durchführen, während
+die Noten gesetzt werden. Dadurch braucht das Programm länger,
+um den Notensatz zu produzieren, aber üblicherweise werden
+weniger nachträgliche Anpassungen nötig sein.
@example
-\paper @{
- system-count = #10
-@}
+%% Um sicher zu gehen, dass Texte und Liedtext
+%% innerhalb der Papierränder bleiben
+\override Score.PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
@end example
-@item
-Vermeidung von Objekten, die den vertikalen Abstand von Systemen
-vergrößern, hilft oft. Die Verwendung von Klammern bei Wiederholungen
-etwa braucht mehr Platz. Wenn die Noten innerhalb der Klammern auf
-zwei Systeme verteilt sind, brauchen sie mehr Platz, als wenn sie
-nur auf einer Zeile gedruckt werden.
-
-Ein anderes Beispiel ist es, Dynamik-Zeichen, die besonders
-weit @qq{hervorstehen}, zu verschieben.
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,fragment]
-\relative c' {
- e4 c g\f c
- \override DynamicLineSpanner #'padding = #-1.8
- \override DynamicText #'extra-offset = #'( -2.1 . 0)
- e4 c g\f c
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@item
-Die horizontalen Abstände können mit der
- @code{SpacingSpanner}-Eigenschaft verändert werden. Siehe
-@ruser{Changing horizontal spacing} für Einzelheiten.
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
-\score {
- \relative c'' {
- g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 d e f | g4 g g2 |
- g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 e g g | c,1 |
- d4 d d d | d4 e f2 | e4 e e e | e4 f g2 |
- g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 e g g | c,1 |
- }
- \layout {
- \context {
- \Score
- \override SpacingSpanner
- #'base-shortest-duration = #(ly:make-moment 1 4)
- }
- }
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@end itemize
-
@node Advanced tweaks with Scheme
-@section Advanced tweaks with Scheme
+@subsection Advanced tweaks with Scheme
Es wurde schon gezeigt, wie die LilyPond-Ausgabe sehr stark verändert
werden kann, indem man Befehle wie
}
@end lilypond
-
-@node Avoiding tweaks with slower processing
-@section Avoiding tweaks with slower processing
-
-LilyPond kann einige zusätzliche Tests durchführen, während
-die Noten gesetzt werden. Dadurch braucht das Programm länger,
-um den Notensatz zu produzieren, aber üblicherweise werden
-weniger nachträgliche Anpassungen nötig sein.
-
-@example
-%% Um sicher zu gehen, dass Texte und Liedtext
-%% innerhalb der Papierränder bleiben
-\override Score.PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
-@end example
-
-
-
@node Unfretted string instruments
@section Unfretted string instruments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Common notation for unfretted strings::
@node Common notation for unfretted strings
@subsection Common notation for unfretted strings
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* References for unfretted strings::
@node References for unfretted strings
@subsubsection References for unfretted strings
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Bowed instruments
@subsection Bowed instruments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* References for bowed strings::
@node Plucked instruments
@subsection Plucked instruments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Harp::
@node Harp
@subsubsection Harp
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 02cb8b672238eeb53bffa2240c87f23dd8ca9e60
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node Vocal music
@section Vocal music
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
-* Simple lyrics::
+
+@menu
+* Common notation for vocals::
* Aligning lyrics to a melody::
-* Vocals and variables::
-* Flexibility in placement::
-* Spacing vocals::
-* More about stanzas::
-@end menu
-@node Simple lyrics
-@subsection Simple lyrics
+* Placement of lyrics::
+* Stanzas::
+@end menu
+
+@node Common notation for vocals
+@subsection Common notation for vocals
+
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@menu
+@menu
+* References for vocal music::
* Setting simple songs::
* Entering lyrics::
-@end menu
+* Working with lyrics and variables::
+@end menu
+
+@node References for vocal music
+@subsubsection References for vocal music
+
+@untranslated
+
+
@node Setting simple songs
@subsubsection Setting simple songs
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Entering lyrics
@subsubsection Entering lyrics
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Working with lyrics and variables
+@subsubsection Working with lyrics and variables
+
+@untranslated
+
@node Aligning lyrics to a melody
@subsection Aligning lyrics to a melody
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Automatic syllable durations::
-* Another way of entering lyrics::
-* Assigning more than one syllable to a single note::
-* More than one note on a single syllable::
+* Manual syllable durations::
+* Multiple syllables to one note::
+* Multiple notes to one syllable::
+* Skipping notes::
* Extenders and hyphens::
-@end menu
+* Lyrics and repeats::
+@end menu
+
@node Automatic syllable durations
@subsubsection Automatic syllable durations
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Manual syllable durations
+@subsubsection Manual syllable durations
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Multiple syllables to one note
+@subsubsection Multiple syllables to one note
+
+@untranslated
-@node Another way of entering lyrics
-@subsubsection Another way of entering lyrics
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@node Multiple notes to one syllable
+@subsubsection Multiple notes to one syllable
-@node Assigning more than one syllable to a single note
-@subsubsection Assigning more than one syllable to a single note
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@node More than one note on a single syllable
-@subsubsection More than one note on a single syllable
+@node Skipping notes
+@subsubsection Skipping notes
+
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
@node Extenders and hyphens
@subsubsection Extenders and hyphens
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@node Vocals and variables
-@subsection Vocals and variables
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@node Lyrics and repeats
+@subsubsection Lyrics and repeats
+
+@untranslated
-@menu
-* Working with lyrics and variables::
-@end menu
-@node Working with lyrics and variables
-@subsubsection Working with lyrics and variables
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@node Placement of lyrics
+@subsection Placement of lyrics
-@node Flexibility in placement
-@subsection Flexibility in placement
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@menu
-* Lyrics to multiple notes of a melisma::
+@menu
* Divisi lyrics::
-* Switching the melody associated with a lyrics line::
* Lyrics independent of notes::
-@end menu
-@node Lyrics to multiple notes of a melisma
-@subsubsection Lyrics to multiple notes of a melisma
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+* Chants::
+* Spacing out syllables::
+* Centering lyrics between staves::
+@end menu
@node Divisi lyrics
@subsubsection Divisi lyrics
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@node Switching the melody associated with a lyrics line
-@subsubsection Switching the melody associated with a lyrics line
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
@node Lyrics independent of notes
@subsubsection Lyrics independent of notes
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Chants
+@subsubsection Chants
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Spacing out syllables
+@subsubsection Spacing out syllables
-@node Spacing vocals
-@subsection Spacing vocals
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@menu
-* Spacing lyrics::
-@end menu
-@node Spacing lyrics
-@subsubsection Spacing lyrics
+@node Centering lyrics between staves
+@subsubsection Centering lyrics between staves
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@node More about stanzas
-@subsection More about stanzas
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@node Stanzas
+@subsection Stanzas
-@menu
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
* Adding stanza numbers ::
-* Adding dynamics marks::
-* Adding singer names::
+* Adding dynamics marks to stanzas::
+* Adding singers' names to stanzas::
+* Stanzas with different rhythms::
* Printing stanzas at the end ::
* Printing stanzas at the end in multiple columns ::
-@end menu
-@node Adding stanza numbers
-@subsubsection Adding stanza numbers
+@end menu
+
+@node Adding stanza numbers
+@subsubsection Adding stanza numbers
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Adding dynamics marks to stanzas
+@subsubsection Adding dynamics marks to stanzas
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Adding singers' names to stanzas
+@subsubsection Adding singers' names to stanzas
+
+@untranslated
+
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@node Stanzas with different rhythms
+@subsubsection Stanzas with different rhythms
-@node Adding dynamics marks
-@subsubsection Adding dynamics marks
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@node Adding singer names
-@subsubsection Adding singer names
+@subsubheading Ignoring melismata
+@subsubheading Switching to an alternative melody
+@node Printing stanzas at the end
+@subsubsection Printing stanzas at the end
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@node Printing stanzas at the end
-@subsubsection Printing stanzas at the end
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@node Printing stanzas at the end in multiple columns
+@subsubsection Printing stanzas at the end in multiple columns
-@node Printing stanzas at the end in multiple columns
-@subsubsection Printing stanzas at the end in multiple columns
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
@node Wind instruments
@section Wind instruments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Common notation for wind instruments::
@node Common notation for wind instruments
@subsection Common notation for wind instruments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* References for wind instruments::
@node References for wind instruments
@subsubsection References for wind instruments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Half-holes
@subsubsection Half-holes
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Bagpipes
@subsection Bagpipes
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Bagpipe definitions::
Versionsnummer.
@item @strong{Benutzen Sie Überprüfungen}: @ruser{Bar check},
-@ruser{Octave check} und
+@ruser{Octave checks} und
@ruser{Barnumber check}. Wenn Sie hier und da diese Überprüfungen
einfügen, finden Sie einen möglichen Fehler weit schneller. Wie oft
aber
Das Setzen der Variablen, die das Verhalten von LilyPond beeinflussen
(@q{properties}), wird im Kapitel
-@ruser{Changing context properties on the fly} besprochen.
+@ref{Modifying context properties} besprochen.
--- /dev/null
+@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
+@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
+@ignore
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
+
+ When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
+ version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
+@end ignore
+
+
+@node World music
+@section World music
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Arabic music::
+@end menu
+
+@node Arabic music
+@subsection Arabic music
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* References for Arabic music::
+* Arabic note names ::
+* Arabic key signatures::
+* Arabic time signatures::
+* Arabic music example::
+* Further reading::
+@end menu
+
+@node References for Arabic music
+@unnumberedsubsubsec References for Arabic music
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Arabic note names
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic note names
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Arabic key signatures
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic key signatures
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Arabic time signatures
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic time signatures
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Arabic music example
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic music example
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Further reading
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Further reading
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
depth = ../..
SUBDIRS = user
STEPMAKE_TEMPLATES = documentation
+LOCALSTEPMAKE_TEMPLATES = doc-i18n-root
include $(depth)/make/stepmake.make
-
-local-WWW: lang-merge
-
-lang-merge: $(outdir)/index.html
- ln -f $(outdir)/index.html $(depth)/Documentation/$(outdir)/index.$(ISOLANG).html
- <p><i>Last updated Sat Jul 19 15:59:20 UTC 2008
+ <p><i>Actualizado en Mon Aug 11 16:16:20 UTC 2008
</i></p>
<html>
<!-- This page is automatically generated by translation-status.py from
<th>Más inf.</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Section titles<br>(412)</td>
+ <td>Títulos de sección<br>(412)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1 Introducción<br>(3699)</td>
+ <td>1 Introducción<br>(3678)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (65 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #97ff2f">parcialmente</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ffd244">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td>post-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2 Tutorial<br>(5652)</td>
+ <td>2 Tutorial<br>(5685)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #62ff28">parcialmente</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #2cff20">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td>post-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>3 Conceptos fundamentales<br>(9800)</td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Trucar la salida<br>(12262)</td>
+ <td>4 Trucar la salida<br>(12334)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #40fe23">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #47ff24">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<th>Más inf.</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Section titles<br>(390)</td>
+ <td>Títulos de sección<br>(390)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<th>Más inf.</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Section titles<br>(544)</td>
+ <td>Títulos de sección<br>(547)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #33ff21">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #40fe23">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.1 Alturas<br>(2822)</td>
+ <td>1.1 Alturas<br>(2948)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #39ff22">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.2 Duraciones<br>(6657)</td>
+ <td>1.2 Duraciones<br>(6785)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (96 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #25fe1f">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (95 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #39ff22">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.3 Expresiones<br>(843)</td>
+ <td>1.3 Expresiones<br>(1119)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #f6fe3b">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ffea40">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.4 Repeticiones<br>(940)</td>
+ <td>1.4 Repeticiones<br>(556)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #efff3a">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ffdd42">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.5 Notas simultáneas<br>(883)</td>
+ <td>1.5 Notas simultáneas<br>(1000)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #f6fe3b">parcialmente</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #39ff22">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td>post-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.6 Notación de los pentagramas<br>(2310)</td>
+ <td>1.6 Notación de los pentagramas<br>(1800)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ffcd45">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.7 Anotaciones editoriales<br>(827)</td>
+ <td>1.7 Anotaciones editoriales<br>(908)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #4efe25">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.8 Texto<br>(1851)</td>
+ <td>1.8 Texto<br>(2082)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (85 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #b2fe32">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (86 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #efff3a">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.1 Música vocal<br>(2745)</td>
+ <td>2.1 Música vocal<br>(2799)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (96 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #25fe1f">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #76fe2a">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.2 Instrumentos de teclado<br>(561)</td>
+ <td>2.2 Instrumentos de teclado<br>(668)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (90 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (89 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.4 Instrumentos de cuerda con trastes<br>(857)</td>
+ <td>2.4 Instrumentos de cuerda con trastes<br>(1369)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (82 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ffbf47">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (35 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff954f">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.5 Percusión<br>(546)</td>
+ <td>2.5 Percusión<br>(747)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (97 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (98 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #5bff27">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.7 Notación de acordes<br>(1303)</td>
+ <td>2.7 Notación de acordes<br>(1352)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #62ff28">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #76fe2a">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>3 Sintaxis de escritura<br>(5399)</td>
+ <td>2.9 Músicas del mundo<br>(1115)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">ninguno</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Problemas de espaciado<br>(8400)</td>
+ <td>3 Entrada y salida generales<br>(5431)</td>
+ <td>Francisco Vila</td>
+ <td></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (43 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr align="left">
+ <td>4 Problemas de espaciado<br>(7896)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">ninguno</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Cambiar los valores por omisión<br>(6855)</td>
+ <td>5 Cambiar los valores por omisión<br>(8377)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (93 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #25fe1f">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (69 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #97ff2f">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>6 Interfaces para programadores<br>(5213)</td>
+ <td>6 Interfaces para programadores<br>(5218)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">ninguno</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>B Tablas del manual sobre notación<br>(1127)</td>
+ <td>B Tablas del manual sobre notación<br>(1146)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #a5ff31">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (99 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #acff31">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
@item
Disposición de la página: cambiar el aspecto visual del espaciado, los
saltos de línea y las dimensiones de la página. Estas modificaciones
-se discuten en @ref{Non-musical notation} y @ref{Spacing issues}.
+se discuten en @ref{General input and output} y @ref{Spacing issues}.
@end itemize
Internamente, LilyPond utiliza el lenguaje Scheme (un dialecto de
* Useful concepts and properties::
* Common properties::
* Advanced tweaks::
-* old The \override command::
-* Discussion of specific tweaks::
@end menu
@node Changing context default settings
@subsection Changing context default settings
-Los ajustes de las secciones previas ( @ref{The \set command},
+Los ajustes de las secciones previas ( @ref{The set command},
@ref{Modifying context plug-ins} y @ref{Overview of modifying
properties}) también se pueden escribir separados de la música dentro
del bloque @code{\layout}:
@node Naming conventions
@subsection Naming conventions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Modifying properties
@section Modifying properties
@menu
* Overview of modifying properties::
-* The \set command::
-* The \override command::
-* \set versus \override::
-* Objects connected to the input::
+* The set command::
+* The override command::
+* set versus override::
+* The tweak command::
@end menu
abruptas, o las dos cosas.
-@node The \set command
+@node The set command
@subsection The @code{\set} command
@cindex propiedades
-@node The \override command
+@node The override command
@subsection The @code{\override} command
Las instrucciones que modifican la salida tienen por lo general un
Mostraremos a continuación cómo localizar esta información en el
manual de notación y en la referencia de funcionamiento interno.
-@node \set versus \override
+@node set versus override
@subsection @code{\set} vs. @code{\override}
Hemos visto dos formas de cambiar las propiedades: @code{\set} y
(modificada con @code{\set}).
-@node Objects connected to the input
-@subsection Objects connected to the input
+@node The tweak command
+@subsection The @code{\tweak} command
@funindex \tweak
@node Distances and measurements
@subsection Distances and measurements
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Spanners
@subsection Spanners
@end menu
-
-
@node Vertical grouping of grobs
@subsection Vertical grouping of grobs
@node Modifying ends of spanners
@subsection Modifying ends of spanners
+@untranslated
+
@node Modifying stencils
@subsection Modifying stencils
-@node old The \override command
-@section old The @code{\override} command
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Discussion of specific tweaks
-@section Discussion of specific tweaks
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* old Contexts explained::
-@end menu
-
-@node old Contexts explained
-@subsection old Contexts explained
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
+@untranslated
@c @rlearning{ }.
@c Notation Reference:
-@c @ruser{ }.
+@c @ref{ }.
@c Application Usage:
@c @rprogram{ }.
@end lilypond
Las indicaciones de digitación se pueden situar manualmente encima o
-debajo del pentagrama, véase @ref{Controlling direction and
-placement}.
+debajo del pentagrama, véase @ref{Direction
+and placement}.
@snippets
@seealso
Referencia de la notación:
-@ref{Controlling direction and placement}
+@ref{Direction and placement}
Fragmentos de código:
@rlsr{Editorial annotations}.
@seealso
Referencia de la notación:
-@ref{List of colors}, @ref{Objects connected to
-the input}.
+@ref{List of colors}, @ref{The
+tweak command}.
Fragmentos de código:
@rlsr{Editorial annotations}.
Las notas de un acorde no se pueden colorear con @code{\override}; en
-su lugar utilice @code{\tweak}. Consulte @ref{Objects connected to
-the input} para ver más detalles.
+su lugar utilice @code{\tweak}. Consulte @ref{The
+tweak command} para ver más detalles.
@node Parentheses
@seealso
Referencia de la notación:
-@ref{Controlling direction and placement}.
+@ref{Direction and placement}.
Fragmentos de código:
@rlsr{Editorial annotations}.
@node References for fretted strings
@subsubsection References for fretted strings
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node String number indications
@subsubsection String number indications
@node Guitar tablatures
@subsubsection Guitar tablatures
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Indicating position and barring
@subsubsection Indicating position and barring
-@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
+@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 66dde21fe63499f32a718f6098abe70e1429059b
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.51"
+@node General input and output
+@chapter General input and output
-@node Input syntax
-@chapter Input syntax
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@menu
-* Input files::
-* Common syntax issues TODO name?::
-* Other stuffs TODO move?::
-@end menu
-@node Input files
-@section Input files
+@menu
+* Input structure::
+* Titles and headers::
+* Working with input files::
+* Controlling output::
+* MIDI output::
+@end menu
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@node Input structure
+@section Input structure
+
+@untranslated
-@menu
-* File structure::
-* A single music expression::
-* Multiple scores in a book::
-* Extracting fragments of notation::
-* Including LilyPond files::
-* Text encoding::
-* Different editions from one source::
-@end menu
-@node File structure
-@subsection File structure
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@menu
+* Structure of a score::
+* Multiple scores in a book::
+* File structure::
+@end menu
-@node A single music expression
-@subsection A single music expression
+@node Structure of a score
+@subsection Structure of a score
+
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
@node Multiple scores in a book
@subsection Multiple scores in a book
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@node Extracting fragments of notation
-@subsection Extracting fragments of notation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@node File structure
+@subsection File structure
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Titles and headers
+@section Titles and headers
+
+Casi toda la música impresa tiene un título y el nombre del
+compositor; ciertas piezas tienen mucha más información.
+
+@menu
+* Creating titles::
+* Custom titles::
+* Reference to page numbers::
+* Table of contents::
+@end menu
+
+@node Creating titles
+@subsection Creating titles
+
+Se crean títulos para cada uno de los bloques @code{\score} así como
+para todo el archivo de entrada (o bloque @code{\book} (libro)).
+
+El contenido de cada título se extrae a partir de los bloques
+@code{\header} (cabecera). El bloque de cabecera de un libro
+contempla lo siguiente:
+
+@table @code
+@funindex dedicatoria
+@item dedication
+El dedicatario de la música, centrado en lo alto de la primera página.
+
+@funindex title
+@item title
+El título de la música, centrado justo debajo de la
+dedicatoria.
+
+@funindex subtitle
+@item subtitle
+Subtítulo, centrado debajo del título.
+
+@funindex subsubtitle
+@item subsubtitle
+Sub-subtítulo, centrado debajo del subtítulo.
+
+@funindex poet
+@item poet
+Nombre del poeta, a la izquierda, debajo del subtítulo.
+
+@funindex composer
+@item composer
+Nombre del compositor, a la derecha, debajo del subtítulo.
+
+@funindex meter
+@item meter
+Texto de la medida, a la izquierda, debajo del poeta.
+
+@funindex opus
+@item opus
+Nombre del Opus, a la derecha, debajo del compositor.
+
+@funindex arranger
+@item arranger
+Nombre del arreglista, a la derecha, debajo del Opus.
+
+@funindex instrument
+@item instrument
+Nombre del instrumento, centrado, debajo del arreglista. También
+aparece centrado en lo alto de cada página (aparte de la primera).
+
+@funindex piece
+@item piece
+Nombre de la pieza, a la izquierda, debajo del instrumento.
+
+@cindex página, saltos, forzar
+@funindex breakbefore
+@item breakbefore
+Esto fuerza que el título comience sobre una página nueva (establézcalo a ##t o a ##f).
+
+@funindex copyright
+@item copyright
+Aviso de Copyright, centrado en la parte inferior de la primera
+página. Para insertar el símbolo de copyright symbol, consulte
+@ref{Text encoding}.
+
+@funindex tagline
+@item tagline
+Cartel de propósito general en el pie de página, centrado al final de la última.
+
+@end table
+
+A continuación presentamos una demostración de todos los campos que
+están disponibles. Fíjese en que puede utilizar en la cabecera
+cualquier instrucción de marcado de texto (Véase @ref{Formatting text}).
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,line-width=11.0\cm]
+\paper {
+ line-width = 9.0\cm
+ paper-height = 10.0\cm
+}
+
+\book {
+ \header {
+ dedication = "dedicated to me"
+ title = \markup \center-align { "Title first line" "Title second line,
+longer" }
+ subtitle = "the subtitle,"
+ subsubtitle = #(string-append "subsubtitle LilyPond version "
+(lilypond-version))
+ poet = "Poet"
+ composer = \markup \center-align { "composer" \small "(1847-1973)" }
+ texttranslator = "Text Translator"
+ meter = \markup { \teeny "m" \tiny "e" \normalsize "t" \large "e" \huge
+"r" }
+ arranger = \markup { \fontsize #8.5 "a" \fontsize #2.5 "r" \fontsize
+#-2.5 "r" \fontsize #-5.3 "a" \fontsize #7.5 "nger" }
+ instrument = \markup \bold \italic "instrument"
+ piece = "Piece"
+ }
+
+ \score {
+ { c'1 }
+ \header {
+ piece = "piece1"
+ opus = "opus1"
+ }
+ }
+ \markup {
+ and now...
+ }
+ \score {
+ { c'1 }
+ \header {
+ piece = "piece2"
+ opus = "opus2"
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Como se mostró anteriormente, puede usar varios bloques
+@code{\header}. Cuando los mismos campos aparecen en distintos
+bloques, tiene validez el último en definirse. A continuación un
+breve ejemplo.
+
+@example
+\header @{
+ composer = "Compositor"
+@}
+\header @{
+ piece = "Pieza"
+@}
+\score @{
+ \new Staff @{ c'4 @}
+ \header @{
+ piece = "Otra pieza" % sobreescribe a la anterior
+ @}
+@}
+@end example
+
+Si define la cabecera @code{\header} dentro del bloque @code{\score},
+por lo general se imprimirán solamente las cabeceras @code{piece} y
+@code{opus}. Fíjese en que la expresión musical debe aparecer antes
+del @code{\header}.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,line-width=11.0\cm]
+\score {
+ { c'4 }
+ \header {
+ title = "title" % not printed
+ piece = "piece"
+ opus = "opus"
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@funindex printallheaders
+@noindent
+Se puede cambiar este comportamiento (e imprimir todas las cabeceras
+cuando la cabecera @code{\header} está definida dentro del bloque
+@code{\score}) mediante la utilización de
+
+@example
+\paper@{
+ printallheaders=##t
+@}
+@end example
+
+@cindex copyright
+@cindex tagline
+
+El pie de página por omisión se encuentra vacío, excepto para la
+primera página, en la que se inserta el campo de @code{copyright}
+extraído del @code{\header}, y para la última página, en la que se
+escribe el cartel @code{tagline} sacado del bloque @code{\header}. La
+línea por omisión para este cartel es @qq{Music engraving by LilyPond
+(@var{version})}.@footnote{Las partituras bien tipografiadas son una
+magnífica promoción para nosotros, así que por favor, si puede,
+conserve intacta la línea del letrero.}
+
+Las cabeceras se pueden quitar completamente estableciendo su valor a
+falso.
+
+@example
+\header @{
+ tagline = ##f
+ composer = ##f
+@}
+@end example
+
+
+@node Custom titles
+@subsection Custom titles
+
+Una opción más avanzada es cambiar las definiciones de las variables
+siguientes dentro del bloque @code{\paper} block. El archivo de
+inicio @file{ly/titling-init.ly} ofrece un listado de la disposición
+predeterminada.
+
+@table @code
+@funindex bookTitleMarkup
+@item bookTitleMarkup
+ Es el título que se escribe en lo alto del documento de salida
+completo. Normalmente contiene el compositor y el título de la pieza.
+
+@funindex scoreTitleMarkup
+@item scoreTitleMarkup
+ Es el título que se coloca por encima de un bloque @code{\score}.
+normalmente contiene el nombre del movimiento (campo @code{piece}).
+
+@funindex oddHeaderMarkup
+@item oddHeaderMarkup
+ Es el encabezamiento de las páginas de numeración impar.
+
+@funindex evenHeaderMarkup
+@item evenHeaderMarkup
+ Es el encabezamiento de las páginas de numeración par. Si se deja
+ sin especificar, se usará el encabezamiento de las páginas impares.
+
+ De forma predeterminada, los encabezamientos se definen de tal forma
+que el número de página está en el borde exterior, y el isntrumento
+está centrado.
+
+@funindex oddFooterMarkup
+@item oddFooterMarkup
+ Es el pie de las páginas de numeración impar.
+
+@funindex evenFooterMarkup
+@item evenFooterMarkup
+ Es el pie de las páginas de numeración par. Si se deja sin
+ especificar, se usará en su lugar el encabezamiento de las páginas
+ impares.
+
+ De forma predeterminada, el pie de página tiene el aviso de
+copyright en la primera página, y el cartel @code{tagline} en la
+última.
+@end table
+
+
+@cindex \paper
+@cindex encabezamiento
+@cindex header
+@cindex pie
+@cindex disposición de la página
+@cindex títulos
+
+La definición siguiente pone el título en el extremo izquierdo, y el
+compositor en el extremo derecho sobre una única línea.
+
+@verbatim
+\paper {
+ bookTitleMarkup = \markup {
+ \fill-line {
+ \fromproperty #'header:title
+ \fromproperty #'header:composer
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end verbatim
+
+@node Reference to page numbers
+@subsection Reference to page numbers
+
+Se puede marcar un lugar determinado de una partitura utilizando la
+instrucción @code{\label} (etiqueta), bien en lo alto de la estructura
+o bien dentro de la música. Posteriormente se puede hacer referencia
+a esta etiqueta dentro de un elemento de marcado, para obtener el
+número de la página en que se encuentra la marca, usando la
+instrucción de marcado @code{\page-ref}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,line-width=11.0\cm]
+\header { tagline = ##f }
+\book {
+ \label #'firstScore
+ \score {
+ {
+ c'1
+ \pageBreak \mark A \label #'markA
+ c'
+ }
+ }
+
+ \markup { The first score begins on page \page-ref #'firstScore "0" "?" }
+ \markup { Mark A is on page \page-ref #'markA "0" "?" }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+La instrucción de marcado @code{\page-ref} toma tres argumentos:
+@enumerate
+@item la etiqueta, un símbolo de scheme, p.ej. @code{#'firstScore};
+@item un elemento de marcado que se usará como medidor para estimar las dimensiones del marcado;
+@item un elemento de marcado que se utilizará en sustitución del número de página si la etiqueta es desconocida.
+@end enumerate
+
+El motivo de que se necesite un medidor es que en el momento en que se
+están interpretando los marcados, los saltos de página aún no se han
+producido y por tanto los números de página no se conocen todavía.
+Para sortear este inconveniente, la interpretación real del marcado se
+retrasa hasta un momento posterior; sin embargo, las dimensiones del
+marcado se tienen que conocer de antemano, así que se usa el medidor
+para decidir estas dimensiones. Si el libro tiene entre 10 y 99
+páginas, el medidor puede ser "00", es decir, un número de dos
+dígitos.
+
+@predefined
+
+@funindex \label
+@code{\label}
+@funindex \page-ref
+@code{\page-ref}
+
+@node Table of contents
+@subsection Table of contents
+Se puede insertar un índice general o tabla de contenidos utilizando
+la instrucción @code{\markuplines \table-of-contents}. Los elementos
+que deben aparecer en la tabla de contenidos se introducen con la
+instrucción @code{\tocItem}, que se puede usar en el nivel más alto de
+la jerarquía del código, o dentro de una expresión musical.
+
+@verbatim
+\markuplines \table-of-contents
+\pageBreak
+
+\tocItem \markup "Primera partitura"
+\score {
+ {
+ c' % ...
+ \tocItem \markup "Un punto concreto dentro de la primera partitura"
+ d' % ...
+ }
+}
+
+\tocItem \markup "Segunda partitura"
+\score {
+ {
+ e' % ...
+ }
+}
+@end verbatim
+
+Los elementos de marcado que se usan para dar formato al índice
+general se encuentran definidos dentro del bloque @code{\paper}. Los
+elementos predeterminados son @code{tocTitleMarkup}, para dar formato
+al título de la tabla, y @code{tocItemMarkup}, para aplicar formato a
+los elementos del índice, que consisten en el título del elemento y el
+número de página. Estas variables se pueden cambiar por parte del
+usuario:
+
+@verbatim
+\paper {
+ %% Traducir el título del índice al español:
+ tocTitleMarkup = \markup \huge \column {
+ \fill-line { \null "Índice general" \null }
+ \hspace #1
+ }
+ %% usar una fuente mayor
+ tocItemMarkup = \markup \large \fill-line {
+ \fromproperty #'toc:text \fromproperty #'toc:page
+ }
+}
+@end verbatim
+
+Observe la forma en que nos referimos al texto y al número de página
+del elemento de índice, dentro de la definición @code{tocItemMarkup}.
+
+También se pueden definir nuevas instrucciones y elementos de
+marcado para crear índices generales más eleborados:
+@itemize
+@item en primer lugar, defina una variable de marcado nueva dentro del bloque @code{\paper}
+@item luego defina una función de música cuyo propósito es añadir un elemento al índice general
+utilizando esta variable de marcado del bloque @code{\paper}.
+@end itemize
+
+En el ejemplo siguiente se define un estilo nuevo para introducir los
+nombres de los actos de una ópera en el índice general:
+
+@verbatim
+\paper {
+ tocActMarkup = \markup \large \column {
+ \hspace #1
+ \fill-line { \null \italic \fromproperty #'toc:text \null }
+ \hspace #1
+ }
+}
+
+tocAct =
+#(define-music-function (parser location text) (markup?)
+ (add-toc-item! 'tocActMarkup text))
+@end verbatim
+
+@lilypond[line-width=11.0\cm]
+\header { tagline = ##f }
+\paper {
+ tocActMarkup = \markup \large \column {
+ \hspace #1
+ \fill-line { \null \italic \fromproperty #'toc:text \null }
+ \hspace #1
+ }
+}
+
+tocAct =
+#(define-music-function (parser location text) (markup?)
+ (add-toc-item! 'tocActMarkup text))
+
+\book {
+ \markuplines \table-of-contents
+ \tocAct \markup { Atto Primo }
+ \tocItem \markup { Coro. Viva il nostro Alcide }
+ \tocItem \markup { Cesare. Presti omai l'Egizzia terra }
+ \tocAct \markup { Atto Secondo }
+ \tocItem \markup { Sinfonia }
+ \tocItem \markup { Cleopatra. V'adoro, pupille, saette d'Amore }
+ \markup \null
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@seealso
+
+Archivos de inicio: @file{ly/@/toc@/-init@/.ly}.
+
+@predefined
+
+@funindex \table-of-contents
+@code{\table-of-contents}
+@funindex \tocItem
+@code{\tocItem}
+
+
+@node Working with input files
+@section Working with input files
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Including LilyPond files::
+* Different editions from one source::
+* Text encoding::
+* Displaying LilyPond notation::
+@end menu
@node Including LilyPond files
@subsection Including LilyPond files
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Text encoding
-@subsection Text encoding
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
@node Different editions from one source
@subsection Different editions from one source
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@node Common syntax issues TODO name?
-@section Common syntax issues TODO name?
+@menu
+* Using variables::
+* Using tags::
+@end menu
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@node Using variables
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using variables
-@menu
-* Controlling direction and placement::
-* Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE::
-* When to add a -::
-@end menu
-@node Controlling direction and placement
-@subsection Controlling direction and placement
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@node Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE
-@subsection Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE
+@node Using tags
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using tags
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@node When to add a -
-@subsection When to add a -
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@node Text encoding
+@subsection Text encoding
-@node Other stuffs TODO move?
-@section Other stuffs TODO move?
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@menu
-* Displaying LilyPond notation::
-* Skipping corrected music::
-* context list FIXME::
-* another thing FIXME::
-* Input modes FIXME::
-@end menu
@node Displaying LilyPond notation
@subsection Displaying LilyPond notation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Controlling output
+@section Controlling output
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Extracting fragments of music::
+* Skipping corrected music::
+@end menu
+
+@node Extracting fragments of music
+@subsection Extracting fragments of music
+
+@untranslated
+
@node Skipping corrected music
@subsection Skipping corrected music
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node MIDI output
+@section MIDI output
+
+@cindex sonido
+@cindex MIDI
+
+El MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital Interface, Interfase Digital para
+Instrumentos Musicales) es un estándar para interconectar y controlar
+instrumentos musicales electrónicos. Un archivo o secuencia MIDI es
+una serie de notas dentro de un conjunto de pistas. No es un archivoo
+de sonidos reales; se necesita un programa reproductor especial para
+traducir la serie de notas en sonidos de verdad.
+
+Cualquier música se puede convertir a archivos MIDI, de manera que
+podamos escuchar lo que hayamos introducido. Esto es muy conveniente
+para comprobar la corrección de la música; las octavas equivocadas o
+las alteraciones erróneas se ponen de relieve muy claramente al
+escuchar la salida MIDI.
+
+@knownissues
+
+Muchhos efectos con interés musical como el swing, la articulación, el
+fraseo, etc., no se traducen al midi.
+
+La salida midi reserva un canal para cada pentagrama, y uno más para
+los ajustes globales. Por ello, el archivo de entrada no debería
+tener más de 15 pentagramas (o 14 si no usa percusión). Los otros
+pentagramas permanecerán en silencio.
+
+No todos los reproductores de midi manejan correctamente los cambios
+de tempo en la salida midi. Entre los reproductores que se sabe que
+funcionan, se encuentra
+@uref{http://@/timidity@/.sourceforge@/.net/,timidity}.
+
+
+@menu
+* Creating MIDI files::
+* MIDI block::
+* What goes into the MIDI output?::
+* Repeats in MIDI::
+* Controlling MIDI dynamics::
+@end menu
+
+@node Creating MIDI files
+@subsection Creating MIDI files
+
+Para crear un MIDI a partir de una pieza de música, escriba un bloque
+@code{\midi} en la partitura, por ejemplo:
+
+@example
+\score @{
+ @var{...música...}
+ \midi @{
+ \context @{
+ \Score
+ tempoWholesPerMinute = #(ly:make-moment 72 4)
+ @}
+ @}
+@}
+@end example
+
+El tempo se puede especificar utilizando la instrucción @code{\tempo}
+dentro de la propia música, véase @ref{Metronome marks}. Más abajo se
+muestra una alternativa que no da lugar a una indicación metronómica
+en la partitura impresa. En este ejemplo, el tempo de negras se
+establece en 72 pulsos por minuto. Esta clase de especificación del
+tempo no puede tomar notas con puntillo como argumento. En este caso,
+divida las notas con puntillo en unidades más pequeñas. Por ejemplo,
+un tempo de 90 negras con puntillo por minuto se puede especificar
+como 270 corcheas por minuto:
+
+@example
+tempoWholesPerMinute = #(ly:make-moment 270 8)
+@end example
+
+Si hay una instrucción @code{\midi} dentro de un @code{\score},
+solamente se producirá MIDI. Si se necesita también una notación
+impresa, se debe escribir un bloque @code{\layout}
+
+@example
+\score @{
+ @var{...música...}
+ \midi @{ @}
+ \layout @{ @}
+@}
+@end example
+@cindex layout, bloque
+
+
+
+Se interpretan las ligaduras de unión, los matices dinámicos y los
+cambios de tempo. Las marcas dinámicas, crescendi y decrescendi se
+traducen en niveles de volumen MIDI. Las marcas de dinámica se
+traducen a una fracción fija del rango de volumen MIDI disponible, los
+crescendi y decrescendi hacen que el volumen varíe de forma lineal
+entre sus dos extremos. Las fracciones se pueden ajustar mediante
+@code{dynamicAbsoluteVolumeFunction} dentro de un contexto
+@rinternals{Voice}. Para cada tipo de instrumento MIDI se puede
+definir un rango de volumen. Esto proporciona un control de
+ecualización básico, que puede realzar significativamente la calidad
+de la salida MIDI. El ecualizador se puede controlar estableciendo un
+valor para @code{instrumentEqualizer}, o fijando
+
+@example
+\set Staff.midiMinimumVolume = #0.2
+\set Staff.midiMaximumVolume = #0.8
+@end example
+
+Para quitar los matices dinámicos de la salida MIDI, escriba las
+siguientes líneas dentro de la sección @code{\midi@{@}}.
+
+@example
+\midi @{
+ ...
+ \context @{
+ \Voice
+ \remove "Dynamic_performer"
+ @}
+@}
+@end example
+
+
+@knownissues
+
+Los (de)crescendos sin terminar no se procesarán adecuadamente en el
+archivo midi, dando como resultado pasajes de música en silenco. Una
+forma de sortearlo es terminar el (de)crescendo explícitamente. Por
+ejemmplo,
+
+@example
+@{ a\< b c d\f @}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+no funcionará bien, pero
+
+@example
+@{ a\< b c d\!\f @}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+sí lo hará.
+
+
+Solamente se crea una salida MIDI cuando la instrucción @code{\midi}
+está dentro de un bloque @code{\score}. Si lo escribe dentro de un
+contexto instanciado explícitamente (es decir: @code{\new Score} ) el
+archivo no se producirá. Para solucionarlo, encierre el @code{\new
+Score} y el @code{\midi} dentro de un bloque @code{\score}.
+
+@example
+\score @{
+ \new Score @{ @dots{}notas@dots{} @}
+ \midi
+@}
+@end example
+
+
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Instrument names
+@cindex instrumento, nombres de
+@funindex Staff.midiInstrument
+
+El nombre del instrumento MIDI se establece mediante la propiedad
+@code{Staff.midiInstrument}. El nombre del instrumento se debe elegir
+de entre los que están en la lista que aparece en @ref{MIDI
+instruments}.
+
+@example
+\set Staff.midiInstrument = "glockenspiel"
+@var{...notes...}
+@end example
+
+Si el instrumento elegido no coincide exactamente con uno de los
+instrumentos de la lista de instrumentos MIDI, se usará el instrumento
+Piano de Cola (@code{"acoustic grand"}).
+
+
+@node MIDI block
+@subsection MIDI block
+
+@cindex bloque MIDI
+
+
+El bloque @code{\midi} es similar al bloque @code{\layout}, pero algo
+más simple. Puede contener definiciones de contexto.
+
+
+@cindex contexto, definición de
+
+Las definiciones de contexto siguen con exactitud la misma sintaxis
+que dentro del bloque \layout. Los módulos de traducción para el
+sonido reciben el nombre de «performers» o intérpretes. Los contextos
+para la salida MIDI se encuentran definidos dentro de
+@file{ly/@/performer@/-init@/.ly}.
+
+
+@node What goes into the MIDI output?
+@subsection What goes into the MIDI output?
+
+@untranslated
+
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Supported in MIDI
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Unsupported in MIDI
+
+@node Repeats in MIDI
+@subsection Repeats in MIDI
+
+@cindex repeticiones, expandir
+@funindex \unfoldRepeats
+
+Con un poco de trucaje, se puede hacer que cualquier tipo de
+repetición esté presente en la salida MIDI. Esto se consigue mediante
+la aplicación de la función musical @code{\unfoldRepeats}. Esta
+función cambia todas las repeticiones a repeticiones desplegadas.
-@node context list FIXME
-@subsection context list FIXME
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,line-width=8.0\cm]
+\unfoldRepeats {
+ \repeat tremolo 8 {c'32 e' }
+ \repeat percent 2 { c''8 d'' }
+ \repeat volta 2 {c'4 d' e' f'}
+ \alternative {
+ { g' a' a' g' }
+ {f' e' d' c' }
+ }
+}
+\bar "|."
+@end lilypond
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+Al crear un archivo de partitura que use @code{\unfoldRepeats} para el
+MIDI, es necesario hacer dos bloques @code{\score}: uno para el MIDI
+(con repeticiones desplegadas) y otro para la notación impresa (con
+repeticiones de volta --primera y segunda vez--, tremolo --trémolo--,
+y percent --repetición de compases--). Por ejemplo,
-@node another thing FIXME
-@subsection another thing FIXME
+@example
+\score @{
+ @var{..música..}
+ \layout @{ .. @}
+@}
+\score @{
+ \unfoldRepeats @var{..música..}
+ \midi @{ .. @}
+@}
+@end example
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@node Input modes FIXME
-@subsection Input modes FIXME
+@node Controlling MIDI dynamics
+@subsection Controlling MIDI dynamics
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Dynamic marks
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Overall MIDI volume
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Equalizing different instruments (i)
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Equalizing different instruments (ii)
@node Compiling from source
@section Compiling from source
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Downloading source code::
@node Downloading source code
@subsection Downloading source code
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Requirements
@subsection Requirements
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@unnumberedsubsubsec Compilation
@unnumberedsubsubsec Running requirements
@node Building LilyPond
@subsection Building LilyPond
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@unnumberedsubsubsec Compiling
@unnumberedsubsubsec Compiling for multiple platforms
@node Building documentation without compiling LilyPond
@subsection Building documentation without compiling LilyPond
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Testing LilyPond
@subsection Testing LilyPond
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Problems
@subsection Problems
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@unnumberedsubsubsec Bison 1.875
@unnumberedsubsubsec Solaris
solamente será útil para ciertos grupos de instrumentos (o voces).
@item
-@ruser{Input syntax}:
+@ruser{General input and output}:
trata de información general sobre los archivos de LilyPond y el
control sobre la salida.
@node References for keyboards
@subsubsection References for keyboards
-@ifhtml
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@end ifhtml
+@untranslated
@ifnothtml
@englishref
@end ifnothtml
La cadena @var{nombre_del_pentagrama} es el nombre del pentagrama.
Cambia la voz actual de su pentagrama en curso al pentagrama de nombre
@var{nombre_del_pentagrama}. Por lo común @var{nombre_del_pentagrama}
-es @code{"up"} o @code{"down"}. El @context{Staff} referido debe
+es @code{"up"} o @code{"down"}. El @code{Staff} referido debe
existir previamente, por ello normalmente la preparación de una
partitura empezará por la preparación de los pentagramas,
@end example
-y la @context{Voice} se inserta con posterioridad
+y la @code{Voice} se inserta con posterioridad
@example
\context Staff = down
@node Discant symbols
@subsubsection Discant symbols
-@ifhtml
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@end ifhtml
+@untranslated
@ifnothtml
@englishref
@end ifnothtml
Si tiene que citar muchos fragmentos extraídos de una partitura grade,
puede también usar la capacidad de recorte de sistemas, véase
-@ruser{Extracting fragments of notation}.
+@ruser{Extracting fragments of music}.
@node Inserting LilyPond output into OpenOffice.org
@menu
* Musical notation:: Notación musical.
* Specialist notation:: Notación especializada.
-* Input syntax:: General information about lilypond input files.
-* Non-musical notation:: Salida que no es notación musical.
+* General input and output:: General information about LilyPond input and output.
* Spacing issues:: Presentación de la salida sobre papel.
* Changing defaults:: Ajuste fino de la salida.
* Interfaces for programmers:: Utilización por expertos.
@include specialist.itely
@include input.itely
-@include non-music.itely
@include spacing.itely
@include changing-defaults.itely
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: d0333749421c9695907a4da61a6e1cd7eafcb726
+ Translation of GIT committish: a88c1b861df238ad1c000e6a86926e6f19f2fedd
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@quotedblleft{}\TEXT\@quotedblright{}
@end macro
+@ifhtml
+@macro warning{TEXT}
+@cartouche
+@b{Nota:} \TEXT\
+@end cartouche
+@end macro
+@end ifhtml
+
+@ifnothtml
@macro warning{TEXT}
@quotation
@quotation
@end quotation
@end quotation
@end macro
+@end ifnothtml
@ifnotinfo
@macro notation{TEXT}
@end macro
-@c * Deprecated: not in English macros.itexi *
-@macro context{TEXT}
-@vindex \TEXT\
-@code{\TEXT\}@c should use rinternals
-@end macro
-
-@c * Deprecated: not in English macros.itexi *
-@macro refcommand{TEXT}
-@vindex \TEXT\
-@code{\TEXT\}
-@end macro
-
@macro lydoctitle {TEXT}
@emph{\TEXT\}
@c **** Links and references ****
-@c Possibly deprecated; under discussion.
-@c usage: @lsr{ancient,custodes.ly}
-@macro lsr{DIR,TEXT}
-@ifhtml
-@uref{source/input/lsr/\DIR\/collated-files.html#\TEXT\,@file{\DIR\/\TEXT\}}
-@end ifhtml
-@ifnothtml
-@file{\DIR\/\TEXT\}
-@end ifnothtml
-@end macro
-
-@macro lsrdir{DIR}
-@ifhtml
-@uref{source/input/lsr/\DIR\/collated-files.html,@file{\DIR\}/}
-@end ifhtml
-@ifnothtml
-\DIR\
-@end ifnothtml
-@end macro
-
-
@c Definitions for references:
-@c @rinternals
@c @rglos
-@c @rprogram
-@c @ruser
@c @rlearning
+@c @ruser
+@c @rprogram
+@c @rlsr
+@c @rinternals
+@c all these also have a @...named version, which allows to specify the
+@c displayed text for the reference as second argument
-@ifhtml
-@c ***** HTML *****
+@c ***** HTML + bigpage is a special case (other manual names), all other
+@c formats are treated similarly
+
+@ifnottex
@ifset bigpage
-@macro rinternals{TEXT}
+@macro rglos{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-internals-big-page,Referencia de Funcionamiento Interno}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary-big-page,Glosario Musical}
@end macro
-@macro rglos{TEXT}
+@macro rglosnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary-big-page,Glosario Musical}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,music-glossary-big-page,Glosario Musical}
@end macro
-@macro rprogram{TEXT}
+@macro rlearning{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program-big-page,Utilización del Programa}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning-big-page,Manual de Aprendizaje}
+@end macro
+
+@macro rlearningnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-learning-big-page,Manual de Aprendizaje}
@end macro
@macro ruser{TEXT}
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-big-page,Referencia de la Notación}
@end macro
-@macro rlearning{TEXT}
+@macro rusernamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning-big-page,Manual de Aprendizaje}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-big-page,Referencia de la Notación}
@end macro
-@macro rlsr{TEXT}
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets-big-page,Fragmentos de código}
+@macro rprogram{TEXT}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program-big-page,Utilización del Programa}
@end macro
-@end ifset
+@macro rprogramnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-program-big-page,Utilización del Programa}
+@end macro
+@macro rlsr{TEXT}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets-big-page,Fragmentos de código}
+@end macro
-@ifclear bigpage
+@macro rlsrnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-snippets-big-page,Fragmentos de código}
+@end macro
@macro rinternals{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-internals,Referencia de Funcionamiento Interno}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-internals-big-page,Referencia de Funcionamiento Interno}
@end macro
-@macro rglos{TEXT}
+@macro rinternalsnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary,Glosario Musical}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-internals-big-page,Referencia de Funcionamiento Interno}
@end macro
-@macro rprogram{TEXT}
+@end ifset
+
+
+@ifclear bigpage
+
+@macro rglos{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program,Utilización del Programa}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary,Glosario Musical}
@end macro
-@macro ruser{TEXT}
+@macro rglosnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond,Referencia de la Notación}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,music-glossary,Glosario Musical}
@end macro
@macro rlearning{TEXT}
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning,Manual de Aprendizaje}
@end macro
-@macro rlsr{TEXT}
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets,Fragmentos de código}
+@macro rlearningnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-learning,Manual de Aprendizaje}
@end macro
-@end ifclear
-
-@end ifhtml
-
-
-@ifdocbook
-@c ***** DOCBOOK-XML *****
-
-@macro rinternals{TEXT}
+@macro ruser{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-internals,Referencia de Funcionamiento Interno}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond,Referencia de la Notación}
@end macro
-@macro rglos{TEXT}
+@macro rusernamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary,Glosario Musical}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond,Referencia de la Notación}
@end macro
@macro rprogram{TEXT}
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program,Utilización del Programa}
@end macro
-@macro ruser{TEXT}
-@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond,Referencia de la Notación}
-@end macro
-
-@macro rlearning{TEXT}
+@macro rprogramnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning,Manual de Aprendizaje}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-program,Utilización del Programa}
@end macro
@macro rlsr{TEXT}
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets,Fragmentos de código}
@end macro
-
-
-@end ifdocbook
-
-
-@ifinfo
-@c **** INFO ****
+@macro rlsrnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-snippets,Fragmentos de código}
+@end macro
@macro rinternals{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@inforef{\TEXT\,,lilypond-internals,Referencia de Funcionamiento Interno}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-internals,Referencia de Funcionamiento Interno}
@end macro
-@macro rglos{TEXT}
+@macro rinternalsnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@inforef{\TEXT\,,music-glossary,Glosario Musical}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-internals,Referencia de Funcionamiento Interno}
@end macro
-@macro rprogram{TEXT}
+@end ifclear
+
+@end ifnottex
+
+
+@c **** TEX ****
+@iftex
+
+@macro rglos{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program,Utilización del Programa}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary,Glosario Musical}
@end macro
-@macro ruser{TEXT}
+@macro rglosnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond,Referencia de la Notación}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,music-glossary,Glosario Musical}
@end macro
@macro rlearning{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning,Manual de Aprendizaje}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning.es,Manual de Aprendizaje}
@end macro
-@macro rlsr{TEXT}
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets,Fragmentos de código}
+@macro rlearningnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-learning.es,Manual de Aprendizaje}
@end macro
-
-
-@end ifinfo
-
-
-@c **** TEX ****
-@iftex
-
-@macro rinternals{TEXT}
+@macro ruser{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@code{\TEXT\}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond.es,Referencia de la Notación}
@end macro
-@macro rglos {TEXT}
+@macro rusernamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary,Glosario Musical}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond.es,Referencia de la Notación}
@end macro
@macro rprogram{TEXT}
+@vindex \TEXT\
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program.es,Utilización del Programa}
@end macro
-@macro ruser{TEXT}
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond.es,Referencia de la Notación}
-@end macro
-
-@macro rlearning{TEXT}
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning.es,Manual de Aprendizaje}
+@macro rprogramnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-program.es,Utilización del Programa}
@end macro
@macro rlsr{TEXT}
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets,Fragmentos de código}
@end macro
+@macro rlsrnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-snippets,Fragmentos de código}
+@end macro
+
+@macro rinternals{TEXT}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@code{\TEXT\}
+@end macro
+
+@macro rinternalsnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@code{\DISPLAY\}
+@end macro
+
@end iftex
-@c Commands specific to translated docs
+@c **** Macros specific to translated docs ****
@c ugh, cannot set/define global variable 'translationof' in some way?
@iftex
Esta sección aún no está traducida; consulte el manual en inglés.
@end macro
+@ifhtml
+@macro untranslated
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end macro
+@end ifhtml
+
+@ifnothtml
+@macro untranslated
+@end macro
+@end ifnothtml
+++ /dev/null
-@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
-@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
-@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 0d5071774c7990f75685c18c732f293b8336ae6c
-
- When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
- version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
-@end ignore
-
-@c \version "2.11.51"
-
-@c A menu is needed before every deeper *section nesting of @node's; run
-@c M-x texinfo-all-menus-update
-@c to automatically fill in these menus before saving changes
-
-@node Non-musical notation
-@chapter Non-musical notation
-
-Esta sección se ocupa de temas generales sobre lilypond, no de
-notación específica.
-
-@menu
-* Titles and headers::
-* MIDI output::
-* other midi::
-@end menu
-
-
-@node Titles and headers
-@section Titles and headers
-
-Casi toda la música impresa tiene un título y el nombre del
-compositor; ciertas piezas tienen mucha más información.
-
-@menu
-* Creating titles::
-* Custom titles::
-* Reference to page numbers::
-* Table of contents::
-@end menu
-
-
-@node Creating titles
-@subsection Creating titles
-
-Se crean títulos para cada uno de los bloques @code{\score} así como
-para todo el archivo de entrada (o bloque @code{\book} (libro)).
-
-El contenido de cada título se extrae a partir de los bloques
-@code{\header} (cabecera). El bloque de cabecera de un libro
-contempla lo siguiente:
-
-@table @code
-@funindex dedicatoria
-@item dedication
-El dedicatario de la música, centrado en lo alto de la primera página.
-
-@funindex title
-@item title
-El título de la música, centrado justo debajo de la
-dedicatoria.
-
-@funindex subtitle
-@item subtitle
-Subtítulo, centrado debajo del título.
-
-@funindex subsubtitle
-@item subsubtitle
-Sub-subtítulo, centrado debajo del subtítulo.
-
-@funindex poet
-@item poet
-Nombre del poeta, a la izquierda, debajo del subtítulo.
-
-@funindex composer
-@item composer
-Nombre del compositor, a la derecha, debajo del subtítulo.
-
-@funindex meter
-@item meter
-Texto de la medida, a la izquierda, debajo del poeta.
-
-@funindex opus
-@item opus
-Nombre del Opus, a la derecha, debajo del compositor.
-
-@funindex arranger
-@item arranger
-Nombre del arreglista, a la derecha, debajo del Opus.
-
-@funindex instrument
-@item instrument
-Nombre del instrumento, centrado, debajo del arreglista. También
-aparece centrado en lo alto de cada página (aparte de la primera).
-
-@funindex piece
-@item piece
-Nombre de la pieza, a la izquierda, debajo del instrumento.
-
-@cindex página, saltos, forzar
-@funindex breakbefore
-@item breakbefore
-Esto fuerza que el título comience sobre una página nueva (establézcalo a ##t o a ##f).
-
-@funindex copyright
-@item copyright
-Aviso de Copyright, centrado en la parte inferior de la primera
-página. Para insertar el símbolo de copyright symbol, consulte
-@ref{Text encoding}.
-
-@funindex tagline
-@item tagline
-Cartel de propósito general en el pie de página, centrado al final de la última.
-
-@end table
-
-A continuación presentamos una demostración de todos los campos que
-están disponibles. Fíjese en que puede utilizar en la cabecera
-cualquier instrucción de marcado de texto (Véase @ref{Formatting text}).
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,line-width=11.0\cm]
-\paper {
- line-width = 9.0\cm
- paper-height = 10.0\cm
-}
-
-\book {
- \header {
- dedication = "dedicated to me"
- title = \markup \center-align { "Title first line" "Title second line,
-longer" }
- subtitle = "the subtitle,"
- subsubtitle = #(string-append "subsubtitle LilyPond version "
-(lilypond-version))
- poet = "Poet"
- composer = \markup \center-align { "composer" \small "(1847-1973)" }
- texttranslator = "Text Translator"
- meter = \markup { \teeny "m" \tiny "e" \normalsize "t" \large "e" \huge
-"r" }
- arranger = \markup { \fontsize #8.5 "a" \fontsize #2.5 "r" \fontsize
-#-2.5 "r" \fontsize #-5.3 "a" \fontsize #7.5 "nger" }
- instrument = \markup \bold \italic "instrument"
- piece = "Piece"
- }
-
- \score {
- { c'1 }
- \header {
- piece = "piece1"
- opus = "opus1"
- }
- }
- \markup {
- and now...
- }
- \score {
- { c'1 }
- \header {
- piece = "piece2"
- opus = "opus2"
- }
- }
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-Como se mostró anteriormente, puede usar varios bloques
-@code{\header}. Cuando los mismos campos aparecen en distintos
-bloques, tiene validez el último en definirse. A continuación un
-breve ejemplo.
-
-@example
-\header @{
- composer = "Compositor"
-@}
-\header @{
- piece = "Pieza"
-@}
-\score @{
- \new Staff @{ c'4 @}
- \header @{
- piece = "Otra pieza" % sobreescribe a la anterior
- @}
-@}
-@end example
-
-Si define la cabecera @code{\header} dentro del bloque @code{\score},
-por lo general se imprimirán solamente las cabeceras @code{piece} y
-@code{opus}. Fíjese en que la expresión musical debe aparecer antes
-del @code{\header}.
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,line-width=11.0\cm]
-\score {
- { c'4 }
- \header {
- title = "title" % not printed
- piece = "piece"
- opus = "opus"
- }
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@funindex printallheaders
-@noindent
-Se puede cambiar este comportamiento (e imprimir todas las cabeceras
-cuando la cabecera @code{\header} está definida dentro del bloque
-@code{\score}) mediante la utilización de
-
-@example
-\paper@{
- printallheaders=##t
-@}
-@end example
-
-@cindex copyright
-@cindex tagline
-
-El pie de página por omisión se encuentra vacío, excepto para la
-primera página, en la que se inserta el campo de @code{copyright}
-extraído del @code{\header}, y para la última página, en la que se
-escribe el cartel @code{tagline} sacado del bloque @code{\header}. La
-línea por omisión para este cartel es @qq{Music engraving by LilyPond
-(@var{version})}.@footnote{Las partituras bien tipografiadas son una
-magnífica promoción para nosotros, así que por favor, si puede,
-conserve intacta la línea del letrero.}
-
-Las cabeceras se pueden quitar completamente estableciendo su valor a
-falso.
-
-@example
-\header @{
- tagline = ##f
- composer = ##f
-@}
-@end example
-
-
-@node Custom titles
-@subsection Custom titles
-
-Una opción más avanzada es cambiar las definiciones de las variables
-siguientes dentro del bloque @code{\paper} block. El archivo de
-inicio @file{ly/titling-init.ly} ofrece un listado de la disposición
-predeterminada.
-
-@table @code
-@funindex bookTitleMarkup
-@item bookTitleMarkup
- Es el título que se escribe en lo alto del documento de salida
-completo. Normalmente contiene el compositor y el título de la pieza.
-
-@funindex scoreTitleMarkup
-@item scoreTitleMarkup
- Es el título que se coloca por encima de un bloque @code{\score}.
-normalmente contiene el nombre del movimiento (campo @code{piece}).
-
-@funindex oddHeaderMarkup
-@item oddHeaderMarkup
- Es el encabezamiento de las páginas de numeración impar.
-
-@funindex evenHeaderMarkup
-@item evenHeaderMarkup
- Es el encabezamiento de las páginas de numeración par. Si se deja
- sin especificar, se usará el encabezamiento de las páginas impares.
-
- De forma predeterminada, los encabezamientos se definen de tal forma
-que el número de página está en el borde exterior, y el isntrumento
-está centrado.
-
-@funindex oddFooterMarkup
-@item oddFooterMarkup
- Es el pie de las páginas de numeración impar.
-
-@funindex evenFooterMarkup
-@item evenFooterMarkup
- Es el pie de las páginas de numeración par. Si se deja sin
- especificar, se usará en su lugar el encabezamiento de las páginas
- impares.
-
- De forma predeterminada, el pie de página tiene el aviso de
-copyright en la primera página, y el cartel @code{tagline} en la
-última.
-@end table
-
-
-@cindex \paper
-@cindex encabezamiento
-@cindex header
-@cindex pie
-@cindex disposición de la página
-@cindex títulos
-
-La definición siguiente pone el título en el extremo izquierdo, y el
-compositor en el extremo derecho sobre una única línea.
-
-@verbatim
-\paper {
- bookTitleMarkup = \markup {
- \fill-line {
- \fromproperty #'header:title
- \fromproperty #'header:composer
- }
- }
-}
-@end verbatim
-
-@node Reference to page numbers
-@subsection Reference to page numbers
-
-Se puede marcar un lugar determinado de una partitura utilizando la
-instrucción @code{\label} (etiqueta), bien en lo alto de la estructura
-o bien dentro de la música. Posteriormente se puede hacer referencia
-a esta etiqueta dentro de un elemento de marcado, para obtener el
-número de la página en que se encuentra la marca, usando la
-instrucción de marcado @code{\page-ref}.
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,line-width=11.0\cm]
-\header { tagline = ##f }
-\book {
- \label #'firstScore
- \score {
- {
- c'1
- \pageBreak \mark A \label #'markA
- c'
- }
- }
-
- \markup { The first score begins on page \page-ref #'firstScore "0" "?" }
- \markup { Mark A is on page \page-ref #'markA "0" "?" }
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-La instrucción de marcado @code{\page-ref} toma tres argumentos:
-@enumerate
-@item la etiqueta, un símbolo de scheme, p.ej. @code{#'firstScore};
-@item un elemento de marcado que se usará como medidor para estimar las dimensiones del marcado;
-@item un elemento de marcado que se utilizará en sustitución del número de página si la etiqueta es desconocida.
-@end enumerate
-
-El motivo de que se necesite un medidor es que en el momento en que se
-están interpretando los marcados, los saltos de página aún no se han
-producido y por tanto los números de página no se conocen todavía.
-Para sortear este inconveniente, la interpretación real del marcado se
-retrasa hasta un momento posterior; sin embargo, las dimensiones del
-marcado se tienen que conocer de antemano, así que se usa el medidor
-para decidir estas dimensiones. Si el libro tiene entre 10 y 99
-páginas, el medidor puede ser "00", es decir, un número de dos
-dígitos.
-
-@predefined
-
-@funindex \label
-@code{\label}
-@funindex \page-ref
-@code{\page-ref}
-
-@node Table of contents
-@subsection Table of contents
-Se puede insertar un índice general o tabla de contenidos utilizando
-la instrucción @code{\markuplines \table-of-contents}. Los elementos
-que deben aparecer en la tabla de contenidos se introducen con la
-instrucción @code{\tocItem}, que se puede usar en el nivel más alto de
-la jerarquía del código, o dentro de una expresión musical.
-
-@verbatim
-\markuplines \table-of-contents
-\pageBreak
-
-\tocItem \markup "Primera partitura"
-\score {
- {
- c' % ...
- \tocItem \markup "Un punto concreto dentro de la primera partitura"
- d' % ...
- }
-}
-
-\tocItem \markup "Segunda partitura"
-\score {
- {
- e' % ...
- }
-}
-@end verbatim
-
-Los elementos de marcado que se usan para dar formato al índice
-general se encuentran definidos dentro del bloque @code{\paper}. Los
-elementos predeterminados son @code{tocTitleMarkup}, para dar formato
-al título de la tabla, y @code{tocItemMarkup}, para aplicar formato a
-los elementos del índice, que consisten en el título del elemento y el
-número de página. Estas variables se pueden cambiar por parte del
-usuario:
-
-@verbatim
-\paper {
- %% Traducir el título del índice al español:
- tocTitleMarkup = \markup \huge \column {
- \fill-line { \null "Índice general" \null }
- \hspace #1
- }
- %% usar una fuente mayor
- tocItemMarkup = \markup \large \fill-line {
- \fromproperty #'toc:text \fromproperty #'toc:page
- }
-}
-@end verbatim
-
-Observe la forma en que nos referimos al texto y al número de página
-del elemento de índice, dentro de la definición @code{tocItemMarkup}.
-
-También se pueden definir nuevas instrucciones y elementos de
-marcado para crear índices generales más eleborados:
-@itemize
-@item en primer lugar, defina una variable de marcado nueva dentro del bloque @code{\paper}
-@item luego defina una función de música cuyo propósito es añadir un elemento al índice general
-utilizando esta variable de marcado del bloque @code{\paper}.
-@end itemize
-
-En el ejemplo siguiente se define un estilo nuevo para introducir los
-nombres de los actos de una ópera en el índice general:
-
-@verbatim
-\paper {
- tocActMarkup = \markup \large \column {
- \hspace #1
- \fill-line { \null \italic \fromproperty #'toc:text \null }
- \hspace #1
- }
-}
-
-tocAct =
-#(define-music-function (parser location text) (markup?)
- (add-toc-item! 'tocActMarkup text))
-@end verbatim
-
-@lilypond[line-width=11.0\cm]
-\header { tagline = ##f }
-\paper {
- tocActMarkup = \markup \large \column {
- \hspace #1
- \fill-line { \null \italic \fromproperty #'toc:text \null }
- \hspace #1
- }
-}
-
-tocAct =
-#(define-music-function (parser location text) (markup?)
- (add-toc-item! 'tocActMarkup text))
-
-\book {
- \markuplines \table-of-contents
- \tocAct \markup { Atto Primo }
- \tocItem \markup { Coro. Viva il nostro Alcide }
- \tocItem \markup { Cesare. Presti omai l'Egizzia terra }
- \tocAct \markup { Atto Secondo }
- \tocItem \markup { Sinfonia }
- \tocItem \markup { Cleopatra. V'adoro, pupille, saette d'Amore }
- \markup \null
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@seealso
-
-Archivos de inicio: @file{ly/@/toc@/-init@/.ly}.
-
-@predefined
-
-@funindex \table-of-contents
-@code{\table-of-contents}
-@funindex \tocItem
-@code{\tocItem}
-
-@node MIDI output
-@section MIDI output
-
-@cindex sonido
-@cindex MIDI
-
-El MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital Interface, Interfase Digital para
-Instrumentos Musicales) es un estándar para interconectar y controlar
-instrumentos musicales electrónicos. Un archivo o secuencia MIDI es
-una serie de notas dentro de un conjunto de pistas. No es un archivoo
-de sonidos reales; se necesita un programa reproductor especial para
-traducir la serie de notas en sonidos de verdad.
-
-Cualquier música se puede convertir a archivos MIDI, de manera que
-podamos escuchar lo que hayamos introducido. Esto es muy conveniente
-para comprobar la corrección de la música; las octavas equivocadas o
-las alteraciones erróneas se ponen de relieve muy claramente al
-escuchar la salida MIDI.
-
-@knownissues
-
-Muchhos efectos con interés musical como el swing, la articulación, el
-fraseo, etc., no se traducen al midi.
-
-La salida midi reserva un canal para cada pentagrama, y uno más para
-los ajustes globales. Por ello, el archivo de entrada no debería
-tener más de 15 pentagramas (o 14 si no usa percusión). Los otros
-pentagramas permanecerán en silencio.
-
-No todos los reproductores de midi manejan correctamente los cambios
-de tempo en la salida midi. Entre los reproductores que se sabe que
-funcionan, se encuentra
-@uref{http://@/timidity@/.sourceforge@/.net/,timidity}.
-
-@menu
-* Creating MIDI files::
-* MIDI block::
-* MIDI instrument names::
-* What goes into the MIDI? FIXME::
-@end menu
-
-@node Creating MIDI files
-@subsection Creating MIDI files
-
-Para crear un MIDI a partir de una pieza de música, escriba un bloque
-@code{\midi} en la partitura, por ejemplo:
-
-@example
-\score @{
- @var{...música...}
- \midi @{
- \context @{
- \Score
- tempoWholesPerMinute = #(ly:make-moment 72 4)
- @}
- @}
-@}
-@end example
-
-El tempo se puede especificar utilizando la instrucción @code{\tempo}
-dentro de la propia música, véase @ref{Metronome marks}. Más abajo se
-muestra una alternativa que no da lugar a una indicación metronómica
-en la partitura impresa. En este ejemplo, el tempo de negras se
-establece en 72 pulsos por minuto. Esta clase de especificación del
-tempo no puede tomar notas con puntillo como argumento. En este caso,
-divida las notas con puntillo en unidades más pequeñas. Por ejemplo,
-un tempo de 90 negras con puntillo por minuto se puede especificar
-como 270 corcheas por minuto:
-
-@example
-tempoWholesPerMinute = #(ly:make-moment 270 8)
-@end example
-
-Si hay una instrucción @code{\midi} dentro de un @code{\score},
-solamente se producirá MIDI. Si se necesita también una notación
-impresa, se debe escribir un bloque @code{\layout}
-
-@example
-\score @{
- @var{...música...}
- \midi @{ @}
- \layout @{ @}
-@}
-@end example
-@cindex layout, bloque
-
-
-
-Se interpretan las ligaduras de unión, los matices dinámicos y los
-cambios de tempo. Las marcas dinámicas, crescendi y decrescendi se
-traducen en niveles de volumen MIDI. Las marcas de dinámica se
-traducen a una fracción fija del rango de volumen MIDI disponible, los
-crescendi y decrescendi hacen que el volumen varíe de forma lineal
-entre sus dos extremos. Las fracciones se pueden ajustar mediante
-@code{dynamicAbsoluteVolumeFunction} dentro de un contexto
-@rinternals{Voice}. Para cada tipo de instrumento MIDI se puede
-definir un rango de volumen. Esto proporciona un control de
-ecualización básico, que puede realzar significativamente la calidad
-de la salida MIDI. El ecualizador se puede controlar estableciendo un
-valor para @code{instrumentEqualizer}, o fijando
-
-@example
-\set Staff.midiMinimumVolume = #0.2
-\set Staff.midiMaximumVolume = #0.8
-@end example
-
-Para quitar los matices dinámicos de la salida MIDI, escriba las
-siguientes líneas dentro de la sección @code{\midi@{@}}.
-
-@example
-\midi @{
- ...
- \context @{
- \Voice
- \remove "Dynamic_performer"
- @}
-@}
-@end example
-
-
-@knownissues
-
-Los (de)crescendos sin terminar no se procesarán adecuadamente en el
-archivo midi, dando como resultado pasajes de música en silenco. Una
-forma de sortearlo es terminar el (de)crescendo explícitamente. Por
-ejemmplo,
-
-@example
-@{ a\< b c d\f @}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-no funcionará bien, pero
-
-@example
-@{ a\< b c d\!\f @}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-sí lo hará.
-
-
-Solamente se crea una salida MIDI cuando la instrucción @code{\midi}
-está dentro de un bloque @code{\score}. Si lo escribe dentro de un
-contexto instanciado explícitamente (es decir: @code{\new Score} ) el
-archivo no se producirá. Para solucionarlo, encierre el @code{\new
-Score} y el @code{\midi} dentro de un bloque @code{\score}.
-
-@example
-\score @{
- \new Score @{ @dots{}notas@dots{} @}
- \midi
-@}
-@end example
-
-
-@node MIDI block
-@subsection MIDI block
-@cindex bloque MIDI
-
-
-El bloque @code{\midi} es similar al bloque @code{\layout}, pero algo
-más simple. Puede contener definiciones de contexto.
-
-
-@cindex contexto, definición de
-
-Las definiciones de contexto siguen con exactitud la misma sintaxis
-que dentro del bloque \layout. Los módulos de traducción para el
-sonido reciben el nombre de «performers» o intérpretes. Los contextos
-para la salida MIDI se encuentran definidos dentro de
-@file{ly/@/performer@/-init@/.ly}.
-
-
-@node MIDI instrument names
-@subsection MIDI instrument names
-
-@cindex instrumento, nombres de
-@funindex Staff.midiInstrument
-
-El nombre del instrumento MIDI se establece mediante la propiedad
-@code{Staff.midiInstrument}. El nombre del instrumento se debe elegir
-de entre los que están en la lista que aparece en @ref{MIDI
-instruments}.
-
-@example
-\set Staff.midiInstrument = "glockenspiel"
-@var{...notes...}
-@end example
-
-Si el instrumento elegido no coincide exactamente con uno de los
-instrumentos de la lista de instrumentos MIDI, se usará el instrumento
-Piano de Cola (@code{"acoustic grand"}).
-
-
-@node What goes into the MIDI? FIXME
-@subsection What goes into the MIDI? FIXME
-
-@menu
-* Repeats and MIDI::
-@end menu
-
-@node Repeats and MIDI
-@subsubsection Repeats and MIDI
-
-@cindex repeticiones, expandir
-@funindex \unfoldRepeats
-
-Con un poco de trucaje, se puede hacer que cualquier tipo de
-repetición esté presente en la salida MIDI. Esto se consigue mediante
-la aplicación de la función musical @code{\unfoldRepeats}. Esta
-función cambia todas las repeticiones a repeticiones desplegadas.
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,line-width=8.0\cm]
-\unfoldRepeats {
- \repeat tremolo 8 {c'32 e' }
- \repeat percent 2 { c''8 d'' }
- \repeat volta 2 {c'4 d' e' f'}
- \alternative {
- { g' a' a' g' }
- {f' e' d' c' }
- }
-}
-\bar "|."
-@end lilypond
-
-Al crear un archivo de partitura que use @code{\unfoldRepeats} para el
-MIDI, es necesario hacer dos bloques @code{\score}: uno para el MIDI
-(con repeticiones desplegadas) y otro para la notación impresa (con
-repeticiones de volta --primera y segunda vez--, tremolo --trémolo--,
-y percent --repetición de compases--). Por ejemplo,
-
-@example
-\score @{
- @var{..música..}
- \layout @{ .. @}
-@}
-\score @{
- \unfoldRepeats @var{..música..}
- \midi @{ .. @}
-@}
-@end example
-
-
-@node other midi
-@section other midi
-
-Los microtonos también se exportan hacia el archivo MIDI.
-
-
-
-
@node References for percussion
@subsubsection References for percussion
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Basic percussion notation
@rglos{Pitch names}.
Fragmentos de código:
-@lsrdir{Pitches,Pitches}.
+@rlsr{Pitches}.
@node Relative octave entry
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 66dde21fe63499f32a718f6098abe70e1429059b
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.51"
-
@node Interfaces for programmers
@chapter Interfaces for programmers
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Music functions::
* Programmer interfaces::
* Building complicated functions::
* Markup programmer interface::
* Contexts for programmers::
* Scheme procedures as properties::
-@end menu
+* TODO moved into scheme::
+@end menu
+
@node Music functions
@section Music functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Overview of music functions::
* Simple substitution functions::
* Paired substitution functions::
* Void functions::
* Functions without arguments::
* Overview of available music functions::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Overview of music functions
@subsection Overview of music functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Simple substitution functions
@subsection Simple substitution functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Paired substitution functions
@subsection Paired substitution functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Mathematics in functions
@subsection Mathematics in functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Void functions
@subsection Void functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Functions without arguments
@subsection Functions without arguments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Overview of available music functions
@subsection Overview of available music functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@include identifiers.tely
@node Programmer interfaces
@section Programmer interfaces
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Input variables and Scheme::
* Internal music representation::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Input variables and Scheme
@subsection Input variables and Scheme
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Internal music representation
@subsection Internal music representation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Building complicated functions
@section Building complicated functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Displaying music expressions::
* Music properties::
* Doubling a note with slurs (example)::
* Adding articulation to notes (example)::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Displaying music expressions
@subsection Displaying music expressions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Music properties
@subsection Music properties
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Doubling a note with slurs (example)
@subsection Doubling a note with slurs (example)
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Adding articulation to notes (example)
@subsection Adding articulation to notes (example)
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Markup programmer interface
@section Markup programmer interface
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Markup construction in Scheme::
* How markups work internally::
* New markup command definition::
* New markup list command definition::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Markup construction in Scheme
@subsection Markup construction in Scheme
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node How markups work internally
@subsection How markups work internally
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node New markup command definition
@subsection New markup command definition
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node New markup list command definition
@subsection New markup list command definition
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Contexts for programmers
@section Contexts for programmers
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Context evaluation::
* Running a function on all layout objects::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Context evaluation
@subsection Context evaluation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Running a function on all layout objects
@subsection Running a function on all layout objects
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Scheme procedures as properties
@section Scheme procedures as properties
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node TODO moved into scheme
+@section TODO moved into scheme
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Using Scheme code instead of \tweak::
+* Difficult tweaks::
+@end menu
+
+@node Using Scheme code instead of \tweak
+@subsection Using Scheme code instead of @code{\tweak}
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Difficult tweaks
+@subsection Difficult tweaks
+
+@untranslated
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
Normalmente los puntillos se desplazan hacia arriba para evitar las
líneas del pentagrama, excepto en situaciones de polifonía. Para
-forzar una dirección concreta de forma manual, véase @ref{Controlling
-direction and placement}.
+forzar una dirección concreta de forma manual, véase @ref{Direction
+and placement}.
@predefined
Referencia de la notación:
@ref{Time administration},
@ref{Scaling durations},
-@ref{Objects connected to the input},
+@ref{The tweak command},
@ref{Polymetric notation}.
Fragmentos de código:
Es posible controlar la colocación vertical de las ligaduras de unión;
véase la sección de instrucciones predefinidas, o para ver más
-detalles, consulte @ref{Controlling direction and placement}.
+detalles, consulte @ref{Direction and placement}.
@cindex ligaduras, apariencia
@node Polymetric notation
@subsubsection Polymetric notation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Automatic note splitting
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-program.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 66dde21fe63499f32a718f6098abe70e1429059b
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.51"
-
@node Running LilyPond
@chapter Running LilyPond
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Normal usage::
* Command-line usage::
* Error messages::
* Updating files with convert-ly::
* Reporting bugs::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Normal usage
@section Normal usage
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Command-line usage
@section Command-line usage
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+@menu
+* Invoking lilypond::
+* Command line options::
+* Environment variables::
+@end menu
+
+@node Invoking lilypond
@subsection Invoking lilypond
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Command line options
@subsection Command line options
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Environment variables
@subsection Environment variables
+
+@untranslated
+
+
@node Error messages
@section Error messages
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Updating files with convert-ly
@section Updating with @command{convert-ly}
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@subsection Command line options
-@menu
+@menu
* Problems with convert-ly::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Problems with convert-ly
@subsection Problems with @code{convert-ly}
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Reporting bugs
@section Reporting bugs
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 66dde21fe63499f32a718f6098abe70e1429059b
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.51"
-
@node Spacing issues
@chapter Spacing issues
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Paper and pages::
* Music layout::
-* Displaying spacing::
* Breaks::
* Vertical spacing::
* Horizontal spacing::
-* Page layout MOVED FROM LM::
-@end menu
+* Fitting music onto fewer pages::
+@end menu
+
@node Paper and pages
@section Paper and pages
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Paper size::
* Page formatting::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Paper size
@subsection Paper size
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Page formatting
@subsection Page formatting
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Music layout
@section Music layout
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Setting the staff size::
* Score layout::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Setting the staff size
@subsection Setting the staff size
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Score layout
@subsection Score layout
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Displaying spacing
-@section Displaying spacing
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
@node Breaks
@section Breaks
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Line breaking::
* Page breaking::
* Optimal page breaking::
* Minimal page breaking::
* Explicit breaks::
* Using an extra voice for breaks::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Line breaking
@subsection Line breaking
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Page breaking
@subsection Page breaking
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Optimal page breaking
@subsection Optimal page breaking
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Optimal page turning
@subsection Optimal page turning
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Minimal page breaking
@subsection Minimal page breaking
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Explicit breaks
@subsection Explicit breaks
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Using an extra voice for breaks
@subsection Using an extra voice for breaks
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Vertical spacing
@section Vertical spacing
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Vertical spacing inside a system::
* Vertical spacing between systems::
* Explicit staff and system positioning::
* Two-pass vertical spacing::
* Vertical collision avoidance::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Vertical spacing inside a system
@subsection Vertical spacing inside a system
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Vertical spacing between systems
@subsection Vertical spacing between systems
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Explicit staff and system positioning
@subsection Explicit staff and system positioning
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Two-pass vertical spacing
@subsection Two-pass vertical spacing
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Vertical collision avoidance
@subsection Vertical collision avoidance
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Horizontal spacing
@section Horizontal Spacing
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Horizontal spacing overview::
* New spacing area::
* Changing horizontal spacing::
* Line length::
* Proportional notation::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Horizontal spacing overview
@subsection Horizontal spacing overview
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node New spacing area
@subsection New spacing area
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Changing horizontal spacing
@subsection Changing horizontal spacing
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Line length
@subsection Line length
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Proportional notation
@subsection Proportional notation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Page layout MOVED FROM LM
-@section Page layout MOVED FROM LM
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@menu
-* Introduction to layout::
-* Global sizes::
-* Line breaks::
-* Page breaks::
-* Fitting music onto fewer pages::
-@end menu
-@node Introduction to layout
-@subsection Introduction to layout
+@node Fitting music onto fewer pages
+@section Fitting music onto fewer pages
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@node Global sizes
-@subsection Global sizes
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@menu
+* Displaying spacing::
+* Changing spacing::
+@end menu
-@node Line breaks
-@subsection Line breaks
+@node Displaying spacing
+@subsection Displaying spacing
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@node Page breaks
-@subsection Page breaks
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@node Changing spacing
+@subsection Changing spacing
-@node Fitting music onto fewer pages
-@subsection Fitting music onto fewer pages
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
* Wind instruments::
* Chord notation::
* Ancient notation::
+* World music::
@end menu
@include vocal.itely
@include wind.itely
@include chords.itely
@include ancient.itely
+@include world.itely
@menu
* Text markup introduction::
-* Common markup commands::
+* Selecting font and font size::
* Text alignment::
* Graphic notation inside markup::
* Music notation inside markup::
confusión.
-@node Common markup commands
-@subsubsection Common markup commands
+@node Selecting font and font size
+@subsubsection Selecting font and font size
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Text alignment
@subsubsection Text alignment
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Graphic notation inside markup
@subsubsection Graphic notation inside markup
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Music notation inside markup
@subsubsection Music notation inside markup
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Multi-page markup
@subsubsection Multi-page markup
@end lilypond
Encontrará más detalles de la instrucción @code{\tweak} en
-@ruser{Objects connected to the input}.
+@ruser{The tweak command}.
Si los grupos anidados no comienzan en el mismo momento, su apariencia
se puede modificar de la forma usual mediante instrucciones
contexto maneja un determinado objeto. Puesto que el objeto
@code{MetronomeMark} se maneja dentro del contexto @code{Score}, los
cambios de propiedades en el contexto @code{Voice} pasarán
-inadvertidos. Para ver más detalles, consulte @ruser{Constructing a
-tweak}.
+inadvertidos. Para ver más detalles, consulte @ruser{The
+\override command}.
Si la propiedad de relleno @code{padding} de un objeto se incrementa
cuando dicho objeto se encuentra en una pila de objetos que se están
@node Unfretted string instruments
@section Unfretted string instruments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Common notation for unfretted strings::
@node Common notation for unfretted strings
@subsection Common notation for unfretted strings
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* References for unfretted strings::
@node References for unfretted strings
@subsubsection References for unfretted strings
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Bowed instruments
@subsection Bowed instruments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* References for bowed strings::
@node Plucked instruments
@subsection Plucked instruments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Harp::
@node Harp
@subsubsection Harp
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Skipping notes
@subsubsection Skipping notes
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Extenders and hyphens
@subsubsection Extenders and hyphens
@node Lyrics and repeats
@subsubsection Lyrics and repeats
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Placement of lyrics
@subsection Placement of lyrics
@node Chants
@subsubsection Chants
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Spacing out syllables
@node Centering lyrics between staves
@subsubsection Centering lyrics between staves
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Stanzas
@subsection Stanzas
more slow -- ly
}
\new Lyrics \lyricsto "lahlah" {
- \set ignoreMelismata = ##t % applies to "fas"
+ \set ignoreMelismata = ##t % se aplica al "fas"
go fas -- ter
\unset ignoreMelismata
still
@node Wind instruments
@section Wind instruments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Common notation for wind instruments::
@node Common notation for wind instruments
@subsection Common notation for wind instruments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* References for wind instruments::
@node References for wind instruments
@subsubsection References for wind instruments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Half-holes
@subsubsection Half-holes
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Bagpipes
@subsection Bagpipes
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Bagpipe definitions::
--- /dev/null
+@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
+@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
+@ignore
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
+
+ When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
+ version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
+@end ignore
+
+
+@node World music
+@section World music
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Arabic music::
+@end menu
+
+@node Arabic music
+@subsection Arabic music
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* References for Arabic music::
+* Arabic note names ::
+* Arabic key signatures::
+* Arabic time signatures::
+* Arabic music example::
+* Further reading::
+@end menu
+
+@node References for Arabic music
+@unnumberedsubsubsec References for Arabic music
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Arabic note names
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic note names
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Arabic key signatures
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic key signatures
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Arabic time signatures
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic time signatures
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Arabic music example
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic music example
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Further reading
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Further reading
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
depth = ../..
SUBDIRS = user
STEPMAKE_TEMPLATES = documentation
+LOCALSTEPMAKE_TEMPLATES = doc-i18n-root
include $(depth)/make/stepmake.make
-
-local-WWW: lang-merge
-
-lang-merge: $(outdir)/index.html
- ln -f $(outdir)/index.html $(depth)/Documentation/$(outdir)/index.$(ISOLANG).html
<html>
<!--
- Translation of GIT committish: d8f1a358802cf74903eb2dfa7ce761ca4803c634
+ Translation of GIT committish: 71e3b387da99c298d837467f41c3097cb13c9f52
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
<td class="left-column">
<ul>
<li>
- <a class="title"
- href="user/lilypond-learning/index.fr.html">Manuel d'initiation</a>
+ <a class="title"
+ href="user/lilypond-learning/index.fr.html">Manuel d'initiation</a>
+ (partiellement traduit,<br>aussi en <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-learning-big-page.html">page
+ unique en anglais</a> ~ 1,5 Mo, ou
+ <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-learning.fr.pdf">au format PDF</a>)
<br>— commencer ici
<li><a class="title" href="user/music-glossary/index.html">Glossaire</a>
multilingue<br>(aussi en
<a class="title" href="user/music-glossary-big-page.html">page unique</a>
- ~
1 Mb ou <a class="title" href="user/music-glossary.pdf">au format PDF</a>)
+ ~
500 ko, ou <a class="title" href="user/music-glossary.pdf">au format PDF</a>)
<br>— vocabulaire théorique de la musique
</ul>
</td>
<ul>
<li>
<a class="title" href="user/lilypond/index.fr.html">Manuel de notation</a>
- (partiellement traduit,
aussi<br>en <a class="title"
+ (partiellement traduit,
<br>aussi en <a class="title"
href="user/lilypond-big-page.html">page unique
- en anglais</a> ~ 4 Mb, ou
+ en anglais</a> ~ 4 Mo, ou
<a class="title" href="user/lilypond.fr.pdf">au format PDF</a>)
<br>— gravure de musique avec LilyPond
<li>
<a class="title" href="user/lilypond-internals/index.html">Référence des propriétés internes</a>
(en anglais, en <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-internals-big-page.html">page
- unique</a> ~ 1 Mb)
+ unique</a> ~ 1 Mo)
<br>— définitions pour les retouches
</ul>
</td>
<ul>
<li>
<a class="title" href="user/lilypond-program/index.fr.html">Utilisation des programmes</a>
-(partiellement traduit,
aussi<br>en <a class="title"
+(partiellement traduit,
<br>aussi en <a class="title"
href="user/lilypond-program-big-page.html">page unique en anglais</a>, ou
<a class="title" href="user/lilypond-program.fr.pdf">au format PDF</a>)
<br>— installation et exécution des programmes
<li><a class="title" href="../input/lsr/lilypond-snippets/index.html">Exemples de code</a>
-(en <a class="title" href="../input/lsr/lilypond-snippets-big-page.html">une seule grande page</a>,
+(en <a class="title" href="../input/lsr/lilypond-snippets-big-page.html">page unique en anglais</a> ~ 2 Mo,
au format <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-snippets.pdf">PDF</a>)
<br>— petits trucs, astuces et exemples
</ul>
</ul>
</td><td class="right-column">
-<!-- TODO
- <ul>
- <li><a class="title" href="translations.html">État des traductions</a>
- <br>— avancement des traductions
- </ul>
--->
+ <ul>
+ <li><a class="title" href="translations.fr.html">État des traductions</a>
+ <br>— avancement des traductions en français
+ </ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
- <p><i>Last updated Sat Jul 19 15:59:20 UTC 2008
+ <p><i>Last updated Mon Aug 11 16:16:20 UTC 2008
</i></p>
<html>
<!-- This page is automatically generated by translation-status.py from
translations.template.html.in; DO NOT EDIT !-->
<!--
- Translation of GIT committish: FILL-IN-HEAD-COMMITTISH
+ Translation of GIT committish: 862d8ce7ab34bfa6e9192fb31d004137d158c452
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
!-->
+<head>
+ <title>État de la traduction de la documentation de LilyPond</title>
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
+</head>
<body>
+<p><a href="index.html">Retour à l'accueil de la documentation</a></p>
+
+<h1>Avancement de la traduction de la documentation</h1>
+
+<p>Cette page présente pour chaque partie de la documentation de
+ LilyPond @TOPLEVEL_VERSION@ l'avancement de la traduction
+ francophone. Pour chaque partie sont indiqués le nombre de mots de
+ l'original en anglais, les noms des traducteurs et relecteurs,
+ le proportion de matériel traduit, l'état de mise à jour, et
+ l'indicateur de révision par rapport au Grand Documentation Project
+ (GDP).
+</p>
+
+<p>Au cours du GDP, la documentation en anglais a été complètement
+ remaniée, et sa révision se poursuit encore actuellement ; le rythme
+ de cette révision ne permet pas de maintenir toutes les traductions
+ à jour. Cependant, le fait que certaines traductions ne soient pas
+ du tout à jour (avec une indication sur fond rouge) ne signifient
+ pas qu'elles sont périmées, cela signifie juste que les traductions
+ n'atteignent pas la qualité de la documentation en anglais récemment
+ remaniée : les traducteurs font de leur mieux pour au moins mettre à
+ jour dans la documentation la syntaxe et les noms de commande
+ LilyPond. La mise à jour des traductions après le GDP est en
+ cours ; vous pouvez accélérer et améliorer ce processus en
+ participant aux traductions et relectures, qui sont organisées sur
+ la liste de diffusion
+ <a href="http://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/lilypond-user-fr">lilypond-user-fr@gnu.org</a>.
+</p>
<table align="center" border="2">
<tr align="center">
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1 Introduction<br>(3699)</td>
+ <td>1 Introduction<br>(3678)</td>
<td>Ludovic Sardain<br>
John Mandereau</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
Jean-Yves Baudais</td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #9eff30">partiellement</span></td>
- <td>pré-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td>post-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2 Tutoriel<br>(5652)</td>
+ <td>2 Tutoriel<br>(5685)</td>
<td>Nicolas Grandclaude<br>
Ludovic Sardain<br>
Gauvain Pocentek</td>
Valentin Villenave<br>
John Mandereau</td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff8c51">partiellement</span></td>
- <td>pré-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td>post-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>3 Concepts fondamentaux<br>(9800)</td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Retouche des partitions<br>(12262)</td>
+ <td>4 Retouche des partitions<br>(12334)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
Nicolas Klutchnikoff</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<th>Autres informations</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Section titles<br>(544)</td>
+ <td>Section titles<br>(547)</td>
<td>John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td></td>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #2cff20">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.1 Hauteurs<br>(2822)</td>
+ <td>1.1 Hauteurs<br>(2948)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.2 Rythme<br>(6657)</td>
+ <td>1.2 Rythme<br>(6785)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.3 Signes d'interprétation<br>(843)</td>
+ <td>1.3 Signes d'interprétation<br>(1119)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.4 Répétitions et reprises<br>(940)</td>
+ <td>1.4 Répétitions et reprises<br>(556)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.5 Notes simultanées<br>(883)</td>
+ <td>1.5 Notes simultanées<br>(1000)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson<br>
Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.6 Notation sur la portée<br>(2310)</td>
+ <td>1.6 Notation sur la portée<br>(1800)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td>John Mandereau</td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.7 Notation éditoriale<br>(827)</td>
+ <td>1.7 Notation éditoriale<br>(908)</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.8 Texte<br>(1851)</td>
+ <td>1.8 Texte<br>(2082)</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (83 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (82 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #39ff22">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.1 Musique vocale<br>(2745)</td>
+ <td>2.1 Musique vocale<br>(2799)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (96 %)</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.2 Instruments à clavier<br>(561)</td>
+ <td>2.2 Instruments à clavier<br>(668)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (90 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (89 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.4 Instruments à cordes frettées<br>(857)</td>
+ <td>2.4 Instruments à cordes frettées<br>(1369)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (32 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (16 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.5 Percussions<br>(546)</td>
+ <td>2.5 Percussions<br>(747)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (97 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (98 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.7 Notation des accords<br>(1303)</td>
+ <td>2.7 Notation des accords<br>(1352)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (65 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (62 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>3 Syntaxe d'entrée<br>(5399)</td>
- <td>Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
+ <td>2.9 World music<br>(1115)</td>
+ <td></td>
+ <td></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">non</span></td>
+ <td></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr align="left">
+ <td>3 General input and output<br>(5431)</td>
+ <td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
+ Valentin Villenave</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (3 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (6 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff8652">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Gestion de l'espace<br>(8400)</td>
+ <td>4 Gestion de l'espace<br>(7896)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">non</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Modification des réglages prédéfinis<br>(6855)</td>
+ <td>5 Modification des réglages prédéfinis<br>(8377)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Gilles Thibault</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (77 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ffb249">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (51 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ffa74b">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>6 Interfaces pour les programmeurs<br>(5213)</td>
+ <td>6 Interfaces pour les programmeurs<br>(5218)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">non</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>B Tables du manuel de notation<br>(1127)</td>
+ <td>B Tables du manuel de notation<br>(1146)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (12 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #cdfe36">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (7 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #d4ff37">partiellement</span></td>
<td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<html>
<!--
- Translation of GIT committish: FILL-IN-HEAD-COMMITTISH
+ Translation of GIT committish: 862d8ce7ab34bfa6e9192fb31d004137d158c452
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
!-->
+<head>
+ <title>État de la traduction de la documentation de LilyPond</title>
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
+</head>
<body>
+<p><a href="index.html">Retour à l'accueil de la documentation</a></p>
+
+<h1>Avancement de la traduction de la documentation</h1>
+
+<p>Cette page présente pour chaque partie de la documentation de
+ LilyPond @TOPLEVEL_VERSION@ l'avancement de la traduction
+ francophone. Pour chaque partie sont indiqués le nombre de mots de
+ l'original en anglais, les noms des traducteurs et relecteurs,
+ le proportion de matériel traduit, l'état de mise à jour, et
+ l'indicateur de révision par rapport au Grand Documentation Project
+ (GDP).
+</p>
+
+<p>Au cours du GDP, la documentation en anglais a été complètement
+ remaniée, et sa révision se poursuit encore actuellement ; le rythme
+ de cette révision ne permet pas de maintenir toutes les traductions
+ à jour. Cependant, le fait que certaines traductions ne soient pas
+ du tout à jour (avec une indication sur fond rouge) ne signifient
+ pas qu'elles sont périmées, cela signifie juste que les traductions
+ n'atteignent pas la qualité de la documentation en anglais récemment
+ remaniée : les traducteurs font de leur mieux pour au moins mettre à
+ jour dans la documentation la syntaxe et les noms de commande
+ LilyPond. La mise à jour des traductions après le GDP est en
+ cours ; vous pouvez accélérer et améliorer ce processus en
+ participant aux traductions et relectures, qui sont organisées sur
+ la liste de diffusion
+ <a href="http://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/lilypond-user-fr">lilypond-user-fr@gnu.org</a>.
+</p>
</body>
</html>
@node Ancient notation
@section Ancient notation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
nouveaux concepts de notation.
En plus des signes d'articulation standards décrits à la section
-@ref{Articulations}, la notation ancienne dispose de signes particuliers.
+@ref{Articulations and ornamentations}, la notation ancienne dispose de signes particuliers.
@itemize @bullet
@item
@node Ancient notation supported
@subsubsection Ancient notation supported
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Alternative note signs
@subsection Alternative note signs
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
@seealso
-Dans ce manuel : @ref{Pitches}, @ref{Cautionary accidentals}, et
+Dans ce manuel : @ref{Pitches}, @ref{Accidentals}, et
@ref{Automatic accidentals}, pour les principes généraux d'utilisation
des altérations ; @ref{Key signature} pour les armures.
@node Additional note signs
@subsection Additional note signs
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
@cindex articulations
En plus des signes d'articulation standards décrits à la section
-@ref{Articulations}, LilyPond fournit des articulations pour la musique
+@ref{Articulations and ornamentations}, LilyPond fournit des articulations pour la musique
ancienne. Elles sont spécifiquement destinées au style Editio Vaticana.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
@node Pre-defined contexts
@subsection Pre-defined contexts
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
@node Transcribing ancient music
@subsection Transcribing ancient music
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Ancient and modern from one source::
@node Ancient and modern from one source
@subsubsection Ancient and modern from one source
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Incipits
@subsubsection Incipits
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Mensurstriche layout
@subsubsection Mensurstriche layout
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Transcribing Gregorian chant
@subsubsection Transcribing Gregorian chant
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Editorial markings
@subsection Editorial markings
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Annotational accidentals::
@node Baroque rhythmic notation
@subsubsection Baroque rhythmic notation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@item
La mise en page, autrement dit les marges, l'espacement, la taille du papier ; tous ces facteurs
-font l'objet des chapitres @ref{Non-musical notation} et @ref{Spacing issues}.
+font l'objet des chapitres @ref{General input and output} et @ref{Spacing issues}.
@end itemize
En sous-main, LilyPond se sert du langage Scheme (un dérivé du LISP) comme
@menu
* Automatic notation::
* Interpretation contexts::
-* The \override command::
+* The override command::
@end menu
@section Automatic notation
Cette section s'intéresse au réglage de l'impression automatique des
-altérations accidentelles et ligatures.
+ligatures.
@menu
-* Automatic accidentals::
* Setting automatic beam behavior::
@end menu
-@node Automatic accidentals
-@subsection Automatic accidentals
-@cindex Altérations accidentelles automatiques
-
-Une fonction a été créée pour regrouper les règles suivant lesquelles
-s'impriment les altérations. Elle s'invoque de la manière suivante :
-
-@funindex set-accidental-style
-@example
-#(set-accidental-style 'REGLE)
-@end example
-
-@c TODO: check the context stuff below
-@c -does it *really* work?
-@c -the default contexts as specified in
-@c scm/music-function.scm seem to be different -vv
-
-Cette fonction prend pour argument le nom de la règle d'altérations,
-auquel peut s'ajouter, comme argument facultatif, le contexte
-devant être affecté :
-
-@example
-#(set-accidental-style 'REGLE #('CONTEXTE#))
-@end example
-
-Si aucun contexte n'est spécifié, le contexte @code{Staff} sera affecté ;
-cependant on peut souhaiter l'appliquer au contexte @code{Voice} en lieu
-et place.
-
-Les régles d'altérations suivantes sont possibles :
-
-@table @code
-@item default
-C'est la règle d'impression par défaut, qui se rapporte à l'usage
-en vigueur au XVIIIème siècle : les altérations accidentelles sont valables toute
-une mesure, et uniquement à leur propre octave.
-
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
- \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
-
-musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
- \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
- \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
- <f a d>2 | } }}
-
-\score {
- \new PianoStaff {
- << \context Staff = "up" {
- %#(set-accidental-style 'default)
- \musicA }
- \context Staff = "down"{
- %#(set-accidental-style 'default)
- \musicB } >> }
- \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'default" }}}
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@item voice
-En principe, LilyPond se souvient de toutes les altérations présentes sur la
-portée (contexte Staff). Avec cette règle, cependant, les altérations sont indépendantes
-pour chacune des voix.
-
-
-@example
- \new Staff <<
- #(set-accidental-style 'voice)
- @{ @dots{} @}
- >>
-@end example
-
-De ce fait, les altérations d'une voix sont ignorées dans les autres voix,
-ce qui peut donner lieu à un résultat malencontreux. Dans l'exemple suivant,
-il est difficile de dire si le deuxième @samp{la} est dièse ou naturel.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
- \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
-
-musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
- \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
- \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
- <f a d>2 | } }}
-
-\score {
- \new PianoStaff {
- << \context Staff = "up" {
- #(set-accidental-style 'voice)
- \musicA }
- \context Staff = "down"{
- #(set-accidental-style 'voice)
- \musicB } >> }
- \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'voice" }}}
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-La règle @code{voice} n'est à envisager que dans le cas de voix devant être lues par
-des musiciens différents. S'il s'agit d'un @q{conducteur}, ou d'une portée destinée
-à un seul musicien, il vaut mieux utiliser @code{modern} ou @code{modern-cautionary}.
-
-
-@item modern
-@funindex modern style accidentals
-Cette règle est la plus courante au XXème siècle. Les altérations accidentelles
-sont imprimées comme avec le style @code{default}, mais lorsqu'une note non-altérée
-apparaît à une octave différente, ou bien dans la mesure suivante, des bécarres de précaution
-sont ajoutés. Dans l'exemple suivant, notez ainsi les deux bécarres dans la
-deuxième mesure de la main droite.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
- \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
-
-musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
- \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
- \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
- <f a d>2 | } }}
-
-\score {
- \new PianoStaff {
- << \context Staff = "up" {
- #(set-accidental-style 'modern)
- \musicA }
- \context Staff = "down"{
- #(set-accidental-style 'modern)
- \musicB } >> }
- \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'modern" }}}
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@item @code{modern-cautionary}
-@funindex modern-cautionary
-Cette règle est équivalente à @code{modern}, mais les bécarres de précaution sont
-imprimés de façon particulière : soit plus petits, soit (par défaut) entre parenthèses.
-Il est possible de le définir au moyen de la propriété @code{cautionary-style}
-pour l'objet @rinternals{AccidentalSuggestion}.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
- \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
-
-musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
- \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
- \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
- <f a d>2 | } }}
-
-\score {
- \new PianoStaff {
- << \context Staff = "up" {
- #(set-accidental-style 'modern-cautionary)
- \musicA }
- \context Staff = "down"{
- #(set-accidental-style 'modern-cautionary)
- \musicB } >> }
- \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'modern-cautionary" }}}
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@funindex modern-voice
-@item modern-voice
-Cette règle sert aux altérations dans de la musique polyphonique destinée
-autant à des musiciens différents qu'à quelqu'un qui lirait l'ensemble des voix.
-Les altérations sont imprimées voix par voix, mais les autres voix, dans le même
-contexte @rinternals{Staff}, en @emph{tiennent compte} cette fois.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
- \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
-
-musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
- \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
- \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
- <f a d>2 | } }}
-
-\score {
- \new PianoStaff {
- << \context Staff = "up" {
- #(set-accidental-style 'modern-voice)
- \musicA }
- \context Staff = "down"{
- #(set-accidental-style 'modern-voice)
- \musicB } >> }
- \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'modern-voice" }}}
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@funindex modern-voice-cautionary
-@item modern-voice-cautionary
-Cette régle est similaire à la précédente, mais les altérations de précautions
-(celles que n'aurait pas ajoutées @code{voice}), sont imprimées de façon
-particulière. On retrouve donc toutes les altérations qu'imprimerait
-@code{default}, mais certaines sont considérées comme étant @qq{de précaution}.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
- \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
-
-musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
- \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
- \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
- <f a d>2 | } }}
-
-\score {
- \new PianoStaff {
- << \context Staff = "up" {
- #(set-accidental-style 'modern-voice-cautionary)
- \musicA }
- \context Staff = "down"{
- #(set-accidental-style 'modern-voice-cautionary)
- \musicB } >> }
- \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'modern-voice-cautionary" }}}
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@item piano
-@funindex piano accidentals
-Cette règle est adaptée aux contextes GrandStaff -- ce qui n'empêche pas de devoir la spécifier
-pour chaque portée individuelle au sein du contexte GrandStaff.
-
-@example
-\new GrandStaff @{ <<
- \new Staff = "up" @{ <<
- #(set-accidental-style 'piano)
- @{ @dots{} @}
- >> @}
- \new Staff = "down"@{ <<
- #(set-accidental-style 'piano)
- @{ @dots{} @}
- >> @}
->> @}
-@end example
-
-Cette règle est communément employée pour les partitions de piano au XXème siècle.
-Très similaire à @code{modern} de par son comportement, elle s'en distingue en ce que
-les altérations tiennent compte des autre portées du contexte @rinternals{GrandStaff} ou
-@rinternals{PianoStaff}.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
- \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
-
-musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
- \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
- \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
- <f a d>2 | } }}
-
-\score {
- \new PianoStaff {
- << \context Staff = "up" {
- #(set-accidental-style 'piano)
- \musicA }
- \context Staff = "down"{
- #(set-accidental-style 'piano)
- \musicB } >> }
- \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'piano" }}}
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@item piano-cautionary
-@funindex #(set-accidental-style 'piano-cautionary)
-Identique à @code{#(set-accidental-style 'piano)}, mais les altérations de précaution
-sont imprimées différemment.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
- \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
-
-musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
- \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
- \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
- <f a d>2 | } }}
-
-\score {
- \new PianoStaff {
- << \context Staff = "up" {
- #(set-accidental-style 'piano-cautionary)
- \musicA }
- \context Staff = "down"{
- #(set-accidental-style 'piano-cautionary)
- \musicB } >> }
- \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'piano-cautionary" }}}
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@item no-reset
-@funindex no-reset accidental style
-C'est la même règle que @code{default}, mais l'effet des altérations accidentelles
-ne cesse jamais, même dans les mesures suivantes.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
- \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
-
-musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
- \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
- \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
- <f a d>2 | } }}
-
-\score {
- \new PianoStaff {
- << \context Staff = "up" {
- #(set-accidental-style 'no-reset)
- \musicA }
- \context Staff = "down"{
- #(set-accidental-style 'no-reset)
- \musicB } >> }
- \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'no-reset" }}}
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@item forget
-Tout le contraire de @code{no-reset}: l'effet des altérations cesse aussitôt,
-et de ce fait, toutes les altérations, quelque soit leur place dans la mesure, sont
-imprimées, en fonction de l'éventuelle armure.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
- \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
-
-musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
- \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
- \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
- <f a d>2 | } }}
-
-\score {
- \new PianoStaff {
- << \context Staff = "up" {
- #(set-accidental-style 'forget)
- \musicA }
- \context Staff = "down"{
- #(set-accidental-style 'forget)
- \musicB } >> }
- \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'forget" }}}
-}
-@end lilypond
-@end table
-
-
-@seealso
-
-Référence du programme : @rinternals{Accidental_engraver},
-@rinternals{Accidental}, @rinternals{AccidentalSuggestion} et @rinternals{AccidentalPlacement}.
-
-
-@knownissues
-
-Les notes simultanées sont considérées comme des évènements séquentiels.
-Ce qui implique que, dans un accord, les altérations accidentelles seront
-imprimées comme si les notes de l'accords apparaissaient une par une, en fonction
-de l'ordre dans lequels elles ont été saisies -- ce qui peut poser problème lorsqu'au
-sein d'un accord certaines altérations dépendent les unes des autres.
-Ce problème est à résoudre manuellement, en insérant des @code{!} et des @code{?} après les notes
-concernées.
-
-
@node Setting automatic beam behavior
@subsection Setting automatic beam behavior
Si l'argument @var{contexte} n'est pas spécifié, alors la propriété cherchera à s'appliquer
dans le contexte le plus restreint où elle est employée : le plus souvent
- @context{ChordNames}, @context{Voice}, ou @context{Lyrics}. Dans l'exemple suivant,
+ @code{ChordNames}, @code{Voice}, ou @code{Lyrics}. Dans l'exemple suivant,
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
c8 c c c
@end lilypond
Les contextes s'organisent de façon hiérarchique : aussi, lorsqu'un contexte de niveau
-supérieur est spécifié (par exemple @context{Staff}), la propriété sera modifée dans
-tous les contextes inférieurs (tous les contextes @context{Voice}, par exemple)
+supérieur est spécifié (par exemple @code{Staff}), la propriété sera modifée dans
+tous les contextes inférieurs (tous les contextes @code{Voice}, par exemple)
qu'il contient.
@funindex \unset
@noindent
rend les hampes plus épaisses (la valeur par défaut est 1.3, ce qui signifie qu'elles
sont 1,3 fois plus épaisses que les lignes de la portée). Dans la mesure où nous avons
-indiqué @context{Staff} comme contexte, ce réglage ne s'appliquera qu'à la portée courante ;
+indiqué @code{Staff} comme contexte, ce réglage ne s'appliquera qu'à la portée courante ;
les autres portées demeureront intactes.
@end lilypond
La commande @code{\override} modifie donc la définition de l'objet @code{Stem}
-dans le contexte @context{Staff} ; toutes les hampes qui suivent seront affectées.
+dans le contexte @code{Staff} ; toutes les hampes qui suivent seront affectées.
Tout comme avec la commande @code{\set}, l'argument @var{contexte} peut être omis, auquel
-cas le contexte par défaut (ici, @context{Voice}) sera employé. La commande @code{\once}
+cas le contexte par défaut (ici, @code{Voice}) sera employé. La commande @code{\once}
permet de n'appliquer la modification qu'une seule fois.
@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
@end example
Le raccourci @code{\Staff} invoque les définitions inhérentes au contexte
-@context{Staff}, de façon à ce qu'elles puissent être modifiées.
+@code{Staff}, de façon à ce qu'elles puissent être modifiées.
-Les lignes suivantes affecteront toutes les portées (tous les contextes @context{Staff})
+Les lignes suivantes affecteront toutes les portées (tous les contextes @code{Staff})
dans la partition.
@example
\set fontSize = #-2
@node Defining new contexts
@subsection Defining new contexts
-Les contextes tels que @context{Staff} ou @code{Voice} sont faits
+Les contextes tels que @code{Staff} ou @code{Voice} sont faits
de briques de constructions empilées. En combinant divers graveurs,
il est possible de créer de nouveaux types de contextes.
Dans l'exemple suivant, on construit, de zéro, un nouveau contexte très
-semblable à @context{Voice}, mais qui n'imprime que des têtes de notes en forme
+semblable à @code{Voice}, mais qui n'imprime que des têtes de notes en forme
de barres obliques au centre de la portée. Un tel contexte, par exemple, peut
servir à indiquer un passage improvisé dans un morceau de jazz.
\name ImproVoice
@end example
-@item Comme il est très semblable à @context{Voice}, nous souhaitons que toutes les
-commandes associées au @context{Voice} déjà existant, restent valables. D'où nécessité
-de la commande @code{\alias}, qui va l'associer au contexte @context{Voice} :
+@item Comme il est très semblable à @code{Voice}, nous souhaitons que toutes les
+commandes associées au @code{Voice} déjà existant, restent valables. D'où nécessité
+de la commande @code{\alias}, qui va l'associer au contexte @code{Voice} :
@example
\alias Voice
@funindex \accepts
Ce n'est pas tout. En effet, on veut intégrer le nouveau contexte
-@context{ImproVoice} dans la hiérarchie des contextes. Tout comme le
+@code{ImproVoice} dans la hiérarchie des contextes. Tout comme le
contexte @code{Voice}, sa place est au sein du contexte @code{Staff}.
-Nous allons donc modifier le contexte @context{Staff},
+Nous allons donc modifier le contexte @code{Staff},
au moyen de la commande @code{\accepts} :
@example
(@code{Staff}), les paroles (@code{Lyrics}) et ainsi de suite ; puis
@code{VerticalAlignment} synchronise verticalement ces différents groupes.
En général, il n'y a qu'un seul @code{VerticalAlignment} pour l'ensemble
-de la partition, mais chaque contexte @context{Staff}, @context{Lyrics}, etc.
+de la partition, mais chaque contexte @code{Staff}, @code{Lyrics}, etc.
possède son propre @code{VerticalAxisGroup}.
-@node The \override command
+@node The override command
@section The @code{\override} command
La commande @code{\override} permet de modifier la mise en page
* Navigating the program reference::
* Layout interfaces::
* Determining the grob property::
-* Objects connected to the input::
-* Using Scheme code instead of \tweak::
-* \set versus \override::
+* The tweak command::
+* Using Scheme code instead of tweak::
+* set versus override::
* Difficult tweaks::
@end menu
Pour élaborer un réglage de ce type, on a besoin de connaître précisément :
@itemize
-@item le contexte : ici @context{Voice} (la voix).
+@item le contexte : ici @code{Voice} (la voix).
@item l'objet à affecter : ici @code{Stem} (les hampes).
@item la propriété à modifier : ici @code{thickness} (l'épaisseur du trait).
@item la valeur désirée : ici @code{3.0} (par défaut, elle est de 1.3).
Pour aller encore plus loin, plutôt que de simplement parler de l'objet
@code{Fingering}, ce qui ne nous avance pas à grand chose, on peut aller explorer
son âme même, dans les fichiers source de LilyPond (voir
-@rlearning{Default files}), en l'occurence le fichier
+@rlearning{Other sources of information}), en l'occurence le fichier
@file{scm/@/define@/-grobs@/.scm} :
@example
@end lilypond
-Dans le cas présent, le réglage intervient dans le contexte @context{Voice},
+Dans le cas présent, le réglage intervient dans le contexte @code{Voice},
ce qui pouvait également se déduire de la Référence du programme, où la page
du graveur @rinternals{Fingering_engraver} indique :
@end quotation
-@node Objects connected to the input
-@subsection Objects connected to the input
+@node The tweak command
+@subsection The @code{\tweak} command
@funindex \tweak
Voir pour plus de détails @ref{Displaying music expressions}.
-@node Using Scheme code instead of \tweak
+@node Using Scheme code instead of tweak
@subsection Using Scheme code instead of @code{\tweak}
L'inconvénient principal de la commande @code{\tweak} est la rigidité de sa
@samp{m} lui-même.
-@node \set versus \override
+@node set versus override
@subsection @code{\set} vs. @code{\override}
Si les propriétés peuvent être modifiées de deux façons, par les commandes
@node Chord notation
@section Chord notation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Chord mode::
@node Chord mode
@subsection Chord mode
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Chord mode overview::
@node Extended and altered chords
@unnumberedsubsubsec Extended and altered chords
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Displaying chords
@subsection Displaying chords
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Printing chord names::
@node Customizing chord names
@unnumberedsubsubsec Customizing chord names
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Figured bass
@subsection Figured bass
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Introduction to figured bass::
@node Entering figured bass
@unnumberedsubsubsec Entering figured bass
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Displaying figured bass
@unnumberedsubsubsec Displaying figured bass
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
* Hidden notes::
* Coloring objects::
* Parentheses::
-* Ambitus::
* Stems::
@end menu
Vous ne pouvez pas coloriser des notes à l'intérieur d'un accord avec
@code{\override}. si besoin est, utilisez @code{\tweak}.
-Pour plus de détails, consultez @ref{Objects connected to the input}.
+Pour plus de détails, consultez @ref{The tweak command}.
@node Parentheses
@end example
-@node Ambitus
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Ambitus
-@cindex ambitus
-
-L'@emph{ambitus} est l'amplitude des hauteurs d'une voix donnée dans une
-partition. Ce terme peut aussi désigner la tessiture qu'un instrument
-est capable d'atteindre. Souvent, cet ambitus est imprimé au début des
-partitions vocales, afin que les exécutants puissent voir au premier
-coup d'oeil s'ils sont en mesure de tenir la partie en question.
-
-Pour exprimer l'ambitus d'une pièce, on indique avant la clé deux notes
-représentant la hauteur la plus basse et la plus haute. Pour imprimer
-cet ambitus, il faut ajouter le graveur @rinternals{Ambitus_engraver}
-au contexte @rinternals{Voice}. Ainsi,
-
-@example
-\layout @{
- \context @{
- \Voice
- \consists Ambitus_engraver
- @}
-@}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-donne pour résultat
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-\layout {
- \context {
- \Staff
- \consists Ambitus_engraver
- }
-}
-
-\relative \new Staff {
- as'' c e2 cis,2
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-Si plusieurs voix se trouvent sur une même portée, on peut attribuer le
-graveur @rinternals{Ambitus_engraver} au contexte @rinternals{Staff}
-plutôt qu'au contexte @rinternals{Voice} ; l'ambitus affiché sera
-alors celui de toutes les voix cumulées, non d'une seule des voix
-actives.
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote]
-\new Staff \with {
- \consists "Ambitus_engraver"
-}
-<<
- \new Voice \with {
- \remove "Ambitus_engraver"
- } \relative c'' {
- \override Ambitus #'X-offset = #-1.0
- \voiceOne
- c4 a d e f2
- }
- \new Voice \with {
- \remove "Ambitus_engraver"
- } \relative c' {
- \voiceTwo
- es4 f g as b2
- }
->>
-@end lilypond
-
-@noindent
-Cet exemple met en œuvre une fonctionnalité avancée :
-
-@example
-\override Ambitus #'X-offset = #-1.0
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Ce réglage déplace l'ambitus vers la gauche. Le même résultat aurait pu
-être obtenu avec @code{extra-offset}, mais alors le système de mise en
-forme n'aurait pas attribué d'espace supplémentaire pour l'objet
-déplacé.
-
-@seealso
-
-Référence du programme : @rinternals{Ambitus},
-@rinternals{AmbitusLine}, @rinternals{AmbitusNoteHead},
-@rinternals{AmbitusAccidental}.
-
-Exemples : @rlsr{Pitches}, @rlsr{Vocal music}.
-
-@knownissues
-
-LilyPond ne gère pas les collisions entre plusieurs ambitus présents sur
-une même portée.
-
-
@node Stems
@unnumberedsubsubsec Stems
@menu
* Balloon help::
* Grid lines::
+* Analysis brackets::
* Blank music sheet::
@end menu
@node Balloon help
-@subsubsection Balloon help
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Balloon help
Vous pouvez marquer et nommer des éléments de notation à l'aide de
bulles. L'objectif premier de cette fonctionnalité est d'expliquer la
@node Grid lines
-@subsubsection Grid lines
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Grid lines
Vous pouvez tracer des lignes entre les portées, synchronisées avec
les notes.
Exemples : @rlsr{Editorial annotations}.
+@node Analysis brackets
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Analysis brackets
+@cindex crochets
+@cindex crochets de phrasé
+@cindex analyse musicologique
+@cindex crochet de regroupement de notes
+
+On utilise des crochets en analyse musicale, pour indiquer la
+structure d'une pièce. LilyPond permet d'utiliser une forme
+simplifiée de crochets horizontaux imbriqués, dans la mesure où le
+contexte @rinternals{Staff} comporte le graveur
+@rinternals{Horizontal_bracket_engraver}. Un crochet s'ouvre avec
+@code{\startGroup}, et se ferme avec @code{\stopGroup}.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+\score {
+ \relative c'' {
+ c4\startGroup\startGroup
+ c4\stopGroup
+ c4\startGroup
+ c4\stopGroup\stopGroup
+ }
+ \layout {
+ \context {
+ \Staff \consists "Horizontal_bracket_engraver"
+}}}
+@end lilypond
+
+@seealso
+
+Référence du programme : @rinternals{HorizontalBracket}.
+
+
@node Blank music sheet
-@subsubsection Blank music sheet
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Blank music sheet
@cindex Papier musique
@cindex Portées, feuille blanche
@menu
-* Articulations::
+* Articulations and ornamentations::
* Dynamics::
+* New dynamic marks::
@end menu
-@node Articulations
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Articulations
+@node Articulations and ornamentations
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Articulations and ornamentations
@cindex articulations
@cindex symboles d'ornementation
-@cindex ornementations, symboles
+@cindex ornementation, symboles
Différents symboles peuvent être ajoutés au-dessus ou au-dessous des
@rinternals{DynamicLineSpanner}.
-@node Curves
-@subsection Curves
-
-@menu
-* Ties::
-* Slurs::
-* Phrasing slurs::
-* Laissez vibrer ties::
-* Breath marks::
-* Falls and doits::
-@end menu
-
-@node Ties
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Ties
-
-@cindex liaison de prolongation
-@funindex ~
-
-Une liaison de tenue (ou de prolongation) relie deux notes adjacentes de
-même hauteur. Dans les faits, elle prolonge la durée d'une note, et ne
-doit donc pas être confondue avec les liaisons d'articulation ou de
-phrasé. Une liaison de tenue est indiquée au moyen d'un tilde @samp{~}.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-e' ~ e' <c' e' g'> ~ <c' e' g'>
-@end lilypond
-
-
-Quand une liaison de tenue se trouve entre deux accords, toutes les
-notes de même hauteur entre ces deux accords sont reliées. S'il n'y en
-a aucune, aucune liaison n'est créée. Il est également possible de lier
-partiellement deux accords, en mettant les liaisons à l'intérieur des
-accords.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=1]
-<c~ e g~ b> <c e g b>
-@end lilypond
+@node New dynamic marks
+@unnumberedsubsubsec New dynamic marks
+Grâce à la commande @code{make-dynamic-script}, vous pouvez créer de
+nouvelles marques textuelles de nuances que vous combinerez
+éventuellement avec les signes de nuances.
+Notez bien que la police des nuances en contient que les caractères
+@code{f,m,p,r,s} and @code{z}.
-Une liaison de tenue est un moyen parmi d'autres pour prolonger la durée
-d'une note, tout comme les points. L'exemple suivant montre deux
-manières de matérialiser exactement la même idée :
+Certains composants, tels que les marques de nuances, possèdent des
+propriétés particulières et prédéfinies quant à leur police. Lorsque
+vous créez du texte en pareille situation, nous vous recommandons
+d'utiliser @code{normal-text} pour annuler ces propriétés. Voir
+@ref{Text markup commands} pour plus de détails.
+@cindex make-dynamic-script
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right]
-\time 3/4 c'2. c'2 ~ c'4
-@end lilypond
-
-@noindent
-Les liaisons de tenues sont utilisées soit lorsque la note dépasse de la
-mesure, soit quand les points ne suffisent pas à donner la bonne durée.
-Lorsque l'on utilise ces liaisons, les valeurs rythmiques les plus
-longues doivent s'aligner sur les subidivisions de la mesure, comme ici :
-
-@c KEEP LY
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right]
-\relative {
- r8^"oui" c8 ~ c2 r4 | r8^"non" c2 ~ c8 r4
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+sfzp = #(make-dynamic-script "sfzp")
+\relative c' {
+ c4 c c\sfzp c
}
@end lilypond
+@cindex Nuances éditoriales
+@cindex Nuances, entre parenthèses
-Lorsque l'on doit lier de nombreuses notes sur plusieurs mesures, il
-devient plus facile d'avoir recours à la division automatique des notes
---- voir @ref{Automatic note splitting}. Ce procédé divise
-automatiquement les notes trop longues, et les lie par-delà les barres
-de mesure.
-
-@funindex \repeatTie
-
-Lorsqu'une mesure de seconde fois après une reprise commence sur une
-note liée, la liaison doit être répétée. C'est à cela que sert la
-commande @code{\repeatTie} :
-
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,relative=2]
-r <c e g>\repeatTie
-@end lilypond
-
-@cindex liaison de prolongation, répétition
-@cindex reprises avec alternatives et liaisons de prolongation
-
-@commonprop
+Vous pouvez aussi encadrer les nuances entre parenthèses ou entre
+crochets. Ceci est souvent utilisé pour ajouter des nuances propres à
+une édition donnée.
-Les liaisons de tenue servent parfois à rendre un accord arpégé. Dans ce
-cas, les notes liées ne sont pas toutes consécutives. Il faut alors
-assigner à la propriété @code{tieWaitForNote} la valeur @emph{vrai}
-(@q{t} pour @q{true}). Cette même méthode peut servir, par exemple, à
-lier un trémolo à un accord.
-
-@lilypond[fragment,verbatim,relative=1,ragged-right,quote]
-\set tieWaitForNote = ##t
-\grace { c16[~ e~ g]~ } <c, e g>2
-\repeat tremolo 8 { c32~ c'~ } <c c,>1
-e8~ c~ a~ f~ <e' c a f>2
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+rndf = \markup{ \center-align {\line { \bold{\italic (}
+ \dynamic f \bold{\italic )} }} }
+boxf = \markup{ \bracket { \dynamic f } }
+{ c'1_\rndf c'1_\boxf }
@end lilypond
-Il est possible de graver manuellement les liaisons de tenue, en
-modifiant la propriété @code{tie-configuration}. Pour chaque paire, le
-premier nombre indique la distance à la portée, en espaces de portée, et
-le second la direction (1 pour haut, @minus{}1 pour bas).
-
-@lilypond[fragment,verbatim,relative=1,ragged-right,quote]
-<c e g>2~ <c e g> |
-\override TieColumn #'tie-configuration =
- #'((0.0 . 1) (-2.0 . 1) (-4.0 . 1))
-<c e g>~ <c e g> |
-@end lilypond
-
-
-@predefined
-
-@funindex \tieUp
-@code{\tieUp},
-@funindex \tieDown
-@code{\tieDown},
-@funindex \tieNeutral
-@code{\tieNeutral},
-@funindex \tieDotted
-@code{\tieDotted},
-@funindex \tieDashed
-@code{\tieDashed},
-@funindex \tieSolid
-@code{\tieSolid}.
-@seealso
-
-Dans ce même manuel : @ref{Automatic note splitting}.
-
-Référence du programme : @rinternals{Tie}.
-
-
-@knownissues
-
-Un changement de portée, lorsqu'une liaison de tenue est active, ne
-peut produire une liaison oblique.
-
-Le changement de clé ou d'octave pendant une liaison de tenue produit un
-résultat indéfini. Dans ces cas-là, il est préférable d'utiliser un
-legato.
+@node Curves
+@subsection Curves
+@menu
+* Slurs::
+* Phrasing slurs::
+* Breath marks::
+* Falls and doits::
+@end menu
@node Slurs
@unnumberedsubsubsec Slurs
Référence du programme : @rinternals{PhrasingSlur}.
-@node Laissez vibrer ties
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Laissez vibrer ties
-
-@cindex laissez vibrer
-@cindex liaison, laissez vibrer
-
-Les liaisons @qq{Laissez vibrer} (L.V.) sont utilisées pour le piano, la
-harpe, et certains instruments de percussion. Elles indiquent à
-l'instrumentiste de laisser sonner la note ou l'accord au lieu de
-l'étouffer. Cet effet s'obtient avec la commande @code{\laissezVibrer}.
-
-@lilypond[fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=1]
-<c f g>\laissezVibrer
-@end lilypond
-
-@seealso
-
-Référence du programme :
-@rinternals{LaissezVibrerTie},
-@rinternals{LaissezVibrerTieColumn}.
-
-Exemples : @rlsr{Expressive marks}.
-
-
@node Breath marks
@unnumberedsubsubsec Breath marks
* Glissando::
* Arpeggio::
* Trills::
-* Analysis brackets::
@end menu
@node Glissando
@unnumberedsubsubsec Trills
Les trilles brefs s'indiquent comme n'importe quelle ponctuation :
-voir @ref{Articulations}.
+voir @ref{Articulations and ornamentations}.
Les trilles plus longs sont délimités par @code{\startTrillSpan} et
Référence du programme : @rinternals{TrillSpanner}.
-@node Analysis brackets
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Analysis brackets
-@cindex crochets
-@cindex crochets de phrasé
-@cindex analyse musicologique
-@cindex crochet de regroupement de notes
-
-On utilise des crochets en analyse musicale, pour indiquer la
-structure d'une pièce. LilyPond permet d'utiliser une forme
-simplifiée de crochets horizontaux imbriqués, dans la mesure où le
-contexte @rinternals{Staff} comporte le graveur
-@rinternals{Horizontal_bracket_engraver}. Un crochet s'ouvre avec
-@code{\startGroup}, et se ferme avec @code{\stopGroup}.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-\score {
- \relative c'' {
- c4\startGroup\startGroup
- c4\stopGroup
- c4\startGroup
- c4\stopGroup\stopGroup
- }
- \layout {
- \context {
- \Staff \consists "Horizontal_bracket_engraver"
-}}}
-@end lilypond
-
-@seealso
-
-Référence du programme : @rinternals{HorizontalBracket}.
-
-
@node Fretted string instruments
@section Fretted string instruments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Common notation for fretted strings::
@node Common notation for fretted strings
@subsection Common notation for fretted strings
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* References for fretted strings::
@node References for fretted strings
@subsubsection References for fretted strings
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node String number indications
@subsubsection String number indications
@node Guitar
@subsection Guitar
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Guitar tablatures::
@node Guitar tablatures
@subsubsection Guitar tablatures
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Indicating position and barring
@subsubsection Indicating position and barring
@node Banjo
@subsection Banjo
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Banjo tablatures::
@node Nesting music expressions
@subsection Nesting music expressions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node On the un-nestedness of brackets and ties
@subsection On the un-nestedness of brackets and ties
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Voices contain music
@section Voices contain music
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* I'm hearing Voices::
@node I'm hearing Voices
@subsection I'm hearing Voices
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Explicitly instantiating voices
@subsection Explicitly instantiating voices
@node Voices and vocals
@subsection Voices and vocals
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Contexts and engravers
@section Contexts and engravers
être synchronisée sur toute l'étendue verticale de la partition.
LilyPond regroupe ces règles et ces fragments d'information dans des
-@emph{Contextes}. Certains contextes sont les voix (contexte @context{Voice}),
-les portées (contexte @context{Staff}), ou la partition dans son ensemble
-(contexte @context{Score}). Ils sont ordonnés hiérarchiquement : ainsi un
-contexte @context{Staff} peut contenir plusieurs contextes @context{Voice}, et un
-contexte @context{Score} peut contenir plusieurs contextes @context{Staff}.
+@emph{Contextes}. Certains contextes sont les voix (contexte @code{Voice}),
+les portées (contexte @code{Staff}), ou la partition dans son ensemble
+(contexte @code{Score}). Ils sont ordonnés hiérarchiquement : ainsi un
+contexte @code{Staff} peut contenir plusieurs contextes @code{Voice}, et un
+contexte @code{Score} peut contenir plusieurs contextes @code{Staff}.
@quotation
@image{context-example,5cm,,}
Chaque contexte est chargé de faire appliquer certaines règles de gravure,
de créer certains objets, et de prendre en compte les propriétés qui leur
-sont associées. Ainsi, le contexte @context{Voice} peut faire intervenir une
-altération accidentelle, puis le contexte @context{Staff} devra déterminer si
+sont associées. Ainsi, le contexte @code{Voice} peut faire intervenir une
+altération accidentelle, puis le contexte @code{Staff} devra déterminer si
cette dernière devra être imprimée ou non dans la suite de la mesure. Les barres
-de mesure, enfin, sont alignées verticalement grâce au contexte @context{Score}.
+de mesure, enfin, sont alignées verticalement grâce au contexte @code{Score}.
En revanche, dans une musique polymétrique, par exemple mélant une portée à 3/4
et une autre à 4/4, les barres de mesures n'ont plus à être alignées : il faut alors
-modifier les comportement par défaut des contextes @context{Score} et @context{Staff}.
+modifier les comportement par défaut des contextes @code{Score} et @code{Staff}.
Dans une partition très simple, les contextes sont créés implicitement, et peuvent
être ignorés. Mais lorsqu'il s'agit de morceaux plus amples -- entendons par là tout
ponctuation = @{ s4-. s4-> @}
@end example
-En les envoyant toutes deux dans le même contexte @context{Voice}, on les combine :
+En les envoyant toutes deux dans le même contexte @code{Voice}, on les combine :
@example
<<
plusieurs niveaux. Par exemple, une commande telle que @code{\applyOutput} (voir
@c FIXME: broken link
@c @ruser{Running a function on all layout objects}) : si elle n'est pas associée avec
-@code{\context}, elle s'applique par défaut dans le contexte @context{Voice}.
+@code{\context}, elle s'applique par défaut dans le contexte @code{Voice}.
@example
\applyOutput #'@var{Contexte} #@var{fonction} % s'applique dans le contexte Voice
@end example
-Pour l'appliquer au contexte @context{Score} ou @context{Staff}, il faut utiliser :
+Pour l'appliquer au contexte @code{Score} ou @code{Staff}, il faut utiliser :
@example
\applyOutput #'Score #@var{fonction}
@node Engravers explained
@subsection Engravers explained
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Modifying context properties
@subsection Modifying context properties
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Adding and removing engravers
@subsection Adding and removing engravers
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Extending the templates
@node Four-part SATB vocal score
@subsection Four-part SATB vocal score
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Building a score from scratch
@subsection Building a score from scratch
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@c \version "2.11.51"
-@c Translators: Jean-Charles Malahieude
-
-@node Input syntax
-@chapter Input syntax
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Input files::
-* Common syntax issues TODO name?::
-* Other stuffs TODO move?::
-@end menu
-@node Input files
-@section Input files
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* File structure::
-* A single music expression::
-* Multiple scores in a book::
-* Extracting fragments of notation::
-* Including LilyPond files::
-* Text encoding::
-* Different editions from one source::
-@end menu
-@node File structure
-@subsection File structure
+@c Translators: Jean-Charles Malahieude, Valentin Villenave
+
+@node General input and output
+@chapter General input and output
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Input structure::
+* Titles and headers::
+* Working with input files::
+* Controlling output::
+* MIDI output::
+@end menu
+
+@node Input structure
+@section Input structure
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Structure of a score::
+* Multiple scores in a book::
+* File structure::
+@end menu
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@node Structure of a score
+@subsection Structure of a score
-@node A single music expression
-@subsection A single music expression
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
@node Multiple scores in a book
@subsection Multiple scores in a book
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node File structure
+@subsection File structure
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Titles and headers
+@section Titles and headers
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Creating titles::
+* Custom titles::
+* Reference to page numbers::
+* Table of contents::
+@end menu
-@node Extracting fragments of notation
-@subsection Extracting fragments of notation
+@node Creating titles
+@subsection Creating titles
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Custom titles
+@subsection Custom titles
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Reference to page numbers
+@subsection Reference to page numbers
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Table of contents
+@subsection Table of contents
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Working with input files
+@section Working with input files
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Including LilyPond files::
+* Different editions from one source::
+* Text encoding::
+* Displaying LilyPond notation::
+@end menu
@node Including LilyPond files
@subsection Including LilyPond files
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@node Text encoding
-@subsection Text encoding
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
@node Different editions from one source
@subsection Different editions from one source
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Using variables::
+* Using tags::
+@end menu
+
+@node Using variables
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using variables
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Using tags
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using tags
@funindex \tag
@cindex tag
-
+
La commande @code{\tag} affecte un nom à des expressions musicales.
Les expressions ainsi balisées pourront être filtrées par la suite.
Ce mécanisme permet d'obtenir différentes versions à partir d'une même
Dans l'exemple qui suit, nous obtenons deux versions du même extrait,
l'une pour le conducteur, l'autre pour l'instrumentiste, et qui
comportera les ornements.
-
+
@example
c1
<<
c1
@end example
+@noindent
Ce principe peut s'appliquer aux articulations, textes, etc. Il
-suffit de positionner
+suffit de positionner
+
@example
-\tag #@var{votre-balise}
@end example
+
+@noindent
avant l'articulation, comme ici :
+
@example
c1-\tag #'part ^4
@end example
+@noindent
Ceci définira une note avec une indication de doigté conditionnelle.
-
+
@cindex keepWithTag
@cindex removeWithTag
C'est grâce aux commandes @code{\keepWithTag} et @code{\removeWithTag}
que vous filtrerez les expressions balisées. Par exemple :
+
@example
<<
@var{de la musique}
\keepWithTag #'part @var{de la musique}
>>
@end example
+
+@noindent
donnerait :
@lilypondfile[ragged-right,quote]{tag-filter.ly}
que @code{#'score} ou @code{#'part}), suivi d'une expression musicale.
Vous pouvez utiliser de multiples balises dans un morceau en
saisissant plusieurs @code{\tag}.
-
+
@example
\tag #'original-part \tag #'transposed-part @dots{}
@end example
si vous imprimez une partition avec les deux sections balisées.
-@node Common syntax issues TODO name?
-@section Common syntax issues TODO name?
+@node Text encoding
+@subsection Text encoding
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
-* Controlling direction::
-* Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE::
-@end menu
-@node Controlling direction
-@subsection Controlling direction
+@node Displaying LilyPond notation
+@subsection Displaying LilyPond notation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@node Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE
-@subsection Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@node Controlling output
+@section Controlling output
-@node Other stuffs TODO move?
-@section Other stuffs TODO move?
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@menu
-* Displaying LilyPond notation::
-* Skipping corrected music::
-* context list FIXME::
-* another thing FIXME::
-* Input modes FIXME::
+@menu
+* Extracting fragments of music::
+* Skipping corrected music::
@end menu
-@node Displaying LilyPond notation
-@subsection Displaying LilyPond notation
+@node Extracting fragments of music
+@subsection Extracting fragments of music
+
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
@node Skipping corrected music
@subsection Skipping corrected music
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node MIDI output
+@section MIDI output
+
+@untranslated
-@node context list FIXME
-@subsection context list FIXME
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@menu
+* Creating MIDI files::
+* MIDI block::
+* What goes into the MIDI output?::
+* Repeats in MIDI::
+* Controlling MIDI dynamics::
+@end menu
+
+@node Creating MIDI files
+@subsection Creating MIDI files
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Instrument names
+@node MIDI block
+@subsection MIDI block
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node What goes into the MIDI output?
+@subsection What goes into the MIDI output?
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Supported in MIDI
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Unsupported in MIDI
+
+@node Repeats in MIDI
+@subsection Repeats in MIDI
+
+@cindex reprises développées
+@funindex \unfoldRepeats
+
+Au prix de quelques réglages, les reprises de toutes sortes peuvent être
+rendues dans le fichier MIDI. Il suffit pour cela de recourir à la
+fonction @code{\unfoldRepeats}, qui développe toutes les reprises. En
+d'autre termes, @code{\unfoldRepeats} transforme toutes les reprises
+en reprises de type @code{unfold}.
+
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,line-width=8.0\cm]
+\unfoldRepeats {
+ \repeat tremolo 8 {c'32 e' }
+ \repeat percent 2 { c''8 d'' }
+ \repeat volta 2 {c'4 d' e' f'}
+ \alternative {
+ { g' a' a' g' }
+ {f' e' d' c' }
+ }
+}
+\bar "|."
+@end lilypond
+
+
+Lorsque l'on veut utiliser @code{\unfoldRepeats} seulement pour le rendu
+MIDI, il faut établir deux blocs @code{\score} : un pour le MIDI, avec
+des reprises explicites, et l'autre pour la partition, avec des reprises
+notées sous forme de barres de reprise, de trémolo ou de symboles de
+pourcentage. Par exemple
+
+@example
+\score @{
+ @var{..musique..}
+ \layout @{ .. @}
+@}
+\score @{
+ \unfoldRepeats @var{..musique..}
+ \midi @{ .. @}
+@}
+@end example
+
-@node another thing FIXME
-@subsection another thing FIXME
+@node Controlling MIDI dynamics
+@subsection Controlling MIDI dynamics
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@node Input modes FIXME
-@subsection Input modes FIXME
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Dynamic marks
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Overall MIDI volume
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Equalizing different instruments (i)
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Equalizing different instruments (ii)
@node Compiling from source
@section Compiling from source
-@ifhtml
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@end ifhtml
+@untranslated
@iftex
Toute cette section ne sera pas traduite, car la compilation de LilyPond
demande de maîtriser un minimum l'anglais ; reportez-vous donc à
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-kearning.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 27af34a245b02a6b89c9af3becefcfe676b2e19d
+ Translation of GIT committish: 4706bf2d0cccc915834cd9c063999cb38d2e78e8
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@c Translators: Ludovic Sardain, John Mandereau
@c Translation checkers: Jean-Charles Malahieude, Jean-Yves Baudais
+@c Translation status: post-GDP
@node Introduction
\new Score \with {
\override SpacingSpanner #'spacing-increment = #3
\override TimeSignature #'transparent = ##t
-} \relative {
+} \relative c' {
\stemDown <e g b>4_>-\arpeggio
\override Arpeggio #'direction = #RIGHT
\stemUp <e g b>4^>-\arpeggio
\include "engraver-example.ily"
\score {
- \topVoice
- \layout {
- \context {
+ \topVoice
+ \layout {
+ \context {
\Voice
\remove "Stem_engraver"
\remove "Phrasing_slur_engraver"
\remove "Script_engraver"
\remove "Beam_engraver"
\remove "Auto_beam_engraver"
- }
- \context {
+ }
+ \context {
\Staff
\remove "Accidental_engraver"
\remove "Key_engraver"
\remove "Time_signature_engraver"
\remove "Staff_symbol_engraver"
\consists "Pitch_squash_engraver"
- }
-}
+ }
+ }
}
@end lilypond
@seealso
-Program reference: @rinternals{Contexts}.
+Référence du programme: @rinternals{Contexts}.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
\include "engraver-example.ily"
exprimer de la musique plus complexe. Par exemple
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
-c4
+f4
@end lilypond
@noindent
être générées. L'exemple suivant associe quelques constructions
plus exotiques :
-@lilypondfile[quote,ragged-right]{screech-boink.ly}
+@lilypond[quote]
+\header {
+ title = "Screech and boink"
+ subtitle = "Random complex notation"
+ composer = "Han-Wen Nienhuys"
+}
+
+\score {
+ \context PianoStaff <<
+ \new Staff = "up" {
+ \time 4/8
+ \key c \minor
+ << {
+ \revert Stem #'direction
+ \change Staff = down
+ \set subdivideBeams = ##t
+ g16.[
+ \change Staff = up
+ c'''32
+ \change Staff = down
+ g32
+ \change Staff = up
+ c'''32
+ \change Staff = down
+ g16]
+ \change Staff = up
+ \stemUp
+ \set followVoice = ##t
+ c'''32([ b''16 a''16 gis''16 g''32)]
+ } \\ {
+ s4 \times 2/3 { d'16[ f' g'] } as'32[ b''32 e'' d'']
+ } \\ {
+ s4 \autoBeamOff d''8.. f''32
+ } \\ {
+ s4 es''4
+ } >>
+ }
+
+ \new Staff = "down" {
+ \clef bass
+ \key c \minor
+ \set subdivideBeams = ##f
+ \override Stem #'french-beaming = ##t
+ \override Beam #'thickness = #0.3
+ \override Stem #'thickness = #4.0
+ g'16[ b16 fis16 g16]
+ << \makeClusters {
+ as16 <as b>
+ <g b>
+ <g cis>
+ } \\ {
+ \override Staff.Arpeggio #'arpeggio-direction =#down
+ <cis, e, gis, b, cis>4\arpeggio
+ }
+ >> }
+ >>
+ \midi {
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ tempoWholesPerMinute = #(ly:make-moment 60 8)
+ }
+ }
+ \layout {
+ \context {
+ \Staff
+ \consists Horizontal_bracket_engraver
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
Les extraits exposés ici ont tous été écrits à la main, mais ce n'est
pas une obligation. Puisque le moteur de formatage est en grande
Cette partie présente les différents volumes de la documentation.
@c leave these lines wrapping around. It's some texinfo 4.12 thing. -gp
+@c This is actually a limitation of texi2html. -jm
@menu
-* About the Learning Manual (LM):: introduction à LilyPond, ce volume
- explique en profondeur comment créer de la notation.
+* About the Learning Manual (LM):: introduction à LilyPond, ce manuel explique aux débutants la création de partitions.
-* About the Music Glossary (MG):: ce volume explique de nombreux termes
- musicaux et en donne la traduction dans d'autres langues.
+* About the Music Glossary (MG):: ce document explique de nombreux termes musicaux et en donne la traduction dans d'autres langues.
-* About the Notation Reference (NR):: ce volume représente le cœur de
- la documentation. Il fournit des informations détaillées sur la
- manière de créer de la notation. La lecture de cet ouvrage requiert
- une bonne compréhension des concepts exposés dans le manuel
- d'initiation.
+* About the Notation Reference (NR):: ce manuel représente la partie la plus volumineuse de la documentation. Il fournit tous les détails sur la création de notation musicale. La lecture de cet ouvrage requiert une bonne compréhension des concepts exposés dans le manuel d'initiation.
-* About the Application Usage (AU):: ce volume traite des différentes
- composantes de LilyPond ainsi que des particularités selon les
- environements.
+* About the Application Usage (AU):: ce manuel aborde l'exécution des programmes LilyPond et les particularités dépendant du système d'exploitation.
-* About the Snippet List (SL):: ce volume constitue une collection
- d'extraits réalisés avec LilyPond.
+* About the Snippet List (SL):: ce document rassemble une collection d'extraits de code LilyPond.
-* About the Internals Reference (IR):: ce volume est la source
- d'information sur le fonctionnement interne de LilyPond. Il constitue
- la base des ressources nécessaires à l'élaboration de retouches.
+* About the Internals Reference (IR):: ce manuel constitue une source d'information sur le fonctionnement interne de LilyPond. C'est une référence complète pour l'élaboration de retouches.
-* Other documentation:: d'autres sources de documentation sont
- disponibles, telles que les notes d'actualité et les archives des
- listes de diffusion.
+* Other documentation:: d'autres sources de documentation sont disponibles, telles que les notes de nouveautés et les archives des listes de diffusion.
@end menu
@itemize
@item
-@ref{Introduction} :
-le pourquoi du comment de LilyPond.
+@ref{Introduction} : le pourquoi du comment de LilyPond.
@item
-@ref{Tutorial} :
-introduction en douceur à la typographie musicale.
-Les utilisateurs débutants sont invités à commencer ici.
+@ref{Tutorial} : introduction en douceur à la typographie musicale.
+Les utilisateurs débutants sont invités à commencer par ce chapitre.
@item
-@ref{Fundamental concepts} :
-concepts généraux du format de fichier @code{ly} spécifique à
-LilyPond. Si vous n'êtes pas certain de l'endroit où placer une
-commande, lisez ce chapitre !
+@ref{Fundamental concepts} : concepts généraux du format de fichier
+@code{ly} spécifique à LilyPond. Si vous n'êtes pas certain de
+l'endroit où placer une commande, lisez ce chapitre !
@item
-@ref{Tweaking output} :
-introduction aux retouches de gravure avec LilyPond.
+@ref{Tweaking output} : introduction aux retouches de gravure avec
+LilyPond.
@item
-@ref{Working on LilyPond projects} :
-utilisations pratiques de LilyPond, et conseils
-afin d'éviter les problèmes les plus courants. À lire absolument avant
-de se lancer dans des travaux d'envergure.
+@ref{Working on LilyPond projects} : utilisation pratique de LilyPond,
+conseils généraux, prévention et résolution des problèmes les plus
+courants. À lire avant de se lancer dans des travaux d'envergure !
@end itemize
@itemize
@item
-@ref{Templates}
-de pièces LilyPond. Copiez et collez un modèle
-dans un fichier, ajoutez les notes, et c'est prêt !
+@ref{Templates} de pièces LilyPond. Copiez et collez un modèle dans
+un fichier, ajoutez les notes, et c'est prêt !
@item
-@ref{Scheme tutorial} :
-courte introduction à Scheme, le langage de programmation
-utilisé dans les fonctions de musique. Ces quelques lignes vous
-aideront à construire des retouches avancées ; nombre d'utilisateurs n'ont
-jamais touché à Scheme.
+@ref{Scheme tutorial} : courte introduction à Scheme, le langage de
+programmation utilisé dans les fonctions de musique. Ces quelques
+lignes vous aideront à construire des retouches avancées ; nombre
+d'utilisateurs n'ont jamais touché à Scheme.
@end itemize
@node About the Music Glossary (MG)
@unnumberedsubsec About the Music Glossary (MG)
-@itemize
@cindex jargon
@cindex terminologie
@cindex langues étrangères
@cindex langue
-@cindex langag
+@cindex langage
-@ref{Top,Music Glossary,,music-glossary} : explication des termes
-musicaux et traduction dans diverses langues. Il est
-également disponible au format PDF.
-Si vous n'êtes pas familier avec la notation musicale ou la
-terminologie, il est conseillé de consulter le glossaire, notamment
-pour les parties non encore traduites de la documentation.
-
-@end itemize
+@ref{Top,Music Glossary,,music-glossary,Glossaire musical} :
+explication des termes musicaux et traduction dans diverses langues.
+Si vous n'êtes pas familier avec la notation et la terminologie
+musicales, il est conseillé de consulter le glossaire, notamment pour
+les parties non encore traduites de la documentation.
@node About the Notation Reference (NR)
Ce volume détaille toutes les commandes LilyPond produisant une notation
musicale. La lecture de cet ouvrage requiert une bonne compréhension des
-concepts exposés dans le manuel d'apprentissage.
+concepts exposés dans le manuel d'initiation.
@itemize
+@c Normalement, il est impossible d'utiliser deux points en français,
+@c car une référence externe doit se terminer par un signe de
+@c ponctuation dans la format Info. Cependant, Info
+@c n'internationalise pas encore des documents Info, donc nous n'en
+@c avons rien à faire pour l'instant. -jm
@item
-@ruser{Musical notation} :
-sujets groupés par type de notation. Cette partie
-détaille la notation de base, qui sera utile dans la plupart des
-projets de partition.
+@ruser{Musical notation} : cette partie décrit la notation de base,
+qui sera utile dans la plupart des projets de partition. Les sujets
+sont groupés par type de notation.
@item
-@ruser{Specialist notation} :
-sujets groupés par type de notation. Cette partie détaille
-des spécificités concernant certains instruments ou la voix.
+@ruser{Specialist notation} : cette partie détaille des éléments de
+notation spécifiques à certains instruments ou styles. Les sujets
+sont groupés par type de notation.
@item
-@ruser{Input syntax} :
-informations généralistes quant aux fichiers LilyPond et
-comment contrôler les sorties.
+@ruser{General input and output} : informations générales sur les
+fichiers source LilyPond et le contrôle des sorties.
@item
-@ruser{Spacing issues} :
-sujets affectant la sortie globale, comme sélectionner
-la taille de papier ou spécifier les sauts de page.
+@ruser{Spacing issues} : différents aspects de l'espacement selon les
+axes et échelles, par exemple la sélection de la taille de papier, ou
+la gestion des sauts de page.
@item
-@ruser{Changing defaults} :
-comment, grace aux retouches, obtenir de Lilypond
-presque tout ce que vous désirez.
+@ruser{Changing defaults} : ce chapitre est une référence des
+différentes formes de retouches, qui permettent d'obtenir de Lilypond
+(presque) tout ce que vous désirez.
@item
-@ruser{Interfaces for programmers} :
-comment créer des fonctions de musique à l'aide de Scheme.
+@ruser{Interfaces for programmers} :.création de fonctions de musique
+à l'aide de Scheme.
@end itemize
-Ce volume contient aussi des annexes que vous pouvez consulter au gré de
-vos besoins :
+Les annexes de ce manuel contiennent entre autres des tableaux de
+référence pratiques.
@itemize
@item
-@ruser{Literature list} :
-choix de livres de référence utiles pour ceux qui veulent
-en savoir plus sur la notation et la gravure.
+@ruser{Literature list} : choix de livres de référence, pour en savoir
+plus sur la notation et la gravure.
@item
-@ruser{Notation manual tables} :
-ensemble de tableaux montrant les noms d'accord, les
-instruments MIDI, les noms de couleur, et la police Feta.
+@ruser{Notation manual tables} : tableaux montrant les noms d'accord,
+les instruments MIDI, les noms de couleur, et la police Feta.
@item
-@ruser{Cheat sheet} :
-référence pratique des commandes LilyPond les plus courantes.
+@ruser{Cheat sheet} : référence pratique des commandes LilyPond les
+plus courantes.
@item
-@ruser{LilyPond command index} :
-index de toutes les @code{\commandes} LilyPond.
+@ruser{LilyPond command index} : index de toutes les @code{\commandes}
+LilyPond.
@item
-@ruser{LilyPond index} :
-un index complet.
+@ruser{LilyPond index} : un index complet.
@end itemize
+
@node About the Application Usage (AU)
@unnumberedsubsec About the Application Usage (AU)
-Ce volume explique l'exécution du programme et l'intégration de
+Ce manuel explique l'exécution des programmes et l'intégration de
partitions LilyPond dans d'autres programmes.
@itemize
@item
-@rprogram{Install} :
-comment installer de LilyPond, et pour ceux que cela intéresse,
-comment le compiler.
+@rprogram{Install} : installation --- et éventuellement compilation ---
+de LilyPond.
@item
-@rprogram{Setup} :
-comment configurer votre ordinateur pour une utilisation optimale
-de LilyPond, y compris avec certains éditeurs de tecte.
+@rprogram{Setup} : configuration de votre système pour une utilisation
+optimale de LilyPond, comprenant l'utilisation d'environnements
+adaptés pour certains éditeurs de tecte.
@item
-@rprogram{Running LilyPond} :
-comment lancer LilyPond et ses programmes auxiliaires. De
-plus, cette partie explique comment effectuer la mise à jour de fichiers
-source écrits avec d'anciennes versions de LilyPond.
+@rprogram{Running LilyPond} : exécution de LilyPond et de ses
+programmes auxiliaires. De plus, cette partie explique comment
+effectuer la mise à jour de fichiers source écrits avec d'anciennes
+versions de LilyPond.
@item
-@rprogram{LilyPond-book} :
-comment créer des documents intégrant des exemples musicaux,
-comme ce manuel.
+@rprogram{LilyPond-book} : création de documents intégrant des
+extraits musicaux, comme ce manuel.
@item
-@rprogram{Converting from other formats} :
-comment exécuter les programmes de conversion. Ces programmes sont
-livrés avec le paquetage LilyPond, et convertissent divers formats
-musicaux vers le format @code{.ly}.
+@rprogram{Converting from other formats} : utilisation des programmes
+de conversion. Ces programmes sont livrés avec le paquetage LilyPond,
+et convertissent divers formats de musique vers le format @code{.ly}.
@end itemize
@cindex snippets
@cindex LSR
-@c FIXME: check on kainhofer.
-@ref{Top,LilyPond Snippet List,,lilypond-snippets} :
+@ref{Top,LilyPond Snippet List,,lilypond-snippets,Exemples de code} :
il s'agit d'une sélection de petits exemples montrant des trucs,
astuces et fonctionnalités particulières de LilyPond, issus de
-@uref{http://lsr@/.dsi@/.unimi@/.it,LilyPond Snippet Repository}, abrégé
-sous la forme de LSR. Ils sont dans le domaine public.
+@uref{http://lsr@/.dsi@/.unimi@/.it,LilyPond Snippet Repository}
+(LSR). Tous ces exemples sont dans le domaine public.
-Notez bien que cette annexe n'est en aucune manière un mirroir du LSR.
-Dans la mesure où le LSR repose sur une version stable de LilyPond, un
-exemple qui illustrerait de nouvelles fonctionnalités de la version de
-développement devrait y être ajouté isolément. C'est la raison pour
-laquelle vous le trouverez alors dans le répertoire @file{input/new/}
-des sources de LilyPond.
+Notez bien que cette annexe n'est en aucune manière un miroir ou même
+une partie du LSR. Dans la mesure où le LSR repose sur une version
+stable de LilyPond, les exemples illustrant des fonctionnalités
+introduites dans la dernière version de développement ne peuvent y
+figurer ; c'est pourquoi vous les trouverez dans le répertoire
+@file{input/new/} des sources de LilyPond.
La liste des exemples correspondant à chacun des sous-chapitres du
-Manuel de notation est accessible par un lien au paragraphe
+manuel de notation est accessible par des liens dans le paragraphe
@strong{Voir aussi}.
@node About the Internals Reference (IR)
@unnumberedsubsec About the Internals Reference (IR)
-@c zzz
-
-@itemize
+@cindex retoucher
+@cindex variables
+@cindex propriétés
+@cindex lilypond-internals
+@cindex documentation du fonctionnement interne
+@cindex Scheme
+@cindex étendre lilypond
+@cindex index
-@item
-La
-@iftex
-référence du programme
-@end iftex
-@ifnottex
-@ref{Top,Internals Reference,,lilypond-internals}
-@end ifnottex
-est un ensemble de pages HTML étroitement liées entre elles, qui
-documente les moindres petits détails de chaque classe, objet et
-fonction de LilyPond. Cette documentation est produite directement à
-partir des définitions de formatage utilisées.
+@ref{Top,Internals Reference,,lilypond-internals,Référence des
+propriétés internes} : c'est un ensemble de pages HTML étroitement
+liées entre elles, qui documente les moindres petits détails de chaque
+classe, objet et fonction de LilyPond. Cette documentation est
+produite directement à partir des définitions de formatage utilisées.
Presque toutes les fonctions de formatage utilisées en interne sont
directement disponibles pour l'utilisateur. Par exemple, toutes les
être modifiées dans les fichiers d'entrée. Il y a un grand nombre
d'options de formatage, et elles sont toutes décrites dans ce
document. Chaque section du manuel de notation a un paragraphe @b{Voir
-aussi} qui renvoie à la documentation générée automatiquement. Dans la
+aussi}, qui renvoie à la documentation générée automatiquement. Dans la
documentation au format HTML, ces paragraphes disposent de liens
cliquables.
-@end itemize
-
@node Other documentation
@unnumberedsubsec Other documentation
-FIXME: most of this should go higher up. Discuss News, mailist
-archives, ...?
+Pour finir, présentons d'autres précieuses sources de documentation.
-There are a number of other places which may be very valuable.
+@itemize
-Lorsque vous serez un utilisateur expérimenté, vous pourrez consulter le
-manuel comme une référence : il y a un index complet@footnote{Si vous
-cherchez quelque chose sans le trouver dans la documentation, c'est un
-bogue. Dans ce cas, merci d'envoyer un rapport de bogue.}, mais le
-manuel est aussi disponible en
-@iftex
-une seule grande page,
-@end iftex
-@ifhtml
-@uref{source/Documentation/user/lilypond-big-page.html, une seule grande
-page},
-@end ifhtml
-ce qui facilite la recherche avec la fonction adéquate de votre
-navigateur.
-
-Dans tous les documents HTML qui incluent des fragments musicaux,
-le code Lilypond utilisé pour produire l'image est accessible par un
-clic sur l'image.
-
-L'emplacement des fichiers de documentation mentionnés ici peut varier
+@item Nouveautés : ce document résume les changements importants et
+les nouvelles fonctionalités de LilyPond depuis la dernière version
+stable.
+
+@item @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/lilypond-user/, Les
+archives de la liste lilypond-user} : c'est un dépôt archivant les
+courriels qui ont été envoyés à la liste anglophone des utilisateurs.
+Beaucoup de questions sont apparues plusieurs fois sur la liste, il y
+a donc des chances que si vous avez une question, la réponse puisse
+être dans ces archives.
+@c DIV specific
+@uref{http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/lilypond-user-fr/,Les archives
+de la liste francophone} ne sont pas aussi bien fournies, mais vous
+pouvez toujours y chercher des conversations passées sur les
+traductions, et si vous avez de la chance une réponse à une question.
+@c END DIV
+
+@item @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/lilypond-devel/, Les
+archives de la liste lilypond-devel} : les courriels envoyés à la
+liste des développeurs y sont archivés. Les sujets de discussion sont
+plus techniques ; si vous voulez vous renseigner sur l'histoire du
+développement ou si vous avez une question très technique, tentez
+votre chance en cherchant dans ces archives.
+
+@item Fragments de musique au cours du texte : dans tous les documents
+HTML qui incluent des fragments musicaux, le code LilyPond utilisé
+pour produire l'image est accessible par un clic sur l'image.
+
+@item L'emplacement des fichiers de documentation mentionnés ici peut varier
d'un système à l'autre. De temps en temps, ce manuel fait référence aux
fichiers d'exemple et d'initialisation. Tout au long de ce manuel, nous
donnons les emplacements des fichiers d'entrée relativement au
@file{ly/@/engraver@/-init@/.ly}, se trouvent généralement dans le
répértoire @file{/usr/@/share/@/lilypond/}.
-@cindex retoucher
-@cindex variables
-@cindex propriétés
-@cindex lilypond-internals
-@cindex documentation du fonctionnement interne
-@cindex Scheme
-@cindex étendre lilypond
-@cindex index
-
-Pour finir, ce manuel et les autres sont disponibles en ligne, à la
-fois aux formats PDF et HTML, à partir du site Web, accessible
-à l'adresse @uref{http://@/www@/.lilypond@/.org/}.
-
+@end itemize
@node References for keyboards
@subsubsection References for keyboards
-@ifhtml
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@end ifhtml
+@untranslated
@ifnothtml
@englishref
@end ifnothtml
@end example
-avant d'insérer une mélodie au moyen d'un contexte @context{Voice} :
+avant d'insérer une mélodie au moyen d'un contexte @code{Voice} :
@example
\context Staff = bas
@node Discant symbols
@subsubsection Discant symbols
-@ifhtml
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@end ifhtml
+@untranslated
@ifnothtml
@englishref
@end ifnothtml
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-program.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 3975a6210f49b40850e3f5101aad1ea4b09883f0
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.51"
-
@node LilyPond-book
@chapter @command{lilypond-book}: Integrating text and music
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* An example of a musicological document::
* Integrating music and text::
* Music fragment options::
* Invoking lilypond-book::
* Filename extensions::
* Alternate methods of mixing text and music::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node An example of a musicological document
@section An example of a musicological document
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@subheading Input
@subheading Processing
@node Integrating music and text
@section Integrating music and text
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* LaTeX::
* Texinfo::
* HTML::
* DocBook::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node LaTeX
@subsection @LaTeX{}
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Texinfo
@subsection Texinfo
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node HTML
@subsection HTML
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node DocBook
@subsection DocBook
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@subheading Common conventions
@subheading Including a LilyPond file
@node Music fragment options
@section Music fragment options
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Invoking lilypond-book
@section Invoking @command{lilypond-book}
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@subheading Format-specific instructions
@subsubheading @LaTeX{}
@node Filename extensions
@section Filename extensions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Alternate methods of mixing text and music
@section Alternative methods of mixing text and music
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Many quotes from a large score::
* Inserting LilyPond output into OpenOffice.org::
* Inserting LilyPond output into other programs::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Many quotes from a large score
@subsection Many quotes from a large score
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Inserting LilyPond output into OpenOffice.org
@subsection Inserting LilyPond output into OpenOffice.org
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Inserting LilyPond output into other programs
@subsection Inserting LilyPond output into other programs
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
\input texinfo @c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 080373e092844b50b53959679eaf9dcb4ea1fd76
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@menu
* Musical notation:: notation générale.
* Specialist notation:: notation à usage spécifique.
-* Input syntax:: généralités sur les fichiers sources.
-* Non-musical notation:: aspects autres que la notation musicale.
+* General input and output:: généralités sur les fichiers sources et les sorties.
* Spacing issues:: mise en page de la musique sur le papier.
* Changing defaults:: ajustement de la gravure.
* Interfaces for programmers:: utilisation avancée.
@include specialist.itely
@include input.itely
-@include non-music.itely
@include spacing.itely
@include changing-defaults.itely
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 3975a6210f49b40850e3f5101aad1ea4b09883f0
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.51"
-
@node Literature list
@appendix Literature list
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 1440fffdf8579046cc2033b9c697a190b34b91e5
+ Translation of GIT committish: a88c1b861df238ad1c000e6a86926e6f19f2fedd
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@c ***** Displaying text *****
-@c we need this since @q{\} doesn't work with makeinfo 4.8 --
-@c say @q{@value{backslash}} instead
-@set backslash \
+@c we need this since @q{\} doesn't work with makeinfo 4.11 --
+@c say @q{@bs} instead
+@macro bs
+\\
+@end macro
@c to get decent quotes in `foo' and ``foo''
@c these need to be split up so that "@qq{foo}." looks nice. :(
@end macro
@end ifdocbook
+@ifhtml
+@macro warning{TEXT}
+@cartouche
+@b{Note :} \TEXT\
+@end cartouche
+@end macro
+@end ifhtml
+
+@ifnothtml
@macro warning{TEXT}
@quotation
@quotation
@end quotation
@end quotation
@end macro
+@end ifnothtml
@ifnotinfo
@macro notation{TEXT}
@end macro
-@c obsolete, remove when translation is fully updated
-@macro context{TEXT}
-@vindex \TEXT\
-@code{\TEXT\}@c should use rinternals
-@end macro
-
-@c obsolete, remove when translation is fully updated
-@macro refcommand{TEXT}
-@vindex \TEXT\
-@code{\TEXT\}
-@end macro
-
@macro lydoctitle {TEXT}
@emph{\TEXT\}
@c **** Links and references ****
@c Definitions for references:
-@c @rinternals
@c @rglos
-@c @rprogram
-@c @ruser
@c @rlearning
+@c @ruser
+@c @rprogram
@c @rlsr
+@c @rinternals
+@c all these also have a @...named version, which allows to specify the
+@c displayed text for the reference as second argument
-@ifhtml
-@c ***** HTML *****
+
+@c ***** HTML + bigpage is a special case (other manual names), all other
+@c formats are treated similarly
+
+@ifnottex
@ifset bigpage
-@macro rinternals{TEXT}
+@macro rglos{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-internals-big-page,Référence des propriétés internes}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary-big-page,Glossaire}
@end macro
-@macro rglos{TEXT}
+@macro rglosnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary-big-page,Glossaire}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,music-glossary-big-page,Glossaire}
@end macro
-@macro rprogram{TEXT}
+@macro rlearning{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program-big-page,Manuel d'utilisation du programme}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning-big-page,Manuel d'initiation}
+@end macro
+
+@macro rlearningnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-learning-big-page,Manuel d'initiation}
@end macro
@macro ruser{TEXT}
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-big-page,Manuel de notation}
@end macro
-@macro rlearning{TEXT}
+@macro rusernamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning-big-page,Manuel d'initiation}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-big-page,Manuel de notation}
@end macro
-@macro rlsr{TEXT}
+@macro rprogram{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets-big-page,Exemples de code}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program-big-page,Manuel d'utilisation du programme}
@end macro
-@end ifset
+@macro rprogramnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-program-big-page,Manuel d'utilisation du programme}
+@end macro
+@macro rlsr{TEXT}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets-big-page,Exemples de code}
+@end macro
-@ifclear bigpage
+@macro rlsrnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-snippets-big-page,Exemples de code}
+@end macro
@macro rinternals{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-internals,Référence des propriétés internes}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-internals-big-page,Référence des propriétés internes}
@end macro
-@macro rglos{TEXT}
+@macro rinternalsnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary,Glossaire}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-internals-big-page,Référence des propriétés internes}
@end macro
-@macro rprogram{TEXT}
+@end ifset
+
+
+@ifclear bigpage
+
+@macro rglos{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program,Manuel d'utilisation du programme}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary,Glossaire}
@end macro
-@macro ruser{TEXT}
+@macro rglosnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond,Manuel de notation}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,music-glossary,Glossaire}
@end macro
@macro rlearning{TEXT}
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning,Manuel d'initiation}
@end macro
-@macro rlsr{TEXT}
+@macro rlearningnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets,Exemples de code}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-learning,Manuel d'initiation}
@end macro
-@end ifclear
-
-@end ifhtml
-
-
-@ifdocbook
-@c ***** DOCBOOK-XML *****
-
-@macro rinternals{TEXT}
+@macro ruser{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-internals,Référence des propriétés internes}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond,Manuel de notation}
@end macro
-@macro rglos{TEXT}
+@macro rusernamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary,Glossaire}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond,Manuel de notation}
@end macro
@macro rprogram{TEXT}
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program,Manuel d'utilisation du programme}
@end macro
-@macro ruser{TEXT}
+@macro rprogramnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond,Manuel de notation}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-program,Manuel d'utilisation du programme}
@end macro
-@macro rlearning{TEXT}
+@macro rlsr{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning,Manuel d'initiation}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets,Exemples de code}
@end macro
-@macro rlsr{TEXT}
+@macro rlsrnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-snippets,Exemples de code}
+@end macro
+
+@macro rinternals{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets,Exemples de code}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-internals,Référence des propriétés internes}
@end macro
-@end ifdocbook
+@macro rinternalsnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-internals,Référence des propriétés internes}
+@end macro
+@end ifclear
-@ifinfo
-@c **** INFO ****
+@end ifnottex
-@macro rinternals{NAME}
-@vindex \NAME\
-@inforef{\NAME\,,lilypond-internals,Référence des propriétés internes}
-@end macro
-@macro rglos{NAME}
-@vindex \NAME\
-@inforef{\NAME\,,music-glossary,Glossaire}
-@end macro
+@c **** TEX ****
+@iftex
-@macro rprogram{TEXT}
+@macro rglos{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program,Manuel d'utilisation du programme}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary,Glossaire}
@end macro
-@macro ruser{TEXT}
+@macro rglosnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond,Manuel de notation}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,music-glossary,Glossaire}
@end macro
@macro rlearning{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning,Manuel d'initiation}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning.fr,Manuel d'initiation}
@end macro
-@macro rlsr{TEXT}
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets,Exemples de code}
+@macro rlearningnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-learning.fr,Manuel d'initiation}
@end macro
-@end ifinfo
-
-
-@c **** TEX ****
-@iftex
-
-@macro rinternals{TEXT}
+@macro ruser{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@code{\TEXT\}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond.fr,Manuel de notation}
@end macro
-@macro rglos {TEXT}
+@macro rusernamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary,Glossaire}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond.fr,Manuel de notation}
@end macro
@macro rprogram{TEXT}
+@vindex \TEXT\
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program.fr,Manuel d'utilisation du programme}
@end macro
-@macro ruser{TEXT}
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond.fr,Manuel de notation}
-@end macro
-
-@macro rlearning{TEXT}
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning.fr,Manuel d'initiation}
+@macro rprogramnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-program.fr,Manuel d'utilisation du programme}
@end macro
@macro rlsr{TEXT}
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets,Exemples de code}
@end macro
+@macro rlsrnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-snippets,Exemples de code}
+@end macro
+
+@macro rinternals{TEXT}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@code{\TEXT\}
+@end macro
+
+@macro rinternalsnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@code{\DISPLAY\}
+@end macro
+
@end iftex
-@c Commands specific to translated docs
+@c **** Macros specific to translated docs ****
@c ugh, cannot set/define global variable 'translationof' in some way?
@iftex
Cette section n'est pas encore encore traduite, veuillez
vous reporter à la documentation correspondante en anglais.
@end macro
+
+@ifhtml
+@macro untranslated
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end macro
+@end ifhtml
+
+@ifnothtml
+@macro untranslated
+@end macro
+@end ifnothtml
+++ /dev/null
-@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
-@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
-@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 33ba8d40c3493011a4b39ab8b1369701f8013bd6
-
- When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
- version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
-@end ignore
-
-@c \version "2.11.51"
-
-@c Translators: Valentin Villenave
-@c Translation checkers: Jean-Charles Malahieude
-
-@node Non-musical notation
-@chapter Non-musical notation
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Titles and headers::
-* MIDI output::
-* other midi::
-@end menu
-
-@node Titles and headers
-@section Titles and headers
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Creating titles::
-* Custom titles::
-* Reference to page numbers::
-* Table of contents::
-@end menu
-
-@node Creating titles
-@subsection Creating titles
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Custom titles
-@subsection Custom titles
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Reference to page numbers
-@subsection Reference to page numbers
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Table of contents
-@subsection Table of contents
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node MIDI output
-@section MIDI output
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Creating MIDI files::
-* MIDI block::
-* MIDI instrument names::
-* What goes into the MIDI? FIXME::
-@end menu
-
-@node Creating MIDI files
-@subsection Creating MIDI files
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node MIDI block
-@subsection MIDI block
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node MIDI instrument names
-@subsection MIDI instrument names
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node What goes into the MIDI? FIXME
-@subsection What goes into the MIDI? FIXME
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Repeats and MIDI::
-@end menu
-
-@node Repeats and MIDI
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Repeats and MIDI
-
-@cindex reprises développées
-@funindex \unfoldRepeats
-
-Au prix de quelques réglages, les reprises de toutes sortes peuvent être
-rendues dans le fichier MIDI. Il suffit pour cela de recourir à la
-fonction @code{\unfoldRepeats}, qui développe toutes les reprises. En
-d'autre termes, @code{\unfoldRepeats} transforme toutes les reprises
-en reprises de type @code{unfold}.
-
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,line-width=8.0\cm]
-\unfoldRepeats {
- \repeat tremolo 8 {c'32 e' }
- \repeat percent 2 { c''8 d'' }
- \repeat volta 2 {c'4 d' e' f'}
- \alternative {
- { g' a' a' g' }
- {f' e' d' c' }
- }
-}
-\bar "|."
-@end lilypond
-
-
-Lorsque l'on veut utiliser @code{\unfoldRepeats} seulement pour le rendu
-MIDI, il faut établir deux blocs @code{\score} : un pour le MIDI, avec
-des reprises explicites, et l'autre pour la partition, avec des reprises
-notées sous forme de barres de reprise, de trémolo ou de symboles de
-pourcentage. Par exemple
-
-@example
-\score @{
- @var{..musique..}
- \layout @{ .. @}
-@}
-\score @{
- \unfoldRepeats @var{..musique..}
- \midi @{ .. @}
-@}
-@end example
-
-
-@node other midi
-@section other midi
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
@node Chord name chart
@appendixsec Chord name chart
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node MIDI instruments
@appendixsec MIDI instruments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node List of colors
@appendixsec List of colors
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@subsubheading Normal colors
@subsubheading X color names
@node The Feta font
@appendixsec The Feta font
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Note head styles
@appendixsec Note head styles
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@ignore
Vous pouvez utiliser les commandes suivantes au sein d'un bloc
@node All context properties
@appendixsec All context properties
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Layout properties
@appendixsec Layout properties
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Identifiers
@appendixsec Identifiers
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Scheme functions
@appendixsec Scheme functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 9c6e7a4df574fb28fa9043e585c97a20ca13f10b
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@subsubsection References for percussion
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Basic percussion notation
* Writing pitches::
* Changing multiple pitches::
* Displaying pitches::
-* Note heads::
+* Note heads::
@end menu
@node Writing pitches
@subsection Writing pitches
-Cette section
+Cette section explique la manière d'indiquer les hauteurs de note. Il
+y a deux modes d'indiquer l'octave des notes : le mode absolu, et le
+mode relatif. Le dernier est le plus pratique lors de la saisie d'un
+fichier source au clavier de l'ordinateur.
@menu
-* Normal pitches::
+* Absolute octave entry::
+* Relative octave entry::
* Accidentals::
-* Cautionary accidentals::
-* Micro tones::
* Note names in other languages::
@end menu
-@node Normal pitches
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Normal pitches
+@node Absolute octave entry
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Absolute octave entry
@cindex noms de note
@cindex hauteurs
+@cindex absolues, hauteurs
+@cindex absolues, octaves
+@cindex octaves absolues
La hauteur s'écrit --- à moins de préciser une autre langue --- avec la
notation anglaise, en utilisant les lettres @code{a} à @code{g}.
Il existe une autre méthode pour préciser à quelle octave se situe la
note à graver ; cette méthode demande moins d'indications d'octave
-(@code{'} ou @code{,}) --- voir @ref{Relative octaves}.
+(@code{'} ou @code{,}) --- voir @ref{Relative octave entry}.
+
+
+@node Relative octave entry
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Relative octave entry
+
+@cindex relatif
+@cindex indication d'octave relative
+@funindex \relative
+
+On spécifie les octaves en ajoutant @code{'} et @code{,} aux noms de
+hauteurs. En recopiant de la musique, on a vite fait de mettre une note
+à la mauvaise octave, et ce genre d'erreur est difficile à retrouver.
+Le mode d'écriture \relative prévient ces erreurs dans la mesure où
+elles deviennent beaucoup plus évidentes : une seule erreur décale le
+reste de la pièce à une mauvaise octave.
+
+
+@example
+\relative @var{startpitch} @var{musicexpr}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+ou
+
+@example
+\relative @var{musicexpr}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+@code{c'} est utilisé par défaut si aucune hauteur de départ n'est
+définie.
+
+L'octave des notes mentionnées dans @var{musicexpr} va être calculée de
+la manière suivante : si aucun signe de changement d'octave n'est
+utilisé, l'intervalle de base entre la note actuelle et la précédente
+sera toujours au plus d'une quarte. Cet intervalle est déterminé sans
+tenir compte des altérations ; ainsi un @code{fisis} après un
+@code{ceses} sera placé au-dessus du @code{ceses}. En d'autres termes,
+une quarte doublement augmentée demeure considérée comme un intervavlle
+plus petit qu'une quinte diminuée, bien que la quarte doublement
+augmentée soit de sept demi-tons et la quinte diminuée de seulement six
+demi-tons.
+
+Les signes de changement d'octave @code{'} et @code{,} peuvent être
+ajoutés pour hausser ou baisser la note d'une octave supplémentaire.
+Lorsque l'on entre en mode @code{\relative}, une hauteur absolue de
+départ peut être spécifiée, et agira dès lors comme si elle précédait la
+première note de @var{musicexpr}. Si aucune hauteur de départ n'est
+spécifiée, le do central sert de point de départ.
+
+Voici le mode \relative en action.
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim]
+\relative c'' {
+ b c d c b c bes a
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+On utilise les signes de changement d'octave pour les intervalles
+dépassant la quarte.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+\relative c'' {
+ c g c f, c' a, e''
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Si l'expression précédente est un accord, c'est la première note de
+l'accord qui détermine l'emplacement de la première note du prochain
+accord.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+\relative c' {
+ c <c e g>
+ <c' e g>
+ <c, e' g>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+La hauteur après @code{\relative} contient un nom de note.
+
+La conversion en mode \relative n'affectera pas les sections @code{\transpose},
+@code{\chordmode} ou @code{\relative} situées dans son argument. Pour
+utiliser \relative dans de la musique transposée, un code
+@code{\relative} additionnel doit être placé dans @code{\transpose}.
@node Accidentals
@rinternals{NoteHead}.
-@node Cautionary accidentals
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Micro tones
+
+@cindex quarts de ton
+@cindex demi-bémols, demi-dièses
+
+Les demi-bémols et demi-dièses s'écrivent en ajoutant respectivement
+@code{-eh} et @code{-ih}. Voici une série de dos altérés en hauteurs
+croissantes :
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,relative=2,fragment]
+\set Staff.extraNatural = ##f
+ceseh ceh cih cisih
+@end lilypond
+
+Les micro-intervalles sont aussi exportés dans le fichier MIDI.
+
+@knownissues
+
+Il n'y a pas de standard universellement accepté pour noter le bémol et
+demi (qui abaisse la hauteur trois quarts de ton), le symbole de
+LilyPond n'est donc conforme à aucun standard.
+
+
@unnumberedsubsubsec Cautionary accidentals
@cindex altération, de précaution
manières. Pour plus d'information, voir @ref{Automatic accidentals}.
-@node Micro tones
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Micro tones
-
-@cindex quarts de ton
-@cindex demi-bémols, demi-dièses
-
-Les demi-bémols et demi-dièses s'écrivent en ajoutant respectivement
-@code{-eh} et @code{-ih}. Voici une série de dos altérés en hauteurs
-croissantes :
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,relative=2,fragment]
-\set Staff.extraNatural = ##f
-ceseh ceh cih cisih
-@end lilypond
-
-Les micro-intervalles sont aussi exportés dans le fichier MIDI.
-
-@knownissues
-
-Il n'y a pas de standard universellement accepté pour noter le bémol et
-demi (qui abaisse la hauteur trois quarts de ton), le symbole de
-LilyPond n'est donc conforme à aucun standard.
-
-
@node Note names in other languages
@unnumberedsubsubsec Note names in other languages
@subsection Changing multiple pitches
@menu
-* Relative octaves::
-* Octave check::
+* Octave checks::
* Transpose::
@end menu
-@node Relative octaves
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Relative octaves
-
-@cindex relatif
-@cindex indication d'octave relative
-@funindex \relative
-
-On spécifie les octaves en ajoutant @code{'} et @code{,} aux noms de
-hauteurs. En recopiant de la musique, on a vite fait de mettre une note
-à la mauvaise octave, et ce genre d'erreur est difficile à retrouver.
-Le mode d'écriture \relative prévient ces erreurs dans la mesure où
-elles deviennent beaucoup plus évidentes : une seule erreur décale le
-reste de la pièce à une mauvaise octave.
-
-
-@example
-\relative @var{startpitch} @var{musicexpr}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-ou
-
-@example
-\relative @var{musicexpr}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-@code{c'} est utilisé par défaut si aucune hauteur de départ n'est
-définie.
-
-L'octave des notes mentionnées dans @var{musicexpr} va être calculée de
-la manière suivante : si aucun signe de changement d'octave n'est
-utilisé, l'intervalle de base entre la note actuelle et la précédente
-sera toujours au plus d'une quarte. Cet intervalle est déterminé sans
-tenir compte des altérations ; ainsi un @code{fisis} après un
-@code{ceses} sera placé au-dessus du @code{ceses}. En d'autres termes,
-une quarte doublement augmentée demeure considérée comme un intervavlle
-plus petit qu'une quinte diminuée, bien que la quarte doublement
-augmentée soit de sept demi-tons et la quinte diminuée de seulement six
-demi-tons.
-
-Les signes de changement d'octave @code{'} et @code{,} peuvent être
-ajoutés pour hausser ou baisser la note d'une octave supplémentaire.
-Lorsque l'on entre en mode @code{\relative}, une hauteur absolue de
-départ peut être spécifiée, et agira dès lors comme si elle précédait la
-première note de @var{musicexpr}. Si aucune hauteur de départ n'est
-spécifiée, le do central sert de point de départ.
-
-Voici le mode \relative en action.
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim]
-\relative c'' {
- b c d c b c bes a
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-On utilise les signes de changement d'octave pour les intervalles
-dépassant la quarte.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-\relative c'' {
- c g c f, c' a, e''
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-Si l'expression précédente est un accord, c'est la première note de
-l'accord qui détermine l'emplacement de la première note du prochain
-accord.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-\relative c' {
- c <c e g>
- <c' e g>
- <c, e' g>
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-La hauteur après @code{\relative} contient un nom de note.
-
-La conversion en mode \relative n'affectera pas les sections @code{\transpose},
-@code{\chordmode} ou @code{\relative} situées dans son argument. Pour
-utiliser \relative dans de la musique transposée, un code
-@code{\relative} additionnel doit être placé dans @code{\transpose}.
-
-
-@node Octave check
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Octave check
+@node Octave checks
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Octave checks
@cindex vérification d'octave
* Key signature::
* Ottava brackets::
* Instrument transpositions::
+* Automatic accidentals::
+* Ambitus::
@end menu
@node Clef
...
@end example
+@node Automatic accidentals
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Automatic accidentals
+@cindex Altérations accidentelles automatiques
+
+Une fonction a été créée pour regrouper les règles suivant lesquelles
+s'impriment les altérations. Elle s'invoque de la manière suivante :
+
+@funindex set-accidental-style
+@example
+#(set-accidental-style 'REGLE)
+@end example
+
+@c TODO: check the context stuff below
+@c -does it *really* work?
+@c -the default contexts as specified in
+@c scm/music-function.scm seem to be different -vv
+
+Cette fonction prend pour argument le nom de la règle d'altérations,
+auquel peut s'ajouter, comme argument facultatif, le contexte
+devant être affecté :
+
+@example
+#(set-accidental-style 'REGLE #('CONTEXTE#))
+@end example
+
+Si aucun contexte n'est spécifié, le contexte @code{Staff} sera affecté ;
+cependant on peut souhaiter l'appliquer au contexte @code{Voice} en lieu
+et place.
+
+Les régles d'altérations suivantes sont possibles :
+
+@table @code
+@item default
+C'est la règle d'impression par défaut, qui se rapporte à l'usage
+en vigueur au XVIIIème siècle : les altérations accidentelles sont valables toute
+une mesure, et uniquement à leur propre octave.
+
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
+ \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
+
+musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
+ <f a d>2 | } }}
+
+\score {
+ \new PianoStaff {
+ << \context Staff = "up" {
+ %#(set-accidental-style 'default)
+ \musicA }
+ \context Staff = "down"{
+ %#(set-accidental-style 'default)
+ \musicB } >> }
+ \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'default" }}}
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item voice
+En principe, LilyPond se souvient de toutes les altérations présentes sur la
+portée (contexte Staff). Avec cette règle, cependant, les altérations sont indépendantes
+pour chacune des voix.
+
+
+@example
+ \new Staff <<
+ #(set-accidental-style 'voice)
+ @{ @dots{} @}
+ >>
+@end example
+
+De ce fait, les altérations d'une voix sont ignorées dans les autres voix,
+ce qui peut donner lieu à un résultat malencontreux. Dans l'exemple suivant,
+il est difficile de dire si le deuxième @samp{la} est dièse ou naturel.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
+ \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
+
+musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
+ <f a d>2 | } }}
+
+\score {
+ \new PianoStaff {
+ << \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'voice)
+ \musicA }
+ \context Staff = "down"{
+ #(set-accidental-style 'voice)
+ \musicB } >> }
+ \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'voice" }}}
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+La règle @code{voice} n'est à envisager que dans le cas de voix devant être lues par
+des musiciens différents. S'il s'agit d'un @q{conducteur}, ou d'une portée destinée
+à un seul musicien, il vaut mieux utiliser @code{modern} ou @code{modern-cautionary}.
+
+
+@item modern
+@funindex modern style accidentals
+Cette règle est la plus courante au XXème siècle. Les altérations accidentelles
+sont imprimées comme avec le style @code{default}, mais lorsqu'une note non-altérée
+apparaît à une octave différente, ou bien dans la mesure suivante, des bécarres de précaution
+sont ajoutés. Dans l'exemple suivant, notez ainsi les deux bécarres dans la
+deuxième mesure de la main droite.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
+ \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
+
+musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
+ <f a d>2 | } }}
+
+\score {
+ \new PianoStaff {
+ << \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern)
+ \musicA }
+ \context Staff = "down"{
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern)
+ \musicB } >> }
+ \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'modern" }}}
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item @code{modern-cautionary}
+@funindex modern-cautionary
+Cette règle est équivalente à @code{modern}, mais les bécarres de précaution sont
+imprimés de façon particulière : soit plus petits, soit (par défaut) entre parenthèses.
+Il est possible de le définir au moyen de la propriété @code{cautionary-style}
+pour l'objet @rinternals{AccidentalSuggestion}.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
+ \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
+
+musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
+ <f a d>2 | } }}
+
+\score {
+ \new PianoStaff {
+ << \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern-cautionary)
+ \musicA }
+ \context Staff = "down"{
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern-cautionary)
+ \musicB } >> }
+ \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'modern-cautionary" }}}
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@funindex modern-voice
+@item modern-voice
+Cette règle sert aux altérations dans de la musique polyphonique destinée
+autant à des musiciens différents qu'à quelqu'un qui lirait l'ensemble des voix.
+Les altérations sont imprimées voix par voix, mais les autres voix, dans le même
+contexte @rinternals{Staff}, en @emph{tiennent compte} cette fois.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
+ \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
+
+musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
+ <f a d>2 | } }}
+
+\score {
+ \new PianoStaff {
+ << \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern-voice)
+ \musicA }
+ \context Staff = "down"{
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern-voice)
+ \musicB } >> }
+ \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'modern-voice" }}}
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@funindex modern-voice-cautionary
+@item modern-voice-cautionary
+Cette régle est similaire à la précédente, mais les altérations de précautions
+(celles que n'aurait pas ajoutées @code{voice}), sont imprimées de façon
+particulière. On retrouve donc toutes les altérations qu'imprimerait
+@code{default}, mais certaines sont considérées comme étant @qq{de précaution}.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
+ \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
+
+musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
+ <f a d>2 | } }}
+
+\score {
+ \new PianoStaff {
+ << \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern-voice-cautionary)
+ \musicA }
+ \context Staff = "down"{
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern-voice-cautionary)
+ \musicB } >> }
+ \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'modern-voice-cautionary" }}}
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item piano
+@funindex piano accidentals
+Cette règle est adaptée aux contextes GrandStaff -- ce qui n'empêche pas de devoir la spécifier
+pour chaque portée individuelle au sein du contexte GrandStaff.
+
+@example
+\new GrandStaff @{ <<
+ \new Staff = "up" @{ <<
+ #(set-accidental-style 'piano)
+ @{ @dots{} @}
+ >> @}
+ \new Staff = "down"@{ <<
+ #(set-accidental-style 'piano)
+ @{ @dots{} @}
+ >> @}
+>> @}
+@end example
+
+Cette règle est communément employée pour les partitions de piano au XXème siècle.
+Très similaire à @code{modern} de par son comportement, elle s'en distingue en ce que
+les altérations tiennent compte des autre portées du contexte @rinternals{GrandStaff} ou
+@rinternals{PianoStaff}.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
+ \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
+
+musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
+ <f a d>2 | } }}
+
+\score {
+ \new PianoStaff {
+ << \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'piano)
+ \musicA }
+ \context Staff = "down"{
+ #(set-accidental-style 'piano)
+ \musicB } >> }
+ \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'piano" }}}
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item piano-cautionary
+@funindex #(set-accidental-style 'piano-cautionary)
+Identique à @code{#(set-accidental-style 'piano)}, mais les altérations de précaution
+sont imprimées différemment.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
+ \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
+
+musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
+ <f a d>2 | } }}
+
+\score {
+ \new PianoStaff {
+ << \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'piano-cautionary)
+ \musicA }
+ \context Staff = "down"{
+ #(set-accidental-style 'piano-cautionary)
+ \musicB } >> }
+ \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'piano-cautionary" }}}
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item no-reset
+@funindex no-reset accidental style
+C'est la même règle que @code{default}, mais l'effet des altérations accidentelles
+ne cesse jamais, même dans les mesures suivantes.
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
+ \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
+
+musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
+ <f a d>2 | } }}
+
+\score {
+ \new PianoStaff {
+ << \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'no-reset)
+ \musicA }
+ \context Staff = "down"{
+ #(set-accidental-style 'no-reset)
+ \musicB } >> }
+ \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'no-reset" }}}
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item forget
+Tout le contraire de @code{no-reset}: l'effet des altérations cesse aussitôt,
+et de ce fait, toutes les altérations, quelque soit leur place dans la mesure, sont
+imprimées, en fonction de l'éventuelle armure.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
+ \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
+
+musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
+ <f a d>2 | } }}
+
+\score {
+ \new PianoStaff {
+ << \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'forget)
+ \musicA }
+ \context Staff = "down"{
+ #(set-accidental-style 'forget)
+ \musicB } >> }
+ \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'forget" }}}
+}
+@end lilypond
+@end table
+
+
+@seealso
+
+Référence du programme : @rinternals{Accidental_engraver},
+@rinternals{Accidental}, @rinternals{AccidentalSuggestion} et @rinternals{AccidentalPlacement}.
+
+
+@knownissues
+
+Les notes simultanées sont considérées comme des évènements séquentiels.
+Ce qui implique que, dans un accord, les altérations accidentelles seront
+imprimées comme si les notes de l'accords apparaissaient une par une, en fonction
+de l'ordre dans lequels elles ont été saisies -- ce qui peut poser problème lorsqu'au
+sein d'un accord certaines altérations dépendent les unes des autres.
+Ce problème est à résoudre manuellement, en insérant des @code{!} et des @code{?} après les notes
+concernées.
+
+
+@node Ambitus
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Ambitus
+@cindex ambitus
+
+L'@emph{ambitus} est l'amplitude des hauteurs d'une voix donnée dans une
+partition. Ce terme peut aussi désigner la tessiture qu'un instrument
+est capable d'atteindre. Souvent, cet ambitus est imprimé au début des
+partitions vocales, afin que les exécutants puissent voir au premier
+coup d'oeil s'ils sont en mesure de tenir la partie en question.
+
+Pour exprimer l'ambitus d'une pièce, on indique avant la clé deux notes
+représentant la hauteur la plus basse et la plus haute. Pour imprimer
+cet ambitus, il faut ajouter le graveur @rinternals{Ambitus_engraver}
+au contexte @rinternals{Voice}. Ainsi,
+
+@example
+\layout @{
+ \context @{
+ \Voice
+ \consists Ambitus_engraver
+ @}
+@}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+donne pour résultat
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+\layout {
+ \context {
+ \Staff
+ \consists Ambitus_engraver
+ }
+}
+
+\relative \new Staff {
+ as'' c e2 cis,2
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Si plusieurs voix se trouvent sur une même portée, on peut attribuer le
+graveur @rinternals{Ambitus_engraver} au contexte @rinternals{Staff}
+plutôt qu'au contexte @rinternals{Voice} ; l'ambitus affiché sera
+alors celui de toutes les voix cumulées, non d'une seule des voix
+actives.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote]
+\new Staff \with {
+ \consists "Ambitus_engraver"
+}
+<<
+ \new Voice \with {
+ \remove "Ambitus_engraver"
+ } \relative c'' {
+ \override Ambitus #'X-offset = #-1.0
+ \voiceOne
+ c4 a d e f2
+ }
+ \new Voice \with {
+ \remove "Ambitus_engraver"
+ } \relative c' {
+ \voiceTwo
+ es4 f g as b2
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Cet exemple met en œuvre une fonctionnalité avancée :
+
+@example
+\override Ambitus #'X-offset = #-1.0
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Ce réglage déplace l'ambitus vers la gauche. Le même résultat aurait pu
+être obtenu avec @code{extra-offset}, mais alors le système de mise en
+forme n'aurait pas attribué d'espace supplémentaire pour l'objet
+déplacé.
+
+@seealso
+
+Référence du programme : @rinternals{Ambitus},
+@rinternals{AmbitusLine}, @rinternals{AmbitusNoteHead},
+@rinternals{AmbitusAccidental}.
+
+Exemples : @rlsr{Pitches}, @rlsr{Vocal music}.
+
+@knownissues
+
+LilyPond ne gère pas les collisions entre plusieurs ambitus présents sur
+une même portée.
+
+
@node Note heads
@subsection Note heads
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 3975a6210f49b40850e3f5101aad1ea4b09883f0
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.51"
-
@node Interfaces for programmers
@chapter Interfaces for programmers
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Music functions::
+* Programmer interfaces::
+* Building complicated functions::
+* Markup programmer interface::
+* Contexts for programmers::
+* Scheme procedures as properties::
+@end menu
-@menu
-* Music functions::
-* Programmer interfaces::
-* Building complicated functions::
-* Markup programmer interface::
-* Contexts for programmers::
-* Scheme procedures as properties::
-@end menu
@node Music functions
@section Music functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Overview of music functions::
-* Simple substitution functions::
-* Paired substitution functions::
-* Mathematics in functions::
-* Void functions::
-* Functions without arguments::
-* Overview of available music functions::
-@end menu
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Overview of music functions::
+* Simple substitution functions::
+* Paired substitution functions::
+* Mathematics in functions::
+* Void functions::
+* Functions without arguments::
+* Overview of available music functions::
+@end menu
+
@node Overview of music functions
@subsection Overview of music functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Simple substitution functions
@subsection Simple substitution functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Paired substitution functions
@subsection Paired substitution functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Mathematics in functions
@subsection Mathematics in functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Void functions
@subsection Void functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Functions without arguments
@subsection Functions without arguments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Overview of available music functions
@subsection Overview of available music functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@include identifiers.tely
@node Programmer interfaces
@section Programmer interfaces
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Input variables and Scheme::
+* Internal music representation::
+@end menu
-@menu
-* Input variables and Scheme::
-* Internal music representation::
-@end menu
@node Input variables and Scheme
@subsection Input variables and Scheme
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Internal music representation
@subsection Internal music representation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Building complicated functions
@section Building complicated functions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Displaying music expressions::
+* Music properties::
+* Doubling a note with slurs (example)::
+* Adding articulation to notes (example)::
+@end menu
-@menu
-* Displaying music expressions::
-* Music properties::
-* Doubling a note with slurs (example)::
-* Adding articulation to notes (example)::
-@end menu
@node Displaying music expressions
@subsection Displaying music expressions
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Music properties
@subsection Music properties
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Doubling a note with slurs (example)
@subsection Doubling a note with slurs (example)
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Adding articulation to notes (example)
@subsection Adding articulation to notes (example)
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Markup programmer interface
@section Markup programmer interface
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Markup construction in Scheme::
+* How markups work internally::
+* New markup command definition::
+* New markup list command definition::
+@end menu
-@menu
-* Markup construction in Scheme::
-* How markups work internally::
-* New markup command definition::
-* New markup list command definition::
-@end menu
@node Markup construction in Scheme
@subsection Markup construction in Scheme
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node How markups work internally
@subsection How markups work internally
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node New markup command definition
@subsection New markup command definition
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node New markup list command definition
@subsection New markup list command definition
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Contexts for programmers
@section Contexts for programmers
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Context evaluation::
+* Running a function on all layout objects::
+@end menu
-@menu
-* Context evaluation::
-* Running a function on all layout objects::
-@end menu
@node Context evaluation
@subsection Context evaluation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Running a function on all layout objects
@subsection Running a function on all layout objects
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Scheme procedures as properties
@section Scheme procedures as properties
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
+@untranslated
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
* Augmentation dots::
* Tuplets::
* Scaling durations::
+* Ties::
@end menu
@node Durations
Dans ce manuel : @ref{Tuplets}.
+@node Ties
+@subsubsection Ties
+
+@cindex liaison de prolongation
+@funindex ~
+
+Une liaison de tenue (ou de prolongation) relie deux notes adjacentes de
+même hauteur. Dans les faits, elle prolonge la durée d'une note, et ne
+doit donc pas être confondue avec les liaisons d'articulation ou de
+phrasé. Une liaison de tenue est indiquée au moyen d'un tilde @samp{~}.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+e' ~ e' <c' e' g'> ~ <c' e' g'>
+@end lilypond
+
+
+Quand une liaison de tenue se trouve entre deux accords, toutes les
+notes de même hauteur entre ces deux accords sont reliées. S'il n'y en
+a aucune, aucune liaison n'est créée. Il est également possible de lier
+partiellement deux accords, en mettant les liaisons à l'intérieur des
+accords.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=1]
+<c~ e g~ b> <c e g b>
+@end lilypond
+
+
+Une liaison de tenue est un moyen parmi d'autres pour prolonger la durée
+d'une note, tout comme les points. L'exemple suivant montre deux
+manières de matérialiser exactement la même idée :
+
+
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right]
+\time 3/4 c'2. c'2 ~ c'4
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Les liaisons de tenues sont utilisées soit lorsque la note dépasse de la
+mesure, soit quand les points ne suffisent pas à donner la bonne durée.
+Lorsque l'on utilise ces liaisons, les valeurs rythmiques les plus
+longues doivent s'aligner sur les subidivisions de la mesure, comme ici :
+
+@c KEEP LY
+@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right]
+\relative {
+ r8^"oui" c8 ~ c2 r4 | r8^"non" c2 ~ c8 r4
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+
+Lorsque l'on doit lier de nombreuses notes sur plusieurs mesures, il
+devient plus facile d'avoir recours à la division automatique des notes
+--- voir @ref{Automatic note splitting}. Ce procédé divise
+automatiquement les notes trop longues, et les lie par-delà les barres
+de mesure.
+
+@funindex \repeatTie
+@cindex liaison de prolongation, répétition
+@cindex reprises avec alternatives et liaisons de prolongation
+
+Lorsqu'une mesure de seconde fois après une reprise commence sur une
+note liée, la liaison doit être répétée. C'est à cela que sert la
+commande @code{\repeatTie} :
+
+@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,relative=2]
+r <c e g>\repeatTie
+@end lilypond
+
+@cindex laissez vibrer
+@cindex liaison, laissez vibrer
+@funindex \laissezVibrer
+
+Les liaisons @qq{Laissez vibrer} (L.V.) sont utilisées pour le piano, la
+harpe, et certains instruments de percussion. Elles indiquent à
+l'instrumentiste de laisser sonner la note ou l'accord au lieu de
+l'étouffer. Cet effet s'obtient avec la commande @code{\laissezVibrer}.
+
+@lilypond[fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=1]
+<c f g>\laissezVibrer
+@end lilypond
+
+@commonprop
+
+Les liaisons de tenue servent parfois à rendre un accord arpégé. Dans ce
+cas, les notes liées ne sont pas toutes consécutives. Il faut alors
+assigner à la propriété @code{tieWaitForNote} la valeur @emph{vrai}
+(@q{t} pour @q{true}). Cette même méthode peut servir, par exemple, à
+lier un trémolo à un accord.
+
+@lilypond[fragment,verbatim,relative=1,ragged-right,quote]
+\set tieWaitForNote = ##t
+\grace { c16[~ e~ g]~ } <c, e g>2
+\repeat tremolo 8 { c32~ c'~ } <c c,>1
+e8~ c~ a~ f~ <e' c a f>2
+@end lilypond
+
+Il est possible de graver manuellement les liaisons de tenue, en
+modifiant la propriété @code{tie-configuration}. Pour chaque paire, le
+premier nombre indique la distance à la portée, en espaces de portée, et
+le second la direction (1 pour haut, @minus{}1 pour bas).
+
+@lilypond[fragment,verbatim,relative=1,ragged-right,quote]
+<c e g>2~ <c e g> |
+\override TieColumn #'tie-configuration =
+ #'((0.0 . 1) (-2.0 . 1) (-4.0 . 1))
+<c e g>~ <c e g> |
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@predefined
+
+@funindex \tieUp
+@code{\tieUp},
+@funindex \tieDown
+@code{\tieDown},
+@funindex \tieNeutral
+@code{\tieNeutral},
+@funindex \tieDotted
+@code{\tieDotted},
+@funindex \tieDashed
+@code{\tieDashed},
+@funindex \tieSolid
+@code{\tieSolid}.
+
+
+@seealso
+
+Glossaire musical :
+@rglos{tie},
+@rglos{laissez vibrer}.
+
+Dans ce manuel : @ref{Automatic note splitting}.
+
+Référence du programme :
+@rinternals{Tie},
+@rinternals{TieColumn},
+@rinternals{LaissezVibrerTie},
+@rinternals{LaissezVibrerTieColumn}.
+
+
+@knownissues
+
+Un changement de portée, lorsqu'une liaison de tenue est active, ne
+peut produire une liaison oblique.
+
+Le changement de clé ou d'octave pendant une liaison de tenue produit un
+résultat indéfini. Dans ces cas-là, il est préférable d'utiliser un
+legato.
+
+
@node Writing rests
@subsection Writing rests
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-program.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 3975a6210f49b40850e3f5101aad1ea4b09883f0
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.51"
-
@node Running LilyPond
@chapter Running LilyPond
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Normal usage::
* Command-line usage::
* Error messages::
* Updating files with convert-ly::
* Reporting bugs::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Normal usage
@section Normal usage
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Command-line usage
@section Command-line usage
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+@menu
+* Invoking lilypond::
+* Command line options::
+* Environment variables::
+@end menu
+
+@node Invoking lilypond
@subsection Invoking lilypond
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Command line options
@subsection Command line options
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Environment variables
@subsection Environment variables
+
+@untranslated
+
+
@node Error messages
@section Error messages
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Updating files with convert-ly
@section Updating with @command{convert-ly}
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@subsection Command line options
-@menu
+@menu
* Problems with convert-ly::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Problems with convert-ly
@subsection Problems with @code{convert-ly}
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Reporting bugs
@section Reporting bugs
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-learning.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 3975a6210f49b40850e3f5101aad1ea4b09883f0
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.51"
-
@node Scheme tutorial
@appendix Scheme tutorial
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Tweaking with Scheme::
+@end menu
+
+@node Tweaking with Scheme
+@appendixsec Tweaking with Scheme
+
+@untranslated
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-program.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 3975a6210f49b40850e3f5101aad1ea4b09883f0
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.51"
-
@node Setup
@chapter Setup
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Setup for specific Operating Systems::
* Text editor support::
* Point and click::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Setup for specific Operating Systems
@section Setup for specific Operating Systems
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
-@menu
+
+@menu
* MacOS X on the command-line::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node MacOS X on the command-line
@subsection MacOS X on the command-line
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Text editor support
@section Text editor support
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Emacs mode::
* Vim mode::
* jEdit::
* TexShop::
* TextMate::
-@end menu
+* LilyKDE::
+@end menu
+
@node Emacs mode
@subsection Emacs mode
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Vim mode
@subsection Vim mode
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node jEdit
@subsection jEdit
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node TexShop
@subsection TexShop
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node TextMate
@subsection TextMate
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node LilyKDE
+@subsection LilyKDE
+
+@untranslated
+
@node Point and click
@section Point and click
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 3975a6210f49b40850e3f5101aad1ea4b09883f0
+ Translation of GIT committish: 964d024dd4f022ba7cd66adc13c0169035d4c4e5
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@c \version "2.11.51"
-
@node Spacing issues
@chapter Spacing issues
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@menu
+@menu
* Paper and pages::
* Music layout::
-* Displaying spacing::
* Breaks::
* Vertical spacing::
* Horizontal spacing::
-* Page layout MOVED FROM LM::
-@end menu
+* Fitting music onto fewer pages::
+@end menu
+
@node Paper and pages
@section Paper and pages
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Paper size::
* Page formatting::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Paper size
@subsection Paper size
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Page formatting
@subsection Page formatting
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Music layout
@section Music layout
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Setting the staff size::
* Score layout::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Setting the staff size
@subsection Setting the staff size
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Score layout
@subsection Score layout
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Displaying spacing
-@section Displaying spacing
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
@node Breaks
@section Breaks
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Line breaking::
* Page breaking::
* Optimal page breaking::
* Minimal page breaking::
* Explicit breaks::
* Using an extra voice for breaks::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Line breaking
@subsection Line breaking
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Page breaking
@subsection Page breaking
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Optimal page breaking
@subsection Optimal page breaking
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Optimal page turning
@subsection Optimal page turning
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Minimal page breaking
@subsection Minimal page breaking
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Explicit breaks
@subsection Explicit breaks
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Using an extra voice for breaks
@subsection Using an extra voice for breaks
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Vertical spacing
@section Vertical spacing
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Vertical spacing inside a system::
* Vertical spacing between systems::
* Explicit staff and system positioning::
* Two-pass vertical spacing::
* Vertical collision avoidance::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Vertical spacing inside a system
@subsection Vertical spacing inside a system
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Vertical spacing between systems
@subsection Vertical spacing between systems
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Explicit staff and system positioning
@subsection Explicit staff and system positioning
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Two-pass vertical spacing
@subsection Two-pass vertical spacing
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Vertical collision avoidance
@subsection Vertical collision avoidance
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Horizontal spacing
@section Horizontal Spacing
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Horizontal spacing overview::
* New spacing area::
* Changing horizontal spacing::
* Line length::
* Proportional notation::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Horizontal spacing overview
@subsection Horizontal spacing overview
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node New spacing area
@subsection New spacing area
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Changing horizontal spacing
@subsection Changing horizontal spacing
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Line length
@subsection Line length
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node Proportional notation
@subsection Proportional notation
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Page layout MOVED FROM LM
-@section Page layout MOVED FROM LM
+@untranslated
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Introduction to layout::
-* Global sizes::
-* Line breaks::
-* Page breaks::
-* Fitting music onto fewer pages::
-@end menu
-@node Introduction to layout
-@subsection Introduction to layout
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Global sizes
-@subsection Global sizes
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Line breaks
-@subsection Line breaks
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Page breaks
-@subsection Page breaks
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
@node Fitting music onto fewer pages
-@subsection Fitting music onto fewer pages
+@section Fitting music onto fewer pages
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@menu
+* Displaying spacing::
+* Changing spacing::
+@end menu
+@node Displaying spacing
+@subsection Displaying spacing
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Changing spacing
+@subsection Changing spacing
+
+Parfois, une partition peut se terminer avec seulement
+un ou deux systèmes sur la dernière page. Ceci peut être ennuyeux
+surtout si vous constatez, en regardant les pages précédentes, qu'il
+reste encore beaucoup de place sur celles-ci.
+
+Si vous vous intéressez aux problèmes de mise en page,
+@code{annotate-spacing} peut alors être un outil d'une valeur
+inestimable. Cette commande imprime les valeurs
+de nombreuses commandes d'espacement concernant la mise en page.
+Consultez @ref{Displaying spacing} pour de plus amples informations. À l'aide
+des informations données par @code{annotate-spacing}, on peut
+voir quelles marges il est souhaitable de modifier afin de résoudre le
+problème.
+
+
+En plus d'agir sur les marges, il existe d'autres possibilités
+qui permettent de gagner de la place.
+
+@itemize
+@item
+Demander à LilyPond de placer les systèmes aussi
+près que possible les uns des autres (pour en disposer autant
+que possible sur une page), tout en répartissant les systèmes afin
+de ne pas laisser de blanc en bas de la dernière page.
+
+@example
+\paper @{
+ between-system-padding = #0.1
+ between-system-space = #0.1
+ ragged-last-bottom = ##f
+ ragged-bottom = ##f
+@}
+@end example
+
+@item
+Obliger LilyPond à mettre un certain nombre de systèmes
+par page. Par exemple, si LilyPond veut placer onze systèmes dans une page,
+vous pouvez l'obliger à n'en mettre que dix.
+
+@example
+\paper @{
+ system-count = #10
+@}
+@end example
+
+@item
+Supprimer (ou réduire) les objets qui augmentent la hauteur du
+système. C'est le cas en particulier de certaines reprises (avec des
+alternatives) qui placent des crochets au dessus des portées. Si ces crochets
+de reprise se poursuivent sur deux systèmes, ils prendront plus de
+place que s'ils sont regroupés sur un même système.
+
+Un autre exemple : déplacer les nuances qui @qq{débordent} d'un système.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,fragment]
+\relative c' {
+ e4 c g\f c
+ \override DynamicLineSpanner #'padding = #-1.8
+ \override DynamicText #'extra-offset = #'( -2.1 . 0)
+ e4 c g\f c
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Modifier l'espacement vertical avec @code{SpacingSpanner}. Reportez-vous à
+@ref{Changing horizontal spacing} pour plus de détails.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\score {
+ \relative c'' {
+ g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 d e f | g4 g g2 |
+ g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 e g g | c,1 |
+ d4 d d d | d4 e f2 | e4 e e e | e4 f g2 |
+ g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 e g g | c,1 |
+ }
+ \layout {
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ \override SpacingSpanner
+ #'base-shortest-duration = #(ly:make-moment 1 4)
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@end itemize
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 9c6e7a4df574fb28fa9043e585c97a20ca13f10b
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
* Wind instruments::
* Chord notation::
* Ancient notation::
+* World music::
@end menu
@include vocal.itely
@include wind.itely
@include chords.itely
@include ancient.itely
+@include world.itely
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-learning.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 3975a6210f49b40850e3f5101aad1ea4b09883f0
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.51"
-
@node Templates
@appendix Templates
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Single staff::
* Piano templates::
* String quartet::
* Ancient notation templates::
* Jazz combo::
* lilypond-book templates::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Single staff
@appendixsec Single staff
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@appendixsubsec Notes only
@appendixsubsec Notes and lyrics
@node Piano templates
@appendixsec Piano templates
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@appendixsubsec Solo piano
@appendixsubsec Piano and melody with lyrics
@node String quartet
@appendixsec String quartet
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@appendixsubsec String quartet
@appendixsubsec String quartet parts
@node Vocal ensembles
@appendixsec Vocal ensembles
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@appendixsubsec SATB vocal score
@appendixsubsec SATB vocal score and automatic piano reduction
@node Ancient notation templates
@appendixsec Ancient notation templates
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@appendixsubsec Transcription of mensural music
@appendixsubsec Gregorian transcription template
@node Jazz combo
@appendixsec Jazz combo
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@node lilypond-book templates
@appendixsec lilypond-book templates
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
+
@appendixsubsec LaTeX
@appendixsubsec Texinfo
+@appendixsubsec xelatex
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
* Text and line spanners::
* Text spanners::
* Text marks::
-* New dynamic marks::
@end menu
@node Text scripts
Référence du programme : @rinternals{RehearsalMark}.
-@node New dynamic marks
-@unnumberedsubsubsec New dynamic marks
-
-Grâce à la commande @code{make-dynamic-script}, vous pouvez créer de
-nouvelles marques textuelles de nuances que vous combinerez
-éventuellement avec les signes de nuances.
-Notez bien que la police des nuances en contient que les caractères
-@code{f,m,p,r,s} and @code{z}.
-
-Certains composants, tels que les marques de nuances, possèdent des
-propriétés particulières et prédéfinies quant à leur police. Lorsque
-vous créez du texte en pareille situation, nous vous recommandons
-d'utiliser @code{normal-text} pour annuler ces propriétés. Voir
-@ref{Text markup commands} pour plus de détails.
-
-@cindex make-dynamic-script
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-sfzp = #(make-dynamic-script "sfzp")
-\relative c' {
- c4 c c\sfzp c
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@cindex Nuances éditoriales
-@cindex Nuances, entre parenthèses
-
-Vous pouvez aussi encadrer les nuances entre parenthèses ou entre
-crochets. Ceci est souvent utilisé pour ajouter des nuances propres à
-une édition donnée.
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-rndf = \markup{ \center-align {\line { \bold{\italic (}
- \dynamic f \bold{\italic )} }} }
-boxf = \markup{ \bracket { \dynamic f } }
-{ c'1_\rndf c'1_\boxf }
-@end lilypond
-
-
-
@node Formatting text
@subsection Formatting text
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 71b67137f76fa4e8aede58299630369f616004d9
+ Translation of GIT committish: 0b3b41414fa52672d7d9416c265cd8d0568eef13
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@c \version "2.11.51"
@ignore
-Tutorial guidelines:
+Tutorial guidelines: (different from policy.txt!)
- unless you have a really good reason, use either
- @l ilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
- or
- @l ilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
- (without spaces)
- Don't use any other relative=X commands (make it a non-fragment
- example), and don't use fragment without relative=2.
-- use "aes" and "ees" instead of "as" and "aes". I know it's not
- correct Dutch naming, but let's not confuse people with this until
- we get to the Basic notation chapter.
-@end ignore
+ @lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+ or
+ @lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+ Don't use any other relative=X commands.
+- use "aes" and "ees" instead of "as" and "es". I know it's not
+ correct Dutch naming, but let's not confuse people with this
+ until we get to the Basic notation chapter.
-@c old info that will probably be removed.
-@c TODO:
-@c * more details about running lilypond; error messages,
-@c compiling/viewing (emacs?)
-@c * where to go from First steps+More basics?
+- Add "Music Glossary: @rglos{foo}" to the *top* of the relevant
+ portions of the tutorial.
-@c wherever possible, do not include index entries here; the
-@c index should point to stuff in the reference manual. -gp
+@end ignore
-@c Your first LilyPond score in 10 minutes?
@c Translators: Nicolas Grandclaude, Ludovic Sardain, Gauvain Pocentek
@c Translation checkers: Jean-Charles Malahieude, Valentin Villenave, John Mandereau
-
+@c Translation status: post-GDP
@node Tutorial
@chapter Tutorial
produire une partition. Après ce premier contact, nous verrons comment
créer des partitions utilisant une notation musicale courante.
-@ifhtml
-Beaucoup de gens apprennent à utiliser les programmes en les essayant
-et en bidouillant avec. C'est également possible avec LilyPond. Si
-vous cliquez sur une image dans la version HTML de ce manuel, vous
-verrez exactement le code LilyPond utilisé pour générer cette image.
-Essayez sur cette image :
-
-@c no verbatim here
-@c KEEP LY
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-\relative c'' {
- c-\markup { \bold \huge { Cliquez ici. } }
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-En copiant et en collant tout le code de l'extrait ly dans un fichier
-test, vous aurez un modèle de base pour faire vos expériences. Si vous
-apprenez de cette façon, vous aurez probablement envie d'imprimer ou de
-garder un lien vers l'@ruser{Cheat sheet}, tableau qui répertorie les
-commandes usuelles pour une consultation rapide.
-@end ifhtml
-
@menu
* First steps::
* Single staff notation::
@node First steps
@section First steps
-Cette section présente sommairement la façon de travailler avec LilyPond.
+Cette section présente les aspects élémentaires de l'utilisation de
+LilyPond.
@menu
* Compiling a file::
* Simple notation::
* Working on text files::
-* How to read the tutorial::
+* How to read the manual::
@end menu
@node Compiling a file
@subsection Compiling a file
-Le premier exemple montre comment débuter avec LilyPond. Pour créer
-une partition, on écrit un fichier de texte qui décrit la notation
-musicale. Par exemple, si l'on écrit
+@cindex compilation
+
+Pour créer une partition avec LilyPond, on écrit un fichier texte,
+appelé fichier source, qui décrit la notation musicale. La
+@emph{compilation} de ce fichier source par LilyPond produit un
+fichier graphique imprimable, et si on le désire un fichier MIDI qui
+peut être joué par un séquenceur. Voici un premier exemple simple de
+fichier source LilyPond.
@example
@{
@end example
@noindent
-le résultat ressemblera à
+Le compilation de cette partition donnera quelque chose de sembable à
+l'image ci-dessous.
@c in this case we don't want verbatim
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[quote]
{
c' e' g' e'
}
@c DIV specific
Il est aussi possible d'utiliser les noms de notes français @samp{do
re mi fa sol la si}, en insérant au début du fichier la ligne
-@samp{\include "italiano.ly"}
+@samp{\include "italiano.ly"}.
@c END DIV
-@emph{Attention :} tout extrait de code LilyPond doit être entouré
-d'une @{paire d'accolades@}. De plus, pour éviter toute ambiguïté, il
-est préférable d'entourer les accolades par des espaces ou retours à
-la ligne. Bien que certains exemples de ce manuel ne comportent pas
-d'accolades, ne les oubliez pas dans vos partitions !
+@warning{Tout extrait de code LilyPond doit être entouré d'une
+@strong{@{ paire d'accolades @}}. De plus, pour éviter toute
+ambiguïté, il est préférable d'entourer les accolades par des espaces
+ou retours à la ligne. Bien que certains exemples de ce manuel ne
+comportent pas d'accolades, ne les oubliez pas dans vos partitions !
+Pour plus d'informations sur l'affichage des exemples de cette
+documentation, consultez @ref{How to read the manual}.}
+
@cindex casse, prise en compte de
-De plus, LilyPond est sensible à la casse. @code{ @{ c d e @} } est
-un code valide ; @code{ @{ C D E @} } produira un message d'erreur.
+@cindex prise en compte de la casse
+@cindex sensibilité à la casse
+De plus, LilyPond est @strong{sensible à la casse} : le code
+@w{@code{@{ c d e @}}} est valide, alors que @w{@code{@{ C D E @}}}
+produira un message d'erreur.
-@sp 1
+@smallspace
@subheading Entering music and viewing output
+@cindex fichier PDF
+@cindex PDF
+@cindex partition, lire
+@cindex lire la partition
+
Dans cette section nous expliquerons quelles commandes exécuter et
-comment voir ou imprimer le résultat de LilyPond.
+comment voir ou imprimer le résultat produit par LilyPond.
+
+Notez qu'il existe plusieurs éditeurs de texte disponibles avec un bon
+support de LilyPond ; consultez @rprogram{Text editor support}.
+
+@warning{Le premier démarrage de LilyPond peut prendre une minute ou
+deux, afin de faire la liste des polices du système. LilyPond démarre
+en principe plus rapidement lors des exécutions suivantes.}
+
@subsubheading MacOS X
Si vous double-cliquez sur @code{LilyPond.app}, un fichier d'exemple
s'ouvrira. Sauvegardez-le, par exemple, sous @file{test.ly} sur votre
-bureau, et traitez-le ensuite avec la commande du menu @samp{Compile >
-Typeset File}. Le fichier PDF résultant sera alors affiché sur votre
-écran.
-
-Notez que le premier démarrage peut prendre une minute ou deux, car
-toutes les polices système doivent être d'abord analysées.
+bureau, puis traitez-le avec la commande de menu @samp{Compile >
+Typeset File}. Le fichier PDF résultant sera alors affiché à l'écran.
À l'avenir, vous aurez certainement recours aux commandes @qq{Nouveau}
ou @qq{Ouvrir}. Vous devez enregistrer votre fichier avant de lancer
-la création de la partition. Si une erreur advient pendant le
-traitement, vous la trouverez dans la fenêtre @qq{log}.
+la gravure de la partition par LilyPond. Si une erreur apparaît
+pendant le traitement, vous la trouverez dans la fenêtre @qq{log}.
@subsubheading Windows
-Sous Windows, lorsque vous double-cliquez sur l'icône LilyPond qui se
-trouve sur le Bureau, un fichier d'exemple s'ouvre dans un simple
-éditeur de texte. Enregistrez-le, par exemple en tant que
-@file{test.ly} sur votre Bureau, puis double-cliquez sur son icône
-(qui montre une note de musique) pour le traiter. Après quelques
-secondes, vous obtiendrez un fichier @file{test.pdf} sur votre Bureau,
-fichier que vous pourrez ouvrir pour voir la partition imprimée. Une
-autre méthode pour lancer le traitement du fichier @file{test.ly} est
-de le glisser avec votre souris sur l'icône de LilyPond.
+Sous Windows, double-cliquez sur l'icône LilyPond qui se trouve sur le
+bureau, un fichier d'exemple s'ouvre dans un simple éditeur de texte.
+Enregistrez-le, par exemple en tant que @file{test.ly} sur le bureau,
+puis double-cliquez sur son icône (qui montre une note de musique)
+pour le traiter. Après quelques secondes, vous obtiendrez un fichier
+@file{test.pdf} sur le bureau, fichier que vous pourrez ouvrir pour
+voir la partition gravée. Une autre méthode pour lancer le traitement
+du fichier @file{test.ly} est de le glisser avec votre souris sur
+l'icône de LilyPond.
Pour modifier un fichier @file{.ly} existant, faites un clic droit
dessus et sélectionnez @qq{Éditer la source}. Pour partir d'un
En double-cliquant sur le fichier, vous obtiendrez, en plus du fichier
PDF, un fichier @file{.log} qui récapitule les opérations que LilyPond
-a effectuées sur votre fichier. Si une erreur survient, c'est ce
-fichier qu'il vous faudra étudier.
-
-Notez qu'il existe d'autres éditeurs de texte, certains disposant d'un
-meilleur support pour LilyPond ; reportez-vous à @rprogram{Text editor support}.
+a effectuées sur votre fichier. Si une erreur survient, vous en
+trouverez les détails dans ce fichier.
-@subsubheading Unix
+@subsubheading UNIX
-
-Commencez par ouvrir une fenêtre de terminal et un éditeur de
-texte. Par exemple, vous pouvez ouvrir un xterm et exécuter
-@code{joe}. @footnote{Il existe des fichiers de macros pour les fans
-de VIM et un
-@code{LilyPond-mode} pour les fans d'Emacs. S'ils ne sont pas
-encore installés, consultez le fichier @file{INSTALL.txt}. L'outil
-d'édition le plus facile d'utilisation est de loin
-@file{LilyPondTool}. Vous trouverez plus d'informations dans
-@rprogram{Text editor support}.} Dans votre
-éditeur, entrez le texte suivant et sauvegardez le fichier sous
-@file{test.ly}
+Créez un fichier texte @file{test.ly} qui contient
@verbatim
{
@end verbatim
@noindent
-Pour traiter @file{test.ly}, procédez comme ceci :
+Pour traiter @file{test.ly}, entrez la commande suivante dans un
+terminal :
@example
lilypond test.ly
@end example
@noindent
-Vous verrez quelque chose ressemblant à :
+Vous verrez quelque chose ressemblant à
@example
lilypond test.ly
-GNU LilyPond 2.10.0
-Processing `test.ly'
-Parsing...
-Interpreting music... [1]
-Preprocessing graphical objects...
-Calculating line breaks... [2]
-Layout output to `test.ps'...
-Converting to `test.pdf'...
+GNU LilyPond @version{}
+Traitement de « test.ly »
+Analyse...
+Interprétation en cours de la musique...
+Pré-traitement des éléments graphiques...
+Détermination du nombre optimal de pages...
+Répartition de la musique sur une page...
+Dessin des systèmes...
+Sortie mise en page vers « test.ps »...
+Conversion à « ./test.pdf »...
@end example
@c DIV specific
-Suivant votre installation, ces messages peuvent être traduits.
-@c END DIV
-
-@cindex fichier PDF
-@cindex visionnage de la musique
-
@noindent
-De tout cela résulte un fichier @file{test.pdf}, que vous pouvez imprimer
-ou visualiser avec les outils standards de votre système
-d'exploitation. @footnote{Si votre système ne dispose pas des outils
-nécessaires, vous pouvez essayer
-@uref{http://@/www@/.cs@/.wisc@/.edu/@/~ghost/,Ghostscript}, un
-programme pour afficher et imprimer librement les fichiers PDF et PostScript.}
+Suivant votre installation, ces messages peuvent être traduits ou
+non.
+@c END DIV
@node Simple notation
@subsection Simple notation
-Il y a certains éléments graphiques que LilyPond ajoute
+Il y a certains éléments graphiques de notation que LilyPond ajoute
automatiquement. Dans l'exemple suivant, nous n'avons fourni que
quatre hauteurs, mais LilyPond a ajouté une clé, un chiffre de mesure
et du rythme.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
{
c' e' g' e'
}
@end lilypond
@noindent
-Ce comportement peut être modifié, mais dans bien des cas ces
-attributions automatiques s'avèrent utiles.
+Ces valeurs automatiques simplifient la saisie du code source dans
+bien des cas ; nous verrons plus loin comment les indiquer
+explicitement.
-@subheading Pitches
-Le moyen le plus simple d'entrer des notes est d'utiliser le mode
-@code{\relative}. Avec ce mode, l'@rglos{interval} entre la note et
-celle qui la précède est supposé inférieur ou égal à une
-@rglos{fourth}. Commençons par entrer la partition la plus
-élémentaire qui soit, une @rglos{scale}.
+@subheading Hauteurs
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{pitch}, @rglos{interval},
+@rglos{scale}, @rglos{middle C}, @rglos{octave},
+@rglos{accidental}.
+
+Le moyen le plus simple d'entrer des notes est d'utiliser le mode
+d'octaves relatives, ou mode @code{\relative}. Dans ce mode, l'octave
+de chaque note est sélectionnée automatiquement de façon à ce qu'elle
+soit la plus proche possible de la note précédente, c'est-à-dire de
+façon à ce que l'intervalle avec la note précédente soit au plus d'une
+quarte. Commençons par saisir une partition très simple, à savoir une
+gamme.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+% set the starting point to middle C
\relative c' {
c d e f
g a b c
}
@end lilypond
-La note de départ est @rglos{middle C}. Chacune des notes qui suivent
-est à moins d'une quarte de la note précédente --- en d'autres termes,
-le premier @samp{c} est le do central, entre la clé de sol et
-la clé de fa, puis est suivi par le ré le plus proche, et ainsi de
-suite. On peut bien sûr créer des mélodies d'intervalles plus étendus :
+La note de départ est le @notation{do central}. Chacune des notes qui
+suivent est placée à l'octave la plus proche de la note précédente ---
+en d'autres termes, le premier @samp{c} est le do central, entre la
+clé de sol et la clé de fa, puis est suivi par le ré le plus proche,
+et ainsi de suite. On peut bien sûr créer des mélodies avec de plus
+grands intervalles, toujours avec le mode @code{\relative} :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c' {
d f a g
c b f d
@end lilypond
@noindent
-Comme vous l'aurez remarqué, cet exemple ne commence plus sur le do du
-milieu. La première note --- le @samp{d} --- est le ré qui en est le
-plus proche.
+Remarquez que cet exemple ne commence plus sur le do central : la
+première note --- le @samp{d} --- est le ré qui en est le plus proche.
+
+Dans l'exemple suivant, on remplace @code{c'} dans la commande
+@w{@code{\relative c'}} par @code{c''}, afin de calculer l'octave de
+la première note par rapport au do situé une octave au-dessus du do
+central :
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+% one octave above middle C
+\relative c'' {
+ e c a c
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Le mode d'octaves relatives peut être déroutant au début, mais c'est
+souvent la façon la plus économique de saisir les hauteurs en
+utilisant le clavier de l'ordinateur de façon classique. Détaillons
+sur un exemple le calcul des octaves relatives. En partant d'un si
+sur la troisième ligne de la clé de sol, un do, un ré ou un mi sans
+indication d'octave particulière seront placés juste au-dessus du si,
+c'est-à-dire au plus à une quarte ascendante du si, alors qu'un la, un
+sol ou un fa seront placés juste en-dessous du si, c'est-à-dire au
+plus à une quarte descendante du si.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\relative c'' {
+ b c % c is 1 staff space up, so is the c above
+ b d % d is 2 up or 5 down, so is the d above
+ b e % e is 3 up or 4 down, so is the e above
+ b a % a is 6 up or 1 down, so is the a below
+ b g % g is 5 up or 2 down, so is the g below
+ b f % f is 4 up or 3 down, so is the f below
+}
+@end lilypond
-Pour ajouter des intervalles supérieurs à une quarte, il suffit
-d'indiquer si la note est à l'octave supérieure ou inférieure, en
-ajoutant respectivement une apostrophe @code{'} ou une virgule
-@code{,} au nom de la note.
+Notez que le calcul des octaves relatives @strong{ne dépend pas des
+altérations} des notes, dièses bémols ou bécarre.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+Pour obtenir des intervalles supérieurs à une quarte, on peut ajouter
+des apostrophes @code{'} --- qui font chacune monter la hauteur d'une
+octave --- ou des virgules @code{,} --- qui font chacune descendre la
+hauteur d'une octave --- au nom de la note.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
a a, c' f,
g g'' a,, f'
@noindent
Pour déplacer une note deux octaves (ou davantage !) plus haut ou plus
-bas, il suffit de mettre plusieurs @code{''} ou plusieurs @code{,,} ---
+bas, il suffit de mettre deux (ou davantage) de @code{'} ou ou @code{,} ---
attention cependant à bien mettre deux apostrophes @code{''}, et non
un guillemet @code{"}@tie{}! C'est de cette même manière que l'on
peut modifier la valeur de départ de @code{\relative c'}.
-@subheading Durations (rhythms)
+@subheading Durées et rythme
+
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{beam}, @rglos{duration},
+@rglos{whole note}, @rglos{half note}, @rglos{quarter note},
+@rglos{dotted note}.
-La @rglos{duration} d'une note est indiquée par un nombre
-qui suit son nom : @samp{1} pour une @rglos{whole
-note}, @samp{2} pour une @rglos{half note}, @samp{4} pour
-une @rglos{quarter note} et ainsi de suite. Les hampes sont
-ajoutées automatiquement.
+La @notation{durée} d'une note est indiquée par un nombre qui suit sa
+hauteur : @samp{1} pour une @notation{ronde}, @samp{2} pour une
+@notation{blanche}, @samp{4} pour une @notation{noire} et ainsi de
+suite. Les @notation{crochets} et @notation{liens} sont ajoutées
+automatiquement.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+Si aucune durée n'est indiquée pour une note, la dernière durée entrée
+est utilisée. En l'absence d'indication de durée, la première note
+est une noire.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
a1
a2 a4 a8 a
}
@end lilypond
-@noindent
-Si aucune durée n'est indiquée, la dernière durée entrée sera utilisée
-pour les notes suivantes. En l'absence d'indication, la première note
-est une noire.
-
-Une @rglos{dotted note} s'obtient en ajoutant un point @samp{.} à
-la valeur rythmique.
+Une @notation{note pointée} s'obtient en ajoutant un point @code{.} à
+la valeur rythmique. Le point doit être précédé d'un nombre de durée.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
a a a4. a8
a8. a16 a a8. a8 a4.
@end lilypond
-@subheading Rests
+@subheading Silences
+
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{rest}.
-On saisit un @rglos{rest} tout comme une note, mais avec le
-caractère @samp{r}.
+On saisit un @notation{silence} tout comme une note, mais avec la
+lettre @samp{r}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
a r r2
r8 a r4 r4. r8
@end lilypond
-@subheading Time signature
+@subheading Métrique
-La @rglos{time signature} peut être définie à l'aide de la commande
-@code{\time} :
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{time signature}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+La @notation{métrique}, aussi appelée @notation{chiffre de mesure},
+peut être définie à l'aide de la commande @code{\time} :
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
\time 3/4
a4 a a
@subheading Clef
-La @rglos{clef} peut être définie à l'aide de la commande @code{\clef} :
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{clef}.
+
+La @notation{clef} peut être définie à l'aide de la commande
+@code{\clef} :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c' {
\clef treble
c1
@end lilypond
-@subheading All together
+@subheading Tout ensemble
-Voici un bref exemple qui montre tous ces éléments ensemble :
+Voici un bref exemple qui rassemble tous les éléments que nous déjà
+vus :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c, {
\time 3/4
\clef bass
@end lilypond
@seealso
-@quotation
-@table @asis
-@item Entrer des hauteurs et des durées
-voir @ruser{Pitches} and @ruser{Durations}.
-@item Les silences
-voir @ruser{Rests}.
-@item Les chiffres de mesure et autres commandes de métrique
-voir @ruser{Time signature}.
-@item Les clés
-voir @ruser{Clef}.
-@end table
-@end quotation
+
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Writing pitches},
+@ruser{Writing rhythms}, @ruser{Writing rests},
+@ruser{Time signature}, @ruser{Clef}.
@node Working on text files
@subsection Working on text files
Le traitement des fichiers source de LilyPond est semblable à celui du
-code de nombreux langages de programmation répandus : la casse est prise
+code de nombreux langages de programmation. La casse est prise
en compte, et les caractères considérés comme espaces ont généralement
peu d'importance. Les expressions sont délimitées par des accolades @{
@}, et les commentaires par @code{%} ou @code{%@{ ... %@}}.
Si cette phrase vous paraît incompréhensible, ne vous en faites pas !
-Tous ces termes vont être expliqués :
+Expliquons tous ces termes :
@itemize
@cindex casse, prise en compte de
+@cindex prise en compte de la casse
+@cindex sensibilité à la casse
@item @strong{La casse} :
LilyPond est sensible à la casse, c'est à dire qu'une lettre capitale
n'a pas la même valeur qu'une lettre minuscule. Les notes, par
@end example
@noindent
-Bien sûr, ce dernier exemple est difficile à lire. Une bonne habitude
+Bien sûr, ce dernier exemple est illisible. Une bonne habitude
à prendre est d'indenter les blocs de code avec soit des tabulations
soit des doubles espaces :
+
@example
@{
c d e
@item @strong{Expressions musicales} :
Tout morceau saisi dans LilyPond doit être placé entre @strong{@{
accolades @}}. Ces caractères indiquent à LilyPond que ce bloc de
-texte est une et une seule expression musicale, tout comme les
-parenthèses @samp{()} en mathématiques. Il est préférable, pour
-éviter toute ambiguïté, d'entourer tous ces crochets d'espaces, à
-moins qu'ils se trouvent au début ou à la fin d'une ligne.
+texte représente une et une seule expression musicale, tout comme les
+parenthèses @samp{()} en mathématiques. Pour éviter toute ambiguïté,
+il est préférable d'entourer ces accolades d'espaces ou de retours à
+la ligne.
-Une fonction --- @code{\relative @{ @}} par exemple --- compte
-également comme une seule expression musicale.
+Un appel de fonction --- @w{@code{\relative @{ @}}} par exemple ---
+compte également comme une seule expression musicale.
-@cindex commentaires
+@cindex commentaire
@cindex commentaire de fin de ligne
@cindex commentaire-bloc
+@cindex bloc de commentaire
@item @strong{Les commentaires} :
-Un commentaire est une indication pour tout lecteur humain d'un
-fichier de musique ; il est ignoré par l'ordinateur, et n'a donc aucun
-effet sur la partition imprimée. On distingue deux types de
-commentaires :
-@itemize @bullet
-@item la ligne de commentaire, introduite par le symbole @samp{%} :
-tout ce qui suit ce symbole sur cette ligne sera ignoré.
-@item le bloc de commentaire, qui peut être de plusieurs lignes voire
-de toute une section : tout ce qui se trouve entre @code{%@{} et
-@code{%@}} est ignoré. Les blocs de commentaires ne peuvent s'imbriquer.
-@end itemize
-Le fragment suivant met en évidence quelques usages possibles des commentaires :
+un commentaire est une indication pour tout lecteur humain d'un
+fichier source de musique ; il est ignoré par l'ordinateur, et n'a
+donc aucun effet sur la partition imprimée. On distingue deux types
+de commentaires. Le commentaire de fin de ligne, introduit par le
+symbole @samp{%} : tout ce qui suit ce symbole sur la même ligne sera
+ignoré. Par convention, un commentaire qui occupe une ligne entière
+se place juste @emph{au-dessus} de la ligne à laquelle il fait
+référence.
+
+@example
+a4 a a a
+% ce commentaire fait référence aux sis
+b2 b
+@end example
+
+Le bloc de commentaire, qui peut occuper plusieurs lignes voire toute
+une section : tout ce qui se trouve entre @code{%@{} et @code{%@}} est
+ignoré. Les blocs de commentaires ne peuvent s'imbriquer, ce qui
+signifie que vous ne pouvez pas placer un commentaire-bloc à
+l'intérieur d'un autre commentaire-bloc. Si jamais vous essayez, vous
+verrez que la première occurence de @code{%@}} terminera @qq{les
+@emph{deux} commentaires-blocs}. Le fragment suivant met en évidence
+quelques usages possibles des commentaires :
@example
% voici les notes de "ah vous dirai-je maman"
seront ignorées, car elles se trouvent
dans un bloc de commentaire.
- g g f f e e d d c2
+ f f e e d d c2
%@}
@end example
@end itemize
-Vous trouverez plus d'astuces pour organiser vos fichiers LilyPond dans
-@ref{Suggestions for writing LilyPond files}.
-@node How to read the tutorial
-@subsection How to read the tutorial
+@node How to read the manual
+@subsection How to read the manual
Comme nous l'avons vu dans @ref{Working on text files}, un code
-LilyPond doit être encadré par des @{ @} ou bien par @code{\relative
-c'' @{ ... @}} afin d'être compris. Cependant, dans la suite de ce
+LilyPond doit être encadré par des accolades @{ @} ou bien par
+@code{\relative c'' @{ ... @}}. Cependant, dans la suite de ce
manuel, la plupart des exemples ne feront pas apparaître ces signes.
-Si vous consultez la documentation au format HTML, et que vous
-souhaitez voir la source exacte d'un exemple, il vous suffit de
-cliquer sur l'image. Si vous ne disposez pas de la version HTML, il
-vous est possible de simplement copier et coller le code affiché, mais
-@strong{à condition} d'ajouter @code{\relative c'' @{ @}} de la façon
-suivante :
+Pour reproduire les exemples, vous pouvez copier et coller le code
+affiché, mais @strong{à condition} d'ajouter @code{\relative c'' @{
+@}} de la façon suivante :
@example
\relative c'' @{
- ... collez ici votre exemple...
+ ...collez ici votre exemple...
@}
@end example
-Pourquoi avoir omis les accolades ? La plupart des exemples de ce
+Pourquoi avoir omis les accolades ? La plupart des exemples de ce
manuel peuvent être insérés au milieu d'un morceau de musique plus
long. Il n'y a donc aucune raison d'ajouter @code{\relative c'' @{
-@}} à ces exemples --- en effet, il n'est pas possible d'insérer un
-@code{\relative} à l'intérieur d'un autre @code{\relative}. Il vous
-serait donc devenu impossible de copier un bref exemple de la
-documentation et de le coller dans une pièce de votre cru.
+@}} à ces exemples --- en effet, il n'est pas possible d'insérer une
+expression @code{\relative} à l'intérieur d'un autre expression
+@code{\relative}. Si nous mettions tous nos exemples dans une
+expression @code{\relative}, vous ne pourriez plus copier un bref
+exemple de la documentation pour le coller dans vos pièces.
+
+
+@subheading Exemples cliquables
+
+Beaucoup de gens apprennent à utiliser les programmes en les essayant
+et en bidouillant avec. C'est également possible avec LilyPond. Si
+vous cliquez sur une image dans la version HTML de ce manuel, vous
+verrez exactement le code LilyPond utilisé pour générer cette image.
+Essayez sur cette image :
+
+@c no verbatim here
+@c KEEP LY
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+\relative c'' {
+ c-\markup { \bold \huge { Cliquez ici. } }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+En copiant-collant le code à partir du commentaire @qq{ly snippet}
+vers un fichier test, vous aurez un modèle de base pour faire vos
+expériences. Pour obtenir une gravure à l'identique, copiez tout le
+code à partir de @qq{Start cut-&-pastable section}.
+
+@c No longer in the text in English, but should we really
+@c remove this? --jm
+@ignore
+Si vous apprenez de cette façon, vous aurez probablement envie
+d'imprimer ou de garder un lien vers @ruser{Cheat sheet}, tableau
+qui répertorie les commandes usuelles pour une consultation rapide.
+@end ignore
+
+@seealso
+
+Vous trouverez plus de conseils pour construire des fichiers source
+dans @ref{Suggestions for writing LilyPond input files}. Cependant,
+lors d'une première lecture il est préférable de terminer d'abord la
+lecture du tutoriel.
+
@node Single staff notation
@section Single staff notation
Cette section présente la notation courante dont on a besoin pour
-écrire une seule voix sur une seule portée.
+écrire une voix sur une portée.
@menu
-* Relative note names::
* Accidentals and key signatures::
* Ties and slurs::
* Articulation and dynamics::
+* Adding text::
* Automatic and manual beams::
* Advanced rhythmic commands::
@end menu
-@node Relative note names
-@subsection Relative note names
-
-Comme nous l'avons vu dans @ref{Simple notation}, LilyPond calcule la
-hauteur de chaque note en fonction de la précédente@footnote{Il existe
-un autre mode de saisie des hauteurs, le mode @ref{Absolute note
-names}, mais en pratique il est bien plus aisé et sûr d'avoir recours
-au mode de hauteurs relatives.}. Si aucune indication supplémentaire
-d'octaviation n'est ajoutée, il en concluera que chaque hauteur est
-située à une quarte au plus de la note précédente.
-
-Lilypond tient compte des intervalles induits par les noms des notes
---- en d'autres termes, une quarte augmentée n'est @emph{pas}
-équivalente à une quinte diminuée. Ainsi, si l'on part d'un Do, un Fa
-dièse sera placé au-dessus, tandis qu'un Sol bémol sera placé
-au-dessous.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
-c2 fis
-c2 ges
-@end lilypond
-
-@seealso
-@quotation
-@table @asis
-@item Les hauteurs de note relatives
-voir @ruser{Relative octaves}.
-@item Les vérifications d'octaves
-voir @ruser{Octave check}.
-@end table
-@end quotation
-
-
-
@node Accidentals and key signatures
@subsection Accidentals and key signatures
@subheading Accidentals
-Dans la notation par défaut, un @rglos{sharp} s'obtient en ajoutant
-@samp{is} au nom de la note, et un @rglos{flat} en ajoutant @samp{es}.
-Comme vous pouvez vous y attendre, un double dièse ou double bémol est
-alors obtenu en ajoutant @samp{isis} ou @samp{eses}@footnote{Cette
-syntaxe est dérivée de la convention de dénomination des notes dans
-les langues nordiques et germaniques, comme l'allemand ou le
-hollandais.}.
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{sharp}, @rglos{flat}, @rglos{double sharp},
+@rglos{double flat}, @rglos{accidental}.
+
+Dans la notation par défaut, on obtient un @notation{dièse} en
+ajoutant @code{is} au nom de la note, et un @notation{bémol} en
+ajoutant @code{es}. Comme vous pouvez vous y attendre, un double
+dièse ou double bémol s'obtiennent en ajoutant @code{isis} ou
+@code{eses}. Cette syntaxe est dérivée de la convention de
+dénomination des notes dans les langues nordiques et germaniques,
+comme l'allemand ou le hollandais.
@c DIV specific
-Cependant, si vous utilisez la commande @samp{\include "italiano.ly"}
+Cependant, si vous utilisez la commande @code{\include "italiano.ly"}
pour entrer les noms de notes français au lieu des noms hollandais, il
-faudra ajouter un @samp{d} pour un dièse, et un @samp{b} pour un
-bémol. Le double dièse et le double bémol s'obtiennent en ajoutant
-respectivement @samp{dd} et @samp{bb}
+faudra ajouter un @code{d} pour obtenir un dièse, et un @code{b} pour
+un bémol. Le double dièse et le double bémol s'obtiennent en ajoutant
+respectivement @code{dd} et @code{bb}. Pour en savoir plus sur les
+autres langues disponibles, consultez @ruser{Note names in other
+languages}.
@c END DIV
-Pour en savoir plus sur les autres langues disponibles, voir @ruser{Note
-names in other languages}.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
cis1 ees fisis, aeses
@end lilypond
-@cindex armure, définition de
+@cindex armure, définition de l'
+@cindex armure, altérations à l'
+@cindex altérations à l'armure
@subheading Key signatures
L'armure est déterminée par la commande @code{\key}, suivie d'une
-hauteur puis de @code{\major} (majeur) ou @code{\minor} (mineur) :
+hauteur puis de @code{\major} (majeur) ou @code{\minor} (mineur).
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\key d \major
a1
\key c \minor
a
@end lilypond
-@sp 1
+@smallspace
@subheading Warning: key signatures and pitches
-La combinaison de l'armure et des hauteurs de note --- y compris les
-altérations --- permet à LilyPond de déterminer dans quel cas afficher
-les altérations accidentelles. L'armure n'affecte que les altérations
-@emph{imprimées}, et non les hauteurs réelles ! Cette fonctionnalité
-est souvent source de confusion pour les nouveaux utilisateurs, aussi
-expliquons-la en détail.
-
-LilyPond fait une nette distinction entre le contenu musical et la
-mise en forme. L'altération d'une note --- bémol, bécarre ou dièse
---- fait partie de sa hauteur, et relève donc du contenu musical. La
-présence ou non d'une altération accidentelle --- un @emph{signe}
-bémol, bécarre ou dièse --- devant la note correspondante est une
-question qui relève de la mise en page. Mettre en page une partition
-se fait selon des règles ; les altérations accidentelles seront donc
-automatiquement imprimées suivant ces règles. Les hauteurs de note,
-en revanche, relèvent de ce que vous voulez entendre ; et, dans la
-mesure où la musique que vous entrez est censée être celle que vous
-voulez entendre, LilyPond (qui n'est chargé que de la gravure) ne les
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{accidental}, @rglos{key signature},
+@rglos{pitch}, @rglos{flat}, @rglos{natural}, @rglos{sharp},
+@rglos{transposition}.
+
+La combinaison de l'@notation{armure} et des hauteurs de note --- y
+compris les altérations --- permet à LilyPond de déterminer dans quel
+cas imprimer des @notation{altérations accidentelles}. L'armure
+n'affecte que les altérations @emph{imprimées}, et non les hauteurs
+réelles ! Cette fonctionnalité est souvent source de confusion pour
+les nouveaux utilisateurs, aussi expliquons-la en détail.
+
+LilyPond fait une distinction nette entre le contenu musical et la
+mise en forme. L'altération d'une note --- @notation{bémol},
+@notation{bécarre} ou @notation{dièse} --- fait partie de sa hauteur,
+et relève donc du contenu musical. La gravure ou non d'une altération
+accidentelle --- un @emph{signe} bémol, bécarre ou dièse --- devant la
+note correspondante est une question qui relève de la mise en forme.
+La gravure une partition suit des règles, en particulier des règles
+d'indication des altérations accidentelles. Les hauteurs de note, en
+revanche, relèvent de ce que vous voulez entendre ; et, dans la mesure
+où la musique que vous entrez est censée être celle que vous voulez
+entendre, LilyPond, qui n'est chargé que de la gravure, ne les
choisira pas à votre place.
Dans cet exemple,
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\key d \major
d cis fis
@end lilypond
@noindent
aucune note n'a d'altération accidentelle, et pourtant vous devrez
-entrer le @samp{is} pour les notes @code{cis} et @code{fis}.
+entrer le @code{is} pour les notes @code{cis} et @code{fis}.
-Le code @samp{e} ne veut pas dire @qq{Imprimez-moi un point noir sur
+Le code @code{e} ne veut pas dire @qq{Imprimez-moi un point noir sur
la première ligne de la portée.} Cela signifie plutôt : @qq{Ici se
-trouve une note dont la hauteur est un mi naturel.} Avec l'armure de
-la bémol majeur, ce mi sera flanqué d'un bécarre accidentel :
+trouve une note dont la hauteur est un mi naturel.} Avec une armure
+de la bémol majeur, ce mi est flanqué d'un bécarre accidentel :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\key aes \major
e
@end lilypond
-Ajouter explicitement toutes les altérations requiert un peu plus
-d'effort dans la phase de saisie, mais la transposition en sera
-grandement facilitée. De plus les altérations accidentelles peuvent
-être imprimées suivant plusieurs conventions. Regardez
-@ruser{Automatic accidentals} pour connaître les différentes manières
-dont les altérations accidentelles peuvent être imprimées, suivant les
-règles que vous choisirez.
+Ajouter explicitement toutes les altérations demande un peu plus
+d'effort dans la phase de saisie, mais cela facilite grandement la
+@notation{transposition}. De plus, les altérations accidentelles
+peuvent ainsi être imprimées suivant plusieurs conventions. Pour
+connaître les différentes manières dont les altérations accidentelles
+peuvent être imprimées, consultez @ruser{Automatic accidentals}.
@seealso
-@quotation
-@table @asis
-@item Les altérations
-voir @ruser{Accidentals} and @ruser{Automatic accidentals}.
-@item Les armures
-voir @ruser{Key signature}.
-@end table
-@end quotation
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Note names in other languages},
+@ruser{Accidentals}, @ruser{Automatic accidentals},
+@ruser{Key signature}.
+
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{Pitch names}.
@node Ties and slurs
@subsection Ties and slurs
@cindex liaisons de prolongation
+@cindex liaisons de tenue
+@cindex prolongation, liaisons de
+@cindex durée, liaisons de
+@cindex tenue, liaisons de
@subheading Ties
-Une @rglos{tie}@footnote{parfois aussi appelée liaison de
-tenue} se crée en ajoutant un tilde @samp{~} à la première note liée.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{tie}.
+
+Pour créer une liaison de prolongation@footnote{parfois aussi appelée
+liaison de tenue}, on ajoute un tilde @code{~} à la première note
+liée.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
g4~ g c2~
c4 ~ c8 a8 ~ a2
@end lilypond
@cindex liaisons d'articulation
+@cindex articulation, liaisons d'
@subheading Slurs
@c Le terme de "slur" a deux sens en français : articulation et phrasé.
@c Je garde ici le terme "legato", tel qu'il apparaît dans le texte original,
@c car c'est celui qui me semble le plus couramment employé.
-Une @rglos{slur} d'articulation (ou @qq{legato}) peut englober
-plusieurs notes. Les notes de départ et d'arrivée reçoivent
-respectivement un signe @samp{(} et @samp{)}.
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{slur}.
+
+Une liaison d'articulation ou @emph{legato} peut englober
+plusieurs notes. Les notes de départ et d'arrivée sont suivies
+respectivement d'un signe @samp{(} et @samp{)}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
d4( c16) cis( d e c cis d) e( d4)
@end lilypond
@cindex liaisons de phrasé
+@cindex phrasé, liaisons de
+@cindex legato
@subheading Phrasing slurs
De plus longues liaisons, dites de phrasé, sont délimitées par @code{\(} et
@code{\)}. Il est possible d'avoir en même temps des legatos et des
phrasés, mais pas plusieurs liaisons de phrasé ou de legato à la fois.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
a8(\( ais b c) cis2 b'2 a4 cis,\)
@end lilypond
-@sp 1
+@smallspace
-@cindex liaisons de phrasé et de prolongation, différences
+@cindex liaisons d'articulation et de prolongation, différences
@subheading Warnings: slurs vs. ties
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{articulation}, @rglos{slur}, @rglos{tie}.
+
Une liaison d'articulation ou de phrasé ressemble à une liaison de
-tenue, mais n'a pas la même signification. Alors qu'une liaison de
-tenue ne peut relier que deux notes de même hauteur, le legato indique
-une articulation de plusieurs notes, éventuellement nombreuses. Les
-liaisons de tenue peuvent être enchâssées dans un legato ou un phrasé.
+prolongation, mais n'a pas la même signification. Alors qu'une
+liaison de prolongation ne peut relier que deux notes de même hauteur,
+le legato indique une articulation de plusieurs notes, éventuellement
+en grand nombre. Les liaisons de tenue peuvent être enchâssées dans
+un legato ou un phrasé.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c2~( c8 fis fis4 ~ fis2 g2)
@end lilypond
@seealso
-@quotation
-@table @asis
-@item @ruser{Ties},
-@item @ruser{Slurs},
-@item @ruser{Phrasing slurs}.
-@end table
-@end quotation
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Ties}, @ruser{Slurs},
+@ruser{Phrasing slurs}.
@node Articulation and dynamics
@subsection Articulation and dynamics
@cindex staccato
@subheading Articulations
-Des @rglos{articulation}s peuvent être ajoutées à une note, au moyen
-d'un tiret @samp{-} suivi d'un caractère :
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{articulation}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+Des @notation{articulations} peuvent être ajoutées à une note, au moyen
+d'un tiret @code{-} suivi d'un caractère :
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c-. c-- c-> c-^ c-+ c-_
@end lilypond
@cindex doigtés
@subheading Fingerings
+
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{fingering}.
+
De même, des indications de doigté peuvent être ajoutées à une note en
utilisant un tiret (@samp{-}) et le chiffre à écrire :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c-3 e-5 b-2 a-1
@end lilypond
Articulations et doigtés sont habituellement placés automatiquement,
-mais vous pouvez spécifier une direction en utilisant @samp{^} (en haut)
-ou @samp{_} (en bas). Vous pouvez aussi utiliser plusieurs
-articulations sur la même note. Dans la plupart des cas, cependant, il
-est mieux de laisser LilyPond déterminer l'emplacement de
+mais vous pouvez indiquer une direction en utilisant @samp{^} (en
+haut) ou @samp{_} (en bas). Vous pouvez aussi utiliser plusieurs
+articulations sur la même note. Dans la plupart des cas, cependant,
+il est bon de laisser LilyPond déterminer l'emplacement de
l'articulation.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c_-^1 d^. f^4_2-> e^-_+
@end lilypond
@subheading Dynamics
-Les signes de nuances sont obtenus en ajoutant à la note les noms des nuances,
-précédées d'un anti-slash @samp{\} :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{dynamics}, @rglos{crescendo},
+@rglos{decrescendo}.
+
+On obtient un signe de @notation{nuance} en ajoutant à la note les
+lettres du signe, précédées d'un anti-slash @samp{\} :
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c\ff c\mf c\p c\pp
@end lilypond
@c Pluriel des termes musicaux italiens :
@c selon Littré, plutôt à la française (en "-os" qu'en "-i")
-Crescendos et decrescendos débutent avec les commandes @code{\<} et
-@code{\>}. Ils se terminent soit par une nuance d'arrivée, par exemple
-@code{\f}, soit par la commande @code{\!} :
+@notation{Crescendos} et @notation{decrescendos} débutent avec les
+commandes @code{\<} et @code{\>}. Ils se terminent soit par une
+nuance d'arrivée, par exemple @code{\f}, soit par la commande
+@code{\!} :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c2\< c2\ff\> c2 c2\!
@end lilypond
@seealso
-@quotation
-@table @asis
-@item @ruser{Articulations}.
-@item @ruser{Fingering instructions}.
-@item @ruser{Dynamics}.
-@end table
-@end quotation
+
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Articulations and ornamentations},
+@ruser{Fingering instructions}, @ruser{Dynamics}.
+
+
+@node Adding text
+@subsection Adding text
+
+On peut ajouter du texte à une partition :
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c1^"espr" a_"legato"
+@end lilypond
+
+Pour mettre en forme du texte, on utilise la commande @code{markup} :
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c1^\markup{ \bold espr}
+a1_\markup{
+ \dynamic f \italic \small { 2nd } \hspace #0.1 \dynamic p
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@seealso
+
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Writing text}.
@node Automatic and manual beams
@subsection Automatic and manual beams
@cindex ligatures manuelles
-Toutes les @rglos{beam} sont dessinées automatiquement :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{beam}.
+
+Toutes les barres de ligature sont dessinées automatiquement :
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
a8 ais d ees r d c16 b a8
@end lilypond
@noindent
Lorsqu'on n'aime pas la manière dont les notes sont automatiquement
groupées, il est possible de les ligaturer manuellement, en marquant la
-première note à attacher d'un @samp{[} et la dernière d'un @samp{]}.
+première note à attacher d'un crochet ouvrant @code{[} et la dernière
+d'un crochet fermant @code{]}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
a8[ ais] d[ ees r d] a b
@end lilypond
+Pour désactiver les barres de ligature automatqiues pour des passages
+entiers, utilisez la commande @code{\autoBeamOff}, et utilisez
+@code{\autoBeamOn} pour les réactiver.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\autoBeamOff
+a8 c b4 d8. c16 b4
+\autoBeamOn
+a8 c b4 d8. c16 b4
+@end lilypond
+
@seealso
-@quotation
-@table @asis
-@item Groupements de notes et ligatures automatiques
-voir @ruser{Automatic beams}.
-@item Groupements et ligatures manuels
-voir @ruser{Manual beams}.
-@end table
-@end quotation
+
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Automatic beams}, @ruser{Manual beams}.
@node Advanced rhythmic commands
@cindex mesure incomplète
@subheading Partial measure
-Une levée (ou @rglos{anacrusis}) est entrée avec la commande
-@code{\partial}, suivie d'une durée : @code{\partial 4} est une levée
-d'une noire et @code{\partial 8} d'une croche.
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{anacrusis}.
+
+On crée une levée (ou anacrouse) avec la commande @code{\partial},
+suivie d'une durée : @code{\partial 4} produit une levée d'une noire
+et @code{\partial 8} d'une croche.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\partial 8
f8 c2 d
@end lilypond
@cindex nolets
@cindex triolets
@subheading Tuplets
-Les nolets sont créés avec la commande @code{\times}, qui prend deux
-arguments : une fraction et une expression musicale. La durée des notes
-de l'expression musicale est multipliée par la fraction. Par exemple
-les notes d'un triolet durent les deux tiers du temps de leur notation
-réelle, cette fraction est donc de 2/3 pour les triolets :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{note value}, @rglos{triplet}.
+
+Les @notation{nolets} sont créés avec la commande @code{\times}, qui
+prend deux arguments : une fraction et une expression musicale. La
+durée des notes de l'expression musicale est multipliée par la
+fraction. Par exemple les notes d'un @notation{triolet} durent les
+deux tiers de la durée de leur notation réelle, cette fraction est
+donc de 2/3 pour les triolets :
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\times 2/3 { f8 g a }
\times 2/3 { c r c }
\times 2/3 { f,8 g16[ a g a] }
@cindex notes d'ornement
@cindex ornementation
@cindex appoggiature
+@cindex acciaccature
@subheading Grace notes
-Des notes d'ornement sont produites par la commande @code{\grace}, mais
-aussi en préfixant une expression musicale avec le mot-clé
-@code{\appoggiatura} ou @code{\acciaccatura} :
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{grace notes}, @rglos{acciaccatura},
+@rglos{appoggiatura}.
+
+Des @notation{notes d'ornement} s'obtiennent en appliquant la commande
+@code{\grace}, @code{\appoggiatura} ou @code{\acciaccatura} à une
+expression musicale :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c2 \grace { a32[ b] } c2
c2 \appoggiatura b16 c2
c2 \acciaccatura b16 c2
@end lilypond
@seealso
-@quotation
-@table @asis
-@item Notes d'ornement
-voir @ruser{Grace notes},
-@item nolets
-voir @ruser{Tuplets},
-@item levées
-voir @ruser{Upbeats}.
-@end table
-@end quotation
+
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Grace notes}, @ruser{Tuplets},
+@ruser{Upbeats}.
@node Multiple notes at once
@section Multiple notes at once
-Cette section traite des situations où l'on a plus d'une note à la fois
-: plusieurs instruments, plusieurs portées pour un même instrument (le
-piano, par exemple), et les accords.
+Cette section traite de situations où l'on a plus d'une note à la fois :
+plusieurs instruments, plusieurs voix ou portées pour un même
+instrument (le piano, par exemple), et les accords.
-La polyphonie, en théorie musicale, est la notion d'une musique
-constituée de plusieurs voix ; dans lilypond, ce terme désigne les
-situations où il y a plus d'une voix sur une même portée.
+En théorie musicale, la polyphonie désigne une musique constituée de
+plusieurs voix ; dans LilyPond, ce terme désigne les situations où il
+y a plus d'une voix sur une même portée.
@menu
* Music expressions explained::
* Multiple staves::
-* Piano staves::
+* Staff groups::
* Combining notes into chords::
* Single staff polyphony::
@end menu
@node Music expressions explained
@subsection Music expressions explained
+@cindex expression musicale
+
Dans les fichiers source LilyPond, la musique est représentée par ce
qu'on appelle des @emph{expressions musicales}. En soi, une seule note
-peut constituer une expression musicale, si tant est qu'elle soit
-correctement encadrée :
+peut constituer une expression musicale :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
a4
@end lilypond
Mettre un groupe de notes entre accolades crée une nouvelle expression
-musicale :
+musicale, appelée @emph{expression musicale composée}. En voici un
+exemple avec deux notes :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
{ a4 g4 }
@end lilypond
-Placer une séquence d'expressions musicales --- des notes par exemple
---- entre accolades signifie qu'elles doivent être jouées
+La mise entre accolades d'une séquence d'expressions musicales --- des
+notes par exemple --- signifie qu'elles doivent être jouées
successivement, les unes après les autres. Le résultat est une
expression, qui peut elle-même être regroupée séquentiellement avec
d'autres expressions. Ici, l'expression de l'exemple précédent est
combinée à deux notes :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
{ { a4 g } f g }
@end lilypond
+@cindex expression
+@subheading Analogy: mathematical expressions
+
+Ce mécanisme est similaire aux formules mathématiques : une grosse
+formule est créée en assemblant plusieurs petites formules. De telles
+formules sont appelées expressions, elles ont une définition
+récursive, de telle sorte que vous pouvez fabriquer des expressions
+arbitrairement longues et complexes. Par exemple :
+
+@example
+1
+
+1 + 2
+
+(1 + 2) * 3
+
+((1 + 2) * 3) / (4 * 5)
+@end example
+
+Ceci est une suite d'expressions, où chacune est contenue dans la
+suivante. Les expressions les plus simples sont les nombres, et de
+plus grandes expressions sont produites en combinant des expressions
+avec des opérateurs --- comme @samp{+}, @samp{*} et @samp{/} --- et
+des parenthèses. Tout comme les expressions mathématiques, les
+expressions musicales peuvent être imbriquées avec une profondeur
+arbitraire, ce qui est nécessaire pour des partitions complexes comme
+de la musique polyphonique.
+
+
@subheading Simultaneous music expressions: multiple staves
-Cette technique est utile pour de la musique polyphonique. Pour entrer
-une musique avec plusieurs voix ou plusieurs portées, nous pouvons aussi
-combiner en parallèle les expressions. Deux voix qui doivent être
-jouées en même temps, sont entrées comme une combinaison simultanée de
-deux expressions. Une expression musicale @q{simultanée} est formée en
-entourant les expressions entre @code{<<} et @code{>>}. Dans l'exemple
-suivant, trois expressions (contenant chacune deux notes distinctes)
-sont combinées simultanément.
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{polyphony}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+Cette technique est utile pour de la musique @notation{polyphonique}.
+Pour entrer une musique avec plusieurs voix ou plusieurs portées, nous
+pouvons aussi combiner @emph{en parallèle} les expressions : deux voix
+qui doivent être jouées en même temps, sont entrées comme une
+combinaison simultanée de deux expressions. Une expression musicale
+@qq{simultanée} est formée en entourant les expressions entre @code{<<}
+et @code{>>}. Dans l'exemple suivant, trois expressions (contenant
+chacune deux notes distinctes) sont combinées simultanément.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
<<
{ a4 g }
}
@end lilypond
-Notez que nous avons ici indenté chaque niveau du fichier d'entrée avec
-un nombre d'espaces différent. LilyPond se moque de l'espace qu'il peut
-y avoir (ou pas) au début d'une ligne, mais en indentant votre code vous
-le rendrez bien plus facile à lire pour les humains.
+Notez que nous avons ici indenté chaque niveau du fichier d'entrée
+avec un nombre d'espaces différent. LilyPond se moque --- ou presque
+--- de l'espace qu'il peut y avoir ou non au début d'une ligne, mais
+un code bien indenté est bien plus lisible par des humains.
-@strong{Attention} : chaque note saisie est relative à la précédente,
-mais pas au @code{c''} de la commande @code{\relative} de départ.
+@warning{la hauteur de chaque note saisie est relative à la précédente,
+mais pas au @code{c''} de la commande @code{\relative} de départ.}
@subheading Simultaneous music expressions: single staff
-Pour déterminer le nombre de portées, LilyPond regarde le premier
-élément autre qu'une accolade. Si c'est une seule note, il y a une
-portée ; si c'est une expression simultanée, il y aura plus d'une
-portée.
+Pour déterminer le nombre de portées, LilyPond regarde le début
+de la première expression. Si c'est une seule note, une seule portée
+est produite ; si c'est une expression simultanée, plusieurs portées
+sont produites.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
c2 <<c e>>
<< { e f } { c <<b d>> } >>
}
@end lilypond
-@cindex expression
-@cindex expression musicale
-@subheading Analogy: mathematical expressions
-
-Ce mécanisme est similaire au formules mathématiques : une grosse
-formule est créée en assemblant plusieurs petites formules. Ces types
-de formules, appelées expressions, ont une définition récursive, de
-telle sorte que vous pouvez fabriquer des expressions arbitrairement
-longues et complexes. Par exemple,
-
-@example
-1
-
-1 + 2
-
-(1 + 2) * 3
-
-((1 + 2) * 3) / (4 * 5)
-@end example
-
-Ceci est une suite d'expressions, où chacune est contenue dans la
-suivante. Les expressions les plus simples sont les nombres, et de plus
-grandes expressions sont produites en combinant des expressions avec des
-opérateurs --- comme @samp{+}, @samp{*} et @samp{/} --- et des
-parenthèses. Tout comme les expressions mathématiques, les expressions
-musicales peuvent être imbriquées avec une profondeur arbitraire, ce qui
-est nécessaire pour de la musique complexe comme des partitions
-polyphoniques.
-
@node Multiple staves
@subsection Multiple staves
-Comme nous l'avons vu dans @ref{Music expressions explained}, un fichier
-d'entrée LilyPond est fait d'expressions musicales. Si la partition
-commence par plusieurs expressions simultanées, LilyPond créera
-plusieurs portées. Cependant, il est plus facile de voir ce qu'il
-advient si l'on crée explicitement chacune des portées.
+Comme nous l'avons vu dans @ref{Music expressions explained}, un
+fichier d'entrée LilyPond est fait d'expressions musicales. Si la
+partition commence par plusieurs expressions simultanées, LilyPond
+créera plusieurs portées. Cependant, il est plus facile de prévoir le
+nombre de portées si on les crée explicitement, ce que nous allons
+voir.
-Pour créer plus d'une portée, chaque partie de la musique constituant
-une portée est entrée en la faisant précéder de @code{\new Staff}. Ces
-éléments @code{Staff} sont ensuite combinés en parallèle avec @code{<<}
-et @code{>>}, comme ceci :
+Pour créer plus d'une portée, on ajoute @code{\new Staff} au début de
+chaque partie de la musique constituant une portée. Ces éléments
+@code{Staff} sont ensuite combinés en parallèle avec @code{<<} et
+@code{>>}, comme ci-dessous.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
<<
\new Staff { \clef treble c }
musicaux --- comme les notes ou les commandes @code{\clef} --- sont
interprétés. Pour des pièces simples, ces contextes sont créés
automatiquement. Pour des pièces plus complexes, il est préférable de
-spécifier explicitement les contextes. Cela assure que chaque fragment
-aura sa propre portée.
+spécifier explicitement les contextes, afin de s'assurer que chaque
+fragment aura sa propre portée.
-Il existe différents types de contextes. Les contextes @code{Staff}
-(portée), @code{Voice} (voix) et @code{Score} (partition) gèrent la
+Il existe différents types de contextes. Les contextes @code{Score}
+(partition), @code{Staff} (portée) et @code{Voice} (voix) gèrent la
notation de la mélodie, alors que @code{Lyrics} gère les paroles et
-@code{ChordNames} imprime le nom des accords.
+@code{ChordNames} imprime des noms d'accords.
-En termes de syntaxe, faire précéder une expression musicale de
-@code{\new} crée une plus grosse expression musicale. En reprenant la
-comparaison, cela ressemble au signe @qq{moins} en mathématiques. La
-formule @math{(4+5)} est une expression, donc @math{-(4+5)} est une plus
-grosse expression.
+En termes de syntaxe, ajouter @code{\new} devant une expression
+musicale crée une plus grande expression musicale. En reprenant la
+comparaison précédente, cela ressemble au signe @emph{moins} en
+mathématiques. La formule @math{(4+5)} est une expression, donc
+@math{-(4+5)} est une plus grande expression.
Les chiffres de métrique indiqués sur une portée affectent toutes les
-autres portées@footnote{Ce comportement peut être modifié si nécessaire,
-voir @ruser{Polymetric notation}.}. En revanche l'armure d'une portée
-n'affecte @emph{pas} les autres portées.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+autres portées@footnote{Ce comportement peut être modifié si
+nécessaire, voir @ruser{Polymetric notation}.}. En revanche l'armure
+d'une portée n'affecte @emph{pas} les autres portées. Ces
+caractéristiques par défaut se justifient par le fait que
+l'utilisation d'instruments transpositeurs est bien plus fréquente que
+la musique polyrythmique.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
<<
- \new Staff { \clef treble \time 3/4 c }
- \new Staff { \clef bass \key d \major c,, }
+ \new Staff { \clef treble \key d \major \time 3/4 c }
+ \new Staff { \clef bass c,, }
>>
}
@end lilypond
+@node Staff groups
+@subsection Staff groups
+@cindex portée double
+@cindex portée pour piano
+@cindex piano, portée pour
+@cindex clavier, portée pour
-@node Piano staves
-@subsection Piano staves
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{brace}.
-@cindex changement de portée manuel
-@cindex voix changeant manuellement de portée
-La musique pour piano s'écrit sur deux portées reliées par une accolade.
-Imprimer ce type de portée revient au même que dans l'exemple de musique
-polyphonique de @ref{Multiple staves}, mais maintenant cette expression
-entière doit être interprétée dans un contexte @code{PianoStaff} :
+La musique pour piano s'écrit sur deux portées reliées par une
+@notation{accolade}. La gravure de ce type de portée est semblable à
+l'exemple de musique polyphonique de @ref{Multiple staves}, mais
+maintenant cette expression entière est interprétée dans un contexte
+@code{PianoStaff} :
@example
\new PianoStaff <<
Voici un bref exemple :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
\new PianoStaff <<
\new Staff { \time 2/4 c4 e g g, }
@end lilypond
@seealso
-@quotation
-Voir @ruser{Keyboard instruments}.
-@end quotation
+
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Keyboard instruments},
+@ruser{Displaying staves}.
@node Combining notes into chords
@subsection Combining notes into chords
-@cindex accords
-Des accords peuvent être produits en entourant les hauteurs de notes
-par des angles gauche et droit --- @samp{<} et @samp{>} ---
+@cindex accords, notes simultanées
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{chord}.
+
+Nous avons vu précédemment comment combiner des notes simultanément,
+en les encadrant par des angles doubles @code{<<} et @code{>>}. Pour
+produire des accords simples, c'est-à-dire une superposition de notes
+de même durée, on encadre les hauteurs de notes par des angles simples
+@code{<} et @code{>}, et on écrit la durée juste après.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
r4 <c e g>4 <c f a>2
@end lilypond
-Vous pouvez combiner les indications comme les liaisons et les ligatures
-de croches avec les accords. Ils doivent cependant être placés en
-dehors des angles :
+Beaucoup d'éléments de notation que l'on peut attacher à une note
+simple, comme une liaison, un crochet indiquat un début ou fin de
+lien, un signe d'articulation, peuvent être également attachés à un
+accord : il faut ajouter ces indications après les hauteurs et la
+durée, donc @emph{à l'extérieur} des angles.
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
r4 <c e g>8[ <c f a>]~ <c f a>2
-@end lilypond
-
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
-r4 <c e g>8\>( <c e g> <c e g>4 <c f a>\!)
+r4 <c e g>8( <c e g>\> <c e g>4 <c f a>\!)
@end lilypond
liaisons et ligatures, la voix supérieure ayant les hampes vers le haut,
la voix inférieure vers le bas.
-Ce type de partition est réalisé en entrant chaque voix comme une
-séquence (avec @code{@{...@}}), en combinant simultanément les voix et
-en les séparant par @code{\\} :
-
+On réalise ce type de partition en entrant chaque voix comme une
+séquence, @emph{i.e.} avec @code{@{...@}}, puis en combinant
+simultanément les voix et en les séparant par @code{\\}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
<<
{ a4 g2 f4~ f4 } \\
{ r4 g4 f2 f4 }
Pour l'écriture de musique polyphonique, les silences invisibles
s'avèrent bien pratiques : ce sont des silences qui ne s'impriment pas.
Ils sont utiles pour remplir des voix qui, temporairement, ne jouent
-rien. On peut voir ici le même exemple avec un silence invisible
-(@code{s}) à la place d'un silence normal (@code{r}) :
+rien. Voici le même exemple que ci-dessus, avec un silence invisible
+@code{s} à la place d'un silence normal @code{r} :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
<<
{ a4 g2 f4~ f4 } \\
{ s4 g4 f2 f4 }
@noindent
Là encore, ces expressions peuvent s'imbriquer arbitrairement :
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
<<
\new Staff <<
{ a4 g2 f4~ f4 } \\
@end lilypond
@seealso
-@quotation
-Voir @ruser{Basic polyphony}.
-@end quotation
+
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Simultaneous notes}.
@node Songs
Cette section présente l'écriture vocale et les partitions de variété.
@menu
-* Printing lyrics::
-* A lead sheet::
+* Setting simple songs::
+* Aligning lyrics to a melody::
+* Lyrics to multiple staves::
@end menu
-@node Printing lyrics
-@subsection Printing lyrics
+@node Setting simple songs
+@subsection Setting simple songs
@cindex paroles
@cindex chansons
-Prenons une mélodie toute simple :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{lyrics}.
+
+Prenons une mélodie toute simple, la comptine @emph{Girls and boys
+come out to play}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
- a4 e c8 e r4
- b2 c4( d)
+ \key g \major
+ \time 6/8
+ d4 b8 c4 a8 d4 b8 g4
}
@end lilypond
-Des paroles peuvent être associées à ces notes, en les combinant avec la
-commande @code{\addlyrics}. Les paroles sont entrées en séparant chaque
-syllable par un espace :
+Des @notation{paroles} peuvent être associées à ces notes, en les
+combinant avec la commande @code{\addlyrics}. On entre les paroles en
+séparant chaque syllable par un espace :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
<<
\relative c'' {
- a4 e c8 e r4
- b2 c4( d)
+ \key g \major
+ \time 6/8
+ d4 b8 c4 a8 d4 b8 g4
+ }
+ \addlyrics {
+ Girls and boys come out to play,
}
- \addlyrics { One day this shall be free }
>>
@end lilypond
+Remarquez les accolades embrassant la musique et celles embrassant les
+paroles, ainsi que les angles doubles encadrant toute la pièce ; ces
+derniers indiquent simplement que la musique et les paroles se
+produisent en même temps.
+
+
+@node Aligning lyrics to a melody
+@subsection Aligning lyrics to a melody
+
@cindex mélisme
@cindex ligne d'extension
-Cette mélodie se termine sur un @rglos{melisma}, c'est-à-dire qu'une
-seule syllable (@qq{free}) correspond à plus d'une note. Ceci est
-indiqué avec une @emph{ligne d'extension}. Elle est entrée avec deux
-caractères souligné (@code{_}), c'est-à-dire :
+@cindex trait d'union (paroles)
+@cindex caractère souligné (paroles)
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{melisma}, @rglos{extender line}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+La ligne suivante de la comptine précédente est @emph{The moon doth
+shine as bright as day}. Ajoutons-la au code.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
<<
\relative c'' {
- a4 e c8 e r4
- b2 c4( d)
+ \key g \major
+ \time 6/8
+ d4 b8 c4 a8 d4 b8 g4
+ g8 a4 b8 c b a d4 b8 g4.
+ }
+ \addlyrics {
+ Girls and boys come out to play,
+ The moon doth shine as bright as day;
}
- \addlyrics { One day this shall be free __ }
>>
@end lilypond
-De la même manière, les séparations syllabiques d'un mot peuvent être
-entrées avec deux tirets (@code{-}), ce qui produit un tiret centré
-entre les deux syllabes :
+Remarquez que les paroles ajoutées ne s'alignent pas bien avec les
+notes. Le mot @emph{shine} devrait être chanté sur deux notes au lieu
+d'une. On appelle ceci un @notation{mélisme} : il s'agit d'une seule
+syllabe chantée sur plus d'une note. Il existe plusieurs façons
+d'étaler une sylabe sur plusieurs notes, la plus simple étant de lier
+les notes du mélisme. Pour les détails, consultez @ref{Ties and
+slurs}.
-@c no ragged-right here because otherwise the hypens get lost.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
<<
- \relative c' {
- \time 2/4
- f4 f c c
+ \relative c'' {
+ \key g \major
+ \time 6/8
+ d4 b8 c4 a8 d4 b8 g4
+ g8 a4 b8 c( b) a d4 b8 g4.
+ }
+ \addlyrics {
+ Girls and boys come out to play,
+ The moon doth shine as bright as day;
}
- \addlyrics { A -- le -- gri -- a }
>>
@end lilypond
-@seealso
-@quotation
-Plus de possibilités, comme celle d'ajouter plusieurs lignes de paroles
-en dessous d'une même mélodie sont exposées dans @ruser{Vocal music}.
-@end quotation
+Les paroles sont maintenant correctement alignées, mais les liens de
+croche automatiques ne conviennent pas pour les notes au-dessus de
+@emph{shine as}. On peut les corriger en ajoutant des liens de croche
+manuels, pour ceci consultez @ref{Automatic and manual beams}.
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+<<
+ \relative c'' {
+ \key g \major
+ \time 6/8
+ d4 b8 c4 a8 d4 b8 g4
+ g8 a4 b8 c([ b]) a d4 b8 g4.
+ }
+ \addlyrics {
+ Girls and boys come out to play,
+ The moon doth shine as bright as day;
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
-@node A lead sheet
-@subsection A lead sheet
+Au lieu d'utiliser une liaison, on peut indiquer le mélisme dans les
+paroles en insérant un caractère souligné @code{_} pour chaque note du
+mélisme sauf la première.
-@cindex partition de chanson
-@cindex chanson, partition complète
-@cindex accords, noms
-@cindex noms d'accords
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+<<
+ \relative c'' {
+ \key g \major
+ \time 6/8
+ d4 b8 c4 a8 d4 b8 g4
+ g8 a4 b8 c[ b] a d4 b8 g4.
+ }
+ \addlyrics {
+ Girls and boys come out to play,
+ The moon doth shine _ as bright as day;
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
-En musique de variété, il est courant d'indiquer l'accompagnement par le
-nom des accords. De tels accords peuvent être entrés comme les notes :
+Si une syllabe s'étend sur un grand nombre de notes ou une note très
+longue, on représente souvent le mélisme par un @notation{trait de
+prolongation}, qu'on entre avec @code{__}. L'exemple suivant montre
+les trois premières mesures de la plainte de Didon, extraite de
+@emph{Didon et Énée} de Purcell.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-\chordmode { c2 f4. g8 }
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+<<
+ \relative c'' {
+ \key g \minor
+ \time 3/2
+ g2 a bes bes( a)
+ b c4.( bes8 a4. g8 fis4.) g8 fis1
+ }
+ \addlyrics {
+ When I am laid,
+ am laid __ in earth,
+ }
+>>
@end lilypond
-Maintenant, chaque hauteur est lue comme la base de l'accord à la place
-de la note. Ce mode est activé avec @code{\chordmode}. D'autres
-accords peuvent être créés en ajoutant des modificateurs après deux
-points. L'exemple suivant montre quelques modificateurs usuels :
+Aucun exemple jusqu'à présent n'a utilisé de mots de plus d'une
+syllabe. Dans des paroles, de tels mots sont écrits en syllabes
+séparées par des traits d'union. Avec LilyPond, on utilise deux
+tirets pour produire un trait d'union centré entre deux syllabes.
+L'exemple suivant montre tout ce que nous avons vu jusqu'à maintenant
+sur l'alignement de paroles à une mélodie.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\chordmode { c2 f4:m g4:maj7 gis1:dim7 }
+@c no ragged-right here because otherwise the hyphens get lost,
+@c but the example is long enough to avoid looking strange.
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,noragged-right]
+<<
+ \relative c' {
+ \key g \major
+ \time 3/4
+ \partial 4
+ d4 g4 g a8( b) g4 g4
+ b8( c) d4 d e4 c2
+ }
+ \addlyrics {
+ A -- way in a __ man -- ger,
+ no __ crib for a bed, __
+ }
+>>
@end lilypond
-Pour la musique improvisée, les accords ne sont pas imprimés sur des
-portées mais comme des lignes à part entière. Ceci s'obtient en
-utilisant @code{\chords} à la place de @code{\chordmode}. La même
-syntaxe sera utilisée que dans le cas de@code{\chordmode}, mais le rendu
-des notes interviendra dans un contexte @code{ChordNames}, avec le
-résultat suivant :
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\chords { c2 f4.:m g4.:maj7 gis8:dim7 }
+Avec certaines paroles, en particulier en italien, il se produit la
+situation inverse : il peut y avoir plusieurs syllabes sur une seule
+note. On réalise ceci avec LilyPond grâce à un caractère souligné
+@code{_} sans espace entre les syllabes, ou alors en groupant les
+syllabes avec des guillemets. L'exemple suivant est extrait de l'air
+de Figaro @emph{Largo al factotum}, dans @emph{Figaro} de Rossini, où
+la syllabe @emph{al} est chantée sur la même note que @emph{go}.
+
+@c no ragged-right here because otherwise the hyphens get lost,
+@c but the example is long enough to avoid looking strange.
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,noragged-right]
+<<
+ \relative c' {
+ \clef bass
+ \key c \major
+ \time 6/8
+ c4.~ c8 d b c([ d]) b c d b c
+ }
+ \addlyrics {
+ Lar -- go_al fac -- to -- tum del -- la cit -- tà
+ }
+>>
@end lilypond
-@cindex partition de chanson
-@cindex chanson, partition complète
-Une fois assemblés, les accords, paroles et mélodie forment une
-partition de chanson :
+@seealso
+
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Vocal music}.
+
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+@node Lyrics to multiple staves
+@subsection Lyrics to multiple staves
+
+La méthode simple d'ajout de paroles avec @code{\addlyrics} peut être
+également utilisée pour placer des paroles sous plusieurs portées.
+L'exemple suivant est extrait de @emph{Judas Macchabée} de Händel.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
<<
- \chords { c2 g:sus4 f e }
\relative c'' {
- a4 e c8 e r4
- b2 c4( d)
+ \key f \major
+ \time 6/8
+ \partial 8
+ c8 c([ bes]) a a([ g]) f f'4. b, c4.~ c4
+ }
+ \addlyrics {
+ Let flee -- cy flocks the hills a -- dorn, __
+ }
+ \relative c' {
+ \key f \major
+ \time 6/8
+ \partial 8
+ r8 r4. r4 c8 a'([ g]) f f([ e]) d e([ d]) c bes'4
+ }
+ \addlyrics {
+ Let flee -- cy flocks the hills a -- dorn,
}
- \addlyrics { One day this shall be free __ }
>>
@end lilypond
+Pour produire des partitions plus complexes ou plus longues que cet
+exemple simple, il est vivement conseillé de séparer la structure de
+la partition des notes et paroles, grâce à des variables. Ceci sera
+détaillé plus loin dans @ref{Organizing pieces with variables}.
@seealso
-@quotation
-Une liste complète de modificateurs et d'autres options de mise en forme
-se trouve à la section @ruser{Chord notation}.
-@end quotation
+
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Vocal music}.
+
@node Final touches
@section Final touches
-L'ultime section de ce tutoriel montre comment ajouter une touche finale
-à des morceaux simples, et consititue une introduction au reste du
-manuel.
+L'ultime section de ce tutoriel montre comment ajouter une touche
+finale à des morceaux simples, et constitue une introduction au reste
+du manuel.
@menu
+* Organizing pieces with variables::
* Version number::
* Adding titles::
* Absolute note names::
-* Organizing pieces with identifiers::
* After the tutorial::
-* How to read the manual::
@end menu
+@node Organizing pieces with variables
+@subsection Organizing pieces with variables
+
+Lorsque l'on combine tous les éléments étudiés précédemment pour
+écrire des partitions plus longues, les expressions musicales prennent
+de l'ampleur et, dans le cas des pièces polyphoniques, deviennent
+profondément imbriquées, jusqu'au point où il devient difficile de se
+repérer dans le fichier source. Cet inconvénient peut être résolu par
+l'utilisation de @emph{variables}.
+
+En utilisant des variables, parfois appelées identificateurs ou
+macros, on peut scinder des expressions musicales complexes en des
+expressions plus simples. Une variable se définit comme suit :
+
+@example
+musiqueToto = @{ @dots{} @}
+@end example
+
+Le contenu de l'expression musicale @code{musiqueToto} pourra être
+utilisé plus loin en faisant précéder son nom d'un anti-slash,
+c'est-à-dire @code{\musiqueToto}, tout comme n'importe quelle commande
+LilyPond. Toute variable doit être définie @emph{avant} son
+utilisation dans une autre expression musicale.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+violin = \new Staff {
+ \relative c'' {
+ a4 b c b
+ }
+}
+cello = \new Staff {
+ \relative c {
+ \clef bass
+ e2 d
+ }
+}
+{
+ <<
+ \violin
+ \cello
+ >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Le nom d'une variable ne doit comporter que des caractères
+alphabétiques non accentués, aucun nombre ni tiret ne sont autorisés.
+
+On peut utiliser une variable déjà définie autant de fois que l'on
+veut, y compris dans la définition d'une nouvelle variable ; par
+exemple, cela peut servir à saisir un motif qu'une seule fois, même
+s'il se répète un grand nombre de fois dans la pièce.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+tripletA = \times 2/3 { c,8 e g }
+barA = { \tripletA \tripletA \tripletA \tripletA }
+
+\relative c'' {
+ \barA \barA
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Il est possible d'utiliser des variables de types variés. Par exemple,
+
+@example
+width = 4.5\cm
+name = "Wendy"
+aFivePaper = \paper @{ paperheight = 21.0 \cm @}
+@end example
+
+En fonction de son contenu, un identificateur peut être utilisé à
+différents endroits. L'exemple suivant utilise les variable définies
+ci-dessus.
+
+@example
+\paper @{
+ \aFivePaper
+ line-width = \width
+@}
+@{ c4^\name @}
+@end example
+
+
@node Version number
@subsection Version number
@cindex versions
La déclaration @code{\version} stipule le numéro de la version de
-LilyPond pour laquelle le fichier a été écrit,
+LilyPond pour laquelle le fichier a été écrit :
@example
\version @w{"@version{}"}
@end example
@noindent
-que l'on place par convention en début de fichier.
+Par convention, on place cette instruction en début de fichier.
-Cette annotation permet de faciliter les prochaines mises à jour de
-LilyPond. Les changements dans la syntaxe sont gérés avec un programme
-spécial, @file{convert-ly} --- voir @rprogram{Updating files with convert-ly}
---- et il utilise @code{\version} pour déterminer les règles de
-conversion à appliquer au fichier.
+Cette instruction permet de faciliter les mises à jour futures de
+LilyPond. Les changements de syntaxe au fil des versions sont gérés
+avec un programme dédié, @command{convert-ly}, qui utilise la valeur
+de @code{\version} pour déterminer les règles de conversion à
+appliquer au fichier source. Pour plus d'informations, consultez voir
+@rprogram{Updating files with convert-ly}.
@node Adding titles
@subsection Adding titles
-Les informations bibliographiques (nom du morceau, du compositeur, etc)
-sont entrées dans un bloc séparé, le bloc d'en-tête (@code{\header}),
-qui existe indépendamment des expressions musicales principales. Le
-bloc @code{\header} est habituellement placé en début de fichier.
+On indique les informations bibliographiques --- nom du morceau, du
+compositeur, numéro d'opus... --- dans un bloc à part, le bloc
+d'en-tête @code{\header}, qui existe indépendamment de l'expression
+musicale principale. Le bloc @code{\header} est habituellement placé
+en début de fichier, après le numéro de version.
@example
-\version "2.11.51"
+\version @w{"@version{}"}
\header @{
title = "Symphonie"
composer = "Moi"
@}
@{
- @dots{} music @dots{}
+ @dots{} la musique @dots{}
@}
@end example
-Quand le fichier est traité, le titre et le compositeur sont imprimés en
-haut de la partition. Vous trouverez plus d'informations sur les titres
-à @ruser{Creating titles}.
+
+Quand LilyPond traite le fichier, le titre et le compositeur sont
+imprimés au début de la partition. Vous trouverez plus d'informations
+sur les titres à la section @ruser{Creating titles}.
+
@node Absolute note names
@subsection Absolute note names
-Jusqu'ici nous n'avons utilisé que le mode @code{\relative} pour définir
-les hauteurs de notes. Si c'est effectivement le moyen le plus simple
-d'entrer la majeure partie de votre musique, il existe une autre façon
-de procéder : le mode des hauteurs absolues.
+Jusqu'ici nous n'avons utilisé que le mode @code{\relative} pour
+définir les hauteurs de notes. Si c'est souvent le moyen le plus
+simple de saisir la musique au clavier, il existe une autre façon de
+procéder : le mode de hauteurs absolues.
Si vous omettez la commande @code{\relative}, LilyPond considérera
-toutes les hauteurs comme des hauteurs absolues. Un @code{c'} sera
-toujours un do du milieu, un @code{b} sera toujours une note au-dessous
-du précédent, et un @code{g,} sera toujours la note la plus grave dans
-la portée de clé de fa.
+toutes les hauteurs comme des hauteurs absolues. Un @code{c'} désigne
+toujours le do central, un @code{b} se situe une seconde en dessous
+du do central, et un @code{g,} est situé sur la première ligne de
+la portée en clé de fa.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
{
\clef bass
c' b g, g,
Voici une gamme sur 4 octaves :
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
{
\clef bass
c, d, e, f,
}
@end lilypond
-Comme vous pouvez le voir, il faut beaucoup d'apostrophes pour écrire de
-la musique dans un registre aigu. Regardez cet extrait de Mozart :
+Comme vous pouvez le voir, il faut beaucoup d'apostrophes pour écrire
+de la musique dans un registre aigu, comme le montre cet extrait de
+Mozart.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
{
\key a \major
\time 6/8
}
@end lilypond
-Toutes ces apostrophes rendent le fichier moins lisible, et c'est donc
-une source d'erreurs. En mode @code{\relative}, le même exemple devient
-bien plus facile à lire :
+Toutes ces apostrophes rendent le fichier moins lisible, et surtout il
+est très probable d'oublier au moins une apostrophe au cours de la
+frappe. En mode @code{\relative}, le même exemple devient bien plus
+facile à lire et à saisir.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
\key a \major
\time 6/8
@end lilypond
Si d'aventure vous faites une erreur d'octaviation, le mode
-@code{\relative} la rendra frappante --- toutes les notes suivantes
-seront placées à la mauvaise octave. En mode de hauteurs absolues, une
-erreur isolée ne serait pas auntant visible, et donc aussi facile à
-dénicher.
+@code{\relative} la mettra en évidence : toutes les notes suivantes
+seront placées à la mauvaise octave. En mode de hauteurs absolues,
+une erreur isolée ne serait pas autant visible, donc serait plus
+difficile à dénicher.
-Cependant, le mode de hauteurs absolues reste utile pour les musiques où
-les intervalles sont étendus, surtout pour les fichiers LilyPond créés
-par ordinateur.
-
-
-@node Organizing pieces with identifiers
-@subsection Organizing pieces with identifiers
-
-Lorsque l'on combine tous les éléments étudiés plus haut pour produire
-des fichiers plus volumineux, les blocs @code{\score} deviennent
-beaucoup plus gros parce que les expressions musicales sont plus longues
-et, dans le cas des pièces polyphoniques, profondément imbriquées. De
-telles expressions imposantes finissent par devenir peu maniables. Cet
-inconvénient peut être résolu par l'utilisation
-d'@emph{identificateurs}.
-
-En utilisant ces identificateurs, que l'on pourrait aussi appeler
-variables ou macros, il est possible de découper des expressions
-musicales complexes. Un identificateur se définit comme suit :
-
-@example
-MusiqueToto = @{ @dots{} @}
-@end example
-
-Le contenu de l'expression musicale @code{MusiqueToto} pourra être
-utilisé plus loin en faisant précéder son nom d'un anti-slash,
-c'est-à-dire @code{\MusiqueToto}, juste comme n'importe quelle commande
-LilyPond. Tous les identificateurs doivent être définis @emph{avant}
-l'expression musicale principale.
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-violin = \new Staff { \relative c'' {
- a4 b c b
-}}
-cello = \new Staff { \relative c {
- \clef bass
- e2 d
-}}
-{
- <<
- \violin
- \cello
- >>
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@noindent
-Le nom d'un identificateur ne doit comporter que des caractères
-alphabétiques non accentués, aucun nombre ni tiret.
-
-Il est possible d'utiliser des variables de types variés. Par exemple,
-
-@example
-width = 4.5\cm
-name = "Wendy"
-aFivePaper = \paper @{ paperheight = 21.0 \cm @}
-@end example
-
-En fonction de son contenu, un identificateur peut être utilisé à
-différents endroits. L'exemple suivant utilise la variable ci-dessus :
-
-@example
-\paper @{
- \aFivePaper
- line-width = \width
-@}
-@{ c4^\name @}
-@end example
+Cependant, le mode de hauteurs absolues reste utile pour les musiques
+où les intervalles sont étendus, et plus encore pour les fichiers
+LilyPond créés par des programmes.
@node After the tutorial
@subsection After the tutorial
-Après avoir parcouru ce tutoriel, vous devriez vous essayer à écrire un
-morceau ou deux. Commencez par copier l'un des @ref{Templates} types et
-ajoutez-y des notes. Si vous voulez employer une notation que vous
-n'avez pas trouvé dans le tutoriel, consultez la référence de notation,
-en commençant par la @ruser{Musical notation}. Si vous désirez écrire pour
-un ensemble instrumental non couvert par les @ref{Templates}, lisez la
-section @ref{Extending the templates}.
-
-Après avoir écrit quelques pièces courtes, lisez les chapitres 3 à 5 du
-manuel d'apprentissage. Rien ne s'oppose à ce que vous consultiez dès à
-présent les autres chapitres, bien sûr ! Néanmoins, le reste du manuel
-de l'utilisateur part du principe que vous avez déjà bien assimilé la
-syntaxe de LilyPond. Vous pouvez toujours survoler le reste du manuel,
-et y revenir plus tard après avoir acquis de l'expérience.
-
-@node How to read the manual
-@subsection How to read the manual
-
-Comme nous l'avons déjà vu dans @ref{How to read the tutorial}, de
-nombreux exemples du tutoriel n'ont pas fait apparaître
-@code{\relative c'' @{ ... @}} dans l'extrait de code affiché.
-
-Dans le reste du manuel, les exemples utilisés sont encore beaucoup plus
-souples : parfois il leur manque le @code{\relative c'' @{ ... @}},
-mais d'autres fois ils ont recours à une autre hauteur de référence,
-telle que @code{c'} ou @code{c,,}), et dans certains cas c'est même
-l'exemple entier qui est en mode de hauteurs absolues ! Cependant, de
-telles ambiguïtés ne se trouvent que dans des contextes où les hauteurs
-n'ont que peu d'importance. Dans tous les exemples où elles en ont, le
-mode @code{\relative} ou absolu @code{@{ @}} est explicitement spécifié.
-
-Si vous ne vous y retrouvez toujours pas pour savoir quel code LilyPond
-produit précisément tel ou tel exemple, consultez la version HTML de ce
-manuel si ce n'est pas déjà le cas, et cliquez sur l'image de la
-partition. La source exacte utilisée pour générer ce manuel s'affichera
-alors.
-
-Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation de la suite de ce manuel,
-reportez-vous à @ref{About the documentation}.
+Après avoir parcouru ce tutoriel, vous devriez essayer d'écrire un
+morceau ou deux. Commencez par copier l'un des modèles types et
+ajoutez-y des notes --- consultez les @ref{Templates}. Si vous voulez
+employer une notation que vous n'avez pas trouvé dans le tutoriel,
+consultez le manuel de notation, en commençant par la @ruser{Musical
+notation}. Si vous désirez écrire pour un ensemble instrumental non
+couvert par les modèles, lisez la section @ref{Extending the
+templates}.
+
+Après avoir écrit quelques pièces courtes, lisez les chapitres 3 à 5
+du manuel d'initiation. Rien ne s'oppose à ce que vous consultiez dès
+à présent ces chapitres, bien sûr ! Néanmoins, le reste du manuel
+d'initiation part du principe que vous avez déjà bien assimilé la
+syntaxe de base de LilyPond. Vous pouvez toujours survoler ces
+chapitres 3 à 5, et y revenir plus tard après avoir acquis de
+l'expérience.
+
+Si vous ne l'avez pas encore fait, lisez @ref{About the
+documentation}. Les sources de documentation et d'information sur
+LilyPond sont vastes, il est normal pour un débutant de ne pas savoir
+où chercher ; si vous passez quelques minutes à lire attentivement
+cette section, vous vous épargnerez certainement la frustration causée
+par des heures de recherche infructueuses.
quasiment chaque élément de votre partition.
@menu
-* Moving objects::
-* Fixing overlapping notation::
+* Tweaking basics::
+* The Internals Reference manual::
+* Appearance of objects::
+* Placement of objects::
+* Collisions of objects::
* Common tweaks::
-* Default files::
-* Fitting music onto fewer pages::
-* Advanced tweaks with Scheme::
-* Avoiding tweaks with slower processing::
+* Further tweaking::
+@end menu
+
+@node Tweaking basics
+@section Tweaking basics
+
+@untranslated
+
+@menu
+* Introduction to tweaks::
+* Objects and interfaces::
+* Naming conventions of objects and properties::
+* Tweaking methods::
+@end menu
+
+@node Introduction to tweaks
+@subsection Introduction to tweaks
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Objects and interfaces
+@subsection Objects and interfaces
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Naming conventions of objects and properties
+@subsection Naming conventions of objects and properties
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Tweaking methods
+@subsection Tweaking methods
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node The Internals Reference manual
+@section The Internals Reference manual
+
+@untranslated
+
+@menu
+* Properties of layout objects::
+* Properties found in interfaces::
+* Types of properties::
@end menu
+@node Properties of layout objects
+@subsection Properties of layout objects
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Properties found in interfaces
+@subsection Properties found in interfaces
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Types of properties
+@subsection Types of properties
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Appearance of objects
+@section Appearance of objects
+
+@untranslated
+
+@menu
+* Visibility and color of objects::
+* Size of objects::
+* Length and thickness of objects::
+@end menu
+
+@node Visibility and color of objects
+@subsection Visibility and color of objects
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Size of objects
+@subsection Size of objects
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Length and thickness of objects
+@subsection Length and thickness of objects
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Placement of objects
+@section Placement of objects
+
+@untranslated
+
+@menu
+* Automatic behavior::
+* Within-staff objects::
+* Outside staff objects::
+@end menu
+
+@node Automatic behavior
+@subsection Automatic behavior
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Within-staff objects
+@subsection Within-staff objects
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Outside staff objects
+@subsection Outside staff objects
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Collisions of objects
+@section Collisions of objects
+
+
+@menu
+* Moving objects::
+* Fixing overlapping notation::
+* Real music example::
+@end menu
@node Moving objects
-@section Moving objects
+@subsection Moving objects
Aussi surprenant que cela puisse paraître, LilyPond n'est pas parfait.
Certains éléments sur la partition peuvent se chevaucher, ce qui est
@node Fixing overlapping notation
-@section Fixing overlapping notation
+@subsection Fixing overlapping notation
Dans la section @ref{Moving objects}, nous avons vu comment
déplacer un objet @code{TextScript}. Ce même procédé peut être
@end multitable
+@node Real music example
+@subsection Real music example
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@c DEPRECATED SECTION
@node Common tweaks
@section Common tweaks
consultez les sections correspondantes de la Référence du programme.
-@node Default files
-@section Default files
+@node Further tweaking
+@section Further tweaking
+
+@menu
+* Other uses for tweaks::
+* Using variables for tweaks::
+* Other sources of information::
+* Avoiding tweaks with slower processing::
+* Advanced tweaks with Scheme::
+@end menu
+
+@node Other uses for tweaks
+@subsection Other uses for tweaks
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Using variables for tweaks
+@subsection Using variables for tweaks
+
+@untranslated
+
+@node Other sources of information
+@subsection Other sources of information
La Référence du programme contient
beaucoup d'informations sur LilyPond. Cependant vous pouvez en découvrir
@file{ly/property-init.ly} ou encore @file{ly/declarations-init.ly}
déterminent toutes les définitions avancées communes.
-@node Fitting music onto fewer pages
-@section Fitting music onto fewer pages
-
-Parfois, une partition peut se terminer avec seulement
-un ou deux systèmes sur la dernière page. Ceci peut être ennuyeux
-surtout si vous constatez, en regardant les pages précédentes, qu'il
-reste encore beaucoup de place sur celles-ci.
-
-Si vous vous intéressez aux problèmes de mise en page,
-@code{annotate-spacing} peut alors être un outil d'une valeur
-inestimable. Cette commande imprime les valeurs
-de nombreuses commandes d'espacement concernant la mise en page.
-Consultez @ruser{Displaying spacing} pour de plus amples informations. À l'aide
-des informations données par @code{annotate-spacing}, on peut
-voir quelles marges il est souhaitable de modifier afin de résoudre le
-problème.
-
-
-En plus d'agir sur les marges, il existe d'autres possibilités
-qui permettent de gagner de la place.
-
-@itemize
-@item
-Demander à LilyPond de placer les systèmes aussi
-près que possible les uns des autres (pour en disposer autant
-que possible sur une page), tout en répartissant les systèmes afin
-de ne pas laisser de blanc en bas de la dernière page.
-
-@example
-\paper @{
- between-system-padding = #0.1
- between-system-space = #0.1
- ragged-last-bottom = ##f
- ragged-bottom = ##f
-@}
-@end example
+@node Avoiding tweaks with slower processing
+@subsection Avoiding tweaks with slower processing
-@item
-Obliger LilyPond à mettre un certain nombre de systèmes
-par page. Par exemple, si LilyPond veut placer onze systèmes dans une page,
-vous pouvez l'obliger à n'en mettre que dix.
+LilyPond peut effectuer des vérifications supplémentaires lors du
+traitement des fichiers, cependant le rendu nécessitera alors plus de
+temps. En contrepartie, il y aura moins d'ajustements manuels à réaliser.
+
@example
-\paper @{
- system-count = #10
-@}
+%% Ceci sert à s'assurer que les indications textuelles resteront à l'intérieur des marges de la page.
+\override Score.PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
@end example
-@item
-Supprimer (ou réduire) les objets qui augmentent la hauteur du
-système. C'est le cas en particulier de certaines reprises (avec des
-alternatives) qui placent des crochets au dessus des portées. Si ces crochets
-de reprise se poursuivent sur deux systèmes, ils prendront plus de
-place que s'ils sont regroupés sur un même système.
-
-Un autre exemple : déplacer les nuances qui @qq{débordent} d'un système.
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,fragment]
-\relative c' {
- e4 c g\f c
- \override DynamicLineSpanner #'padding = #-1.8
- \override DynamicText #'extra-offset = #'( -2.1 . 0)
- e4 c g\f c
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@item
-Modifier l'espacement vertical avec @code{SpacingSpanner}. Reportez-vous à
-@ruser{Changing horizontal spacing} pour plus de détails.
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
-\score {
- \relative c'' {
- g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 d e f | g4 g g2 |
- g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 e g g | c,1 |
- d4 d d d | d4 e f2 | e4 e e e | e4 f g2 |
- g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 e g g | c,1 |
- }
- \layout {
- \context {
- \Score
- \override SpacingSpanner
- #'base-shortest-duration = #(ly:make-moment 1 4)
- }
- }
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@end itemize
-
@node Advanced tweaks with Scheme
-@section Advanced tweaks with Scheme
+@subsection Advanced tweaks with Scheme
Nous avons déjà vu comment le résultat obtenu avec LilyPond peut être
largement personnalisé à l'aide de commandes comme
}
@end lilypond
-
-@node Avoiding tweaks with slower processing
-@section Avoiding tweaks with slower processing
-
-LilyPond peut effectuer des vérifications supplémentaires lors du
-traitement des fichiers, cependant le rendu nécessitera alors plus de
-temps. En contrepartie, il y aura moins d'ajustements manuels à réaliser.
-
-
-@example
-%% Ceci sert à s'assurer que les indications textuelles resteront à l'intérieur des marges de la page.
-\override Score.PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
-@end example
@node Common notation for unfretted strings
@subsection Common notation for unfretted strings
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* References for unfretted strings::
@node References for unfretted strings
@subsubsection References for unfretted strings
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Bowed instruments
@subsection Bowed instruments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* References for bowed strings::
@node Plucked instruments
@subsection Plucked instruments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Harp::
@node Harp
@subsubsection Harp
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Skipping notes
@subsubsection Skipping notes
-@ifhtml
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@end ifhtml
+@untranslated
@ifnothtml
@englishref
@end ifnothtml
@node Lyrics and repeats
@subsubsection Lyrics and repeats
-@ifhtml
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@end ifhtml
+@untranslated
@ifnothtml
@englishref
@end ifnothtml
@node Chants
@subsubsection Chants
-@ifhtml
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@end ifhtml
+@untranslated
@ifnothtml
@englishref
@end ifnothtml
@node Centering lyrics between staves
@subsubsection Centering lyrics between staves
-@ifhtml
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@end ifhtml
+@untranslated
@ifnothtml
@englishref
@end ifnothtml
@node Wind instruments
@section Wind instruments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Common notation for wind instruments::
@node Common notation for wind instruments
@subsection Common notation for wind instruments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* References for wind instruments::
@node References for wind instruments
@subsubsection References for wind instruments
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Half-holes
@subsubsection Half-holes
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@node Bagpipes
@subsection Bagpipes
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@untranslated
@menu
* Bagpipe definitions::
de même pas votre temps à lire ce chapitre.
@menu
-* Suggestions for writing LilyPond files::
+* Suggestions for writing LilyPond input files::
* When things don't work::
* Scores and parts::
@end menu
-@node Suggestions for writing LilyPond files
-@section Suggestions for writing LilyPond files
+@node Suggestions for writing LilyPond input files
+@section Suggestions for writing LilyPond input files
Maintenant vous êtes prêt à travailler sur de plus gros fichiers
LilyPond --- des pièces entières, et plus seulement les petits
spécifiiez la version de LilyPond vous utilisiez alors.
@item @strong{Ajoutez des contrôles}: @ruser{Bar check}, @ruser{Octave
-check} et @ruser{Barnumber check}. Si vous avez ajouté des contrôles de
+checks} et @ruser{Barnumber check}. Si vous avez ajouté des contrôles de
loin en loin, et que vous faites une erreur, vous pourrez la retrouver
plus rapidement. @qq{De loin en loin}, qu'est-ce à dire ? Cela
dépend de la complexité de la musique. Pour de la musique très
musique minimaliste :
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-fragA = \relative c'' { a4 a8. b16 }
-fragB = \relative c'' { a8. gis16 ees4 }
-violin = \new Staff { \fragA \fragA \fragB \fragA }
+fragmentA = \relative c'' { a4 a8. b16 }
+fragmentB = \relative c'' { a8. gis16 ees4 }
+violin = \new Staff { \fragmentA \fragmentA \fragmentB \fragmentA }
\score {
{
\violin
--- /dev/null
+@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
+@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
+@ignore
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
+
+ When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
+ version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
+@end ignore
+
+
+@node World music
+@section World music
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* Arabic music::
+@end menu
+
+@node Arabic music
+@subsection Arabic music
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@menu
+* References for Arabic music::
+* Arabic note names ::
+* Arabic key signatures::
+* Arabic time signatures::
+* Arabic music example::
+* Further reading::
+@end menu
+
+@node References for Arabic music
+@unnumberedsubsubsec References for Arabic music
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Arabic note names
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic note names
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Arabic key signatures
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic key signatures
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Arabic time signatures
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic time signatures
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Arabic music example
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic music example
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+@node Further reading
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Further reading
+
+@untranslated
+
+
+
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
<li>
<a class="title"
href="user/lilypond-learning/index.html">Learning Manual (LM)</a>
+(in <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-learning-big-page.html">one big page</a> ~ 1.5 MB,
+in <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-learning.pdf">PDF</a>)
<br>(start here)
<li><a class="title"
href="user/music-glossary/index.html">Music Glossary (MG)</a>
-(in <a class="title" href="user/music-glossary-big-page.html">one big page</a> ~ 1 Mb,
+(in <a class="title" href="user/music-glossary-big-page.html">one big page</a> ~ 500 kB,
in <a class="title" href="user/music-glossary.pdf">PDF</a>)
<br>(for non-English users)
<li>
<a class="title" href="user/lilypond/index.html">Notation
Reference (NR)</a>
-(in <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-big-page.html">one big page</a> ~ 4 Mb,
+(in <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-big-page.html">one big page</a> ~ 4 MB,
in <a class="title" href="user/lilypond.pdf">PDF</a>)
<br>(writing music in LilyPond)
<li>
<a class="title"
href="user/lilypond-internals/index.html">Internals Reference (IR)</a>
- (in <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-internals-big-page.html">one big page</a> ~ 1 Mb)
+ (in <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-internals-big-page.html">one big page</a> ~ 1 MB)
<br>(definitions for tweaking)
</ul>
<br>(how to install and run the program)
<li><a class="title"href="../input/lsr/lilypond-snippets/index.html">Snippets List (SL)</a>
-(in <a class="title" href="../input/lsr/lilypond-snippets-big-page.html">one big page</a>,
+(in <a class="title" href="../input/lsr/lilypond-snippets-big-page.html">one big page</a> ~ 2MB,
in <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-snippets.pdf">PDF</a>)
<br>(Short tricks, tips, and examples)
</ul>
</td><td class="right-column">
-<!-- TODO
- <ul>
- <li><a class="title" href="translations.html">Translations status</a>
- <br>(see translations progress)
- </ul>
--->
+ <ul>
+ <li><a class="title" href="translations.html">Translations status</a>
+ <br>(see translations progress)
+ </ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: de\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-06-20 09:14+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-11 18:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-05 19:25+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Till Rettig <till.rettig@gmx.de>\n"
"Language-Team: de\n"
#: translations-status.py:56
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Section titles"
+msgstr "Titel erstellen"
+
+#: translations-status.py:57
+#, python-format
+msgid " <p><i>Last updated %s</i></p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: translations-status.py:58
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Translators"
msgstr "Transposition"
-#: translations-status.py:56
+#: translations-status.py:58
msgid "Translation checkers"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:57
+#: translations-status.py:59
#, fuzzy
msgid "Translated"
msgstr "Transposition"
-#: translations-status.py:57
+#: translations-status.py:59
msgid "Up to date"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:58
+#: translations-status.py:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other info"
msgstr "Mehr Information"
-#: translations-status.py:60
+#: translations-status.py:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "no"
msgstr "normal"
-#: translations-status.py:61
+#: translations-status.py:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "not translated"
msgstr "Banjo-Tabulaturen"
-#: translations-status.py:63
+#: translations-status.py:65
#, python-format
msgid "partially (%(p)d %%)"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:65
+#: translations-status.py:67
#, python-format
msgid "partially translated (%(p)d %%)"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:66 translations-status.py:68
+#: translations-status.py:68 translations-status.py:70
msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:67
+#: translations-status.py:69
#, fuzzy
msgid "translated"
msgstr "transparent (durchsichtig)"
-#: translations-status.py:68 translations-status.py:69
+#: translations-status.py:70 translations-status.py:71
msgid "up to date"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:70
+#: translations-status.py:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "partially"
msgstr "Wiederholungen"
-#: translations-status.py:71
+#: translations-status.py:73
msgid "partially up to date"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:72
+#: translations-status.py:74
msgid "N/A"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:73
+#: translations-status.py:75
msgid "pre-GDP"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:74
+#: translations-status.py:76
msgid "post-GDP"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Background"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Engraving"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Automated engraving"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "What symbols to engrave?"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Music representation"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Example applications"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "About the Learning Manual (LM)"
msgstr "Handbuch zum Lernen (LH)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Music Glossary (MG)"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "About the Notation Reference (NR)"
msgstr "Notationsreferenz (NR)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Application Usage (AU)"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Snippet List (SL)"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "About the Internals Reference (IR)"
msgstr "Die Referenz der Programminterna"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other documentation"
msgstr "Andere Dokumentation"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:226 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:225 (comment)
msgid "set the starting point to middle C"
msgstr ""
msgid "one octave above middle C"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:271 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:272 (comment)
msgid "c is 1 staff space up, so is the c above"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:272 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:273 (comment)
msgid "d is 2 up or 5 down, so is the d above"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:273 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:274 (comment)
msgid "e is 3 up or 4 down, so is the e above"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:274 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:275 (comment)
msgid "a is 6 up or 1 down, so is the a below"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:275 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:276 (comment)
msgid "g is 5 up or 2 down, so is the g below"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:276 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:277 (comment)
msgid "f is 4 up or 3 down, so is the f below"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1525 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1551 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:214 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:229 (variable)
msgid "violin"
msgstr "Geige"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1528 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1556 (variable)
msgid "cello"
msgstr "Cello"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1551 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1581 (variable)
msgid "tripletA"
msgstr "TrioleA"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1552 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1582 (variable)
msgid "barA"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "foo"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Windows"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "UNIX"
msgstr "UNIX"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Tonhöhen"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "pitch"
msgstr "eingestrichenes C"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "octave"
msgstr "Oktave"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "accidental"
msgstr "Versetzungszeichen"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "Durations (rhythms)"
msgstr "Tondauer"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "whole note"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Rests"
msgstr "Pausen"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Time signature"
msgstr "Taktangabe"
msgstr "Notenschlüssel"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "All together"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Tonartbezeichnungen (Vorzeichen)"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "key signature"
msgstr "Warnung: Tonartbezeichnungen und Tonhöhen"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "natural"
msgstr "Auflösungszeichen"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "transposition"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Fingersatz"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "fingering"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Dynamik"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "dynamics"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Tuplets"
msgstr "Andere rhythmische Aufteilungen"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Grace notes"
msgstr "Verzierungen"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "grace notes"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "acciaccatura"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "appoggiatura"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "brace"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Einfache Lieder setzen"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "lyrics"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Melisma"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "extender line"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Nach der Übung"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:352 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1054 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1096 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1165 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1207 (variable)
msgid "melody"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:353 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:879 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1059 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1100 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:989 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1170 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1211 (variable)
msgid "text"
msgstr "Text"
msgstr "Hauptstimme"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:687 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:481 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:503 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:527 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:593 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:618 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:645 (comment)
msgid "Bar 1"
msgstr "Takt 1"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:698 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:485 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:507 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:533 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:598 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:623 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:651 (comment)
msgid "Bar 2"
msgstr "Takt 2"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1012 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1074 (comment)
msgid "Set stems, etc, down"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Die dritte Stimme beginnen"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1018 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1080 (comment)
msgid "Set stems, etc, up"
msgstr ""
msgid "Initiate first voice"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1074 (comment)
-msgid "set stems, etc down"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1080 (comment)
-msgid "set stems, etc up"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1187 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2497 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3156 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:521 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3168 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:639 (variable)
msgid "global"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1239 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3157 (variable)
msgid "SopMusic"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1240 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3158 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3170 (variable)
msgid "AltoMusic"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1241 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3159 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3171 (variable)
msgid "TenorMusic"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1242 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3160 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3172 (variable)
msgid "BassMusic"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1243 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3161 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3173 (variable)
msgid "VerseOne"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1245 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3162 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3174 (variable)
msgid "VerseTwo"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1247 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3163 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3175 (variable)
msgid "VerseThree"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1249 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3164 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3176 (variable)
msgid "VerseFour"
msgstr "StropheVier"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1589 (comment)
#, fuzzy
-msgid "start single compound music expression"
+msgid "start of single compound music expression"
msgstr "Score ist ein (einziger) zusammengesetzter musikalischer Ausdruck"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1590 (comment)
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1611 (comment)
-msgid "end of first LH voice"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "end of LH voice one"
+msgstr "An Noten angehängt"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1612 (comment)
msgid "create LH voice two"
msgstr "Notenköpfe vergrößern"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1914 (comment)
-msgid "return to default size"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2007 (comment)
-msgid "return to original size"
+msgid "return to default size"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2274 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2498 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:907 (variable)
msgid "sopranoMusic"
msgstr "SopranNoten"
msgid "celloMusic"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2498 (variable)
-msgid "sopMusic"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2502 (variable)
-msgid "sopWords"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "sopranoWords"
+msgstr "SopranNoten"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2505 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:908 (variable)
msgid "altoMusic"
msgstr "AltNoten"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2510 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:909 (variable)
msgid "tenorMusic"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2515 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:910 (variable)
msgid "bassMusic"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Klaviersystem beenden"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2748 (comment)
-msgid "end PedalOrgan Staff"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "end PedalOrgan Staff context"
+msgstr "Klaviersystem beenden"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2750 (comment)
msgid "end Score context"
msgid "Revert thickness of all following slurs to default of 1.2"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1257 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1265 (comment)
msgid "Don't print clefs in this staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1259 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1267 (comment)
msgid "Don't print time signatures in this staff"
msgstr "Keine Taktangabe in diesem System"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1320 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1328 (comment)
msgid "Reduce all font sizes by ~24%"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1376 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1384 (comment)
msgid "Reduce stem length and line spacing to match"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1750 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1811 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1758 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1819 (comment)
msgid "Set details for later Text Spanner"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1753 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1814 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1761 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1822 (comment)
msgid "Place dynamics above staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1755 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1818 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1763 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1826 (comment)
msgid "Start Ottava Bracket"
msgstr "Beginn der Oktavierungsklammer"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1758 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1765 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1821 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1828 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1766 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1773 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1829 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1836 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Text"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1760 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1823 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1768 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1831 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Line Spanner"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1762 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1825 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1770 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1833 (comment)
msgid "Add Text Script"
msgstr "Textbeschriftung hinzufügen"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1767 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1830 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1775 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1838 (comment)
msgid "Stop Ottava Bracket"
msgstr "Ende der Oktavierungsklammer"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1816 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1824 (comment)
msgid "Place following Ottava Bracket below Text Spanners"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1872 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1880 (comment)
msgid "Cause notes to space out to accommodate text"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1890 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1898 (comment)
msgid "This markup is short enough to fit without collision"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1894 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1902 (comment)
msgid "This is too long to fit, so it is displaced upwards"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1898 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1903 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1911 (comment)
msgid "Turn off collision avoidance"
msgstr "Abschalten der automatischen Vermeidung von Zusammenstößen"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1905 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1913 (comment)
msgid "and turn on textLengthOn"
msgstr "und Textlänge berücksichtigen"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1914 (comment)
msgid "Spaces at end are honored"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2009 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2017 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 staff space"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2275 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2283 (comment)
msgid "This will not work, see below:"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2279 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2287 (comment)
msgid "This works:"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2324 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2332 (variable)
msgid "naturalplusflat"
msgstr "AuflösungB"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2359 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2367 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 unit"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2361 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2369 (comment)
msgid "Align dynamics to a base line 2 units above staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2639 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2690 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2752 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2823 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2885 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2940 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2647 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2698 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2760 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2831 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2893 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2948 (variable)
msgid "rhMusic"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2644 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2695 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2759 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2832 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2894 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2652 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2703 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2767 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2840 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2902 (comment)
msgid "Start polyphonic section of four voices"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2657 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2708 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2772 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2847 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2911 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2968 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2665 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2716 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2780 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2855 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2919 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2976 (variable)
msgid "lhMusic"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2898 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2955 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2963 (comment)
msgid "Move the c2 out of the main note column so the merge will work"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2901 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2958 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2909 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2966 (comment)
msgid "Stem on the d2 must be down to permit merging"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2953 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2961 (comment)
msgid "Reposition the c2 to the right of the merged note"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3081 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3100 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3089 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3108 (comment)
msgid "Visible tempo marking"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3085 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3104 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3093 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3112 (comment)
msgid "Invisible tempo marking to lengthen fermata in MIDI"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3088 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3107 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3096 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3115 (comment)
msgid "New tempo for next section"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3147 (variable)
-msgid "emph"
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3159 (variable)
+msgid "emphasize"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3151 (variable)
-msgid "norm"
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3163 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "normal"
msgstr "normal"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3373 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3169 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SopranoMusic"
+msgstr "SopranNoten"
+
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3385 (comment)
msgid "Arrange to obtain color from color-notehead procedure"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Noten zwischen unterschiedlichen Stimmen überbinden"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-msgid "Simulating a fermata"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Simulating a fermata in MIDI"
msgstr "Eine Fermate simulieren"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
msgstr "HornNoten"
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:212 (variable)
-msgid "fragA"
+msgid "fragmentA"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:213 (variable)
-msgid "fragB"
+msgid "fragmentB"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:226 (variable)
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:227 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:273 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:276 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely:235 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:100 (variable)
msgid "padText"
msgid "fthenp"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:310 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:313 (variable)
msgid "mpdolce"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:312 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:315 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely:256 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:134 (variable)
msgid "tempoMark"
#. @node in Documentation/user/working.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/working.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond input files"
msgstr "Vorschläge, wie LilyPond-Eingabe-Dateien geschrieben werden sollen"
msgstr "Texinfo"
#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/user/templates.itely
+#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/templates.itely
#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/es/user/templates.itely
msgid "xelatex"
msgstr "xelatex"
#. @node in Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/fr/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
msgid "Tweaking with Scheme"
msgstr "Voraussetzungen zur Programmbenutzung"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Requirements for building documentation"
msgstr "Die Dokumentation übersetzen"
msgstr "Für mehrere Plattformen kompilieren"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Compiling outside the source tree"
msgstr "Aus den Quellen übersetzen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Building documentation"
msgstr "Die Dokumentation übersetzen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Commands for building documentation"
msgstr "Die Dokumentation übersetzen"
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Building documentation without compiling LilyPond"
msgstr "Die Dokumentation übersetzen ohne LilyPond zu kompilieren"
msgid "TextMate"
msgstr "TextMate"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/setup.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/setup.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
+msgid "LilyKDE"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/setup.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/setup.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
msgid "Invoking lilypond"
msgstr "lilypond aufrufen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-book.itely
msgid "Command line options"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
msgid "Environment variables"
msgstr "Umgebungsvariablen"
msgid "Musical notation"
msgstr "Musikalische Notation"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:615 (variable)
-msgid "mus"
-msgstr "Noten"
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:651 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:997 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1016 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1053 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1068 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "music"
+msgstr "Notation von Gesang"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:979 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1027 (comment)
msgid "not strictly necessary, but a good reminder"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1068 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1119 (variable)
msgid "musicA"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1082 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1133 (variable)
msgid "musicB"
msgstr ""
msgid "Print a breve rest"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:653 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:654 (comment)
msgid "This is valid input, but does nothing"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:679 (comment)
-msgid "Rest bars contracted to single bar"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:680 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:733 (comment)
+msgid "Rest measures contracted to single measure"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:728 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:729 (comment)
msgid "Default behavior"
msgstr "Standart"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:732 (comment)
-msgid "Rest measures contracted to single measure"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:735 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:736 (comment)
msgid "Rest measures expanded"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:768 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:769 (comment)
msgid "This fails, as the wrong object name is specified"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:771 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:772 (comment)
msgid "This is correct and works"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:917 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:919 (comment)
msgid "Default style"
msgstr "Standardstil"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:920 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:922 (comment)
msgid "Change to numeric style"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:924 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:926 (comment)
msgid "Revert to default style"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1127 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1129 (comment)
msgid "Show all bar numbers"
msgstr "Alle Taknummern anzeigen"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1183 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1193 (comment)
msgid "Create 9/8 split into 2/4 + 5/8"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1184 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1194 (variable)
msgid "tsMarkup"
msgstr "Taktangabe"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1261 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1274 (comment)
msgid "Now each staff has its own time signature."
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1458 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1480 (comment)
msgid "Set beam sub-group length to an eighth note"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1461 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1483 (comment)
msgid "Set beam sub-group length to a sixteenth note"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1615 (comment)
+msgid "end 1/16 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1619 (comment)
+msgid "end 1/32 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1629 (comment)
+msgid "end beams of all durations in 5/8 time signature at the 2/8 moment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1658 (comment)
+msgid "undo a rule ending 1/16 beams in 4/4 time at 1/4 moment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1671 (comment)
msgid "this won't revert it!"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1631 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1673 (comment)
msgid "this will"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1804 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1852 (comment)
msgid "revert to non-feathered beams"
msgstr "in nichtgespreizte Balken zurückverwandeln"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2025 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2041 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2081 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2097 (comment)
msgid "Permit first bar number to be printed"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2042 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2090 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2098 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2146 (comment)
msgid "Print a bar number every second measure"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2058 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2114 (comment)
msgid "Prevent bar numbers at the end of a line and permit them elsewhere"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2062 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2088 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2118 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2144 (comment)
msgid "Increase the size of the bar number by 2"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2066 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2122 (comment)
msgid "Draw a box round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2071 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2127 (comment)
msgid "Draw a circle round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2093 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2149 (comment)
msgid "Center-align bar numbers"
msgstr "Taktnummern zentrieren"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2096 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2152 (comment)
msgid "Right-align bar numbers"
msgstr "Taktnummern rechtsbündig"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2194 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2255 (variable)
msgid "pipeSymbol"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2565 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2626 (variable)
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "cadenza"
msgstr "Kadenz"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Durations"
msgstr "Tondauern"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Scaling durations"
msgstr "Tondauern skalieren"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "laissez vibrer"
msgstr "Laissez-vibrer-Bögen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-msgid "Skips"
-msgstr "Überspringen von Zeichen"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Invisible rests"
+msgstr "Pausen Alter Musik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Upbeats"
msgstr "Auftakte"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Unmetered music"
msgstr "Musik ohne Metrum"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Polymetric notation"
msgstr "Polymetrische Notation"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Automatic note splitting"
msgstr "Automatische Aufteilung von Noten"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Showing melody rhythms"
msgstr "Melodierhythmus anzeigen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Automatic beams"
msgstr "Automatische Balken"
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Setting automatic beam behavior"
msgstr "Einstellung von automatischen Balken"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Manual beams"
msgstr "Manuelle Balken"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Feathered beams"
msgstr "Gespreizte Balken"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Bar lines"
msgstr "Taktlinien"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Bar numbers"
msgstr "Taktzahlen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Rehearsal marks"
msgstr "Übungszeichen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Aligning to cadenzas"
msgstr "An Kadenzen ausrichten"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Time administration"
msgstr "Verwaltung der Zeiteinheiten"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:332 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:377 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:390 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:458 (variable)
msgid "moltoF"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:348 (variable)
-msgid "roundf"
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:411 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:441 (variable)
+msgid "roundF"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:350 (variable)
-msgid "boxf"
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:413 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:445 (variable)
+msgid "boxF"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:364 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:428 (variable)
msgid "sfzp"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:446 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "roundFdynamic"
+msgstr "Dynamik"
+
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:447 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "boxFdynamic"
+msgstr "Dynamik"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "An Noten angehängt"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgid "Articulations and ornamentations"
msgstr "Portato"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Bögen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Atemzeichen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Linien"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Glissando"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Arpeggio"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgid "trill"
msgstr "Triller"
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:237 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:277 (comment)
-msgid "FIXME: I can't believe this is right."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:297 (comment)
-msgid "FIXME: broken"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:298 (comment)
-msgid "\\set Score.repeatCommands = #(list (list 'volta voltaChorus ) )"
-msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:298 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "voltaAdLib"
+msgstr "Volta-Klammer"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
msgstr "Wiederholungen eingeben"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Normal repeats"
msgstr "Volta-Klammer"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Manual repeat marks"
msgstr "Manuelle Wiederholungszeichen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Written-out repeats"
msgstr "Kurze Wiederholungen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgstr "kleiner"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Tremolo repeats"
msgstr "Tremolo-Wiederholung"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:352 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:482 (variable)
#, fuzzy
msgid "instrumentOne"
msgstr "Instrumentenbezeichnungn"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:360 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:490 (variable)
#, fuzzy
msgid "instrumentTwo"
msgstr "Blasinstrumente"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:539 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:657 (comment)
msgid "Bar 3 ..."
msgstr ""
msgstr "Eine einzelne Stimme"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Chorded notes"
msgstr "Noten mit Akkorden"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Clusters"
msgstr "Mehrere Stimmen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Single-staff polyphony"
+msgstr "Mehrstimmigkeit in einem System"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Voice styles"
+msgstr "Zeilenstile"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Collision resolution"
msgstr "Auflösung von Zusammenstößen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Automatic part combining"
msgstr "Wiederholungen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Writing music in parallel"
msgstr "Musik parallel notieren"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:534 (comment)
-msgid "Set here the overrides for the staff "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:538 (comment)
-msgid "Revert to the default"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:604 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:536 (comment)
msgid "No time signature in the ossia staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:726 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:678 (comment)
msgid "To use the setting globally, uncomment the following line:"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:727 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:679 (comment)
msgid "\\override VerticalAxisGroup #'remove-first = ##t"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:735 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:687 (comment)
msgid ""
"To use the setting globally, comment this line, uncomment the line above"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1105 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1079 (variable)
msgid "smaller"
msgstr "kleiner"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1119 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1094 (comment)
msgid "setup a context for cue notes."
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1161 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1135 (variable)
msgid "picc"
msgstr "picc"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1169 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1143 (variable)
msgid "cbsn"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Systeme anzeigen lassen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Instantiating new staves"
msgstr "Neue Notensysteme erstellen"
msgstr "Systeme"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Grouping staves"
msgstr "Systeme gruppieren"
msgstr "Akkolade"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Deeper nested staff groups"
msgstr "Tief verschachtelte Notensysteme"
msgstr "Einzelne Systeme verändern"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr "Hilfslinie"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Ossia staves"
msgstr "Ossia-Systeme"
msgstr "Verkleinerte Systeme"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr "Orchesterstimmen erstellen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr "Metronombezeichnung"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Instrument names"
msgstr "Instrumentenbezeichnungn"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr "Stichnoten"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgid "Formatting cue notes"
msgstr "Stichnoten formatieren"
-#. Documentation/user/editorial.itely:288 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/editorial.itely:323 (comment)
msgid "this is deliberate nonsense; note that the stems remain black"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
msgid "Analysis brackets"
msgstr "Analyseklammern"
-#. Documentation/user/text.itely:403 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/text.itely:410 (variable)
#, fuzzy
msgid "allegro"
msgstr "kleiner"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
-msgid "Common markup commands"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+msgid "Selecting font and font size"
msgstr "Überblick über die wichtigsten Textbeschriftungsbefehle"
#. @node in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Text alignment"
msgstr "Textausrichtung"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Graphic notation inside markup"
msgstr "Graphische Notation innerhalb einer Textbeschriftung"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Music notation inside markup"
msgstr "Musikalische Notation innerhalb einer Textbeschriftung"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Multi-page markup"
msgstr "Textbeschriftung über mehrere Seiten"
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Fonts"
msgstr "Schriftarten"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Entire document fonts"
msgstr "Schriftart des gesamten Dokuments"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Single entry fonts"
msgstr "Schriftarten für einen Eintrag"
msgid "Specialist notation"
msgstr "Spezielle Notation"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:720 (variable)
-msgid "voice"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:450 (comment)
+msgid "not recommended: left aligns syllables "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:727 (variable)
-msgid "lyr"
-msgstr "Text"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:453 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "wrong: durations needed"
+msgstr "Tondauern skalieren"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:933 (comment)
-msgid "{"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:456 (comment)
+msgid "correct"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:946 (comment)
-msgid "applies to "
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:786 (variable)
+msgid "voice"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:952 (comment)
-msgid "}"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:793 (variable)
+msgid "lyr"
+msgstr "Text"
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1056 (comment)
+msgid "applies to "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1114 (comment)
-msgid "moves the column off the left margin; can be removed if"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1225 (comment)
+msgid "moves the column off the left margin; "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1115 (comment)
-msgid "space on the page is tight"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1226 (comment)
+msgid "can be removed if space on the page is tight"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1123 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1141 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1234 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1252 (comment)
msgid "adds vertical spacing between verses"
msgstr "Vertikaler Abstand zwischen Strophen"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1131 (comment)
-msgid "adds horizontal spacing between columns; if they are"
-msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1242 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "adds horizontal spacing between columns; "
+msgstr "Vertikaler Abstand zwischen Strophen"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1132 (comment)
-msgid "still too close, add more pairs until the result "
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1243 (comment)
+msgid "if they are still too close, add more pairs "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1133 (comment)
-msgid "looks good"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1244 (comment)
+msgid "until the result looks good"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1149 (comment)
-msgid "gives some extra space on the right margin; can"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1260 (comment)
+msgid "gives some extra space on the right margin; "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1150 (comment)
-msgid "be removed if page space is tight"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1261 (comment)
+msgid "can be removed if page space is tight"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Common notation for vocals"
msgstr "Übliche Notation für Gesang"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "References for vocal music"
msgstr "Referenz für Musiktexte"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Manual syllable durations"
msgstr "Manuelle Silbendauer"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Multiple syllables to one note"
msgstr "Mehrere Silben zu einer Note"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Multiple notes to one syllable"
msgstr "Mehrere Noten zu einer Silbe"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Skipping notes"
msgstr "Noten überspringen"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Lyrics and repeats"
msgstr "Gesangtext und Wiederholungen"
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Placement of lyrics"
msgstr "Positionierung von Gesangtext"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Chants"
msgstr "Hymnen"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Spacing out syllables"
msgstr "Silben platzieren"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Centering lyrics between staves"
msgstr "Gesangtext zwischen Systemen zentrieren"
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Stanzas"
msgstr "Strophen"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Adding dynamics marks to stanzas"
msgstr "Lautstärkebezeichnung zu Strophen hinzufügen"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Adding singers' names to stanzas"
msgstr "Sängernamen zu Strophen hinzufügen"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Stanzas with different rhythms"
msgstr "Strophen mit unterschiedlichem Rhythmus"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Ignoring melismata"
msgstr "Melismen ignorieren"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Switching to an alternative melody"
msgstr "Zu einer alternativen Melodie umschalten"
msgid "Printing stanzas at the end in multiple columns"
msgstr "Die Strophen am Ende in mehreren Spalten drucken"
-#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:162 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:175 (comment)
msgid "keep staff alive"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:373 (comment)
+msgid "stems may overlap the other staff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:375 (comment)
+msgid "extend the stems to reach other other staff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:377 (comment)
+msgid "do not print extra flags"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Übliche Notation für Tasteninstrumente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Referenz für Tasteninstrumente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Notensysteme manuell verändern"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Automatischer Systemwechsel"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Stimmführungslinien"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Klavier"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Akkordion"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Common notation for unfretted strings"
msgstr "Übliche Notation für nichtgebundene Saiteninstrumente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "References for unfretted strings"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Bowed instruments"
msgstr "Streichinstrumente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "References for bowed strings"
msgstr "Referenz für gebundene Saiteninstrumente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Plucked instruments"
msgstr "Zupfinstrumente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Harp"
msgstr "Harfe"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:159 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:210 (variable)
#, fuzzy
msgid "melodia"
msgstr "Melisma"
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:376 (comment)
+msgid "A chord for ukelele"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:665 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:684 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:713 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:738 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:762 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:798 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "mychords"
+msgstr "Akkorde"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:688 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "mychordlist"
+msgstr "Akkorde"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:785 (comment)
+msgid "add a new chord shape"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:789 (comment)
+msgid "add some new chords based on the power chord shape"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Common notation for fretted strings"
msgstr "Übliche Notation für gebundene Saiteninstrumente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "References for fretted strings"
msgstr "Referenz für gebundene Saiteninstrumente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "String number indications"
msgstr "Seitennummerbezeichnung"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Default tablatures"
msgstr "Standardtabulaturen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Custom tablatures"
msgstr "Angepasste Tabulaturen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Fret diagrams"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Fret diagram markups"
msgstr "Bund-Diagramme"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Right hand fingerings"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Predefined fret diagrams"
+msgstr "Vordefinierte Optimierungen"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Automatic fret diagrams"
+msgstr "Automatische Balken"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Right-hand fingerings"
msgstr "Fingersatz der rechten Hand"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Guitar"
msgstr "Gitarre"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Guitar tablatures"
-msgstr "Gitarren-Tabulaturen"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Indicating position and barring"
+msgstr "Position und Barret anzeigen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Indicating position and barring"
-msgstr "Position und Barret anzeigen"
+msgid "Indicating harmonics and dampened notes"
+msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Banjo"
msgstr "Banjo"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Banjo tablatures"
msgstr "Banjo-Tabulaturen"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:120 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:300 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:214 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:394 (variable)
msgid "up"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:121 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:301 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:215 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:395 (variable)
msgid "down"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Common notation for percussion"
msgstr "Übliche Notation für Schlagzeug"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "References for percussion"
msgstr "Referenz für Schlagzeug"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Basic percussion notation"
msgstr "Grundlagen der Schlagzeugnotation"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Percussion staves"
msgstr "Schlagzeugsysteme"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Ghost notes"
msgstr "Geisternoten"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Common notation for wind instruments"
msgstr "Übliche Notation für nichtgebundene Saiteninstrumente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "References for wind instruments"
msgstr "Referenz für Blasinstrumente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Half-holes"
msgstr "Halbgeschlossene Löcher"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Bagpipes"
msgstr "Dudelsack"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Bagpipe definitions"
msgstr "Dudelsack-Defintionen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Bagpipe example"
msgstr "Dudelsack-Beispiele"
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:599 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:651 (variable)
#, fuzzy
msgid "myChords"
msgstr "Akkorde"
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:709 (comment)
-msgid "FIXME: broken."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:710 (comment)
-msgid "<6\\\\>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:857 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:878 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:974 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:995 (comment)
msgid "Put notes on same Staff as figures"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:955 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:1054 (comment)
msgid "The extenders are correct here, with the same rhythm as the bass"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:967 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:1066 (comment)
msgid "The extenders are incorrect here, even though the timing is the same"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:969 (comment)
-msgid "\\repeat unfold 4 {<6 4->16. <6 4->32}"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Chord notation"
msgstr "Notation von Akkorden"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Chord mode"
msgstr "Akkord-Modus"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Chord mode overview"
msgstr "Akkord-Modus"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Common chords"
msgstr "Moderne Akkorde"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Extended and altered chords"
msgstr "Noten und Akkordbezeichnungen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Displaying chords"
msgstr "Tonhöhen anzeigen lassen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Customizing chord names"
msgstr "Akkordbezeichnungen eingeben"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Figured bass"
msgstr "Generalbass"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Introduction to figured bass"
msgstr "Grundlagen des Bezifferten Basses"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Entering figured bass"
msgstr "Eingabe von Zahlen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Displaying figured bass"
msgstr "Tonhöhen anzeigen lassen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Introduction to ancient notation"
msgstr "Einführung in die Notation Alter Musik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient notation supported"
msgstr "Notation von Alter Musik, die unterstützt wird"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Alternative note signs"
msgstr "Alternative Notenzeichen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient note heads"
msgstr "Notenköpfe Alter Musik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient accidentals"
msgstr "Versetzungszeichen Alter Musik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient rests"
msgstr "Pausen Alter Musik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient clefs"
msgstr "Schlüssel Alter Musik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient flags"
msgstr "Fähnchen Alter Musik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient time signatures"
msgstr "Taktangaben Alter Musik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Additional note signs"
msgstr "Zusätzliche Notenzeichen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient articulations"
msgstr "Artikulationszeichen Alter Musik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Custodes"
msgstr "Custodes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Divisiones"
msgstr "Divisiones"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ligatures"
msgstr "Ligaturen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "White mensural ligatures"
msgstr "Weiße Mensuralligaturen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Gregorian square neumes ligatures"
msgstr "Ligaturen der gregorianischen Quadratnotation"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Pre-defined contexts"
msgstr "Vordefinierte Umgebungen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Gregorian chant contexts"
msgstr "Gregorianische Gesangs-Kontexte"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Mensural contexts"
msgstr "Mensural-Kontexte"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Transcribing ancient music"
msgstr "Transkription Alter Musik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient and modern from one source"
msgstr "Alte und moderne Edition aus einer Quelldatei"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
-msgid "Incipits"
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+msgid "Incipits"
msgstr "Incipite"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Mensurstriche layout"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Transcribing Gregorian chant"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Editorial markings"
msgstr "Herausgeberische Anmerkungen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Annotational accidentals"
msgstr "Vorgeschlagene Versetzungszeichen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Baroque rhythmic notation"
msgstr "Notation barocker Rhythmen"
-#. Documentation/user/input.itely:497 (comment)
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "World music"
+msgstr "Notation von Gesang"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arabic music"
+msgstr "Rhythmische Musik"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "References for Arabic music"
+msgstr "Referenz für Musiktexte"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arabic note names"
+msgstr "Absolute Notenbezeichnungen"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arabic key signatures"
+msgstr "Tonartbezeichnung"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arabic time signatures"
+msgstr "Taktangaben Alter Musik"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arabic music example"
+msgstr "Beispiele aus dem Leben"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Further reading"
+msgstr "Weitere Optimierungen"
+
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:494 (comment)
msgid "not printed"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:911 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "allLyrics"
+msgstr "Gesangtext"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input syntax"
-msgstr "Die Eingabe-Syntax"
+msgid "General input and output"
+msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Input structure"
msgstr "Die Dateistruktur"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Structure of a score"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Titles and headers"
msgstr "Titel"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Creating titles"
msgstr "Titel erstellen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Custom titles"
msgstr "Eigene Titel"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Reference to page numbers"
msgstr "Verweis auf die Seitenzahlen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Table of contents"
msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Working with input files"
msgstr "Arbeiten an Eingabe-Dateien"
msgid "Different editions from one source"
msgstr "Verschiedene Editionen aus einer Quelldatei"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using variables"
+msgstr "Variablen für Optimierungen einsetzen"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using tags"
+msgstr "Systeme verstecken"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Controlling output"
msgstr "Richtungskontrolle"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Extracting fragments of music"
msgstr "Notationsfragmente extrahieren"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "MIDI output"
msgstr "MIDI-Ausgabe"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Creating MIDI files"
msgstr "MIDI-Dateien erstellen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "MIDI block"
msgstr "Der MIDI-Block"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "MIDI instrument names"
-msgstr "MIDI-Instrumentenbezeichnungen"
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "What goes into the MIDI output?"
+msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "What goes into the MIDI? FIXME"
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Supported in MIDI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Unsupported in MIDI"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "Repeats and MIDI"
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Repeats in MIDI"
msgstr "Wiederholungen und MIDI"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "other midi"
-msgstr "Weiter Midi-Probleme"
-
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:671 (comment)
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Controlling MIDI dynamics"
+msgstr "Richtungskontrolle"
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Dynamic marks"
+msgstr "Neue Lautstärkezeichen"
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Overall MIDI volume"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Equalizing different instruments (i)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Equalizing different instruments (ii)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:684 (comment)
msgid "this does nothing"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:672 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:685 (comment)
msgid "a break here would work"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:673 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:686 (comment)
msgid "as does this break"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:685 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:698 (comment)
msgid "now the break is allowed"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1438 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1460 (comment)
msgid "this time the text will be closer to the staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1440 (comment)
-msgid "by setting outside-staff-priority to a non-number, we"
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1462 (comment)
+msgid "by setting outside-staff-priority to a non-number, "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1441 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1463 (comment)
#, fuzzy
-msgid "disable the automatic collision avoidance"
+msgid "we disable the automatic collision avoidance"
msgstr "Vermeidung von vertikalen Zusammenstößen"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1444 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1466 (comment)
msgid "now they will collide"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1469 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1491 (comment)
msgid "the markup is too close to the following note"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1472 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1494 (comment)
msgid "setting outside-staff-horizontal-padding fixes this"
msgstr ""
msgid "Score layout"
msgstr "Partiturlayout"
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Displaying spacing"
-msgstr "Abstände anzeigen lassen"
-
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Page layout MOVED FROM LM"
-msgstr "Seitenlayout"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Introduction to layout"
-msgstr "Einfürung in das Layout"
+msgid "Fitting music onto fewer pages"
+msgstr "Die Musik auf weniger Seiten zwingen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Global sizes"
-msgstr "Globale Größenangabe"
+msgid "Displaying spacing"
+msgstr "Abstände anzeigen lassen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Line breaks"
-msgstr "Zeilenumbrüche"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Changing spacing"
+msgstr "Horizontale Abstände verändern"
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Page breaks"
-msgstr "Seitenumbrüche"
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1947 (comment)
+msgid "Remove bar line at the end of the current line"
+msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Fitting music onto fewer pages"
-msgstr "Die Musik auf weniger Seiten zwingen"
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1993 (comment)
+msgid "Try to remove all key signatures"
+msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Interpretation contexts"
msgstr "Interpretationsumgebungen"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Score - the master of all contexts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Top-level contexts - staff containers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Intermediate-level contexts - staves"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Bottom-level contexts - voices"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Explaining the Internals Reference"
msgstr "Die Referenz der Programminterna"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Naming conventions"
msgstr "Definitionen"
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Modifying properties"
msgstr "Umgebungs-Eignschaften verändern"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Overview of modifying properties"
msgstr "Überblick über musikalische Funktionen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "The \\set command"
msgstr "Der \\override-Befehl"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "The @code{\\set} command"
msgstr "Der \\override-Befehl"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The @code{\\override} command"
msgstr "Der \\override-Befehl"
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Useful concepts and properties"
msgstr "Alle Kontexteigenschaften"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Input modes"
msgstr "Quelldateien"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Direction and placement"
msgstr "Richtung und Platzierung kontrollieren"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Distances and measurements"
msgstr "Abstände und Maßeinheiten"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Spanners"
msgstr "Text mit Verbindungslinien"
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Common properties"
msgstr "Übliche Veränderungen der Einstellungen"
msgid "Controlling visibility of objects"
msgstr "Die Sichtbarkeit von Objekten kontrollieren"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removing the stencil"
+msgstr "Einzelne Systeme verändern"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Making objects transparent"
+msgstr "Verschieben von Objekten"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Painting objects white"
+msgstr "Verschieben von Objekten"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using break-visibility"
+msgstr "break-visibility (unsichtbar machen)"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Special considerations"
+msgstr "Besonderheiten bei der Texteingabe"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rotating objects"
msgstr "Verschieben von Objekten"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Aligning objects"
msgstr "Umgebungen aneinander ausrichten"
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Advanced tweaks"
msgstr "Fortgeschrittene Optimierungen mit Scheme"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Modifying ends of spanners"
msgstr "Einzelne Systeme verändern"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Modifying stencils"
msgstr "Einzelne Systeme verändern"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "old The \\override command"
-msgstr "Der \\override-Befehl"
-
-#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
-msgid "old The @code{\\override} command"
-msgstr "Der \\override-Befehl"
+msgid "Modifying shapes"
+msgstr "Einzelne Systeme verändern"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Discussion of specific tweaks"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "old Contexts explained"
msgstr "Was sind Umgebungen?"
#. @node in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "TODO moved into scheme"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Using Scheme code instead of \\tweak"
msgstr "Scheme-Code anstelle von \\tweak verwenden"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Using Scheme code instead of @code{\\tweak}"
msgstr "Scheme-Code anstelle von @code{\tweak} verwenden"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Difficult tweaks"
msgstr "Schwierige Korrekturen"
msgid "Chord name chart"
msgstr "Liste der Akkordbezeichnungen"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Common chord modifiers"
+msgstr "Moderne Akkorde"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Predefined fretboard diagrams"
+msgstr "Vordefinierte Befehle"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/notation-appendices.itely
msgid "Commonly tweaked properties"
msgstr "Übliche Veränderungen der Einstellungen"
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Manuel de l'utilisateur"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Manuel d'apprentissage"
-msgstr ""
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Hauteurs"
+msgstr "Cluster"
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Manuel de référence"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Durées et rythme"
msgstr ""
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Annexes"
-msgstr ""
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Silences"
+msgstr "Linien"
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Utilisation du programme"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Métrique"
msgstr ""
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Autre documentation"
-msgstr "Andere Dokumentation"
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Unix"
-msgstr "Unix"
-
-#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "fourth"
-msgstr "Quarte"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Tout ensemble"
+msgstr "Vokalensemble"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "Working on text files"
msgstr "Arbeiten an Text-Dateien"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "How to read the tutorial"
-msgstr "Wie soll man die Übung lesen"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Relative note names"
-msgstr "Relative Notenbezeichnungen"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Piano staves"
-msgstr "Klaviersysteme"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Printing lyrics"
-msgstr "Eingabe von Gesangtext"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "A lead sheet"
-msgstr "Ein Song-Blatt"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Organizing pieces with identifiers"
-msgstr "Stücke durch Bezeichner organisieren"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Exemples cliquables"
+msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fundamental.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/fundamental.itely
msgid "Default files"
msgstr "Standarddateien"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
-msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond files"
-msgstr "Vorschläge, wie LilyPond-Dateien geschrieben werden sollen"
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Die Programmbenutzung"
#. @top in Documentation/fr/user/lilypond.tely
-msgid "GNU LilyPond --- le système de gravure musicale"
-msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Das Notensatzprogramm"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "GNU LilyPond --- manuel de notation"
+msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Das Handbuch zum Lernen"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
msgstr "Oktavenüberprüfung"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Augmentation dots"
msgstr "Punktierung"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+msgid "Skips"
+msgstr "Überspringen von Zeichen"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Multi measure rests"
msgstr "Mehrtaktige Pausen"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Bar check"
msgstr "Taktüberprüfung"
#
#
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Barnumber check"
msgstr "Taktzahlüberprüfung"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Proportional notation (introduction)"
msgstr "Proportionale Notation (Einleitung)"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
-msgstr "Laissez-vibrer-Bögen"
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Writing repeats"
msgstr "Klammern am Systemanfang"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
msgid "Blank music sheet"
msgstr "Ein leeres Notenblatt"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Nested scores"
msgstr "Geschachtelte Systeme"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Page wrapping text"
msgstr "Text über mehrere Seiten"
msgid "The piano staff"
msgstr "Das Klaviersystem"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Orchestral strings sections"
-msgstr "Notation von Orchestermusik"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Artificial harmonics (strings)"
-msgstr "Flageolett"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Guitar sections"
-msgstr "Notation für Guitarre"
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Tablatures basic"
-msgstr "Grundlagen der Tabulatur"
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Fret diagrams"
+msgstr "Bund-Diagramme"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Non-guitar tablatures"
-msgstr "Nicht-Gitarren-Tabulaturen"
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Right hand fingerings"
+msgstr "Fingersatz der rechten Hand"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Other guitar issues"
-msgstr "Weitere Gitarrenprobleme"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-msgid "Percussion sections"
-msgstr "Notation für Schlagzeug"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-msgid "Entering percussion"
-msgstr "Schlagzeugnotation"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-msgid "Bagpipe"
-msgstr "Dudelsack"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-msgid "Chords sections"
-msgstr "Notation von Akkorden"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-msgid "Entering chord names"
-msgstr "Akkordbezeichnungen eingeben"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-msgid "Chords mode"
-msgstr "Akkord-Modus"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-msgid "Ancient TODO"
-msgstr "Alte Musik"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-msgid "Gregorian Chant contexts"
-msgstr "Gregorianische Gesangs-Kontexte"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-msgid "Musica ficta accidentals"
-msgstr "Musica-ficta-Versetzungszeichen"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input files"
-msgstr "Quelldateien"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "A single music expression"
-msgstr "Ein einzelner musikalischer Ausdruck"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Extracting fragments of notation"
-msgstr "Notationsfragmente extrahieren"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Common syntax issues TODO name?"
-msgstr "Übliche Syntax-Probleme"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-msgid "Controlling direction"
-msgstr "Richtungskontrolle"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE"
-msgstr "Abstände und Maßeinheiten"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Other stuffs TODO move?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "context list FIXME"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "another thing FIXME"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input modes FIXME"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "Non-musical notation"
-msgstr "Nichtmusikalische Notation"
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Guitar tablatures"
+msgstr "Gitarren-Tabulaturen"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Changing context properties on the fly"
msgstr "Umgebungseigenschaften lokal ändern"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Layout tunings within contexts"
msgstr "Layouteinstellungen mit Umgebungen"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Constructing a tweak"
msgstr "Eine Korrektur konstruieren"
msgid "Advertencias y problemas conocidos"
msgstr ""
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Learning Manual (LM)"
-msgstr "Handbuch zum Lernen (LH)"
-
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Notation Reference (NR)"
-msgstr "Notationsreferenz (NR)"
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Appendices"
-msgstr "Anhang"
-
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Program usage"
-msgstr "Programmbenutzung"
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Other information"
-msgstr "Mehr Information"
-
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Automatic behaviour"
msgstr "Automatisches Verhalten"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+msgid "Simulating a fermata"
+msgstr "Eine Fermate simulieren"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
+msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond files"
+msgstr "Vorschläge, wie LilyPond-Dateien geschrieben werden sollen"
+
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "baritone"
msgid "Writing long repeats"
msgstr "Lange Wiederholungen eingeben"
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Orchestral strings TODO"
-msgstr "Streicher"
-
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
msgid " "
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Controlling direction and placement"
-msgstr "Richtung und Platzierung kontrollieren"
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+msgid "Ancient TODO"
+msgstr "Alte Musik"
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "When to add a -"
-msgstr "Wann ein - hinzugefügt wird"
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+msgid "Gregorian Chant contexts"
+msgstr "Gregorianische Gesangs-Kontexte"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+msgid "Musica ficta accidentals"
+msgstr "Musica-ficta-Versetzungszeichen"
#. @top in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-learning.tely
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Handbuch zum Lernen"
msgid "Notation reference"
msgstr "Notationsreferenz (NR)"
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
+msgid "Appendices"
+msgstr "Anhang"
+
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
+msgid "Program usage"
+msgstr "Programmbenutzung"
+
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
+msgid "Other information"
+msgstr "Mehr Information"
+
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Unix"
+msgstr "Unix"
+
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "legato"
msgstr "Legato"
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Das Notationsprogramm"
msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Das Notationsprogramm"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
+msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
+msgstr "Laissez-vibrer-Bögen"
+
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Chords"
msgstr "Akkorde"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-msgid "Font selection"
-msgstr "Auswahl der Schriftart"
+msgid "Up:"
+msgstr "Nach oben:"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Simple lyrics"
-msgstr "Einfache Gesangstexte"
+msgid "Next:"
+msgstr "Weiter:"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Another way of entering lyrics"
-msgstr "Eine andere Art, den Text einzugeben"
+msgid "Previous:"
+msgstr "Zurück:"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Assigning more than one syllable to a single note"
-msgstr "Mehr als eine Strophe an einer Note ausrichten"
+msgid "Appendix "
+msgstr "Anhang "
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "More than one note on a single syllable"
-msgstr "Mehr als eine Note für eine einzelne Silbe"
+msgid "Footnotes"
+msgstr "Fußnoten"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Vocals and variables"
-msgstr "Gesangstexte und Bezeichner"
+msgid "Table of Contents"
+msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Flexibility in placement"
-msgstr "Flexibilität bei der Positionierung"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Microtones in MIDI"
+#~ msgstr "Mikrotöne"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Lyrics to multiple notes of a melisma"
-msgstr "Text zu mehreren Noten eines Melismas"
+#~ msgid "Input files"
+#~ msgstr "Quelldateien"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Switching the melody associated with a lyrics line"
-msgstr "Die Melodie, die mit einer Textzeile verbunden ist, umschalten"
+#~ msgid "A single music expression"
+#~ msgstr "Ein einzelner musikalischer Ausdruck"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Spacing vocals"
-msgstr "Abstände im Gesangstext"
+#~ msgid "Extracting fragments of notation"
+#~ msgstr "Notationsfragmente extrahieren"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Spacing lyrics"
-msgstr "Textabstände"
+#~ msgid "Common syntax issues TODO name?"
+#~ msgstr "Übliche Syntax-Probleme"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "More about stanzas"
-msgstr "Mehr über Strophen"
+#~ msgid "Controlling direction"
+#~ msgstr "Richtungskontrolle"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Adding dynamics marks"
-msgstr "Lautstärkebezeichnung hinzufügen"
+#~ msgid "Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE"
+#~ msgstr "Abstände und Maßeinheiten"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Adding singer names"
-msgstr "Sängernamen hinzufügen"
+#~ msgid "Non-musical notation"
+#~ msgstr "Nichtmusikalische Notation"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Guitar TODO"
-msgstr "Gitarre"
+#~ msgid "MIDI instrument names"
+#~ msgstr "MIDI-Instrumentenbezeichnungen"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-msgid "TODO percussion node fix"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Repeats and MIDI"
+#~ msgstr "Wiederholungen und MIDI"
+
+#~ msgid "other midi"
+#~ msgstr "Weiter Midi-Probleme"
+
+#~ msgid "Page layout MOVED FROM LM"
+#~ msgstr "Seitenlayout"
+
+#~ msgid "Introduction to layout"
+#~ msgstr "Einfürung in das Layout"
+
+#~ msgid "Global sizes"
+#~ msgstr "Globale Größenangabe"
+
+#~ msgid "Line breaks"
+#~ msgstr "Zeilenumbrüche"
+
+#~ msgid "Page breaks"
+#~ msgstr "Seitenumbrüche"
+
+#~ msgid "Input syntax"
+#~ msgstr "Die Eingabe-Syntax"
+
+#~ msgid "Controlling direction and placement"
+#~ msgstr "Richtung und Platzierung kontrollieren"
+
+#~ msgid "When to add a -"
+#~ msgstr "Wann ein - hinzugefügt wird"
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Chords notation"
-msgstr "Notation von Akkorden"
+#~ msgid "old The \\override command"
+#~ msgstr "Der \\override-Befehl"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-msgid "TODO chords fix"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "old The @code{\\override} command"
+#~ msgstr "Der \\override-Befehl"
-msgid "Up:"
-msgstr "Nach oben:"
+#~ msgid "Font selection"
+#~ msgstr "Auswahl der Schriftart"
-msgid "Next:"
-msgstr "Weiter:"
+#~ msgid "Simple lyrics"
+#~ msgstr "Einfache Gesangstexte"
-msgid "Previous:"
-msgstr "Zurück:"
+#~ msgid "Another way of entering lyrics"
+#~ msgstr "Eine andere Art, den Text einzugeben"
-msgid "Appendix "
-msgstr "Anhang "
+#~ msgid "Assigning more than one syllable to a single note"
+#~ msgstr "Mehr als eine Strophe an einer Note ausrichten"
-msgid "Footnotes"
-msgstr "Fußnoten"
+#~ msgid "More than one note on a single syllable"
+#~ msgstr "Mehr als eine Note für eine einzelne Silbe"
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis"
+#~ msgid "Vocals and variables"
+#~ msgstr "Gesangstexte und Bezeichner"
+
+#~ msgid "Flexibility in placement"
+#~ msgstr "Flexibilität bei der Positionierung"
+
+#~ msgid "Lyrics to multiple notes of a melisma"
+#~ msgstr "Text zu mehreren Noten eines Melismas"
+
+#~ msgid "Switching the melody associated with a lyrics line"
+#~ msgstr "Die Melodie, die mit einer Textzeile verbunden ist, umschalten"
+
+#~ msgid "Spacing vocals"
+#~ msgstr "Abstände im Gesangstext"
+
+#~ msgid "Spacing lyrics"
+#~ msgstr "Textabstände"
+
+#~ msgid "More about stanzas"
+#~ msgstr "Mehr über Strophen"
+
+#~ msgid "Adding dynamics marks"
+#~ msgstr "Lautstärkebezeichnung hinzufügen"
+
+#~ msgid "Adding singer names"
+#~ msgstr "Sängernamen hinzufügen"
+
+#~ msgid "mus"
+#~ msgstr "Noten"
+
+#~ msgid "Autre documentation"
+#~ msgstr "Andere Dokumentation"
+
+#~ msgid "fourth"
+#~ msgstr "Quarte"
+
+#~ msgid "How to read the tutorial"
+#~ msgstr "Wie soll man die Übung lesen"
+
+#~ msgid "Relative note names"
+#~ msgstr "Relative Notenbezeichnungen"
+
+#~ msgid "Piano staves"
+#~ msgstr "Klaviersysteme"
+
+#~ msgid "Printing lyrics"
+#~ msgstr "Eingabe von Gesangtext"
+
+#~ msgid "A lead sheet"
+#~ msgstr "Ein Song-Blatt"
+
+#~ msgid "Organizing pieces with identifiers"
+#~ msgstr "Stücke durch Bezeichner organisieren"
+
+#~ msgid "GNU LilyPond --- le système de gravure musicale"
+#~ msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Das Notensatzprogramm"
+
+#~ msgid "Orchestral strings sections"
+#~ msgstr "Notation von Orchestermusik"
+
+#~ msgid "Artificial harmonics (strings)"
+#~ msgstr "Flageolett"
+
+#~ msgid "Guitar sections"
+#~ msgstr "Notation für Guitarre"
+
+#~ msgid "Tablatures basic"
+#~ msgstr "Grundlagen der Tabulatur"
+
+#~ msgid "Non-guitar tablatures"
+#~ msgstr "Nicht-Gitarren-Tabulaturen"
+
+#~ msgid "Other guitar issues"
+#~ msgstr "Weitere Gitarrenprobleme"
+
+#~ msgid "Percussion sections"
+#~ msgstr "Notation für Schlagzeug"
+
+#~ msgid "Entering percussion"
+#~ msgstr "Schlagzeugnotation"
+
+#~ msgid "Bagpipe"
+#~ msgstr "Dudelsack"
+
+#~ msgid "Chords sections"
+#~ msgstr "Notation von Akkorden"
+
+#~ msgid "Entering chord names"
+#~ msgstr "Akkordbezeichnungen eingeben"
+
+#~ msgid "Chords mode"
+#~ msgstr "Akkord-Modus"
+
+#~ msgid "Learning Manual (LM)"
+#~ msgstr "Handbuch zum Lernen (LH)"
+
+#~ msgid "Notation Reference (NR)"
+#~ msgstr "Notationsreferenz (NR)"
+
+#~ msgid "Orchestral strings TODO"
+#~ msgstr "Streicher"
+
+#~ msgid "Guitar TODO"
+#~ msgstr "Gitarre"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Chords notation"
+#~ msgstr "Notation von Akkorden"
#~ msgid "church rests"
#~ msgstr "Kirchenpausen"
#~ msgid "dashPlus"
#~ msgstr "dashPlus"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "music"
-#~ msgstr "Notation von Gesang"
-
#~ msgid "Common notation"
#~ msgstr "Übliche Notation"
#~ msgid "Overview of text entry"
#~ msgstr "Überblick über Textbeschriftungsbefehle"
-#~ msgid "Special text concerns"
-#~ msgstr "Besonderheiten bei der Texteingabe"
-
#~ msgid "Bagpipe sections"
#~ msgstr "Notation von Musik für Dudelsack"
#~ msgid "Educational use"
#~ msgstr "Pädagogische Verwendung"
-#~ msgid "Predefined tweaks"
-#~ msgstr "Vordefinierte Optimierungen"
-
#~ msgid "The three methods of tweaking"
#~ msgstr "Die drei Korrektur-Methoden"
#~ msgid "Connecting notes"
#~ msgstr "Noten verbinden"
-#~ msgid "Rhythmic music"
-#~ msgstr "Rhythmische Musik"
-
#~ msgid "Other instrument specific notation"
#~ msgstr "Notation für verschiedene Instrumente"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: es\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-07-30 11:15+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-11 18:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-07-30 11:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Francisco Vila <francisco.vila@hispalinux.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Español\n"
msgstr "compasA"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "foo"
msgstr "bla"
msgstr "Windows"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "UNIX"
msgstr "UNIX"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Alturas"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "pitch"
msgstr "Do central"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "octave"
msgstr "octava"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "accidental"
msgstr "alteración accidental"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "Durations (rhythms)"
msgstr "duración"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "whole note"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "clave"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "All together"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Armaduras"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "key signature"
msgstr "Advertencia: armaduras y alturas"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "natural"
msgstr "becuadro"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "transposition"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Digitaciones"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "fingering"
msgstr "Matices dinámicos"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "dynamics"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "grace notes"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "acciaccatura"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "appoggiatura"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "brace"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Elaborar canciones sencillas"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "lyrics"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "melisma"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "extender line"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Más allá del tutorial"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:352 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1154 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1196 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1165 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1207 (variable)
msgid "melody"
msgstr "melodia"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:353 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:978 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1159 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1200 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:989 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1170 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1211 (variable)
msgid "text"
msgstr "texto"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1187 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2497 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3160 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3168 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:639 (variable)
msgid "global"
msgstr "global"
msgstr "MusicaSoprano"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1240 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3162 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3170 (variable)
msgid "AltoMusic"
msgstr "MusicaAlto"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1241 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3163 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3171 (variable)
msgid "TenorMusic"
msgstr "MusicaTenor"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1242 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3164 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3172 (variable)
msgid "BassMusic"
msgstr "MusicaBajo"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1243 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3165 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3173 (variable)
msgid "VerseOne"
msgstr "EstrofaUno"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1245 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3166 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3174 (variable)
msgid "VerseTwo"
msgstr "EstrofaDos"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1247 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3167 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3175 (variable)
msgid "VerseThree"
msgstr "EstrofaTres"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1249 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3168 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3176 (variable)
msgid "VerseFour"
msgstr "EstrofaCuatro"
#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:668 (comment)
msgid "Revert thickness of all following slurs to default of 1.2"
-msgstr "Devolver el grosor de las ligaduras siguientes al valor predeterminado 1.2"
+msgstr ""
+"Devolver el grosor de las ligaduras siguientes al valor predeterminado 1.2"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1257 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1265 (comment)
msgid "Don't print clefs in this staff"
msgstr "No imprimir la clave en este pentagrama"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1259 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1267 (comment)
msgid "Don't print time signatures in this staff"
msgstr "No imprimir el compás en este pentagrama"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1320 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1328 (comment)
msgid "Reduce all font sizes by ~24%"
msgstr "Reducir el tamaño de la fuente en un 24% aprox."
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1376 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1384 (comment)
msgid "Reduce stem length and line spacing to match"
-msgstr "Reducir la longitud de la plica y el espaciado de la línea en coincidencia"
+msgstr ""
+"Reducir la longitud de la plica y el espaciado de la línea en coincidencia"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1750 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1811 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1758 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1819 (comment)
msgid "Set details for later Text Spanner"
msgstr "Establecer ajustes para el extensor de texto ulterior"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1753 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1814 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1761 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1822 (comment)
msgid "Place dynamics above staff"
msgstr "Situar la dinámica por encima"
# fuzzy. FVD
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1755 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1818 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1763 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1826 (comment)
msgid "Start Ottava Bracket"
msgstr "Inicio del corchete de octava"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1758 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1765 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1821 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1828 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1766 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1773 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1829 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1836 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Text"
msgstr "Añadir indicación dinámica textual"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1760 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1823 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1768 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1831 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Line Spanner"
msgstr "Añadir indicación dinámica de extensión de línea"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1762 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1825 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1770 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1833 (comment)
msgid "Add Text Script"
msgstr "Guiones de texto"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1767 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1830 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1775 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1838 (comment)
msgid "Stop Ottava Bracket"
msgstr "Detener el corchete de octava"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1816 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1824 (comment)
msgid "Place following Ottava Bracket below Text Spanners"
-msgstr "Situar el corchete de octava ulterior por debajo de los extensores de texto"
+msgstr ""
+"Situar el corchete de octava ulterior por debajo de los extensores de texto"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1872 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1880 (comment)
msgid "Cause notes to space out to accommodate text"
msgstr "Ocasionar que las notas se espacíen para adecuarse al texto"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1890 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1898 (comment)
msgid "This markup is short enough to fit without collision"
msgstr "Este marcado es corto y cabe sin colisionar"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1894 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1902 (comment)
msgid "This is too long to fit, so it is displaced upwards"
msgstr "Este es muy largo y se desplaza hacia arriba"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1898 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1903 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1911 (comment)
msgid "Turn off collision avoidance"
msgstr "Desactivar el detector de colisiones"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1905 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1913 (comment)
msgid "and turn on textLengthOn"
msgstr "y activar textLengthOn"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1914 (comment)
msgid "Spaces at end are honored"
msgstr "Los espacios al final se respetan"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2009 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2017 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 staff space"
msgstr "Aumentar la anchura en un espacio de pentagrama"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2275 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2283 (comment)
msgid "This will not work, see below:"
msgstr "Esto no va a funcionar, véase más abajo:"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2279 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2287 (comment)
msgid "This works:"
msgstr "Esto sí funciona:"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2324 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2332 (variable)
msgid "naturalplusflat"
msgstr "becuadro_y_bemol"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2359 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2367 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 unit"
msgstr "Aumentar la anchura en una unidad"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2361 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2369 (comment)
msgid "Align dynamics to a base line 2 units above staff"
msgstr "Alinear los matices a dos unidades por encima del pentagrama"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2639 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2690 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2752 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2823 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2885 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2940 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2647 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2698 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2760 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2831 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2893 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2948 (variable)
msgid "rhMusic"
msgstr "Musica_m_der"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2644 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2695 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2759 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2832 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2894 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2652 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2703 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2767 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2840 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2902 (comment)
msgid "Start polyphonic section of four voices"
msgstr "Inicio de la sección polifónica de cuatro voces"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2657 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2708 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2772 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2847 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2911 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2968 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2665 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2716 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2780 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2855 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2919 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2976 (variable)
msgid "lhMusic"
msgstr "Muslca_m_izq"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2898 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2955 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2963 (comment)
msgid "Move the c2 out of the main note column so the merge will work"
msgstr ""
"Sacar el Do blanca de la columna principal de notas para que la fusión "
"funcione"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2901 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2958 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2909 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2966 (comment)
msgid "Stem on the d2 must be down to permit merging"
msgstr "La plica del Re blanca debe estar hacia abajo para permitir la fusión"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2953 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2961 (comment)
msgid "Reposition the c2 to the right of the merged note"
msgstr "Recolocar el Do blanca a la derecha de la nota fundida"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3081 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3100 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3089 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3108 (comment)
msgid "Visible tempo marking"
msgstr "Indicación metronómica visible"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3085 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3104 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3093 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3112 (comment)
msgid "Invisible tempo marking to lengthen fermata in MIDI"
msgstr "Indicación metronómica invisible para prolongar el calderón en el MIDI"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3088 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3107 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3096 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3115 (comment)
msgid "New tempo for next section"
msgstr "Tempo nuevo para la sección siguiente"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3151 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3159 (variable)
msgid "emphasize"
msgstr "enfatizar"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3155 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3163 (variable)
msgid "normal"
msgstr "normal"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3161 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3169 (variable)
msgid "SopranoMusic"
msgstr "musicaSoprano"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3377 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3385 (comment)
msgid "Arrange to obtain color from color-notehead procedure"
msgstr "Truco para obtener color a partir del procedimiento color-notehead"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "left-padding and right-padding"
-msgstr "left-padding y right-padding (relleno por la izquierda y por la derecha)"
+msgstr ""
+"left-padding y right-padding (relleno por la izquierda y por la derecha)"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgstr "dolce"
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:227 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:273 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:276 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely:235 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:100 (variable)
msgid "padText"
msgid "fthenp"
msgstr "f_luego_p"
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:310 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:313 (variable)
msgid "mpdolce"
msgstr "mpdolce"
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:312 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:315 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely:256 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:134 (variable)
msgid "tempoMark"
#. @node in Documentation/user/working.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/working.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond input files"
msgstr "Sugerencias para escribir archivos de entrada de LilyPond"
msgstr "Texinfo"
#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/user/templates.itely
+#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/templates.itely
#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/es/user/templates.itely
msgid "xelatex"
msgstr "xelatex"
#. @node in Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/fr/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
msgid "Tweaking with Scheme"
msgstr "Requisitos para la ejecución"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Requirements for building documentation"
msgstr "Requisitos para construir la documentación"
msgstr "Compilar para distintas plataformas"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Compiling outside the source tree"
msgstr "Compilar fuera del árbol del código fuente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Building documentation"
msgstr "Construir la documentación"
#. @node in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Commands for building documentation"
msgstr "Instrucciones para construir la documentación"
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Building documentation without compiling LilyPond"
msgstr "Construir la documentación sin compilar LilyPond"
#. @node in Documentation/user/setup.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/setup.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
msgid "LilyKDE"
msgstr "LilyKDE"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
msgid "Invoking lilypond"
msgstr "Invocar a LilyPond"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-book.itely
msgid "Command line options"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
msgid "Environment variables"
msgstr "Variables de entorno"
msgid "Musical notation"
msgstr "Notación musical"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:615 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:651 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:997 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1016 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1053 (variable)
msgid "music"
msgstr "musica"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:979 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1027 (comment)
msgid "not strictly necessary, but a good reminder"
msgstr "no es imprescindible pero es bueno recordarlo"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1068 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1119 (variable)
msgid "musicA"
msgstr "musicaA"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1082 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1133 (variable)
msgid "musicB"
msgstr "musicaB"
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1615 (comment)
msgid "end 1/16 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
-msgstr "finalizar barras de semicorchea para todos los compases en el momento 1/16"
+msgstr ""
+"finalizar barras de semicorchea para todos los compases en el momento 1/16"
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1619 (comment)
msgid "end 1/32 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1629 (comment)
msgid "end beams of all durations in 5/8 time signature at the 2/8 moment"
-msgstr "finalizar barras para cualquier duración en el compás de 5/8, en el momento 2/8"
+msgstr ""
+"finalizar barras para cualquier duración en el compás de 5/8, en el momento "
+"2/8"
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1658 (comment)
msgid "undo a rule ending 1/16 beams in 4/4 time at 1/4 moment"
-msgstr "deshacer regla de finalizar barras de semicorchea en compás 4/4 en el momento 1/4"
+msgstr ""
+"deshacer regla de finalizar barras de semicorchea en compás 4/4 en el "
+"momento 1/4"
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1671 (comment)
msgid "this won't revert it!"
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2114 (comment)
msgid "Prevent bar numbers at the end of a line and permit them elsewhere"
-msgstr "No poner números de compás al final de la línea, pero sí en otros lugares"
+msgstr ""
+"No poner números de compás al final de la línea, pero sí en otros lugares"
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2118 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2144 (comment)
msgstr "Escalar las duraciones"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "laissez vibrer"
msgstr "laissez vibrer"
msgid "Time administration"
msgstr "Gestión del tiempo"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:337 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:383 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:390 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:458 (variable)
msgid "moltoF"
msgstr "moltoF"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:353 (variable)
-msgid "roundf"
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:411 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:441 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "roundF"
msgstr "f_redondo"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:355 (variable)
-msgid "boxf"
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:413 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:445 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "boxF"
msgstr "f_caja"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:370 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:428 (variable)
msgid "sfzp"
msgstr "sfzp"
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:446 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "roundFdynamic"
+msgstr "matices dinámicos"
+
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:447 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "boxFdynamic"
+msgstr "matices dinámicos"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgid "Articulations and ornamentations"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgid "trill"
msgstr "trino"
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:257 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:298 (variable)
msgid "voltaAdLib"
msgstr "voltaAdLib"
msgid "Writing music in parallel"
msgstr "Escribir música en paralelo"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:569 (comment)
-msgid "Set here the overrides for the staff "
-msgstr "Establecer aquí las sobreescrituras para el pentagrama"
-
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:573 (comment)
-msgid "Revert to the default"
-msgstr "Devolver al valor predeterminado"
-
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:650 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:536 (comment)
msgid "No time signature in the ossia staff"
msgstr "El ossia no tiene compás"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:783 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:678 (comment)
msgid "To use the setting globally, uncomment the following line:"
msgstr ""
"Para emplear el ajuste globalmente, quite el comentario de la línea "
"siguiente:"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:784 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:679 (comment)
msgid "\\override VerticalAxisGroup #'remove-first = ##t"
msgstr "\\override VerticalAxisGroup #'remove-first = ##t"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:792 (comment)
-msgid "To use the setting globally, comment this line, uncomment the line above"
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:687 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"To use the setting globally, comment this line, uncomment the line above"
msgstr ""
"Para emplear el ajuste globalmente, comente esta línea, descomente la "
"anterior"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1185 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1079 (variable)
msgid "smaller"
msgstr "menor"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1200 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1094 (comment)
msgid "setup a context for cue notes."
msgstr "preparar un contexto para las notas guía"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1241 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1135 (variable)
msgid "picc"
msgstr "fltin"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1249 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1143 (variable)
msgid "cbsn"
msgstr "cbjo"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Instrument names"
msgstr "Nombres de instrumentos"
msgid "Formatting cue notes"
msgstr "Formateo de las notas de aviso"
-#. Documentation/user/editorial.itely:288 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/editorial.itely:323 (comment)
msgid "this is deliberate nonsense; note that the stems remain black"
-msgstr "esto no tiene sentido, intencionalmente. Observe que las plicas siguen negras"
+msgstr ""
+"esto no tiene sentido, intencionalmente. Observe que las plicas siguen negras"
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
msgid "Analysis brackets"
msgstr "Corchetes de análisis"
-#. Documentation/user/text.itely:403 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/text.itely:410 (variable)
msgid "allegro"
msgstr "allegro"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
-msgid "Common markup commands"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+msgid "Selecting font and font size"
msgstr "Instrucciones de marcado de texto más usuales"
# fuzzy. FVD
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Text alignment"
msgstr "Alineación de texto"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Graphic notation inside markup"
msgstr "Notación gráfica dentro de elementos de marcado"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Music notation inside markup"
msgstr "Notación musical dentro de elementos de marcado"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Multi-page markup"
msgstr "Elementos de marcado de varias páginas"
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Fonts"
msgstr "Tipografías"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Entire document fonts"
msgstr "Fuentes tipográficas del documento completo"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Single entry fonts"
msgstr "Fuentes de un solo elemento"
msgid "Specialist notation"
msgstr "Notación especializada"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:800 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:450 (comment)
+msgid "not recommended: left aligns syllables "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:453 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "wrong: durations needed"
+msgstr "Escalar las duraciones"
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:456 (comment)
+msgid "correct"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:786 (variable)
msgid "voice"
msgstr "voz"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:807 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:793 (variable)
msgid "lyr"
msgstr "letra"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1045 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1056 (comment)
msgid "applies to "
msgstr "se aplica a"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1214 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1225 (comment)
msgid "moves the column off the left margin; "
msgstr "aleja la columna del margen izquierdo; "
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1215 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1226 (comment)
msgid "can be removed if space on the page is tight"
msgstr "se puede quitar si el espaciado de la página es apretado"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1223 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1241 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1234 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1252 (comment)
msgid "adds vertical spacing between verses"
msgstr "añade espaciado vertical entre estrofas"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1231 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1242 (comment)
msgid "adds horizontal spacing between columns; "
msgstr "añade espaciado horizontal entre columnas; "
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1232 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1243 (comment)
msgid "if they are still too close, add more pairs "
msgstr "si aún están muy juntas, añada más parejas "
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1233 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1244 (comment)
msgid "until the result looks good"
msgstr "hasta que el resultado resulte adecuado"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1249 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1260 (comment)
msgid "gives some extra space on the right margin; "
msgstr "aplica más separación en el margen derecho; "
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1250 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1261 (comment)
msgid "can be removed if page space is tight"
msgstr "se puede quitar si el espaciado de la página es apretado"
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Common notation for vocals"
msgstr "Notación usual para voces"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "References for vocal music"
msgstr "Referencias para música vocal"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Manual syllable durations"
msgstr "Duración manual de las sílabas"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Multiple syllables to one note"
msgstr "Varias sílabas sobre una nota"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Multiple notes to one syllable"
msgstr "Varias notas sobre una sílaba"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Skipping notes"
msgstr "Saltar notas"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Lyrics and repeats"
msgstr "Letras y repeticiones"
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Placement of lyrics"
msgstr "Colocación de la letra"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Chants"
msgstr "Cantos"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Spacing out syllables"
msgstr "Espaciado de las sílabas"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Centering lyrics between staves"
msgstr "Centrado de la letra entre pentagramas"
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Stanzas"
msgstr "Versos"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Adding dynamics marks to stanzas"
msgstr "Añadir expresiones dinámicas a los versos"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Adding singers' names to stanzas"
msgstr "Añadir el nombre de los cantantes a los versos"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Stanzas with different rhythms"
msgstr "Versos con ritmos distintos"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Ignoring melismata"
msgstr "Ignorar los melismas"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Switching to an alternative melody"
msgstr "Cambio a una melodía alternativa"
msgid "Printing stanzas at the end in multiple columns"
msgstr "Imprimir los versos al final en varias columnas"
-#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:159 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:175 (comment)
msgid "keep staff alive"
msgstr "mantener vivo el pentagrama"
-#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:333 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:373 (comment)
msgid "stems may overlap the other staff"
msgstr "las plicas pueden superponerse al otro pentagrama"
-#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:335 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:375 (comment)
msgid "extend the stems to reach other other staff"
msgstr "extender las plicas para que lleguen hasta el otro pentagrama"
-#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:337 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:377 (comment)
msgid "do not print extra flags"
msgstr "no imprimir corchetes adicionales"
msgid "Harp"
msgstr "Arpa"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:209 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:210 (variable)
msgid "melodia"
msgstr "melodia"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:484 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:376 (comment)
msgid "A chord for ukelele"
msgstr "Un acorde de ukelele"
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:665 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:684 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:713 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:738 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:762 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:798 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "mychords"
+msgstr "misAcordes"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:688 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "mychordlist"
+msgstr "misAcordes"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:785 (comment)
+msgid "add a new chord shape"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:789 (comment)
+msgid "add some new chords based on the power chord shape"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Automatic fret diagrams"
-msgstr "Diagramas de traste automáticos"
+msgid "Fret diagram markups"
+msgstr "Marcas de diagramas de trastes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Fret diagram markups"
-msgstr "Marcas de diagramas de trastes"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Predefined fret diagrams"
+msgstr "Diagramas de trastes"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Automatic fret diagrams"
+msgstr "Diagramas de traste automáticos"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Banjo tablatures"
msgstr "Tablaturas de banjo"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:120 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:300 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:214 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:394 (variable)
msgid "up"
msgstr "arriba"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:121 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:301 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:215 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:395 (variable)
msgid "down"
msgstr "abajo"
msgid "Bagpipe example"
msgstr "Ejemplo de música de gaita"
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:650 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:651 (variable)
msgid "myChords"
msgstr "misAcordes"
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:973 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:994 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:974 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:995 (comment)
msgid "Put notes on same Staff as figures"
msgstr "Poner las notas en el mismo pentagrama que los números"
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:1053 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:1054 (comment)
msgid "The extenders are correct here, with the same rhythm as the bass"
msgstr "Los extensores aquí son correctos, con el mismo ritmo que el bajo"
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:1065 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:1066 (comment)
msgid "The extenders are incorrect here, even though the timing is the same"
msgstr "Los extensores aquí son incorrectos, aunque la medida es la misma"
#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
msgid "World music"
msgstr "Músicas del mundo"
#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
msgid "Arabic music"
msgstr "Música árabe"
#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
-msgid "Arabic music notation overview"
-msgstr "Panorámica de la notación de música árabe"
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "References for Arabic music"
+msgstr "Referencias para música árabe"
#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
msgid "Arabic note names"
msgstr "Nombres de nota árabes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
msgid "Arabic key signatures"
msgstr "Armaduras de tonalidad árabes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
msgid "Arabic time signatures"
msgstr "Indicaciones de compás árabes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
-msgid "References for Arabic music"
-msgstr "Referencias para música árabe"
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arabic music example"
+msgstr "Ejemplos reales de música"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
-msgid "References for arabic music"
-msgstr "Referencias para música árabe"
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Further reading"
+msgstr "Trucajes adicionales"
#. Documentation/user/input.itely:494 (comment)
msgid "not printed"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @chapter in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @chapter in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @chapter in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "General input and output"
msgstr "Entrada y salida generales"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Input structure"
msgstr "Estructura del código de entrada"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Structure of a score"
msgstr "Estructura de una partitura"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Titles and headers"
msgstr "Títulos y cabeceras"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Creating titles"
msgstr "Crear títulos"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Custom titles"
msgstr "Títulos personalizados"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Reference to page numbers"
msgstr "Referencias a números de página"
# this is the same translation that babel LaTex package uses . FVD
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Table of contents"
msgstr "Índice general"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Working with input files"
msgstr "Trabajar sobre los archivos de entrada"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Using variables"
msgstr "Uso de las variables"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Using tags"
msgstr "Uso de etiquetas"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
-msgid "Controlling output"
-msgstr "Controlar la salida"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Controlling output"
+msgstr "Controlar la salida"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Extracting fragments of music"
msgstr "Extracción de fragmentos de música"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "MIDI output"
msgstr "Salida MIDI"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Creating MIDI files"
msgstr "Crear archivos MIDI"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "MIDI block"
msgstr "El bloque MIDI"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "What goes into the MIDI output?"
msgstr "¿Qué sale por el MIDI?"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Supported in MIDI"
msgstr "Contemplado en el MIDI"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Unsupported in MIDI"
msgstr "No contemplado en el MIDI"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Repeats in MIDI"
msgstr "Repeticiones y MIDI"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Controlling MIDI dynamics"
msgstr "Control de los matices en el MIDI"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Dynamic marks"
msgstr "Indicaciones dinámicas"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Overall MIDI volume"
msgstr "Volumen maestro MIDI"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Equalizing different instruments (i)"
msgstr "Balance entre instrumentos (i)"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Equalizing different instruments (ii)"
msgstr "Balance entre instrumentos (i)"
-#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-msgid "Microtones in MIDI"
-msgstr "Microtonos en MIDI"
-
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:716 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:684 (comment)
msgid "this does nothing"
msgstr "esto no hace nada"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:717 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:685 (comment)
msgid "a break here would work"
msgstr "un salto aquí funcionaría"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:718 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:686 (comment)
msgid "as does this break"
msgstr "como por ejemplo este salto"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:730 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:698 (comment)
msgid "now the break is allowed"
msgstr "ahora se permite el salto de línea"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1492 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1460 (comment)
msgid "this time the text will be closer to the staff"
msgstr "esta vez el texto estará más cerca del pentagrama"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1494 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1462 (comment)
msgid "by setting outside-staff-priority to a non-number, "
-msgstr "ajustando el valor de outside-staff-priority a algo que no sea un número, "
+msgstr ""
+"ajustando el valor de outside-staff-priority a algo que no sea un número, "
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1495 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1463 (comment)
msgid "we disable the automatic collision avoidance"
msgstr "desactivamos la evitación automática de colisiones"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1498 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1466 (comment)
msgid "now they will collide"
msgstr "ahora se producirá la colisión"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1523 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1491 (comment)
msgid "the markup is too close to the following note"
msgstr "el marcado está demasiado cerca de la nota siguiente"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1526 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1494 (comment)
msgid "setting outside-staff-horizontal-padding fixes this"
msgstr "ajustar outside-staff-horizontal-padding corrige esto"
msgid "Score layout"
msgstr "Disposición de la partitura"
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Displaying spacing"
-msgstr "Mostrar el espaciado"
-
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
msgid "Fitting music onto fewer pages"
msgstr "Encajar la música en menos páginas"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
+msgid "Displaying spacing"
+msgstr "Mostrar el espaciado"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Changing spacing"
+msgstr "Cambiar el espaciado horizontal"
+
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1947 (comment)
+msgid "Remove bar line at the end of the current line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1993 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Try to remove all key signatures"
+msgstr "Armaduras de tonalidad árabes"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Interpretation contexts"
msgstr "Contextos de interpretación"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Score - the master of all contexts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Top-level contexts - staff containers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Intermediate-level contexts - staves"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Bottom-level contexts - voices"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Explaining the Internals Reference"
msgstr "Explicación del Manual de referencia de funcionamiento interno"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Naming conventions"
msgstr "Convenciones de nombres"
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying properties"
msgstr "Modificar las propiedades"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Overview of modifying properties"
msgstr "Panorámica de la modificación de las propiedades"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The \\set command"
msgstr "La instrucción \\set"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The @code{\\set} command"
msgstr "La instrucción @code{\\set}"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The @code{\\override} command"
msgstr "La instrucción @code{\\override}"
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Useful concepts and properties"
msgstr "Conceptos y propiedades útiles"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Input modes"
msgstr "Modos de entrada"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Direction and placement"
msgstr "Dirección y posición"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Distances and measurements"
msgstr "Distancias y medidas"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Spanners"
msgstr "Objetos de extensión"
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Common properties"
msgstr "Propiedades más usuales"
msgid "Controlling visibility of objects"
msgstr "Control de la visibilidad de los objetos"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removing the stencil"
+msgstr "Modificación de los sellos"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Making objects transparent"
+msgstr "Mover objetos"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Painting objects white"
+msgstr "Rotación de objetos"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using break-visibility"
+msgstr "break-visibility (visibilidad en el salto)"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Special considerations"
+msgstr "Notación especializada"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Rotating objects"
msgstr "Rotación de objetos"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Aligning objects"
msgstr "Alineación de objetos"
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Advanced tweaks"
msgstr "Trucos avanzados"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying ends of spanners"
msgstr "Modificación de los extremos de los extensores"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying stencils"
msgstr "Modificación de los sellos"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Modifying shapes"
+msgstr "Modificación de los sellos"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Discussion of specific tweaks"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "old Contexts explained"
msgstr "antiguo Explicación de los contextos"
#. @node in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "TODO moved into scheme"
msgstr "HACER trasladado al apartado sobre scheme"
#. @node in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Using Scheme code instead of \\tweak"
msgstr "Usar código de Scheme en lugar de \\tweak"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Using Scheme code instead of @code{\\tweak}"
msgstr "Usar código de Scheme en lugar de @code{\\tweak}"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Difficult tweaks"
msgstr "Trucos difíciles"
msgid "Common chord modifiers"
msgstr "Modificadores de acorde más usuales"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Predefined fretboard diagrams"
+msgstr "Instrucciones predefinidas"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/notation-appendices.itely
msgid "Commonly tweaked properties"
msgstr "Propiedades trucadas frecuentemente"
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Unix"
-msgstr "Unix"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Hauteurs"
+msgstr "Racimos (clusters)"
-#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "fourth"
-msgstr "cuarta"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Durées et rythme"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Silences"
+msgstr "Líneas"
+
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Métrique"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Tout ensemble"
+msgstr "Conjuntos vocales"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "Working on text files"
msgstr "Trabajar sobre archivos de texto"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "How to read the tutorial"
-msgstr "Cómo leer el tutorial"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Relative note names"
-msgstr "Nombres de nota relativos"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Piano staves"
-msgstr "Sistemas de piano"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Printing lyrics"
-msgstr "Impresión de la letra"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "A lead sheet"
-msgstr "Hojas guía de acordes"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Organizing pieces with identifiers"
-msgstr "Organizar las piezas mediante identificadores"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Exemples cliquables"
+msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fundamental.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/fundamental.itely
msgid "Default files"
msgstr "Archivos por omisión"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
-msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond files"
-msgstr "Sugerencias para escribir archivos de LilyPond"
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
msgid "Proportional notation (introduction)"
msgstr "Notación proporcional (introducción)"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
-msgstr "Ligaduras Laissez vibrer"
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Writing repeats"
msgstr "Delimitadores del comienzo de un sistema"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
msgid "Blank music sheet"
msgstr "Papel de música en blanco"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Nested scores"
msgstr "Partituras anidadas"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Page wrapping text"
msgstr "Textos que saltan de página"
msgid "Guitar tablatures"
msgstr "Tablaturas de guitarra"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input syntax"
-msgstr "Sintaxis de escritura"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input files"
-msgstr "Archivos de entrada"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "A single music expression"
-msgstr "Una expresión musical única"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Extracting fragments of notation"
-msgstr "Extraer fragmentos de notación"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Common syntax issues TODO name?"
-msgstr "Consideraciones usuales de la sintaxis"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-msgid "Controlling direction"
-msgstr "Control de la dirección"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE"
-msgstr "Distancias y medidas"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Other stuffs TODO move?"
-msgstr "Otras consideraciones"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "context list FIXME"
-msgstr "lista de contextos"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "another thing FIXME"
-msgstr "otra cosa"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input modes FIXME"
-msgstr "Modos de entrada"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "Non-musical notation"
-msgstr "Notación no musical"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "MIDI instrument names"
-msgstr "Nombres de los instrumentos MIDI"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "What goes into the MIDI? FIXME"
-msgstr "¿Qué hay dentro del MIDI?"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "Repeats and MIDI"
-msgstr "Las repeticiones y el MIDI"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "other midi"
-msgstr "otros asuntos relacionados con el MIDI"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Page layout MOVED FROM LM"
-msgstr "Disposición de la página"
-
-# ?? FVD
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Introduction to layout"
-msgstr "Introducción a la disposición"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Global sizes"
-msgstr "Tamaños globales"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Line breaks"
-msgstr "Saltos de línea"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Page breaks"
-msgstr "Saltos de página"
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Automatic notation"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Changing context properties on the fly"
msgstr "Cambiar las propiedades de un contexto al vuelo"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Layout tunings within contexts"
msgstr "Ajuste fino de la presentación dentro de los contextos"
# ?? FVD
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Constructing a tweak"
msgstr "Construir un truco"
msgid "Simulating a fermata"
msgstr "Simulación de una fermata"
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
+msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond files"
+msgstr "Sugerencias para escribir archivos de LilyPond"
+
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
msgid "baritone"
msgstr "barítono"
msgid "Musica ficta accidentals"
msgstr "Alteraciones de la Musica Ficta"
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Controlling direction and placement"
-msgstr "Control de la dirección y la posición"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "When to add a -"
-msgstr "Cuándo añadir un guión"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "old The \\override command"
-msgstr "antiguo La instrucción \\override"
-
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "old The @code{\\override} command"
-msgstr "antiguo La instrucción @code{\\override}"
-
#. @top in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-learning.tely
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Handbuch zum Lernen"
msgstr ""
msgid "Other information"
msgstr "Más información"
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Unix"
+msgstr "Unix"
+
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "legato"
msgstr ""
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Das Notationsprogramm"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
+msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
+msgstr "Ligaduras Laissez vibrer"
+
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Chords"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-msgid "Font selection"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Up:"
+msgstr "Arriba:"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Simple lyrics"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Next:"
+msgstr "Siguiente:"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Another way of entering lyrics"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Previous:"
+msgstr "Anterior:"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Assigning more than one syllable to a single note"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Appendix "
+msgstr "Apéndice "
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "More than one note on a single syllable"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Footnotes"
+msgstr "Notas al pie"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Vocals and variables"
-msgstr ""
+# this is the same translation that babel LaTex package uses . FVD
+msgid "Table of Contents"
+msgstr "Índice general"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Flexibility in placement"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Microtones in MIDI"
+#~ msgstr "Microtonos en MIDI"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Lyrics to multiple notes of a melisma"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Input files"
+#~ msgstr "Archivos de entrada"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Switching the melody associated with a lyrics line"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "A single music expression"
+#~ msgstr "Una expresión musical única"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Spacing vocals"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Extracting fragments of notation"
+#~ msgstr "Extraer fragmentos de notación"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Spacing lyrics"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Common syntax issues TODO name?"
+#~ msgstr "Consideraciones usuales de la sintaxis"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "More about stanzas"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Controlling direction"
+#~ msgstr "Control de la dirección"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Adding dynamics marks"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE"
+#~ msgstr "Distancias y medidas"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Adding singer names"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Other stuffs TODO move?"
+#~ msgstr "Otras consideraciones"
-msgid "Up:"
-msgstr "Arriba:"
+#~ msgid "context list FIXME"
+#~ msgstr "lista de contextos"
-msgid "Next:"
-msgstr "Siguiente:"
+#~ msgid "another thing FIXME"
+#~ msgstr "otra cosa"
-msgid "Previous:"
-msgstr "Anterior:"
+#~ msgid "Input modes FIXME"
+#~ msgstr "Modos de entrada"
-msgid "Appendix "
-msgstr "Apéndice "
+#~ msgid "Non-musical notation"
+#~ msgstr "Notación no musical"
-msgid "Footnotes"
-msgstr "Notas al pie"
+#~ msgid "MIDI instrument names"
+#~ msgstr "Nombres de los instrumentos MIDI"
-# this is the same translation that babel LaTex package uses . FVD
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Índice general"
+#~ msgid "What goes into the MIDI? FIXME"
+#~ msgstr "¿Qué hay dentro del MIDI?"
+
+#~ msgid "Repeats and MIDI"
+#~ msgstr "Las repeticiones y el MIDI"
+
+#~ msgid "other midi"
+#~ msgstr "otros asuntos relacionados con el MIDI"
+
+#~ msgid "Page layout MOVED FROM LM"
+#~ msgstr "Disposición de la página"
+
+# ?? FVD
+#~ msgid "Introduction to layout"
+#~ msgstr "Introducción a la disposición"
+
+#~ msgid "Global sizes"
+#~ msgstr "Tamaños globales"
+
+#~ msgid "Line breaks"
+#~ msgstr "Saltos de línea"
+
+#~ msgid "Page breaks"
+#~ msgstr "Saltos de página"
+
+#~ msgid "Input syntax"
+#~ msgstr "Sintaxis de escritura"
+
+#~ msgid "Controlling direction and placement"
+#~ msgstr "Control de la dirección y la posición"
+
+#~ msgid "When to add a -"
+#~ msgstr "Cuándo añadir un guión"
+
+#~ msgid "old The \\override command"
+#~ msgstr "antiguo La instrucción \\override"
+
+#~ msgid "old The @code{\\override} command"
+#~ msgstr "antiguo La instrucción @code{\\override}"
+
+#~ msgid "Set here the overrides for the staff "
+#~ msgstr "Establecer aquí las sobreescrituras para el pentagrama"
+
+#~ msgid "Revert to the default"
+#~ msgstr "Devolver al valor predeterminado"
+
+#~ msgid "Arabic music notation overview"
+#~ msgstr "Panorámica de la notación de música árabe"
+
+#~ msgid "References for arabic music"
+#~ msgstr "Referencias para música árabe"
+
+#~ msgid "fourth"
+#~ msgstr "cuarta"
+
+#~ msgid "How to read the tutorial"
+#~ msgstr "Cómo leer el tutorial"
+
+#~ msgid "Relative note names"
+#~ msgstr "Nombres de nota relativos"
+
+#~ msgid "Piano staves"
+#~ msgstr "Sistemas de piano"
+
+#~ msgid "Printing lyrics"
+#~ msgstr "Impresión de la letra"
+
+#~ msgid "A lead sheet"
+#~ msgstr "Hojas guía de acordes"
+#~ msgid "Organizing pieces with identifiers"
+#~ msgstr "Organizar las piezas mediante identificadores"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: fr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-06-20 09:14+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-11 18:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-07-16 18:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jean-Charles Malahieude <lolyfan-AT-wanadoo-DOT-fr>\n"
"Language-Team: Français <lilypond-user-fr@gnu.org>\n"
"manuel en anglais."
#: translations-status.py:56
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Section titles"
+msgstr "Création de titres"
+
+#: translations-status.py:57
+#, python-format
+msgid " <p><i>Last updated %s</i></p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: translations-status.py:58
msgid "Translators"
msgstr "Traducteurs"
-#: translations-status.py:56
+#: translations-status.py:58
msgid "Translation checkers"
msgstr "Relecteurs"
-#: translations-status.py:57
+#: translations-status.py:59
msgid "Translated"
msgstr "Traduit"
-#: translations-status.py:57
+#: translations-status.py:59
msgid "Up to date"
msgstr "À jour"
-#: translations-status.py:58
+#: translations-status.py:60
msgid "Other info"
msgstr "Autres informations"
-#: translations-status.py:60
+#: translations-status.py:62
msgid "no"
msgstr "non"
-#: translations-status.py:61
+#: translations-status.py:63
msgid "not translated"
msgstr "non traduit"
-#: translations-status.py:63
+#: translations-status.py:65
#, python-format
msgid "partially (%(p)d %%)"
msgstr "partiellement (%(p)d %%)"
-#: translations-status.py:65
+#: translations-status.py:67
#, python-format
msgid "partially translated (%(p)d %%)"
msgstr "partiellement traduit (%(p)d %%)"
-#: translations-status.py:66 translations-status.py:68
+#: translations-status.py:68 translations-status.py:70
msgid "yes"
msgstr "oui"
-#: translations-status.py:67
+#: translations-status.py:69
msgid "translated"
msgstr "traduit"
-#: translations-status.py:68 translations-status.py:69
+#: translations-status.py:70 translations-status.py:71
msgid "up to date"
msgstr "à jour"
-#: translations-status.py:70
+#: translations-status.py:72
msgid "partially"
msgstr "partiellement"
-#: translations-status.py:71
+#: translations-status.py:73
msgid "partially up to date"
msgstr "partiellement à jour"
-#: translations-status.py:72
+#: translations-status.py:74
msgid "N/A"
msgstr "N/A"
-#: translations-status.py:73
+#: translations-status.py:75
msgid "pre-GDP"
msgstr "pré-GDP"
-#: translations-status.py:74
+#: translations-status.py:76
msgid "post-GDP"
msgstr "post-GDP"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Background"
msgstr "Contexte"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Engraving"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Automated engraving"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "What symbols to engrave?"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Music representation"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Example applications"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Learning Manual (LM)"
msgstr "À propos du manuel d'initiation (LM)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Music Glossary (MG)"
msgstr "À propos du glossaire musicologique (MG)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Notation Reference (NR)"
msgstr "À propos du manuel de notation (NR)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Application Usage (AU)"
msgstr "À propos du manuel d'utilisation (AU)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Snippet List (SL)"
msgstr "À propos des morceaux choisis (SL)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Internals Reference (IR)"
msgstr "À propos des références du programme (IR)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Other documentation"
msgstr "Autres sources de documentation"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:226 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:225 (comment)
msgid "set the starting point to middle C"
msgstr "définit le point de départ en référence au do central"
msgid "one octave above middle C"
msgstr "une octave au dessus du do central"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:271 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:272 (comment)
msgid "c is 1 staff space up, so is the c above"
msgstr "do est à un cran de plus, il sera donc au dessus"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:272 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:273 (comment)
msgid "d is 2 up or 5 down, so is the d above"
msgstr "ré est à 2 crans de plus ou 5 de moins, il sera donc au dessus"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:273 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:274 (comment)
msgid "e is 3 up or 4 down, so is the e above"
msgstr "mi est à 3 crans de plus ou 4 de moins, il sera donc au dessus"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:274 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:275 (comment)
msgid "a is 6 up or 1 down, so is the a below"
msgstr "la est à 6 crans de plus ou 1 de moins, il sera donc en dessous"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:275 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:276 (comment)
msgid "g is 5 up or 2 down, so is the g below"
msgstr "sol est à 5 crans de plus ou 2 de moins, il sera donc en dessous"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:276 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:277 (comment)
msgid "f is 4 up or 3 down, so is the f below"
msgstr "fa est à 4 crans de plus ou 3 de moins, il sera donc en dessous"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1525 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1551 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:214 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:229 (variable)
msgid "violin"
msgstr "violon"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1528 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1556 (variable)
msgid "cello"
msgstr "cello"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1551 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1581 (variable)
msgid "tripletA"
msgstr "trioletA"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1552 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1582 (variable)
msgid "barA"
msgstr "mesureA"
# utiliser peut-être le terme anglais, surtout
# s'il est massivement utilisé dans les ly
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "foo"
msgstr "toto"
msgstr "Windows"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "UNIX"
msgstr "UNIX"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Hauteurs"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "pitch"
msgstr "do central"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "octave"
msgstr "octave"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "accidental"
msgstr "altération accidentelle"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "Durations (rhythms)"
msgstr "durée"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "whole note"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Rests"
msgstr "Silences"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Time signature"
msgstr "Métrique"
# bof
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "All together"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Armures"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "key signature"
msgstr "Attention aux armures et aux hauteurs"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "natural"
msgstr "bécarre"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "transposition"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Doigtés"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "fingering"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Nuances"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "dynamics"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Tuplets"
msgstr "Nolets"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Grace notes"
msgstr "Notes d'ornement"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "grace notes"
# ça vient directement de l'italien comme appogiature
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "acciaccatura"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "appoggiatura"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "brace"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Écriture de chants simples"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "lyrics"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "mélisme"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "extender line"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Après le tutoriel"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:352 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1054 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1096 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1165 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1207 (variable)
msgid "melody"
msgstr "melodie"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:353 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:879 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1059 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1100 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:989 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1170 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1211 (variable)
msgid "text"
msgstr "texte"
msgstr "Voix principale"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:687 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:481 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:503 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:527 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:593 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:618 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:645 (comment)
msgid "Bar 1"
msgstr "Mesure 1"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:698 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:485 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:507 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:533 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:598 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:623 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:651 (comment)
msgid "Bar 2"
msgstr "Mesure 2"
msgstr "Initialisation de la seconde voix"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1012 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1074 (comment)
msgid "Set stems, etc, down"
msgstr "Hampes et autres attributs iront vers le bas"
msgstr "Initialisation de la troisième voix"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1018 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1080 (comment)
msgid "Set stems, etc, up"
msgstr "Hampes et autres attributs iront vers le haut"
msgid "Initiate first voice"
msgstr "Initialisation de la première voix"
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1074 (comment)
-msgid "set stems, etc down"
-msgstr "Hampes et autres attributs iront vers le bas"
-
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1080 (comment)
-msgid "set stems, etc up"
-msgstr "Hampes et autres attributs iront vers le haut"
-
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1187 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2497 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3156 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:521 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3168 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:639 (variable)
msgid "global"
msgstr "glogal"
msgstr "MetriqueArmure"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1239 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3157 (variable)
msgid "SopMusic"
msgstr "SopMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1240 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3158 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3170 (variable)
msgid "AltoMusic"
msgstr "AltoMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1241 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3159 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3171 (variable)
msgid "TenorMusic"
msgstr "TenorMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1242 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3160 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3172 (variable)
msgid "BassMusic"
msgstr "BasseMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1243 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3161 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3173 (variable)
msgid "VerseOne"
msgstr "CoupletUn"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1245 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3162 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3174 (variable)
msgid "VerseTwo"
msgstr "CoupletDeux"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1247 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3163 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3175 (variable)
msgid "VerseThree"
msgstr "CoupletTrois"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1249 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3164 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3176 (variable)
msgid "VerseFour"
msgstr "CoupletQuatre"
msgstr "refrainparolesB"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1589 (comment)
-msgid "start single compound music expression"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "start of single compound music expression"
msgstr "début de l'unique expression musicale composée"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1590 (comment)
msgstr "fin des notes de la voix un de MG"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1611 (comment)
-msgid "end of first LH voice"
-msgstr "fin de la voix un de MG"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "end of LH voice one"
+msgstr "fin de la voix deux de MG"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1612 (comment)
msgid "create LH voice two"
msgstr "pour obtenir des têtes de note plus grosses"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1914 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2007 (comment)
msgid "return to default size"
msgstr "retour à la taille par défaut"
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2007 (comment)
-msgid "return to original size"
-msgstr "retour à la taille originelle"
-
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2274 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2498 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:907 (variable)
msgid "sopranoMusic"
msgstr "sopranoMusique"
msgid "celloMusic"
msgstr "violoncelleMusique"
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2498 (variable)
-msgid "sopMusic"
-msgstr "sopMusique"
-
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2502 (variable)
-msgid "sopWords"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "sopranoWords"
msgstr "sopParoles"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2505 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:908 (variable)
msgid "altoMusic"
msgstr "altoMusique"
msgstr "altoParoles"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2510 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:909 (variable)
msgid "tenorMusic"
msgstr "tenorMusique"
msgstr "tenorParoles"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2515 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:910 (variable)
msgid "bassMusic"
msgstr "bassMusique"
msgstr "fin du contexte PianoStaff"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2748 (comment)
-msgid "end PedalOrgan Staff"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "end PedalOrgan Staff context"
msgstr "fin du contexte de la portée PedalOrgan"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2750 (comment)
msgid "Revert thickness of all following slurs to default of 1.2"
msgstr "Retour à l'épaisseur par défaut de 1,2 pour les prochaines liaisons"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1257 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1265 (comment)
msgid "Don't print clefs in this staff"
msgstr "pas de clef pour cette portée"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1259 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1267 (comment)
msgid "Don't print time signatures in this staff"
msgstr "pas de métrique pour cette portée"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1320 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1328 (comment)
msgid "Reduce all font sizes by ~24%"
msgstr "Réduction d'environ 24 % de toutes les tailles de fonte"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1376 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1384 (comment)
msgid "Reduce stem length and line spacing to match"
-msgstr "Réduction de la taille des hampes et de l'interligne pour ne pas déborder"
+msgstr ""
+"Réduction de la taille des hampes et de l'interligne pour ne pas déborder"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1750 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1811 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1758 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1819 (comment)
msgid "Set details for later Text Spanner"
msgstr "Réglage des détails du texte avec extension"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1753 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1814 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1761 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1822 (comment)
msgid "Place dynamics above staff"
msgstr "Positionnement des nuances au dessus de la portée"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1755 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1818 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1763 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1826 (comment)
msgid "Start Ottava Bracket"
msgstr "Début du crochet d'octavation"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1758 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1765 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1821 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1828 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1766 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1773 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1829 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1836 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Text"
msgstr "Ajout d'une nuance textuelle"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1760 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1823 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1768 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1831 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Line Spanner"
msgstr "Ajout d'une nuance graphique"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1762 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1825 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1770 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1833 (comment)
msgid "Add Text Script"
msgstr "Ajout d'un commentaire textuel"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1767 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1830 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1775 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1838 (comment)
msgid "Stop Ottava Bracket"
msgstr "Fin du crochet d'octavation"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1816 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1824 (comment)
msgid "Place following Ottava Bracket below Text Spanners"
msgstr "Positionnement du crochet d'octavation sous le texte avec extension"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1872 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1880 (comment)
msgid "Cause notes to space out to accommodate text"
msgstr "Force les notes à s'espacer selon le texte"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1890 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1898 (comment)
msgid "This markup is short enough to fit without collision"
msgstr "Cette étiquette est assez courte pour ne pas risquer de chevauchement"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1894 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1902 (comment)
msgid "This is too long to fit, so it is displaced upwards"
msgstr "Celle-ci est trop longue pour tenir, elle est déplacée plus haut"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1898 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1903 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1911 (comment)
msgid "Turn off collision avoidance"
msgstr "Désactivation du processus d'évitement de collision"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1905 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1913 (comment)
msgid "and turn on textLengthOn"
msgstr "activation de textLengthOn"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1914 (comment)
msgid "Spaces at end are honored"
msgstr "Les espaces de la fin sont pris en compte"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2009 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2017 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 staff space"
msgstr "Élargissement d'un espace"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2275 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2283 (comment)
msgid "This will not work, see below:"
msgstr "La commande suivante est sans résultat ; voir plus loin."
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2279 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2287 (comment)
msgid "This works:"
msgstr "Celle-ci donne le résultat escompté"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2324 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2332 (variable)
msgid "naturalplusflat"
msgstr "becarreplusbemol"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2359 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2367 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 unit"
msgstr "Élargissement d'une unité"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2361 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2369 (comment)
msgid "Align dynamics to a base line 2 units above staff"
-msgstr "Alignement des nuances sur une ligne de base à 2 unités au dessus de la portée"
-
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2639 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2690 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2752 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2823 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2885 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2940 (variable)
+msgstr ""
+"Alignement des nuances sur une ligne de base à 2 unités au dessus de la "
+"portée"
+
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2647 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2698 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2760 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2831 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2893 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2948 (variable)
msgid "rhMusic"
msgstr "mdMusique"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2644 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2695 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2759 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2832 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2894 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2652 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2703 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2767 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2840 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2902 (comment)
msgid "Start polyphonic section of four voices"
msgstr "Début d'un section polyphonique de quatre voix"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2657 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2708 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2772 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2847 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2911 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2968 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2665 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2716 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2780 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2855 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2919 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2976 (variable)
msgid "lhMusic"
msgstr "mgMusique"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2898 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2955 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2963 (comment)
msgid "Move the c2 out of the main note column so the merge will work"
msgstr "Déplace le do2 pour que la fusion puisse fonctionner"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2901 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2958 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2909 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2966 (comment)
msgid "Stem on the d2 must be down to permit merging"
msgstr "la hampe du ré2 ira vers le bas pour permettre la fusion"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2953 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2961 (comment)
msgid "Reposition the c2 to the right of the merged note"
msgstr "Repositionnement du do2 à droite de la note fusionnée"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3081 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3100 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3089 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3108 (comment)
msgid "Visible tempo marking"
msgstr "Indication de tempo visible"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3085 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3104 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3093 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3112 (comment)
msgid "Invisible tempo marking to lengthen fermata in MIDI"
msgstr "Indication de tempo invisible ; utilisée pour le MIDI"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3088 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3107 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3096 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3115 (comment)
msgid "New tempo for next section"
msgstr "Nouveau tempo pour la section suivante"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3147 (variable)
-msgid "emph"
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3159 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "emphasize"
msgstr "emphase"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3151 (variable)
-msgid "norm"
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3163 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "normal"
msgstr "normal"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3373 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3169 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SopranoMusic"
+msgstr "sopranoMusique"
+
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3385 (comment)
msgid "Arrange to obtain color from color-notehead procedure"
msgstr "Arranger pour obtenir une couleur par la procédure color-notehead"
msgstr "Liaison entre plusieurs voix"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-msgid "Simulating a fermata"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Simulating a fermata in MIDI"
msgstr "Rendu MIDI d'un point d'orgue"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
msgstr "corNotes"
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:212 (variable)
-msgid "fragA"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "fragmentA"
msgstr "fragmentA"
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:213 (variable)
-msgid "fragB"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "fragmentB"
msgstr "fragmentB"
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:226 (variable)
msgstr "dolce"
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:227 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:273 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:276 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely:235 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:100 (variable)
msgid "padText"
msgid "fthenp"
msgstr "fpuisp"
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:310 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:313 (variable)
msgid "mpdolce"
msgstr "mpdolce"
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:312 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:315 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely:256 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:134 (variable)
msgid "tempoMark"
#. @node in Documentation/user/working.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/working.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond input files"
msgstr "Suggestions de saisie des fichiers LilyPond"
msgstr "Texinfo"
#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/user/templates.itely
+#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/templates.itely
#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/es/user/templates.itely
msgid "xelatex"
msgstr "xelatex"
#. @node in Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/fr/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
msgid "Tweaking with Scheme"
msgstr "Logiciels nécessaires à l'exécution"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Requirements for building documentation"
msgstr "Prérequis pour générer la documentation"
msgstr "Compilation pour plusieurs plateformes"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Compiling outside the source tree"
msgstr "Compilation en dehors de l'arborescence des sources"
#. @node in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Building documentation"
msgstr "Compilation de la documentation"
#. @node in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Commands for building documentation"
msgstr "Commandes pour générer la documentation"
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Building documentation without compiling LilyPond"
msgstr "Compilation de la documentation sans compiler LilyPond"
msgid "TextMate"
msgstr "TextMate"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/setup.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/setup.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
+msgid "LilyKDE"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/setup.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/setup.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
msgid "Invoking lilypond"
msgstr "Lancement de lilypond"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-book.itely
msgid "Command line options"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
msgid "Environment variables"
msgstr "Variables d'environnement"
msgid "Musical notation"
msgstr "Notation musicale générale"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:615 (variable)
-msgid "mus"
-msgstr "musique"
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:651 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:997 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1016 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1053 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1068 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "music"
+msgstr "musiqueA"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:979 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1027 (comment)
msgid "not strictly necessary, but a good reminder"
msgstr "pas strictement nécessaire, mais en pense-bête"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1068 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1119 (variable)
msgid "musicA"
msgstr "musiqueA"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1082 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1133 (variable)
msgid "musicB"
msgstr "musiqueB"
msgid "Print a breve rest"
msgstr "Affiche une double-pause"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:653 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:654 (comment)
msgid "This is valid input, but does nothing"
msgstr "Cette entrée est tout à fait valide, mais ne fait rien"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:679 (comment)
-msgid "Rest bars contracted to single bar"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:680 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:733 (comment)
+msgid "Rest measures contracted to single measure"
msgstr "Contraction des mesures de silence consécutives en une seule"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:728 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:729 (comment)
msgid "Default behavior"
msgstr "Comportement par défaut"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:732 (comment)
-msgid "Rest measures contracted to single measure"
-msgstr "Contraction des mesures de silence consécutives en une seule"
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:735 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:736 (comment)
msgid "Rest measures expanded"
msgstr "Expansion des mesures de silence"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:768 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:769 (comment)
msgid "This fails, as the wrong object name is specified"
msgstr "Ceci échouera, il y a erreur sur l'objet spécifié"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:771 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:772 (comment)
msgid "This is correct and works"
msgstr "La formulation correcte, qui fonctionnera"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:917 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:919 (comment)
msgid "Default style"
msgstr "Style par défaut"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:920 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:922 (comment)
msgid "Change to numeric style"
msgstr "Adoption du style numérique"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:924 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:926 (comment)
msgid "Revert to default style"
msgstr "Retour au style par défaut"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1127 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1129 (comment)
msgid "Show all bar numbers"
msgstr "Affichage de tous les numéros de mesure"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1183 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1193 (comment)
msgid "Create 9/8 split into 2/4 + 5/8"
msgstr "mise en évidence de la décomposition de 9/8 en 2/4 + 5/8"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1184 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1194 (variable)
msgid "tsMarkup"
msgstr "tsEtiquette"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1261 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1274 (comment)
msgid "Now each staff has its own time signature."
msgstr "Chaque portée dispose désormais de sa propre métrique."
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1458 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1480 (comment)
msgid "Set beam sub-group length to an eighth note"
msgstr "Subdivision des ligatures à la croche"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1461 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1483 (comment)
msgid "Set beam sub-group length to a sixteenth note"
msgstr "Subdivision des ligatures à la double-croche"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1615 (comment)
+msgid "end 1/16 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1619 (comment)
+msgid "end 1/32 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1629 (comment)
+msgid "end beams of all durations in 5/8 time signature at the 2/8 moment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1658 (comment)
+msgid "undo a rule ending 1/16 beams in 4/4 time at 1/4 moment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1671 (comment)
msgid "this won't revert it!"
msgstr "ceci n'est pas en concordance"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1631 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1673 (comment)
msgid "this will"
msgstr "ceci est conforme"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1804 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1852 (comment)
msgid "revert to non-feathered beams"
msgstr "retour à des liens de croches rectilignes"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2025 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2041 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2081 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2097 (comment)
msgid "Permit first bar number to be printed"
msgstr "Le numéro de la première mesure sera affiché"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2042 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2090 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2098 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2146 (comment)
msgid "Print a bar number every second measure"
msgstr "Affichage du numéro toutes les deux mesures"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2058 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2114 (comment)
msgid "Prevent bar numbers at the end of a line and permit them elsewhere"
msgstr "Affichage du numéro à chaque mesure, hormis en fin de ligne"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2062 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2088 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2118 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2144 (comment)
msgid "Increase the size of the bar number by 2"
msgstr "Augmentation de la taille des numéros de mesure au double"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2066 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2122 (comment)
msgid "Draw a box round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr "Numéros de mesure encadrés dans un rectangle"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2071 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2127 (comment)
msgid "Draw a circle round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr "Numéros de mesure encadrés dans un cercle"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2093 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2149 (comment)
msgid "Center-align bar numbers"
msgstr "Alignement au centre des numéros de mesure"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2096 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2152 (comment)
msgid "Right-align bar numbers"
msgstr "Alignement à droite des numéros de mesure"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2194 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2255 (variable)
msgid "pipeSymbol"
msgstr "pipeSymbole"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2565 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2626 (variable)
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "cadenza"
msgstr "cadence"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Durations"
msgstr "Durées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Scaling durations"
msgstr "Changement d'échelle des durées"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "laissez vibrer"
msgstr "laissez vibrer"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-msgid "Skips"
-msgstr "Silences invisibles"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Invisible rests"
+msgstr "Silences anciens"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Upbeats"
msgstr "Levées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Unmetered music"
msgstr "Musique sans métrique"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Polymetric notation"
msgstr "Notation polymétrique"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Automatic note splitting"
msgstr "Découpage automatique des notes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Showing melody rhythms"
msgstr "Gravure de lignes rythmiques"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Automatic beams"
msgstr "Barres de ligature automatiques"
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Setting automatic beam behavior"
msgstr "Définition les règles de ligatures automatiques"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Manual beams"
msgstr "Barres de ligature manuelles"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Feathered beams"
msgstr "Liens de croches en soufflet"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Bar lines"
msgstr "Barres de mesure"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Bar numbers"
msgstr "Numéros de mesure"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Rehearsal marks"
msgstr "Indications de repère"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Aligning to cadenzas"
msgstr "Alignement et cadences"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Time administration"
msgstr "Gestion du temps"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:332 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:377 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:390 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:458 (variable)
msgid "moltoF"
msgstr "moltoF"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:348 (variable)
-msgid "roundf"
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:411 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:441 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "roundF"
msgstr "suggereF"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:350 (variable)
-msgid "boxf"
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:413 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:445 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "boxF"
msgstr "carreF"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:364 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:428 (variable)
msgid "sfzp"
msgstr "sfzp"
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:446 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "roundFdynamic"
+msgstr "nuances"
+
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:447 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "boxFdynamic"
+msgstr "nuances"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Indications attachées à des notes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgid "Articulations and ornamentations"
msgstr "portato"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Courbes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Signes de respiration"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Lignes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "glissando"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "arpège"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgid "trill"
msgstr "trille"
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:237 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:277 (comment)
-msgid "FIXME: I can't believe this is right."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:297 (comment)
-msgid "FIXME: broken"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:298 (comment)
-msgid "\\set Score.repeatCommands = #(list (list 'volta voltaChorus ) )"
-msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:298 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "voltaAdLib"
+msgstr "volta"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
msgstr "Répétition d'un long passage"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Normal repeats"
msgstr "volta"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Manual repeat marks"
msgstr "Indications de reprise manuelles"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Written-out repeats"
msgstr "Répétition d'un fragment court"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgstr "simile"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Tremolo repeats"
msgstr "Répétitions en trémolo"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:352 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:482 (variable)
msgid "instrumentOne"
msgstr "instrumentUn"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:360 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:490 (variable)
msgid "instrumentTwo"
msgstr "instrumentDeux"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:539 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:657 (comment)
msgid "Bar 3 ..."
msgstr "Mesure 3..."
msgstr "Monophonie"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Chorded notes"
msgstr "Notes en accords"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Clusters"
msgstr "Plusieurs voix"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Single-staff polyphony"
+msgstr "Polyphonie sur une portée"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Voice styles"
+msgstr "Styles de ligne"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Collision resolution"
msgstr "Résolution des collisions"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Automatic part combining"
msgstr "partie"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Writing music in parallel"
msgstr "Saisie la musique en parallèle"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:534 (comment)
-msgid "Set here the overrides for the staff "
-msgstr "Définition de réglages particuliers pour cette portée"
-
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:538 (comment)
-msgid "Revert to the default"
-msgstr "Retour aux valeurs par défaut"
-
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:604 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:536 (comment)
msgid "No time signature in the ossia staff"
msgstr "pas de métrique pour la portée d'ossia"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:726 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:678 (comment)
msgid "To use the setting globally, uncomment the following line:"
-msgstr "Pour une application à toutes les portées, décommenter la ligne suivante"
+msgstr ""
+"Pour une application à toutes les portées, décommenter la ligne suivante"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:727 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:679 (comment)
msgid "\\override VerticalAxisGroup #'remove-first = ##t"
msgstr "\\override VerticalAxisGroup #'remove-first = ##t"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:735 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:687 (comment)
msgid ""
"To use the setting globally, comment this line, uncomment the line above"
-msgstr "Pour une application à toutes les portées, commenter la ligne suivante, et décommenter celle du bloc \\layout"
+msgstr ""
+"Pour une application à toutes les portées, commenter la ligne suivante, et "
+"décommenter celle du bloc \\layout"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1105 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1079 (variable)
msgid "smaller"
msgstr "moinsgros"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1119 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1094 (comment)
msgid "setup a context for cue notes."
msgstr "définition d'un contexte pour la citation"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1161 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1135 (variable)
msgid "picc"
msgstr "picc"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1169 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1143 (variable)
msgid "cbsn"
msgstr "cbsn"
msgstr "Gravure des portées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Instantiating new staves"
msgstr "Initialisation de nouvelles portées"
msgstr "portées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Grouping staves"
msgstr "Regroupement de portées"
msgstr "système"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Deeper nested staff groups"
msgstr "Regroupements imbriqués de portées"
msgstr "Modification de portées individuelles"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr "ligne supplémentaire"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Ossia staves"
msgstr "Portées d'ossia"
msgstr "Portée à la française"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr "Écriture de parties séparées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr "marque métronomique"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Instrument names"
msgstr "Noms d'instrument"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr "Citation d'autres voix"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgid "Formatting cue notes"
msgstr "Mise en forme d'une citation"
-#. Documentation/user/editorial.itely:288 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/editorial.itely:323 (comment)
msgid "this is deliberate nonsense; note that the stems remain black"
msgstr "pour cette erreur manifeste, notez que les hampes restent en noir"
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
msgid "Analysis brackets"
msgstr "Crochets d'analyse"
-#. Documentation/user/text.itely:403 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/text.itely:410 (variable)
msgid "allegro"
msgstr "allegro"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
-msgid "Common markup commands"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+msgid "Selecting font and font size"
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble des commandes d'indication textuelle"
#. @node in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Text alignment"
msgstr "Alignement du texte"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Graphic notation inside markup"
msgstr "Inclusion de graphique dans une étiquette de texte"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Music notation inside markup"
msgstr "Inclusion de musique dans une étiquette de texte"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Multi-page markup"
msgstr "Bloc de texte étendu"
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Fonts"
msgstr "Fontes"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Entire document fonts"
msgstr "Choix des fontes par défaut"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Single entry fonts"
msgstr "Attribution d'une fonte en particulier"
msgid "Specialist notation"
msgstr "Notation spécialiste"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:720 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:450 (comment)
+msgid "not recommended: left aligns syllables "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:453 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "wrong: durations needed"
+msgstr "Changement d'échelle des durées"
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:456 (comment)
+msgid "correct"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:786 (variable)
msgid "voice"
msgstr "voix"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:727 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:793 (variable)
msgid "lyr"
msgstr "paroles"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:933 (comment)
-msgid "{"
-msgstr "{"
-
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:946 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1056 (comment)
msgid "applies to "
msgstr "s'applique à"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:952 (comment)
-msgid "}"
-msgstr "}"
-
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1114 (comment)
-msgid "moves the column off the left margin; can be removed if"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1225 (comment)
+msgid "moves the column off the left margin; "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1115 (comment)
-msgid "space on the page is tight"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1226 (comment)
+msgid "can be removed if space on the page is tight"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1123 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1141 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1234 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1252 (comment)
msgid "adds vertical spacing between verses"
msgstr "ajout d'espace vertical entre les couplets"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1131 (comment)
-msgid "adds horizontal spacing between columns; if they are"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1242 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "adds horizontal spacing between columns; "
msgstr "ajout d'espace horizontal entre les colonnes ; si elles sont"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1132 (comment)
-msgid "still too close, add more pairs until the result "
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1243 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "if they are still too close, add more pairs "
msgstr "toujours trop proches, ajouter d'autres paires de jusqu'à"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1133 (comment)
-msgid "looks good"
-msgstr "obtenir un résultat satisfaisant"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1244 (comment)
+msgid "until the result looks good"
+msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1149 (comment)
-msgid "gives some extra space on the right margin; can"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1260 (comment)
+msgid "gives some extra space on the right margin; "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1150 (comment)
-msgid "be removed if page space is tight"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1261 (comment)
+msgid "can be removed if page space is tight"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Common notation for vocals"
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble de la musique vocale"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "References for vocal music"
msgstr "Références en matière de musique vocale"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Manual syllable durations"
msgstr "Durée explicite des syllabes"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Multiple syllables to one note"
msgstr "Plusieurs syllabes sur une note"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Multiple notes to one syllable"
msgstr "Plusieurs notes pour une même syllabe"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Skipping notes"
msgstr "Saut de notes"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Lyrics and repeats"
msgstr "Paroles et reprises"
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Placement of lyrics"
msgstr "Positionnement des paroles"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Chants"
msgstr "Chants"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Spacing out syllables"
msgstr "Espacement des syllabes"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Centering lyrics between staves"
msgstr "Centrage des paroles entre les portées"
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Stanzas"
msgstr "Couplets"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Adding dynamics marks to stanzas"
msgstr "Indication de nuance et couplets"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Adding singers' names to stanzas"
msgstr "Indication du personnage et couplets"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Stanzas with different rhythms"
msgstr "Rythme différent selon le couplet"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Ignoring melismata"
msgstr "Désactivation du traitement des mélismes"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Switching to an alternative melody"
msgstr "Passage à une mélodie alternative"
msgid "Printing stanzas at the end in multiple columns"
msgstr "Paroles sur plusieurs colonnes en fin de partition"
-#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:162 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:175 (comment)
msgid "keep staff alive"
msgstr "maintien la portée active"
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:373 (comment)
+msgid "stems may overlap the other staff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:375 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "extend the stems to reach other other staff"
+msgstr "Définition de réglages particuliers pour cette portée"
+
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:377 (comment)
+msgid "do not print extra flags"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble des claviers"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Généralités sur les instruments à clavier"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Changement de portée manuel"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Changement de portée automatique"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Lignes de changement de portée"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Piano"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Accordéon"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Common notation for unfretted strings"
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble de la notation pour cordes frottées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "References for unfretted strings"
msgstr "Références en matière de cordes frottées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Bowed instruments"
msgstr "Instruments à archet"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "References for bowed strings"
msgstr "Références en matière d'instrument à archet"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Plucked instruments"
msgstr "Instruments à cordes pincées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Harp"
msgstr "Harpe"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:159 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:210 (variable)
msgid "melodia"
msgstr "melodie"
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:376 (comment)
+msgid "A chord for ukelele"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:665 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:684 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:713 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:738 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:762 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:798 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "mychords"
+msgstr "mesAccords"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:688 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "mychordlist"
+msgstr "mesAccords"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:785 (comment)
+msgid "add a new chord shape"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:789 (comment)
+msgid "add some new chords based on the power chord shape"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Common notation for fretted strings"
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble des cordes frettées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "References for fretted strings"
msgstr "Références en matière de cordes frettées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "String number indications"
msgstr "Indications de numéro de corde"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Default tablatures"
msgstr "Tablatures par défaut"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Custom tablatures"
msgstr "Tablatures personnalisées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Fret diagrams"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Fret diagram markups"
msgstr "Tablatures"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Right hand fingerings"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Predefined fret diagrams"
+msgstr "Tablatures"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Automatic fret diagrams"
+msgstr "Barres de ligature automatiques"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Right-hand fingerings"
msgstr "Doigtés pour la main droite"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Guitar"
msgstr "Guitare"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Guitar tablatures"
-msgstr "Tablatures pour la guitare"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Indicating position and barring"
+msgstr "Indication de la position et du barré"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Indicating position and barring"
-msgstr "Indication de la position et du barré"
+msgid "Indicating harmonics and dampened notes"
+msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Banjo"
msgstr "Banjo"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Banjo tablatures"
msgstr "Tablatures pour banjo"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:120 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:300 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:214 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:394 (variable)
msgid "up"
msgstr "haut"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:121 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:301 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:215 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:395 (variable)
msgid "down"
msgstr "bas"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Common notation for percussion"
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble des percussions"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "References for percussion"
msgstr "Références en matière de notation pour percussions"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Basic percussion notation"
msgstr "Notation de base pour percussions"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Percussion staves"
msgstr "Portée de percussions"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Ghost notes"
msgstr "Notes fantômes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Common notation for wind instruments"
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble des instruments à vent"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "References for wind instruments"
msgstr "Références en matière d'instruments à vent"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Half-holes"
msgstr "Demi-trous"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Bagpipes"
msgstr "Cornemuse"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Bagpipe definitions"
msgstr "Définitions pour la cornemuse"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Bagpipe example"
msgstr "Exemple pour la cornemuse"
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:599 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:651 (variable)
msgid "myChords"
msgstr "mesAccords"
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:709 (comment)
-msgid "FIXME: broken."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:710 (comment)
-msgid "<6\\\\>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:857 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:878 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:974 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:995 (comment)
msgid "Put notes on same Staff as figures"
msgstr "Assemblage des notes et de la basse chifrée sur une même portée"
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:955 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:1054 (comment)
msgid "The extenders are correct here, with the same rhythm as the bass"
-msgstr "Les prolongateurs sont corrects, ils suivent bien le rythme de la basse"
+msgstr ""
+"Les prolongateurs sont corrects, ils suivent bien le rythme de la basse"
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:967 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:1066 (comment)
msgid "The extenders are incorrect here, even though the timing is the same"
msgstr "Les prolongateurs sont erronés, bien que le rythme soit le même"
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:969 (comment)
-msgid "\\repeat unfold 4 {<6 4->16. <6 4->32}"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Chord notation"
msgstr "Notation des accords"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Chord mode"
msgstr "Mode accords"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Chord mode overview"
msgstr "Généralités sur le mode accords"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Common chords"
msgstr "Accords courants"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Extended and altered chords"
msgstr "Extensions et altération d'accords"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Displaying chords"
msgstr "Gravure des accords"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Customizing chord names"
msgstr "Personnalisation des noms d'accords"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Figured bass"
msgstr "Basse chiffrée"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Introduction to figured bass"
msgstr "Introduction à la basse chiffrée"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Entering figured bass"
msgstr "Saisie de la basse chiffrée"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Displaying figured bass"
msgstr "Gravure de la basse chiffrée"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Introduction to ancient notation"
msgstr "Introduction aux notations anciennes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient notation supported"
msgstr "Formes de notation ancienne prises en charge"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Alternative note signs"
msgstr "Signes de note alternatifs"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient note heads"
msgstr "Têtes de note anciennes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient accidentals"
msgstr "Altérations anciennes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient rests"
msgstr "Silences anciens"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient clefs"
msgstr "Clefs anciennes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient flags"
msgstr "Crochets anciens"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient time signatures"
msgstr "Métriques anciennes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Additional note signs"
msgstr "Signes de note supplémentaires"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient articulations"
msgstr "Articulations anciennes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Custodes"
msgstr "Guidons"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Divisiones"
msgstr "Divisions"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ligatures"
msgstr "Ligatures"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "White mensural ligatures"
msgstr "Ligatures mensurales"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Gregorian square neumes ligatures"
msgstr "Neumes ligaturés grégoriens"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Pre-defined contexts"
msgstr "Contextes prédéfinis"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Gregorian chant contexts"
msgstr "Contextes du chant grégorien"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Mensural contexts"
msgstr "Le contexte mensural"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Transcribing ancient music"
msgstr "Transcription de musique mensurale"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient and modern from one source"
msgstr "Différentes éditions à partir d'une même source"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Incipits"
msgstr "Des incipits"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Mensurstriche layout"
msgstr "Mise en forme de la musique mensurale"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Transcribing Gregorian chant"
msgstr "Transcription de chant grégorien"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Editorial markings"
msgstr "Notation éditoriale"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Annotational accidentals"
msgstr "Altérations accidentelles"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Baroque rhythmic notation"
msgstr "Notation du rythme dans la musique baroque"
-#. Documentation/user/input.itely:497 (comment)
-msgid "not printed"
-msgstr "non imprimé"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "World music"
+msgstr "Musique vocale"
-#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input syntax"
-msgstr "Syntaxe d'entrée"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arabic music"
+msgstr "Musique vocale"
-#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "References for Arabic music"
+msgstr "Références en matière de musique vocale"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arabic note names"
+msgstr "Noms de note absolus"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arabic key signatures"
+msgstr "armure"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arabic time signatures"
+msgstr "Métriques anciennes"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arabic music example"
+msgstr "Exemple concret"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Further reading"
+msgstr "Autres retouches"
+
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:494 (comment)
+msgid "not printed"
+msgstr "non imprimé"
+
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:911 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "allLyrics"
+msgstr "paroles"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @chapter in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @chapter in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @chapter in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @chapter in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "General input and output"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Input structure"
msgstr "Structure de fichier"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Structure of a score"
msgstr "Structure d'une partition"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Titles and headers"
msgstr "Titres et entêtes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Creating titles"
msgstr "Création de titres"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Custom titles"
msgstr "Titres personnalisés"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Reference to page numbers"
msgstr "Référence de numéro de page"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Table of contents"
msgstr "Table des matières"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Working with input files"
msgstr "Travail sur des fichiers texte"
msgid "Different editions from one source"
msgstr "Différentes éditions à partir d'une même source"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using variables"
+msgstr "Utilisation de variables dans les retouches"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using tags"
+msgstr "Masquage de portées"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Controlling output"
msgstr "Contrôle des sorties"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Extracting fragments of music"
msgstr "Extraction de fragments musicaux"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "MIDI output"
msgstr "Sortie MIDI"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Creating MIDI files"
msgstr "Création de fichiers MIDI"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "MIDI block"
msgstr "Le bloc MIDI"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "MIDI instrument names"
-msgstr "Noms d'instruments MIDI"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "What goes into the MIDI? FIXME"
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "What goes into the MIDI output?"
msgstr "Éléments pris en compte dans le MIDI"
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Supported in MIDI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Unsupported in MIDI"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "Repeats and MIDI"
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Repeats in MIDI"
msgstr "Répétitions et MIDI"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "other midi"
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Controlling MIDI dynamics"
+msgstr "Contrôle des directions"
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Dynamic marks"
+msgstr "Personnalisation des indications de nuance"
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Overall MIDI volume"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Equalizing different instruments (i)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Equalizing different instruments (ii)"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:671 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:684 (comment)
msgid "this does nothing"
msgstr "ceci est sans effet"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:672 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:685 (comment)
msgid "a break here would work"
msgstr "une rupture serait ici acceptée"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:673 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:686 (comment)
msgid "as does this break"
msgstr "tout comme celle-ci"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:685 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:698 (comment)
msgid "now the break is allowed"
msgstr "la rupture est maintenant autorisée"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1438 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1460 (comment)
msgid "this time the text will be closer to the staff"
msgstr "cette fois, le texte est plus proche de la portée"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1440 (comment)
-msgid "by setting outside-staff-priority to a non-number, we"
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1462 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "by setting outside-staff-priority to a non-number, "
msgstr "definir outside-staff-priority à autre chose qu'un nombre"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1441 (comment)
-msgid "disable the automatic collision avoidance"
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1463 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "we disable the automatic collision avoidance"
msgstr "désactive l'évitement automatique de collision"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1444 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1466 (comment)
msgid "now they will collide"
msgstr "il y a maintenant chevauchement"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1469 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1491 (comment)
msgid "the markup is too close to the following note"
msgstr "l'étiquette est trop proche de la note qui suit"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1472 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1494 (comment)
msgid "setting outside-staff-horizontal-padding fixes this"
msgstr "définir outside-staff-horizontal-padding règle le problème"
msgid "Score layout"
msgstr "Mise en forme de la partition"
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Displaying spacing"
-msgstr "Mise en évidence de l'espacement"
-
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Page layout MOVED FROM LM"
-msgstr "Mise en page (DÉPLACÉ DU MANUEL D'INITIATION)"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Introduction to layout"
-msgstr "Introduction à la mise en forme"
+msgid "Fitting music onto fewer pages"
+msgstr "Réduction du nombre de pages de la partition"
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Global sizes"
-msgstr "Tailles par défaut"
+msgid "Displaying spacing"
+msgstr "Mise en évidence de l'espacement"
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Line breaks"
-msgstr "Sauts de ligne"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Changing spacing"
+msgstr "Modification de l'espacement horizontal"
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Page breaks"
-msgstr "Sauts de page"
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1947 (comment)
+msgid "Remove bar line at the end of the current line"
+msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Fitting music onto fewer pages"
-msgstr "Réduction du nombre de pages de la partition"
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1993 (comment)
+msgid "Try to remove all key signatures"
+msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Interpretation contexts"
msgstr "Contextes d'interprétation"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Score - the master of all contexts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Top-level contexts - staff containers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Intermediate-level contexts - staves"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Bottom-level contexts - voices"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Explaining the Internals Reference"
msgstr "En quoi consiste la référence du programme"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Naming conventions"
msgstr "Conventions d'attribution de nom"
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying properties"
msgstr "Modification de propriétés"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Overview of modifying properties"
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble de la modification des propriétés"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The \\set command"
msgstr "La commande \\set"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The @code{\\set} command"
msgstr "La commande @code{\\set}"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The @code{\\override} command"
msgstr "La commande @code{\\override}"
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Useful concepts and properties"
msgstr "Propriétés et contextes utiles"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Input modes"
msgstr "Modes de saisie"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Direction and placement"
msgstr "Direction et positionnement"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Distances and measurements"
msgstr "Distances et unités de mesure"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Spanners"
msgstr "Extenseurs et prolongateurs"
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Common properties"
msgstr "Propriétés couramment utilisées"
msgstr "Contrôle de la visibilité des objets"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "Line styles"
-msgstr "Styles de ligne"
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removing the stencil"
+msgstr "Modification des stencils"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Making objects transparent"
+msgstr "Déplacement d'objets"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Painting objects white"
+msgstr "Rotation des objets"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using break-visibility"
+msgstr "visibilité des barres (break-visibility)"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Special considerations"
+msgstr "Notation spécialiste"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Line styles"
+msgstr "Styles de ligne"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Rotating objects"
msgstr "Rotation des objets"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Aligning objects"
msgstr "Alignement des objets"
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Advanced tweaks"
msgstr "Retouches avancées"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying ends of spanners"
msgstr "Modification dela terminaison des extenseurs"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying stencils"
msgstr "Modification des stencils"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "old The \\override command"
-msgstr "ex La commande \\override"
-
-#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "old The @code{\\override} command"
-msgstr "ex La commande @code{\\override}"
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Modifying shapes"
+msgstr "Modification des stencils"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Discussion of specific tweaks"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "old Contexts explained"
msgstr "ex Tout savoir sur les contextes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "TODO moved into scheme"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Using Scheme code instead of \\tweak"
msgstr "Utilisation de code Scheme au lieu de \\tweak"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Using Scheme code instead of @code{\\tweak}"
msgstr "Utilisation de code Scheme au lieu de @code{\\tweak}"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Difficult tweaks"
msgstr "Retouches complexes"
msgid "Chord name chart"
msgstr "Table des noms d'accord"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Common chord modifiers"
+msgstr "Accords courants"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Predefined fretboard diagrams"
+msgstr "Commandes prédéfinies"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/notation-appendices.itely
msgid "Commonly tweaked properties"
msgstr "Propriétés couramment modifiées"
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Manuel de l'utilisateur"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Manuel d'apprentissage"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Manuel de référence"
-msgstr ""
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Hauteurs"
+msgstr "Clusters"
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Annexes"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Durées et rythme"
msgstr ""
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Utilisation du programme"
-msgstr ""
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Silences"
+msgstr "Lignes"
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Autre documentation"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Métrique"
msgstr ""
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Unix"
-msgstr "Unix"
-
-#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "fourth"
-msgstr "quarte"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Tout ensemble"
+msgstr "Ensemble vocal"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "Working on text files"
msgstr "Travail sur des fichiers texte"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "How to read the tutorial"
-msgstr "Bien lire le tutoriel"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Relative note names"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Exemples cliquables"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Piano staves"
-msgstr "Double portée"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Printing lyrics"
-msgstr "Gravure de paroles"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "A lead sheet"
-msgstr "Partition d'une chanson"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Organizing pieces with identifiers"
-msgstr "Organisation du code source avec des variables"
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fundamental.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/fundamental.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fundamental.itely
msgid "Default files"
msgstr "Fichiers fournis avec le logiciel"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
-msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond files"
-msgstr "Suggestions de saisie des fichiers LilyPond"
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
msgstr "GNU LilyPond --- utilisation du programme"
#. @top in Documentation/fr/user/lilypond.tely
-msgid "GNU LilyPond --- le système de gravure musicale"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "GNU LilyPond --- manuel de notation"
+msgstr "GNU LilyPond --- manuel d'initiation"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
msgstr "Vérification d'octave"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Augmentation dots"
msgstr "Points d'augmentation"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+msgid "Skips"
+msgstr "Silences invisibles"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Multi measure rests"
msgstr "Silences multi-mesures"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Bar check"
msgstr "Vérification des limites de mesure"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Barnumber check"
msgstr "Vérification des numéros de mesure"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Proportional notation (introduction)"
msgstr "Introduction à la notation proportionnelle"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
-msgstr "Liaisons ``laissez vibrer''"
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Writing repeats"
msgstr "Délimitations en début de système"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
msgid "Blank music sheet"
msgstr "Papier à musique"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Nested scores"
msgstr "Partitions emboîtées"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Page wrapping text"
msgstr "Texte avec sauts de page"
msgid "The piano staff"
msgstr "La double portée pour piano"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Orchestral strings sections"
-msgstr "Musique orchestrale -- pupitres de cordes"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Artificial harmonics (strings)"
-msgstr "Harmoniques artificiels (cordes)"
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Guitar sections"
-msgstr "Sections de guitare"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Tablatures basic"
-msgstr "Introduction aux tablatures"
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Fret diagrams"
+msgstr "Tablatures"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Non-guitar tablatures"
-msgstr "Tablatures autres que pour la guitare"
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Right hand fingerings"
+msgstr "Doigtés pour la main droite"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Other guitar issues"
-msgstr "Autres éléments relatifs à la guitare"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-msgid "Percussion sections"
-msgstr "Sections de percussions"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-msgid "Entering percussion"
-msgstr "Notation des percussions"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-msgid "Bagpipe"
-msgstr "Cornemuse"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-msgid "Chords sections"
-msgstr "Sections d'accords"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-msgid "Entering chord names"
-msgstr "Saisie des noms d'accords"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-msgid "Chords mode"
-msgstr "Mode accords"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-msgid "Ancient TODO"
-msgstr "Musique ancienne"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-msgid "Gregorian Chant contexts"
-msgstr "Contextes du chant grégorien"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-msgid "Musica ficta accidentals"
-msgstr "Altérations et musica ficta"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input files"
-msgstr "Fichiers d'entrée"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "A single music expression"
-msgstr "Une expression musicale unique"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Extracting fragments of notation"
-msgstr "Extraction de fragments musicaux"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Common syntax issues TODO name?"
-msgstr "Problèmes de syntaxe courants"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-msgid "Controlling direction"
-msgstr "Contrôle des directions"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE"
-msgstr "Distances et unités de mesure"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Other stuffs TODO move?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "context list FIXME"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "another thing FIXME"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input modes FIXME"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "Non-musical notation"
-msgstr "Objets non musicaux"
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Guitar tablatures"
+msgstr "Tablatures pour la guitare"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Changing context properties on the fly"
msgstr "Changer à la volée les propriétés de contexte"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Layout tunings within contexts"
msgstr "Retouches de mise en forme au sein des contextes"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Constructing a tweak"
msgstr "Élaboration d'une retouche"
msgid "Advertencias y problemas conocidos"
msgstr ""
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Learning Manual (LM)"
-msgstr "Manuel d'initiation (LM)"
-
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Notation Reference (NR)"
-msgstr "Manuel de notation (NR)"
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Appendices"
-msgstr "Annexes"
-
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Program usage"
-msgstr "Utilisation du programme"
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Other information"
-msgstr "Autres sources de documentation"
-
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Automatic behaviour"
msgstr "Comportement automatique"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+msgid "Simulating a fermata"
+msgstr "Rendu MIDI d'un point d'orgue"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
+msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond files"
+msgstr "Suggestions de saisie des fichiers LilyPond"
+
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
msgid "baritone"
msgstr "baryton"
msgid "Writing long repeats"
msgstr "Écriture de répétitions longues"
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Orchestral strings TODO"
-msgstr "Cordes frottées"
-
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
msgid " "
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Controlling direction and placement"
-msgstr "Maîtrise des directions et positionnements"
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+msgid "Ancient TODO"
+msgstr "Musique ancienne"
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "When to add a -"
-msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+msgid "Gregorian Chant contexts"
+msgstr "Contextes du chant grégorien"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+msgid "Musica ficta accidentals"
+msgstr "Altérations et musica ficta"
#. @top in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-learning.tely
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Handbuch zum Lernen"
msgid "Notation reference"
msgstr ""
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
+msgid "Appendices"
+msgstr "Annexes"
+
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
+msgid "Program usage"
+msgstr "Utilisation du programme"
+
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
+msgid "Other information"
+msgstr "Autres sources de documentation"
+
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Unix"
+msgstr "Unix"
+
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "legato"
msgstr "legato"
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Das Notationsprogramm"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
+msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
+msgstr "Liaisons ``laissez vibrer''"
+
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Chords"
msgstr "Accords"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-msgid "Font selection"
-msgstr "Sélection de la fonte"
+msgid "Up:"
+msgstr "Haut :"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Simple lyrics"
-msgstr "Paroles simples"
+msgid "Next:"
+msgstr "Suivant :"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Another way of entering lyrics"
-msgstr "Une autre manière de saisir des paroles"
+msgid "Previous:"
+msgstr "Précédent :"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Assigning more than one syllable to a single note"
-msgstr "Plusieurs syllabes sur une même note"
+msgid "Appendix "
+msgstr "Annexe "
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "More than one note on a single syllable"
-msgstr "Plusieurs notes pour une même syllabe"
+msgid "Footnotes"
+msgstr "Notes de bas de page"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Vocals and variables"
-msgstr "Paroles et variables"
+msgid "Table of Contents"
+msgstr "Table des matières"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Flexibility in placement"
-msgstr "Flexibilité dans le placement"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Microtones in MIDI"
+#~ msgstr "Altérations microtonales"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Lyrics to multiple notes of a melisma"
-msgstr "Paroles sur plusieurs notes d'un mélisme"
+#~ msgid "Input files"
+#~ msgstr "Fichiers d'entrée"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Switching the melody associated with a lyrics line"
-msgstr "Changement de la voix associée à une ligne de paroles"
+#~ msgid "A single music expression"
+#~ msgstr "Une expression musicale unique"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Spacing vocals"
-msgstr "Espacement des paroles"
+#~ msgid "Extracting fragments of notation"
+#~ msgstr "Extraction de fragments musicaux"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Spacing lyrics"
-msgstr "Espacement des paroles"
+#~ msgid "Common syntax issues TODO name?"
+#~ msgstr "Problèmes de syntaxe courants"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "More about stanzas"
-msgstr "Traitement avancé des couplets"
+#~ msgid "Controlling direction"
+#~ msgstr "Contrôle des directions"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Adding dynamics marks"
-msgstr "Ajout de nuances"
+#~ msgid "Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE"
+#~ msgstr "Distances et unités de mesure"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Adding singer names"
-msgstr "Nom des chanteurs"
+#~ msgid "Non-musical notation"
+#~ msgstr "Objets non musicaux"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Guitar TODO"
-msgstr "Guitare"
+#~ msgid "MIDI instrument names"
+#~ msgstr "Noms d'instruments MIDI"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-msgid "TODO percussion node fix"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "What goes into the MIDI? FIXME"
+#~ msgstr "Éléments pris en compte dans le MIDI"
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-msgid "Chords notation"
-msgstr "Notation des accords"
+#~ msgid "Repeats and MIDI"
+#~ msgstr "Répétitions et MIDI"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-msgid "TODO chords fix"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Page layout MOVED FROM LM"
+#~ msgstr "Mise en page (DÉPLACÉ DU MANUEL D'INITIATION)"
-msgid "Up:"
-msgstr "Haut :"
+#~ msgid "Introduction to layout"
+#~ msgstr "Introduction à la mise en forme"
-msgid "Next:"
-msgstr "Suivant :"
+#~ msgid "Global sizes"
+#~ msgstr "Tailles par défaut"
-msgid "Previous:"
-msgstr "Précédent :"
+#~ msgid "Line breaks"
+#~ msgstr "Sauts de ligne"
-msgid "Appendix "
-msgstr "Annexe "
+#~ msgid "Page breaks"
+#~ msgstr "Sauts de page"
-msgid "Footnotes"
-msgstr "Notes de bas de page"
+#~ msgid "Input syntax"
+#~ msgstr "Syntaxe d'entrée"
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Table des matières"
+#~ msgid "Controlling direction and placement"
+#~ msgstr "Maîtrise des directions et positionnements"
+
+#~ msgid "old The \\override command"
+#~ msgstr "ex La commande \\override"
+
+#~ msgid "old The @code{\\override} command"
+#~ msgstr "ex La commande @code{\\override}"
+
+#~ msgid "Font selection"
+#~ msgstr "Sélection de la fonte"
+
+#~ msgid "Simple lyrics"
+#~ msgstr "Paroles simples"
+
+#~ msgid "Another way of entering lyrics"
+#~ msgstr "Une autre manière de saisir des paroles"
+
+#~ msgid "Assigning more than one syllable to a single note"
+#~ msgstr "Plusieurs syllabes sur une même note"
+
+#~ msgid "More than one note on a single syllable"
+#~ msgstr "Plusieurs notes pour une même syllabe"
+
+#~ msgid "Vocals and variables"
+#~ msgstr "Paroles et variables"
+
+#~ msgid "Flexibility in placement"
+#~ msgstr "Flexibilité dans le placement"
+
+#~ msgid "Lyrics to multiple notes of a melisma"
+#~ msgstr "Paroles sur plusieurs notes d'un mélisme"
+
+#~ msgid "Switching the melody associated with a lyrics line"
+#~ msgstr "Changement de la voix associée à une ligne de paroles"
+
+#~ msgid "Spacing vocals"
+#~ msgstr "Espacement des paroles"
+
+#~ msgid "Spacing lyrics"
+#~ msgstr "Espacement des paroles"
+
+#~ msgid "More about stanzas"
+#~ msgstr "Traitement avancé des couplets"
+
+#~ msgid "Adding dynamics marks"
+#~ msgstr "Ajout de nuances"
+
+#~ msgid "Adding singer names"
+#~ msgstr "Nom des chanteurs"
+
+#~ msgid "set stems, etc down"
+#~ msgstr "Hampes et autres attributs iront vers le bas"
+
+#~ msgid "set stems, etc up"
+#~ msgstr "Hampes et autres attributs iront vers le haut"
+
+#~ msgid "end of first LH voice"
+#~ msgstr "fin de la voix un de MG"
+
+#~ msgid "return to original size"
+#~ msgstr "retour à la taille originelle"
+
+#~ msgid "sopMusic"
+#~ msgstr "sopMusique"
+
+#~ msgid "mus"
+#~ msgstr "musique"
+
+#~ msgid "Rest bars contracted to single bar"
+#~ msgstr "Contraction des mesures de silence consécutives en une seule"
+
+#~ msgid "Revert to the default"
+#~ msgstr "Retour aux valeurs par défaut"
+
+#~ msgid "{"
+#~ msgstr "{"
+
+#~ msgid "}"
+#~ msgstr "}"
+
+#~ msgid "looks good"
+#~ msgstr "obtenir un résultat satisfaisant"
+
+#~ msgid "fourth"
+#~ msgstr "quarte"
+
+#~ msgid "How to read the tutorial"
+#~ msgstr "Bien lire le tutoriel"
+
+#~ msgid "Piano staves"
+#~ msgstr "Double portée"
+
+#~ msgid "Printing lyrics"
+#~ msgstr "Gravure de paroles"
+
+#~ msgid "A lead sheet"
+#~ msgstr "Partition d'une chanson"
+
+#~ msgid "Organizing pieces with identifiers"
+#~ msgstr "Organisation du code source avec des variables"
+
+#~ msgid "Orchestral strings sections"
+#~ msgstr "Musique orchestrale -- pupitres de cordes"
+
+#~ msgid "Artificial harmonics (strings)"
+#~ msgstr "Harmoniques artificiels (cordes)"
+
+#~ msgid "Guitar sections"
+#~ msgstr "Sections de guitare"
+
+#~ msgid "Tablatures basic"
+#~ msgstr "Introduction aux tablatures"
+
+#~ msgid "Non-guitar tablatures"
+#~ msgstr "Tablatures autres que pour la guitare"
+
+#~ msgid "Other guitar issues"
+#~ msgstr "Autres éléments relatifs à la guitare"
+
+#~ msgid "Percussion sections"
+#~ msgstr "Sections de percussions"
+
+#~ msgid "Entering percussion"
+#~ msgstr "Notation des percussions"
+
+#~ msgid "Bagpipe"
+#~ msgstr "Cornemuse"
+
+#~ msgid "Chords sections"
+#~ msgstr "Sections d'accords"
+
+#~ msgid "Entering chord names"
+#~ msgstr "Saisie des noms d'accords"
+
+#~ msgid "Chords mode"
+#~ msgstr "Mode accords"
+
+#~ msgid "Learning Manual (LM)"
+#~ msgstr "Manuel d'initiation (LM)"
+
+#~ msgid "Notation Reference (NR)"
+#~ msgstr "Manuel de notation (NR)"
+
+#~ msgid "Orchestral strings TODO"
+#~ msgstr "Cordes frottées"
+
+#~ msgid "Guitar TODO"
+#~ msgstr "Guitare"
+#~ msgid "Chords notation"
+#~ msgstr "Notation des accords"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-06-20 09:14+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-11 18:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
msgstr ""
#: translations-status.py:56
+msgid "Section titles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: translations-status.py:57
+#, python-format
+msgid " <p><i>Last updated %s</i></p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: translations-status.py:58
msgid "Translators"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:56
+#: translations-status.py:58
msgid "Translation checkers"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:57
+#: translations-status.py:59
msgid "Translated"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:57
+#: translations-status.py:59
msgid "Up to date"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:58
+#: translations-status.py:60
msgid "Other info"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:60
+#: translations-status.py:62
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:61
+#: translations-status.py:63
msgid "not translated"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:63
+#: translations-status.py:65
#, python-format
msgid "partially (%(p)d %%)"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:65
+#: translations-status.py:67
#, python-format
msgid "partially translated (%(p)d %%)"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:66 translations-status.py:68
+#: translations-status.py:68 translations-status.py:70
msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:67
+#: translations-status.py:69
msgid "translated"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:68 translations-status.py:69
+#: translations-status.py:70 translations-status.py:71
msgid "up to date"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:70
+#: translations-status.py:72
msgid "partially"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:71
+#: translations-status.py:73
msgid "partially up to date"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:72
+#: translations-status.py:74
msgid "N/A"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:73
+#: translations-status.py:75
msgid "pre-GDP"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:74
+#: translations-status.py:76
msgid "post-GDP"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Background"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Engraving"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Automated engraving"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "What symbols to engrave?"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Music representation"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Example applications"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Learning Manual (LM)"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Music Glossary (MG)"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Notation Reference (NR)"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Application Usage (AU)"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Snippet List (SL)"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Internals Reference (IR)"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Other documentation"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:226 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:225 (comment)
msgid "set the starting point to middle C"
msgstr ""
msgid "one octave above middle C"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:271 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:272 (comment)
msgid "c is 1 staff space up, so is the c above"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:272 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:273 (comment)
msgid "d is 2 up or 5 down, so is the d above"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:273 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:274 (comment)
msgid "e is 3 up or 4 down, so is the e above"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:274 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:275 (comment)
msgid "a is 6 up or 1 down, so is the a below"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:275 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:276 (comment)
msgid "g is 5 up or 2 down, so is the g below"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:276 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:277 (comment)
msgid "f is 4 up or 3 down, so is the f below"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1525 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1551 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:214 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:229 (variable)
msgid "violin"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1528 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1556 (variable)
msgid "cello"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1551 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1581 (variable)
msgid "tripletA"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1552 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1582 (variable)
msgid "barA"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "foo"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "UNIX"
msgstr ""
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "pitch"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "octave"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "accidental"
msgstr ""
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "Durations (rhythms)"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "whole note"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Rests"
msgstr ""
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Time signature"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "All together"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "key signature"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "natural"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "transposition"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "fingering"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "dynamics"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Tuplets"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Grace notes"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "grace notes"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "acciaccatura"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "appoggiatura"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "brace"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "lyrics"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "extender line"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:352 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1054 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1096 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1165 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1207 (variable)
msgid "melody"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:353 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:879 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1059 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1100 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:989 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1170 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1211 (variable)
msgid "text"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:687 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:481 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:503 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:527 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:593 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:618 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:645 (comment)
msgid "Bar 1"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:698 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:485 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:507 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:533 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:598 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:623 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:651 (comment)
msgid "Bar 2"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1012 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1074 (comment)
msgid "Set stems, etc, down"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1018 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1080 (comment)
msgid "Set stems, etc, up"
msgstr ""
msgid "Initiate first voice"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1074 (comment)
-msgid "set stems, etc down"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1080 (comment)
-msgid "set stems, etc up"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1187 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2497 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3156 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:521 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3168 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:639 (variable)
msgid "global"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1239 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3157 (variable)
msgid "SopMusic"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1240 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3158 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3170 (variable)
msgid "AltoMusic"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1241 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3159 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3171 (variable)
msgid "TenorMusic"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1242 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3160 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3172 (variable)
msgid "BassMusic"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1243 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3161 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3173 (variable)
msgid "VerseOne"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1245 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3162 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3174 (variable)
msgid "VerseTwo"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1247 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3163 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3175 (variable)
msgid "VerseThree"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1249 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3164 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3176 (variable)
msgid "VerseFour"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1589 (comment)
-msgid "start single compound music expression"
+msgid "start of single compound music expression"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1590 (comment)
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1611 (comment)
-msgid "end of first LH voice"
+msgid "end of LH voice one"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1612 (comment)
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1914 (comment)
-msgid "return to default size"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2007 (comment)
-msgid "return to original size"
+msgid "return to default size"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2274 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2498 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:907 (variable)
msgid "sopranoMusic"
msgstr ""
msgid "celloMusic"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2498 (variable)
-msgid "sopMusic"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2502 (variable)
-msgid "sopWords"
+msgid "sopranoWords"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2505 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:908 (variable)
msgid "altoMusic"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2510 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:909 (variable)
msgid "tenorMusic"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2515 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:910 (variable)
msgid "bassMusic"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2748 (comment)
-msgid "end PedalOrgan Staff"
+msgid "end PedalOrgan Staff context"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2750 (comment)
msgid "Revert thickness of all following slurs to default of 1.2"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1257 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1265 (comment)
msgid "Don't print clefs in this staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1259 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1267 (comment)
msgid "Don't print time signatures in this staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1320 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1328 (comment)
msgid "Reduce all font sizes by ~24%"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1376 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1384 (comment)
msgid "Reduce stem length and line spacing to match"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1750 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1811 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1758 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1819 (comment)
msgid "Set details for later Text Spanner"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1753 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1814 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1761 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1822 (comment)
msgid "Place dynamics above staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1755 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1818 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1763 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1826 (comment)
msgid "Start Ottava Bracket"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1758 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1765 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1821 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1828 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1766 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1773 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1829 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1836 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Text"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1760 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1823 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1768 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1831 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Line Spanner"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1762 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1825 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1770 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1833 (comment)
msgid "Add Text Script"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1767 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1830 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1775 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1838 (comment)
msgid "Stop Ottava Bracket"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1816 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1824 (comment)
msgid "Place following Ottava Bracket below Text Spanners"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1872 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1880 (comment)
msgid "Cause notes to space out to accommodate text"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1890 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1898 (comment)
msgid "This markup is short enough to fit without collision"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1894 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1902 (comment)
msgid "This is too long to fit, so it is displaced upwards"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1898 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1903 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1911 (comment)
msgid "Turn off collision avoidance"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1905 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1913 (comment)
msgid "and turn on textLengthOn"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1914 (comment)
msgid "Spaces at end are honored"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2009 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2017 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 staff space"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2275 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2283 (comment)
msgid "This will not work, see below:"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2279 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2287 (comment)
msgid "This works:"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2324 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2332 (variable)
msgid "naturalplusflat"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2359 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2367 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 unit"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2361 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2369 (comment)
msgid "Align dynamics to a base line 2 units above staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2639 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2690 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2752 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2823 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2885 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2940 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2647 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2698 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2760 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2831 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2893 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2948 (variable)
msgid "rhMusic"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2644 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2695 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2759 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2832 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2894 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2652 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2703 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2767 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2840 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2902 (comment)
msgid "Start polyphonic section of four voices"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2657 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2708 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2772 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2847 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2911 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2968 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2665 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2716 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2780 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2855 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2919 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2976 (variable)
msgid "lhMusic"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2898 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2955 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2963 (comment)
msgid "Move the c2 out of the main note column so the merge will work"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2901 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2958 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2909 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2966 (comment)
msgid "Stem on the d2 must be down to permit merging"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2953 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2961 (comment)
msgid "Reposition the c2 to the right of the merged note"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3081 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3100 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3089 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3108 (comment)
msgid "Visible tempo marking"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3085 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3104 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3093 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3112 (comment)
msgid "Invisible tempo marking to lengthen fermata in MIDI"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3088 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3107 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3096 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3115 (comment)
msgid "New tempo for next section"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3147 (variable)
-msgid "emph"
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3159 (variable)
+msgid "emphasize"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3163 (variable)
+msgid "normal"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3151 (variable)
-msgid "norm"
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3169 (variable)
+msgid "SopranoMusic"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3373 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3385 (comment)
msgid "Arrange to obtain color from color-notehead procedure"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-msgid "Simulating a fermata"
+msgid "Simulating a fermata in MIDI"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:212 (variable)
-msgid "fragA"
+msgid "fragmentA"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:213 (variable)
-msgid "fragB"
+msgid "fragmentB"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:226 (variable)
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:227 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:273 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:276 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely:235 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:100 (variable)
msgid "padText"
msgid "fthenp"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:310 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:313 (variable)
msgid "mpdolce"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:312 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:315 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely:256 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:134 (variable)
msgid "tempoMark"
#. @node in Documentation/user/working.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/working.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond input files"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/user/templates.itely
+#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/templates.itely
#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/es/user/templates.itely
msgid "xelatex"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/fr/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
msgid "Tweaking with Scheme"
msgstr ""
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Requirements for building documentation"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Compiling outside the source tree"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Building documentation"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Commands for building documentation"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Building documentation without compiling LilyPond"
msgstr ""
msgid "TextMate"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/user/setup.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/setup.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
+msgid "LilyKDE"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/setup.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/setup.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
msgid "Invoking lilypond"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-book.itely
msgid "Command line options"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
msgid "Environment variables"
msgstr ""
msgid "Musical notation"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:615 (variable)
-msgid "mus"
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:651 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:997 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1016 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1053 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1068 (variable)
+msgid "music"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:979 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1027 (comment)
msgid "not strictly necessary, but a good reminder"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1068 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1119 (variable)
msgid "musicA"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1082 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1133 (variable)
msgid "musicB"
msgstr ""
msgid "Print a breve rest"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:653 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:654 (comment)
msgid "This is valid input, but does nothing"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:679 (comment)
-msgid "Rest bars contracted to single bar"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:680 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:733 (comment)
+msgid "Rest measures contracted to single measure"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:728 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:729 (comment)
msgid "Default behavior"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:732 (comment)
-msgid "Rest measures contracted to single measure"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:735 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:736 (comment)
msgid "Rest measures expanded"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:768 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:769 (comment)
msgid "This fails, as the wrong object name is specified"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:771 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:772 (comment)
msgid "This is correct and works"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:917 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:919 (comment)
msgid "Default style"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:920 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:922 (comment)
msgid "Change to numeric style"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:924 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:926 (comment)
msgid "Revert to default style"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1127 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1129 (comment)
msgid "Show all bar numbers"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1183 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1193 (comment)
msgid "Create 9/8 split into 2/4 + 5/8"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1184 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1194 (variable)
msgid "tsMarkup"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1261 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1274 (comment)
msgid "Now each staff has its own time signature."
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1458 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1480 (comment)
msgid "Set beam sub-group length to an eighth note"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1461 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1483 (comment)
msgid "Set beam sub-group length to a sixteenth note"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1615 (comment)
+msgid "end 1/16 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1619 (comment)
+msgid "end 1/32 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1629 (comment)
+msgid "end beams of all durations in 5/8 time signature at the 2/8 moment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1658 (comment)
+msgid "undo a rule ending 1/16 beams in 4/4 time at 1/4 moment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1671 (comment)
msgid "this won't revert it!"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1631 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1673 (comment)
msgid "this will"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1804 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1852 (comment)
msgid "revert to non-feathered beams"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2025 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2041 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2081 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2097 (comment)
msgid "Permit first bar number to be printed"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2042 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2090 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2098 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2146 (comment)
msgid "Print a bar number every second measure"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2058 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2114 (comment)
msgid "Prevent bar numbers at the end of a line and permit them elsewhere"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2062 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2088 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2118 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2144 (comment)
msgid "Increase the size of the bar number by 2"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2066 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2122 (comment)
msgid "Draw a box round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2071 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2127 (comment)
msgid "Draw a circle round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2093 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2149 (comment)
msgid "Center-align bar numbers"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2096 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2152 (comment)
msgid "Right-align bar numbers"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2194 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2255 (variable)
msgid "pipeSymbol"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2565 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2626 (variable)
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "cadenza"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Durations"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Scaling durations"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "laissez vibrer"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-msgid "Skips"
+msgid "Invisible rests"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Upbeats"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Unmetered music"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Polymetric notation"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Automatic note splitting"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Showing melody rhythms"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Automatic beams"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Setting automatic beam behavior"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Manual beams"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Feathered beams"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Bar lines"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Bar numbers"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Rehearsal marks"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Aligning to cadenzas"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Time administration"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:332 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:377 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:390 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:458 (variable)
msgid "moltoF"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:348 (variable)
-msgid "roundf"
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:411 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:441 (variable)
+msgid "roundF"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:350 (variable)
-msgid "boxf"
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:413 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:445 (variable)
+msgid "boxF"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:364 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:428 (variable)
msgid "sfzp"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:446 (variable)
+msgid "roundFdynamic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:447 (variable)
+msgid "boxFdynamic"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgid "Articulations and ornamentations"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgid "trill"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:237 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:277 (comment)
-msgid "FIXME: I can't believe this is right."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:297 (comment)
-msgid "FIXME: broken"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:298 (comment)
-msgid "\\set Score.repeatCommands = #(list (list 'volta voltaChorus ) )"
+#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:298 (variable)
+msgid "voltaAdLib"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Normal repeats"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Manual repeat marks"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Written-out repeats"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Tremolo repeats"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:352 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:482 (variable)
msgid "instrumentOne"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:360 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:490 (variable)
msgid "instrumentTwo"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:539 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:657 (comment)
msgid "Bar 3 ..."
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Chorded notes"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Clusters"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+msgid "Single-staff polyphony"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+msgid "Voice styles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Collision resolution"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Automatic part combining"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Writing music in parallel"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:534 (comment)
-msgid "Set here the overrides for the staff "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:538 (comment)
-msgid "Revert to the default"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:604 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:536 (comment)
msgid "No time signature in the ossia staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:726 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:678 (comment)
msgid "To use the setting globally, uncomment the following line:"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:727 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:679 (comment)
msgid "\\override VerticalAxisGroup #'remove-first = ##t"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:735 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:687 (comment)
msgid ""
"To use the setting globally, comment this line, uncomment the line above"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1105 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1079 (variable)
msgid "smaller"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1119 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1094 (comment)
msgid "setup a context for cue notes."
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1161 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1135 (variable)
msgid "picc"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1169 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1143 (variable)
msgid "cbsn"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Instantiating new staves"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Grouping staves"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Deeper nested staff groups"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Ossia staves"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Instrument names"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgid "Formatting cue notes"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/editorial.itely:288 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/editorial.itely:323 (comment)
msgid "this is deliberate nonsense; note that the stems remain black"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
msgid "Analysis brackets"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/text.itely:403 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/text.itely:410 (variable)
msgid "allegro"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
-msgid "Common markup commands"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+msgid "Selecting font and font size"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Text alignment"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Graphic notation inside markup"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Music notation inside markup"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Multi-page markup"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Fonts"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Entire document fonts"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Single entry fonts"
msgstr ""
msgid "Specialist notation"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:720 (variable)
-msgid "voice"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:450 (comment)
+msgid "not recommended: left aligns syllables "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:727 (variable)
-msgid "lyr"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:453 (comment)
+msgid "wrong: durations needed"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:933 (comment)
-msgid "{"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:456 (comment)
+msgid "correct"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:946 (comment)
-msgid "applies to "
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:786 (variable)
+msgid "voice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:793 (variable)
+msgid "lyr"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:952 (comment)
-msgid "}"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1056 (comment)
+msgid "applies to "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1114 (comment)
-msgid "moves the column off the left margin; can be removed if"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1225 (comment)
+msgid "moves the column off the left margin; "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1115 (comment)
-msgid "space on the page is tight"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1226 (comment)
+msgid "can be removed if space on the page is tight"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1123 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1141 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1234 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1252 (comment)
msgid "adds vertical spacing between verses"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1131 (comment)
-msgid "adds horizontal spacing between columns; if they are"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1242 (comment)
+msgid "adds horizontal spacing between columns; "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1132 (comment)
-msgid "still too close, add more pairs until the result "
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1243 (comment)
+msgid "if they are still too close, add more pairs "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1133 (comment)
-msgid "looks good"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1244 (comment)
+msgid "until the result looks good"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1149 (comment)
-msgid "gives some extra space on the right margin; can"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1260 (comment)
+msgid "gives some extra space on the right margin; "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1150 (comment)
-msgid "be removed if page space is tight"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1261 (comment)
+msgid "can be removed if page space is tight"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Common notation for vocals"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "References for vocal music"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Manual syllable durations"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Multiple syllables to one note"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+msgid "Multiple syllables to one note"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Multiple notes to one syllable"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Skipping notes"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Lyrics and repeats"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Placement of lyrics"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Chants"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Spacing out syllables"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Centering lyrics between staves"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Stanzas"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Adding dynamics marks to stanzas"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Adding singers' names to stanzas"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Stanzas with different rhythms"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Ignoring melismata"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Switching to an alternative melody"
msgstr ""
msgid "Printing stanzas at the end in multiple columns"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:162 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:175 (comment)
msgid "keep staff alive"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:373 (comment)
+msgid "stems may overlap the other staff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:375 (comment)
+msgid "extend the stems to reach other other staff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:377 (comment)
+msgid "do not print extra flags"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Common notation for unfretted strings"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "References for unfretted strings"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Bowed instruments"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "References for bowed strings"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Plucked instruments"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Harp"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:159 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:210 (variable)
msgid "melodia"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:376 (comment)
+msgid "A chord for ukelele"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:665 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:684 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:713 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:738 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:762 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:798 (variable)
+msgid "mychords"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:688 (variable)
+msgid "mychordlist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:785 (comment)
+msgid "add a new chord shape"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:789 (comment)
+msgid "add some new chords based on the power chord shape"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Common notation for fretted strings"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "References for fretted strings"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "String number indications"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Default tablatures"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Custom tablatures"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Fret diagrams"
+msgid "Fret diagram markups"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Right hand fingerings"
+msgid "Predefined fret diagrams"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Automatic fret diagrams"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Right-hand fingerings"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Guitar"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Guitar tablatures"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Indicating position and barring"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Indicating position and barring"
+msgid "Indicating harmonics and dampened notes"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Banjo"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Banjo tablatures"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:120 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:300 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:214 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:394 (variable)
msgid "up"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:121 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:301 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:215 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:395 (variable)
msgid "down"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Common notation for percussion"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "References for percussion"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Basic percussion notation"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Percussion staves"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Ghost notes"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Common notation for wind instruments"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "References for wind instruments"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Half-holes"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Bagpipes"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Bagpipe definitions"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Bagpipe example"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:599 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:651 (variable)
msgid "myChords"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:709 (comment)
-msgid "FIXME: broken."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:710 (comment)
-msgid "<6\\\\>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:857 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:878 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:974 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:995 (comment)
msgid "Put notes on same Staff as figures"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:955 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:1054 (comment)
msgid "The extenders are correct here, with the same rhythm as the bass"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:967 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:1066 (comment)
msgid "The extenders are incorrect here, even though the timing is the same"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:969 (comment)
-msgid "\\repeat unfold 4 {<6 4->16. <6 4->32}"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Chord notation"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Chord mode"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Chord mode overview"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Common chords"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Extended and altered chords"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Displaying chords"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Customizing chord names"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Figured bass"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Introduction to figured bass"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Entering figured bass"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Displaying figured bass"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Introduction to ancient notation"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient notation supported"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Alternative note signs"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient note heads"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient accidentals"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient rests"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient clefs"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient flags"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient time signatures"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Additional note signs"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient articulations"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Custodes"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Divisiones"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ligatures"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "White mensural ligatures"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Gregorian square neumes ligatures"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Pre-defined contexts"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Gregorian chant contexts"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Mensural contexts"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Transcribing ancient music"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient and modern from one source"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Incipits"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Mensurstriche layout"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Transcribing Gregorian chant"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Editorial markings"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Annotational accidentals"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Baroque rhythmic notation"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/input.itely:497 (comment)
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "World music"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "Arabic music"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "References for Arabic music"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "Arabic note names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "Arabic key signatures"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "Arabic time signatures"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "Arabic music example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "Further reading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:494 (comment)
msgid "not printed"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:911 (variable)
+msgid "allLyrics"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input syntax"
+msgid "General input and output"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Input structure"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Structure of a score"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Titles and headers"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "Creating titles"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Creating titles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Custom titles"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Reference to page numbers"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Table of contents"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Working with input files"
msgstr ""
msgid "Different editions from one source"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Using variables"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Using tags"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Controlling output"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Extracting fragments of music"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "MIDI output"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Creating MIDI files"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "MIDI block"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "MIDI instrument names"
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "What goes into the MIDI output?"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "What goes into the MIDI? FIXME"
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Supported in MIDI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Unsupported in MIDI"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "Repeats and MIDI"
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Repeats in MIDI"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "other midi"
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Controlling MIDI dynamics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Dynamic marks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Overall MIDI volume"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:671 (comment)
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Equalizing different instruments (i)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Equalizing different instruments (ii)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:684 (comment)
msgid "this does nothing"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:672 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:685 (comment)
msgid "a break here would work"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:673 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:686 (comment)
msgid "as does this break"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:685 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:698 (comment)
msgid "now the break is allowed"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1438 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1460 (comment)
msgid "this time the text will be closer to the staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1440 (comment)
-msgid "by setting outside-staff-priority to a non-number, we"
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1462 (comment)
+msgid "by setting outside-staff-priority to a non-number, "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1441 (comment)
-msgid "disable the automatic collision avoidance"
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1463 (comment)
+msgid "we disable the automatic collision avoidance"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1444 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1466 (comment)
msgid "now they will collide"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1469 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1491 (comment)
msgid "the markup is too close to the following note"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1472 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1494 (comment)
msgid "setting outside-staff-horizontal-padding fixes this"
msgstr ""
msgid "Score layout"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Displaying spacing"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Page layout MOVED FROM LM"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Introduction to layout"
+msgid "Fitting music onto fewer pages"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Global sizes"
+msgid "Displaying spacing"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Line breaks"
+msgid "Changing spacing"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Page breaks"
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1947 (comment)
+msgid "Remove bar line at the end of the current line"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Fitting music onto fewer pages"
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1993 (comment)
+msgid "Try to remove all key signatures"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Interpretation contexts"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Score - the master of all contexts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Top-level contexts - staff containers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Intermediate-level contexts - staves"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Bottom-level contexts - voices"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Explaining the Internals Reference"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Naming conventions"
msgstr ""
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying properties"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Overview of modifying properties"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The \\set command"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The @code{\\set} command"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The @code{\\override} command"
msgstr ""
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Useful concepts and properties"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Input modes"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Direction and placement"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Distances and measurements"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Spanners"
msgstr ""
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Common properties"
msgstr ""
msgid "Controlling visibility of objects"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Removing the stencil"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Making objects transparent"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Painting objects white"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Using break-visibility"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Special considerations"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Rotating objects"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Aligning objects"
msgstr ""
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Advanced tweaks"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying ends of spanners"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying stencils"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "old The \\override command"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "old The @code{\\override} command"
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Modifying shapes"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Discussion of specific tweaks"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "old Contexts explained"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "TODO moved into scheme"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Using Scheme code instead of \\tweak"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Using Scheme code instead of @code{\\tweak}"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "Difficult tweaks"
-msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+msgid "Difficult tweaks"
+msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/literature.itely
#. @appendix in Documentation/user/literature.itely
msgid "Chord name chart"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+msgid "Common chord modifiers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+msgid "Predefined fretboard diagrams"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/notation-appendices.itely
msgid "Commonly tweaked properties"
msgstr ""
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Manuel de l'utilisateur"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Manuel d'apprentissage"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Manuel de référence"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Annexes"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Hauteurs"
msgstr ""
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Utilisation du programme"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Durées et rythme"
msgstr ""
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Autre documentation"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Silences"
msgstr ""
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Unix"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Métrique"
msgstr ""
-#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "fourth"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Tout ensemble"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "Working on text files"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "How to read the tutorial"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Relative note names"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Piano staves"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Printing lyrics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "A lead sheet"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Organizing pieces with identifiers"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Exemples cliquables"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fundamental.itely
msgid "Default files"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
-msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond files"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
msgstr ""
#. @top in Documentation/fr/user/lilypond.tely
-msgid "GNU LilyPond --- le système de gravure musicale"
+msgid "GNU LilyPond --- manuel de notation"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Augmentation dots"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+msgid "Skips"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Multi measure rests"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Bar check"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Barnumber check"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Proportional notation (introduction)"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Writing repeats"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
msgid "Blank music sheet"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Nested scores"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Page wrapping text"
msgstr ""
msgid "The piano staff"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Orchestral strings sections"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Artificial harmonics (strings)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Guitar sections"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Tablatures basic"
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Fret diagrams"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Non-guitar tablatures"
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Right hand fingerings"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Other guitar issues"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-msgid "Percussion sections"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-msgid "Entering percussion"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-msgid "Bagpipe"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-msgid "Chords sections"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-msgid "Entering chord names"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-msgid "Chords mode"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-msgid "Ancient TODO"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-msgid "Gregorian Chant contexts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-msgid "Musica ficta accidentals"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "A single music expression"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Extracting fragments of notation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Common syntax issues TODO name?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-msgid "Controlling direction"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Other stuffs TODO move?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "context list FIXME"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "another thing FIXME"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input modes FIXME"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "Non-musical notation"
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Guitar tablatures"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Changing context properties on the fly"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Layout tunings within contexts"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Constructing a tweak"
msgstr ""
msgid "Advertencias y problemas conocidos"
msgstr ""
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Learning Manual (LM)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Notation Reference (NR)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Appendices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Program usage"
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+msgid "Automatic behaviour"
msgstr ""
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Other information"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+msgid "Simulating a fermata"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-msgid "Automatic behaviour"
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
+msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond files"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
msgid "Writing long repeats"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Orchestral strings TODO"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
msgid " "
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Controlling direction and placement"
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+msgid "Ancient TODO"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "When to add a -"
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+msgid "Gregorian Chant contexts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+msgid "Musica ficta accidentals"
msgstr ""
#. @top in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-learning.tely
msgid "Notation reference"
msgstr ""
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
+msgid "Appendices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
+msgid "Program usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
+msgid "Other information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Unix"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "legato"
msgstr ""
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Das Notationsprogramm"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
+msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Chords"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-msgid "Font selection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Simple lyrics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Another way of entering lyrics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Assigning more than one syllable to a single note"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "More than one note on a single syllable"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Vocals and variables"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Flexibility in placement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Lyrics to multiple notes of a melisma"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Switching the melody associated with a lyrics line"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Spacing vocals"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Spacing lyrics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "More about stanzas"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Adding dynamics marks"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Adding singer names"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Guitar TODO"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-msgid "TODO percussion node fix"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-msgid "Chords notation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-msgid "TODO chords fix"
-msgstr ""
-
msgid "Up:"
msgstr ""
@end ignore
@item
-A few syntax changes were made:
+Predefined, user-configurable, transposable fret diagrams
+are now available in the FretBoards context:
+@lilypond[]
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+<<
+ \new ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ c1 \transpose c e { c }
+ }
+ }
+ \new FretBoards {
+ \chordmode {
+ c1 \transpose c e { c }
+ }
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+The following syntax changes were made, in chronological order. In
+addition, fret diagram properties have been moved to
+@code{fret-diagram-details}, and @code{#'style} property is used to
+select solid/dashed lines instead of @code{#'dash-fraction}.
+
@example
-2.11.23: #'break-align-symbol -> #'break-align-symbols
-2.11.35: scripts.caesura -> scripts.caesura.curved.
-Use #'style not #'dash-fraction to select solid/dashed lines.
-2.11.38: \setEasyHeads -> \easyHeadsOn, \fatText -> \textLengthOn,
+#'break-align-symbol -> #'break-align-symbols
+scripts.caesura -> scripts.caesura.curved
+\setEasyHeads -> \easyHeadsOn
+\easyHeadsOff (new command)
+\fatText -> \textLengthOn
\emptyText -> \textLengthOff
-2.11.46: \set hairpinToBarline -> \override Hairpin #'to-barline
-2.11.48: \compressMusic -> \scaleDurations
-2.11.50: metronomeMarkFormatter uses text markup as second
-argument,
-fret diagram properties moved to fret-diagram-details.
-2.11.51: \octave -> \octaveCheck, \arpeggioUp -> \arpeggioArrowUp,
-\arpeggioDown -> \arpeggioArrowDown, \arpeggioNeutral ->
-\arpeggioNormal,
-\setTextCresc -> \crescTextCresc, \setTextDecresc ->
-\dimTextDecresc,
-\setTextDecr -> \dimTextDecr, \setTextDim -> \dimTextDim,
-\setHairpinCresc -> \crescHairpin, \setHairpinDecresc ->
-\dimHairpin,
-\sustainUp -> \sustainOff, \sustainDown -> \sustainOn
-\sostenutoDown -> \sostenutoOn, \sostenutoUp -> \sostenutoOff
-2.11.53: infinite-spacing-height -> extra-spacing-height
+\set hairpinToBarline -> \override Hairpin #'to-barline
+\compressMusic -> \scaleDurations
+\octave -> \octaveCheck
+\arpeggioUp -> \arpeggioArrowUp
+\arpeggioDown -> \arpeggioArrowDown
+\arpeggioNeutral -> \arpeggioNormal
+\setTextCresc -> \crescTextCresc
+\setTextDecresc -> \dimTextDecresc
+\setTextDecr -> \dimTextDecr
+\setTextDim -> \dimTextDim
+\setHairpinCresc -> \crescHairpin
+\setHairpinDecresc -> \dimHairpin
+\sustainUp -> \sustainOff
+\sustainDown -> \sustainOn
+\sostenutoDown -> \sostenutoOn
+\sostenutoUp -> \sostenutoOff
+infinite-spacing-height -> extra-spacing-height
+#(set-octavation oct) -> \ottava #oct
+\put-adjacent markup axis dir markup -> \put-adjacent axis dir markup markup
@end example
@item
to guess the line width, thanks to @code{--latex-program} command line
option.
-@item
-@code{\setEasyHeads} has been renamed to @code{\easyHeadsOn}, and a new
-command @code{\easyHeadsOff} reverts note heads to normal heads.
-
-@item
-@code{\fatText}, @code{\emptyText} and @code{\compressMusic} have been
-renamed to @code{\textLengthOn}, @code{\textLengthOff} and
-@code{\scaleDurations}, respectively.
-
@item
Underlining is now possible with the @code{\underline} markup command.
crescendos and other text spanners. The old syntax for setting
text on line spanners is no longer valid.
-@c with ragged-right we can't see the gliss.
@lilypond[]
\relative c'' {
\override Glissando #'bound-details #'right #'text = \markup { \hcenter \bold down }
\override Glissando #'bound-details #'left #'arrow = ##t
\override Glissando #'bound-details #'left #'padding = #3.0
\override Glissando #'style = #'trill
+ \override Glissando #'springs-and-rods = #ly:spanner::set-spacing-rods
+ \override Glissando #'minimum-length = #12
c1 \glissando c'
}
\tempo "Fast"
c'4 c' c' c'
c'4 c' c' c'
- \tempo "Andante" 4=120
+ \tempo "Andante" 4 = 120
c'4 c' c' c'
c'4 c' c' c'
- \tempo 4=100
+ \tempo 4 = 100
c'4 c' c' c'
c'4 c' c' c'
- \tempo "" 4=30
+ \tempo "" 4 = 30
c'4 c' c' c'
c'4 c' c' c'
}
is finished.
</p>
- <p><i>Last updated Sat Jul 19 15:59:20 UTC 2008
+ <p><i>Last updated Mon Aug 11 16:16:20 UTC 2008
</i></p>
<table align="center" border="2">
<tr align="center">
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1 Introduction<br>(3699)</td>
+ <td>1 Introduction<br>(3678)</td>
<td>Ludovic Sardain<br>
John Mandereau<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
Jean-Yves Baudais</small><br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #9eff30">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (65 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #9eff30">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ffa34c">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (65 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #97ff2f">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ffd244">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2 Tutorial<br>(5652)</td>
+ <td>2 Tutorial<br>(5685)</td>
<td>Nicolas Grandclaude<br>
Ludovic Sardain<br>
Gauvain Pocentek<br>
Valentin Villenave<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff8c51">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #a5ff31">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #b2fe32">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #62ff28">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #2cff20">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Tweaking output<br>(12262)</td>
+ <td>4 Tweaking output<br>(12334)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
Nicolas Klutchnikoff<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #40fe23">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #47ff24">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<th>es</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Section titles<br>(544)</td>
+ <td>Section titles<br>(547)</td>
<td>John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #33ff21">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #40fe23">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #33ff21">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #40fe23">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #2cff20">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.1 Pitches<br>(2822)</td>
+ <td>1.1 Pitches<br>(2948)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson<br>
<small>Valentin Villenave<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</small><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #39ff22">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.2 Rhythms<br>(6657)</td>
+ <td>1.2 Rhythms<br>(6785)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson<br>
<small>Valentin Villenave<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</small><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (96 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #25fe1f">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (95 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #39ff22">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.3 Expressive marks<br>(843)</td>
+ <td>1.3 Expressive marks<br>(1119)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #f6fe3b">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ffea40">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.4 Repeats<br>(940)</td>
+ <td>1.4 Repeats<br>(556)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #efff3a">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ffdd42">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.5 Simultaneous notes<br>(883)</td>
+ <td>1.5 Simultaneous notes<br>(1000)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson<br>
Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (81 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (71 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #f6fe3b">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #39ff22">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.6 Staff notation<br>(2310)</td>
+ <td>1.6 Staff notation<br>(1800)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<small>John Mandereau</small><br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (63 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (87 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ffcd45">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.7 Editorial annotations<br>(827)</td>
+ <td>1.7 Editorial annotations<br>(908)</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (47 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (44 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #4efe25">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.8 Text<br>(1851)</td>
+ <td>1.8 Text<br>(2082)</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<small>Valentin Villenave<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (83 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (82 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (85 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #b2fe32">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (86 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #efff3a">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #39ff22">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.1 Vocal music<br>(2745)</td>
+ <td>2.1 Vocal music<br>(2799)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude</small><br>
<span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (96 %)</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (96 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #25fe1f">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #76fe2a">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.2 Keyboard instruments<br>(561)</td>
+ <td>2.2 Keyboard instruments<br>(668)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (90 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (89 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (90 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (89 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (90 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (89 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.4 Fretted string instruments<br>(857)</td>
+ <td>2.4 Fretted string instruments<br>(1369)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (32 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (16 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (32 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (16 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (82 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ffbf47">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (35 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ff954f">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.5 Percussion<br>(546)</td>
+ <td>2.5 Percussion<br>(747)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (97 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (98 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (95 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (96 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (97 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (98 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #5bff27">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.7 Chord notation<br>(1303)</td>
+ <td>2.7 Chord notation<br>(1352)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (65 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (62 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (65 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (62 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #62ff28">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #76fe2a">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>3 Input syntax<br>(5399)</td>
- <td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (3 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff8652">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <td>2.9 World music<br>(1115)</td>
+ <td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Spacing issues<br>(8400)</td>
+ <td>3 General input and output<br>(5431)</td>
+ <td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
+ Valentin Villenave<br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (6 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ff8652">partially up to date</span><br>
+ </td>
+ <td>Till Rettig<br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (6 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ff8353">partially up to date</span><br>
+ </td>
+ <td>Francisco Vila<br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (43 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
+ </td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr align="left">
+ <td>4 Spacing issues<br>(7896)</td>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Changing defaults<br>(6855)</td>
+ <td>5 Changing defaults<br>(8377)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Gilles Thibault</small><br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (77 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ffb249">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (51 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ffa74b">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (93 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #25fe1f">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (69 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #97ff2f">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>6 Interfaces for programmers<br>(5213)</td>
+ <td>6 Interfaces for programmers<br>(5218)</td>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>B Notation manual tables<br>(1127)</td>
+ <td>B Notation manual tables<br>(1146)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (12 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #cdfe36">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (7 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #d4ff37">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #cdfe36">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (99 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #d4ff37">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #a5ff31">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (99 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #acff31">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
@end lilypond
When typesetting a piece in Gregorian chant notation, the
-@rinternals{Gregorian_ligature_engraver} automatically selects the proper
+@rinternals{Vaticana_ligature_engraver} automatically selects the proper
note heads, so there is no need to explicitly set the note head style.
Still, the note head style can be set, e.g., to @code{vaticana_punctum} to
produce punctum neumes. Similarly, the
@uref{http://@/lilypond@/.org/@/doc/@/stable/@/Documentation/@/user/@/lilypond@/-internals/,on@/-line},
but is also included with the LilyPond documentation package.
+@c TODO The following is at variance to what actually follows. Fix -td
+
There are four areas where the default settings may be changed:
@itemize
@menu
-* Interpretation contexts::
-* Explaining the Internals Reference::
-* Modifying properties::
-* Useful concepts and properties::
-* Common properties::
-* Advanced tweaks::
-* Discussion of specific tweaks::
+* Interpretation contexts::
+* Explaining the Internals Reference::
+* Modifying properties::
+* Useful concepts and properties::
+* Common properties::
+* Advanced tweaks::
+* Discussion of specific tweaks::
@end menu
This section describes what contexts are, and how to modify them.
@menu
-* Contexts explained::
-* Creating contexts::
-* Modifying context plug-ins::
-* Changing context default settings::
-* Defining new contexts::
-* Aligning contexts::
+* Contexts explained::
+* Creating contexts::
+* Modifying context plug-ins::
+* Changing context default settings::
+* Defining new contexts::
+* Aligning contexts::
@end menu
Contexts are arranged heirarchically:
@menu
-* Score - the master of all contexts::
-* Top-level contexts - staff containers::
-* Intermediate-level contexts - staves::
-* Bottom-level contexts - voices::
+* Score - the master of all contexts::
+* Top-level contexts - staff containers::
+* Intermediate-level contexts - staves::
+* Bottom-level contexts - voices::
@end menu
@node Score - the master of all contexts
@subsection Changing context default settings
The adjustments of the previous subsections (
-@ref{The \set command}, @ref{Modifying context plug-ins}, and
+@ref{The set command}, @ref{Modifying context plug-ins}, and
@ref{Overview of modifying properties}) can also be entered
separately from the music in the @code{\layout} block,
All these plug-ins have to cooperate, and this is achieved with a
special plug-in, which must be marked with the keyword @code{\type}.
-This should always be @rinternals{Engraver_group},
+This should always be @code{Engraver_group}.
@example
\type "Engraver_group"
@menu
-* Navigating the program reference::
-* Layout interfaces::
-* Determining the grob property::
-* Naming conventions::
+* Navigating the program reference::
+* Layout interfaces::
+* Determining the grob property::
+* Naming conventions::
@end menu
@node Navigating the program reference
@c outdated info; probably will delete.
@ignore
This fragment points to two parts of the program reference: a page
-on @code{FingerEvent} and one on @code{Fingering}.
+on @code{FingeringEvent} and one on @code{Fingering}.
-The page on @code{FingerEvent} describes the properties of the music
+The page on @code{FingeringEvent} describes the properties of the music
expression for the input @code{-2}. The page contains many links
forward. For example, it says
This engraver creates the following layout objects: @rinternals{Fingering}.
@end quotation
-In other words, once the @code{FingerEvent}s are interpreted, the
+In other words, once the @code{FingeringEvent}s are interpreted, the
@code{Fingering_engraver} plug-in will process them.
@end ignore
@item @rinternals{fingering-event}:
Music event type @code{fingering-event} is in Music expressions named
-@rinternals{FingerEvent}
+@rinternals{FingeringEvent}
@end itemize
This path goes against the flow of information in the program: it
@section Modifying properties
@menu
-* Overview of modifying properties::
-* The \set command::
-* The \override command::
-* \set versus \override::
-* Objects connected to the input::
+* Overview of modifying properties::
+* The set command::
+* The override command::
+* set versus override::
+* The tweak command::
@end menu
-@node The \set command
+@node The set command
@subsection The @code{\set} command
@cindex properties
-@node The \override command
+@node The override command
@subsection The @code{\override} command
Commands which change output generally look like
and the program reference.
-@node \set versus \override
+@node set versus override
@subsection @code{\set} vs. @code{\override}
We have seen two methods of changing properties: @code{\set} and
property (modified with @code{\set}) was created.
-@node Objects connected to the input
-@subsection Objects connected to the input
+@node The tweak command
+@subsection The @code{\tweak} command
TODO: can't use \tweak in a variable
@menu
-* Input modes::
-* Direction and placement::
-* Distances and measurements::
-* Spanners::
+* Input modes::
+* Direction and placement::
+* Distances and measurements::
+* Spanners::
@end menu
@node Input modes
@section Common properties
@menu
-* Controlling visibility of objects::
-* Line styles::
-* Rotating objects::
-* Aligning objects::
+* Controlling visibility of objects::
+* Line styles::
+* Rotating objects::
+* Aligning objects::
@end menu
-@c TODO Add new subsection Shapes of objects
-@c which would include Slur shapes
-@c with a Known issue: can't modify shapes with 'control-points if there are
-@c more than one at the same musical moment
-
@node Controlling visibility of objects
@subsection Controlling visibility of objects
considerations.
@menu
-* Removing the stencil::
-* Making objects transparent::
-* Painting objects white::
-* Using break-visibility::
-* Special considerations::
+* Removing the stencil::
+* Making objects transparent::
+* Painting objects white::
+* Using break-visibility::
+* Special considerations::
@end menu
@end lilypond
This may be avoided by changing the order of printing the objects.
-All layout objects have a @code{layer} property which takes a real
-number. Objects with the lowest value of @code{layer} are drawn
-first, then objects with progressively higher values are drawn, so
-objects with higher values overwrite objects with lower values.
+All layout objects have a @code{layer} property which should be set
+to an integer. Objects with the lowest value of @code{layer} are
+drawn first, then objects with progressively higher values are drawn,
+so objects with higher values overwrite objects with lower values.
By default most objects are assigned a @code{layer} value of
@code{1}, although a few objects, including @code{StaffSymbol} and
@code{BarLine}, are assigned a value of @code{0}. The order of
-printing objects with the same nominal value of @code{layer} is
-indeterminate.
+printing objects with the same value of @code{layer} is indeterminate.
In the example above the white clef, with a default @code{layer}
value of @code{1}, is drawn after the staff lines (default
@node Using break-visibility
@unnumberedsubsubsec Using break-visibility
+@c TODO Add making other objects breakable
+
@cindex break-visibility
Most layout objects are printed only once, but some like
at the end of the previous line as well.
This behaviour is controlled by the @code{break-visibility}
-property, which is explained in @rlearning{Visibility and color of
-objects}. This property takes a vector of three booleans which,
-in order, determine whether the object is printed at the end of,
-within the body of, or at the beginning of a line. Or to be more
-precise, before a line break, where there is no line break, or
-after a line break.
+property, which is explained in
+@c Leave this ref on a newline - formats incorrectly otherwise -td
+@rlearning{Visibility and color of objects}. This property takes
+a vector of three booleans which, in order, determine whether the
+object is printed at the end of, within the body of, or at the
+beginning of a line. Or to be more precise, before a line break,
+where there is no line break, or after a line break.
Alternatively, seven of the eight combinations may be specified
by pre-defined functions, defined in @file{scm/output-lib.scm},
where the last three columns indicate whether the layout objects
will be visible in the positions shown at the head of the columns:
-@multitable @columnfractions .40 .15 .15 .15 .15
+@multitable @columnfractions .40 .15 .1 .1 .1
@c TODO check these more carefully
@headitem Function @tab Vector @tab Before @tab At no @tab After
@headitem form @tab form @tab break @tab break @tab break
@node Rotating objects
@subsection Rotating objects
-@c FIXME Write this section
+Both layout objects and elements of markup text can be rotated by
+any angle about any point, but the method of doing so differs.
+
+@menu
+* Rotating layout objects::
+* Rotating markup::
+@end menu
+
+@node Rotating layout objects
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Rotating layout objects
+
+@cindex rotating objects
+@cindex objects, rotating
+
+All layout objects which support the @code{grob-interface} can be
+rotated by setting their @code{rotation} property. This takes a
+list of three items: the angle of rotation counter-clockwise,
+and the x and y coordinates of the point relative to the object's
+reference point about which the rotation is to be performed. The
+angle of rotation is specified in degrees and the coordinates in
+staff-spaces.
+
+The angle of rotation and the coordinates of the rotation point must
+be determined by trial and error.
+
+@cindex hairpins, angled
+@cindex angled hairpins
+
+There are only a few situations where the rotation of layout
+objects is useful; the following example shows one situation where
+they may be:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
+g4\< e' d' f\!
+\override Hairpin #'rotation = #'(20 -1 0)
+g,,4\< e' d' f\!
+@end lilypond
+
+@node Rotating markup
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Rotating markup
+
+All markup text can be rotated to lie at any angle by prefixing it
+with the @code{\rotate} command. The command takes two arguments:
+the angle of rotation in degrees counter-clockwise and the text to
+be rotated. The extents of the text are not rotated: they take
+their values from the extremes of the x and y coordinates of the
+rotated text. In the following example the
+@code{outside-staff-priority} property for text is set to @code{#f}
+to disable the automatic collision avoidance, which would push some
+of the text too high.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
+\override TextScript #'outside-staff-priority = ##f
+g4^\markup { \rotate #30 "a G" }
+b^\markup { \rotate #30 "a B" }
+des^\markup { \rotate #30 "a D-Flat" }
+fis^\markup { \rotate #30 "an F-Sharp" }
+@end lilypond
+
@node Aligning objects
@subsection Aligning objects
@section Advanced tweaks
@menu
-* Vertical grouping of grobs::
-* Modifying ends of spanners::
-* Modifying stencils::
-* Modifying shapes::
+* Vertical grouping of grobs::
+* Modifying ends of spanners::
+* Modifying stencils::
+* Modifying shapes::
@end menu
@subsection Modifying ends of spanners
@c FIXME Write this section
+@c See earlier material in Line styles
@node Modifying stencils
@subsection Modifying stencils
-@c FIXME Write this section
+All layout objects have a @code{stencil} property which is part of
+the @code{grob-interface}. By default, this property is usually
+set to a function specific to the object that is tailor-made to
+render the symbol which represents it in the output. For example,
+the standard setting for the @code{stencil} property of the
+@code{MultiMeasureRest} object is @code{ly:multi-measure-rest::print}.
+
+The standard symbol for any object can be replaced by modifying the
+@code{stencil} property to reference a different, specially-written,
+procedure. This requires a high level of knowledge of the internal
+workings of LilyPond, but there is an easier way which can often
+produce adequate results.
+
+This is to set the @code{stencil} property to the procedure which
+prints text -- @code{ly:text-interface::print} -- and to add a
+@code{text} property to the object which is set to contain the
+markup text which produces the required symbol. Due to the
+flexibility of markup, much can be achieved -- see in particular
+@ref{Graphic notation inside markup}.
+
+The following example demonstrates this by changing the note head
+symbol to a cross within a circle.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+XinO = {
+ \once \override NoteHead #'stencil = #ly:text-interface::print
+ \once \override NoteHead #'text = \markup {
+ \combine
+ \halign #-0.7 \draw-circle #0.85 #0.2 ##f
+ \musicglyph #"noteheads.s2cross"
+ }
+}
+\relative c'' {
+ a a \XinO a a
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Any of the glyphs in the feta Font can be supplied to the
+@code{\musicglyph} markup command -- see @ref{The Feta font}.
+
+@c TODO Add inserting eps files or ref to later
+
+@c TODO Add inserting Postscript or ref to later
+
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Graphic notation inside markup},
+@ref{Formatting text},
+@ref{Text markup commands},
+@ref{The Feta font}.
+
@node Modifying shapes
@subsection Modifying shapes
-@c FIXME Write this section
-@c Discussion of Bezier curves and the control-points property
+@menu
+* Modifying ties and slurs::
+@end menu
+
+@node Modifying ties and slurs
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Modifying ties and slurs
+
+Ties, slurs and phrasing slurs are drawn as third-order Bézier
+curves. If the shape of the tie or slur which is calculated
+automatically is not optimum, the shape may be modified manually by
+explicitly specifying the four control points required to define
+a third-order Bézier curve.
+
+Third-order or cubic Bézier curves are defined by four control
+points. The first and fourth control points are precisely the
+starting and ending points of the curve. The intermediate two
+control points define the shape. Animations showing how the curve
+is drawn can be found on the web, but the following description
+may be helpful. The curve starts from the first control point
+heading directly towards the second, gradually bending over to
+head towards the third and continuing to bend over to head towards
+the fourth, arriving there travelling directly from the third
+control point. The curve is entirely contained in the
+quadrilateral defined by the four control points.
+
+Here is an example of a case where the tie is not optimum, and
+where @code{\tieDown} would not help.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+<<
+ { e1 ~ e }
+\\
+ { r4 <g c,> <g c,> <g c,> }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+One way of improving this tie is to manually modify its control
+points, as follows.
+
+The coordinates of the Bézier control points are specified in units
+of staff-spaces. The X@tie{}coordinate is relative to the reference
+point of the note to which the tie or slur is attached, and the
+Y@tie{}coordinate is relative to the staff center line. The
+coordinates are entered as a list of four pairs of decimal numbers
+(reals). One approach is to estimate the coordinates of the two
+end points, and then guess the two intermediate points. The optimum
+values are then found by trial and error.
+
+It is useful to remember that a symmetric curve requires symmetric
+control points, and that Bézier curves have the useful property that
+transformations of the curve such as translation, rotation and
+scaling can be achieved by applying the same transformation to the
+curve's control points.
+
+For the example above the following override gives a satisfactory
+tie:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+<<
+ \once \override Tie
+ #'control-points = #'((1 . -1) (3 . 0.6) (12.5 . 0.6) (14.5 . -1))
+ { e1 ~ e1 }
+\\
+ { r4 <g c,> <g c,> <g c,>4 }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+@knownissues
+
+It is not possible to modify shapes of ties or slurs by changing
+the @code{control-points} property if there are more than one at
+the same musical moment, not even by using the @code{\tweak}
+command.
+
+
@node Discussion of specific tweaks
@section Discussion of specific tweaks
@menu
-* old Contexts explained::
+* old Contexts explained::
@end menu
@lilypondfile[quote]{chords-headword.ly}
-Chords can be entered in chord mode, which recognizes some traditional European chord naming conventions. Chord names can also
-be displayed. In addition, figured bass notation can be displayed.
+Chords can be entered either as normal notes or in chord mode and displayed
+using a variety of traditional European chord naming conventions. Chord
+names and figured bass notation can also be displayed.
@menu
* Chord mode::
are also different symbols displayed for a given chord name. The
names and symbols displayed for chord names are customizable.
-@cindex Banter
@cindex jazz chords
@cindex chords, jazz
-The default chord name layout is a system for Jazz music, proposed
-by Klaus Ignatzek (see @ref{Literature list}). There are also two
-other chord name schemes implemented: an alternate Jazz chord
-notation, and a systematic scheme called Banter chords. The
-alternate Jazz notation is also shown on the chart in @ref{Chord
+The basic chord name layout is a system for Jazz music, proposed
+by Klaus Ignatzek (see @ref{Literature list}). The chord naming
+system can be modified as described below. An alternate jazz
+chord system has been developed using these modifications.
+The Ignatzek and alternate
+Jazz notation are shown on the chart in @ref{Chord
name chart}.
@c TODO -- Change this so we don't have a non-verbatim example.
@lilypondfile[ragged-right]{chord-names-languages.ly}
-If none of the default settings give the desired output, the chord
+If none of the existing settings give the desired output, the chord
name display can be tuned through the following properties.
@table @code
@seealso
+Music Glossary:
+@rglos{figured bass}.
+
Snippets:
@rlsr{Chords}
@c @rlearning{}.
@c Notation Reference:
-@c @ruser{}.
+@c @ref{}.
@c Application Usage:
@c @rprogram{}.
@rlsr{Chords}.
Internals Reference:
-@rinternals{NewBassFigure},
+@rinternals{BassFigure},
@rinternals{BassFigureAlignment},
@rinternals{BassFigureLine},
@rinternals{BassFigureBracket},
@c @rlearning{}.
@c Notation Reference:
-@c @ruser{}.
+@c @ref{}.
@c Application Usage:
@c @rprogram{}.
@rlsr{Chords}.
Internals Reference:
-@rinternals{NewBassFigure},
+@rinternals{BassFigure},
@rinternals{BassFigureAlignment},
@rinternals{BassFigureLine},
@rinternals{BassFigureBracket},
change the size of variable symbols, such as beams or slurs.
@warning{For font sizes of text, see
-@ref{Common markup commands}.}
+@ref{Selecting font and font size}.}
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\huge
@rlsr{Editorial annotations}.
Internals Reference:
-@rinternals{fontSize},
-@rinternals{font-size},
@rinternals{font-interface}.
@seealso
Notation Reference:
-@ref{List of colors}, @ref{Objects connected to
-the input}.
+@ref{List of colors}, @ref{The
+tweak command}.
Snippets:
@rlsr{Editorial annotations}.
Notes in a chord cannot be colored with @code{\override}; use
-@code{\tweak} instead, see @ref{Objects connected to the input}.
+@code{\tweak} instead, see @ref{The tweak command}.
@node Parentheses
@cindex dynamics
@cindex dynamics, absolute
@funindex \ppppp
+@funindex ppppp
@funindex \pppp
+@funindex pppp
@funindex \ppp
+@funindex ppp
@funindex \pp
+@funindex pp
@funindex \p
+@funindex p
@funindex \mp
+@funindex mp
@funindex \mf
+@funindex mf
@funindex \f
+@funindex f
@funindex \ff
+@funindex ff
@funindex \fff
+@funindex fff
@funindex \ffff
+@funindex ffff
@funindex \fp
+@funindex fp
@funindex \sf
+@funindex sf
@funindex \sff
+@funindex sff
@funindex \sp
+@funindex sp
@funindex \spp
+@funindex spp
@funindex \sfz
+@funindex sfz
@funindex \rfz
+@funindex rfz
Absolute dynamic marks are specified using a command after a note,
such as @code{c4\ff}. The available dynamic marks are
@code{\mp}, @code{\mf}, @code{\f}, @code{\ff}, @code{\fff},
@code{\ffff}, @code{\fp}, @code{\sf}, @code{\sff}, @code{\sp},
@code{\spp}, @code{\sfz}, and @code{\rfz}. The dynamic marks may
-be manually placed above or below the staff, see
+be manually placed above or below the staff, see
@ref{Direction and placement}.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
@end lilypond
@cindex hairpin
+@cindex crescendo
+@cindex decrescendo
@funindex \<
@funindex \>
@funindex \!
Spacer rests are needed to engrave multiple marks on one note.
+@cindex multiple dynamic marks on one note
+@cindex dynamic marks, multiple on one note
+
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c4\< c\! d\> e\!
<< f1 { s4 s4\< s4\> s4\! } >>
@end lilypond
@cindex espressivo articulation
+@funindex \espressivo
+@funindex espressivo
In some situations the @code{\espressivo} articulation mark may be
the appropriate choice to indicate a crescendo and decrescendo on
@cindex crescendo
@cindex decrescendo
@cindex diminuendo
+@funindex \crescTextCresc
+@funindex crescTextCresc
+@funindex \dimTextDecresc
+@funindex dimTextDecresc
+@funindex \dimTextDecr
+@funindex dimTextDecr
+@funindex \dimTextDim
+@funindex dimTextDim
+@funindex \crescHairpin
+@funindex crescHairpin
+@funindex \dimHairpin
+@funindex dimHairpin
Crescendos and decrescendos can be engraved as textual markings
instead of hairpins. Dashed lines are printed to indicate their
e2\> d\!
@end lilypond
+
To create new absolute dynamic marks or text that should be
aligned with dynamics, see @ref{New dynamic marks}.
+@cindex dynamics, vertical positioning
+@cindex vertical positioning of dynamics
+@funindex DynamicLineSpanner
+
Vertical positioning of dynamics is handled by
@rinternals{DynamicLineSpanner}.
@predefined
@funindex \dynamicUp
+@funindex dynamicUp
@code{\dynamicUp},
@funindex \dynamicDown
+@funindex dynamicDown
@code{\dynamicDown},
@funindex \dynamicNeutral
+@funindex dynamicNeutral
@code{\dynamicNeutral},
@funindex \crescTextCresc
+@funindex crescTextCresc
@code{\crescTextCresc},
@funindex \dimTextDim
+@funindex dimTextDim
@code{\dimTextDim},
@funindex \dimTextDecr
+@funindex dimTextDecr
@code{\dimTextDecr},
@funindex \dimTextDecresc
+@funindex dimTextDecresc
@code{\dimTextDecresc},
@funindex \crescHairpin
+@funindex crescHairpin
@code{\crescHairpin},
@funindex \dimHairpin
+@funindex dimHairpin
@code{\dimHairpin}.
Notation Reference:
@ref{Direction and placement},
-@ref{New dynamic marks}.
+@ref{New dynamic marks},
+@ref{What goes into the MIDI output?},
+@ref{Controlling MIDI dynamics}.
Snippets:
@rlsr{Expressive marks}.
@cindex dynamics, editorial
@cindex dynamics, parenthesis
+@cindex editorial dynamics
+@funindex \bracket
+@funindex bracket
+@funindex \dynamic
+@funindex dynamic
In markup mode, editorial dynamics (within parentheses or square
brackets) can be created. The syntax for markup mode is described
in @ref{Formatting text}.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
-roundf = \markup { \center-align { \line { \bold { \italic ( }
- \dynamic f \bold { \italic ) } } } }
-boxf = \markup { \bracket { \dynamic f } }
+roundF = \markup { \hcenter \concat { \bold { \italic ( }
+ \dynamic f \bold { \italic ) } } }
+boxF = \markup { \bracket { \dynamic f } }
\relative c' {
- c1_\roundf
- c1_\boxf
+ c1_\roundF
+ c1_\boxF
}
@end lilypond
-By default, markup objects are aligned to the left side of a note
-head, but authentic dynamic marks are always centered on the note
-head. New, centered dynamic marks can be created using the
-following function:
-
@cindex make-dynamic-script
+@funindex make-dynamic-script
+
+Simple, centered dynamic marks are easily created with the
+@code{make-dynamic-script} function. The dynamic font only
+contains the characters @code{f,m,p,r,s} and @code{z}.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
sfzp = #(make-dynamic-script "sfzp")
}
@end lilypond
-@noindent
-The dynamic font only contains the characters @code{f,m,p,r,s} and
-@code{z}. In order to use other font families, it is necessary to
-use markup mode in its Scheme form, as explained in
-@ref{Markup construction in Scheme}.
+In general, @code{make-dynamic-script} takes any markup object as
+its argument. In the following example, using
+@code{make-dynamic-script} ensures the vertical alignment of
+markup objects and hairpins that are attached to the same note
+head.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
-moltoF = #(make-dynamic-script (markup
- #:normal-text "molto"
- #:dynamic "f"))
+roundF = \markup { \hcenter \concat {
+ \normal-text { \bold { \italic ( } }
+ \dynamic f
+ \normal-text { \bold { \italic ) } } } }
+boxF = \markup { \bracket { \dynamic f } }
+roundFdynamic = #(make-dynamic-script roundF)
+boxFdynamic = #(make-dynamic-script boxF)
+\relative c' {
+ c4_\roundFdynamic\< d e f
+ g,1_\boxFdynamic
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+The Scheme form of markup mode may be used instead. Its syntax is
+explained in @ref{Markup construction in Scheme}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+moltoF = #(make-dynamic-script
+ (markup #:normal-text "molto"
+ #:dynamic "f"))
\relative c' {
<d e>16 <d e>
<d e>2..\moltoF
}
@end lilypond
-@noindent
Font settings in markup mode are described in
-@ref{Common markup commands}.
+@ref{Selecting font and font size}.
@seealso
Notation Reference:
@ref{Formatting text},
-@ref{Common markup commands},
-@ref{Markup construction in Scheme}.
+@ref{Selecting font and font size},
+@ref{Markup construction in Scheme},
+@ref{What goes into the MIDI output?},
+@ref{Controlling MIDI dynamics}.
Snippets:
@rlsr{Expressive marks}.
<c e>2( <b d>2)
@end lilypond
+@cindex slurs, manual placement
+@cindex slurs, below notes
+@cindex slurs, above notes
+@funindex \slurDown
+@funindex slurDown
+@funindex \slurNeutral
+@funindex slurNeutral
+
Slurs may be manually placed above or below the notes, see
@ref{Direction and placement}.
c2( d)
@end lilypond
+@cindex phrasing slur
+@cindex multiple slurs
+@cindex simultaneous slurs
+@cindex slur, phrasing
+@cindex slurs, multiple
+@cindex slurs, simultaneous
+
Phrasing slurs must be used to print more than one slur at once.
For details, see @ref{Phrasing slurs}.
+@cindex slur style
+@cindex slur, solid
+@cindex slur, dotted
+@cindex slur, dashed
+@cindex solid slur
+@cindex dotted slur
+@cindex dashed slur
+@cindex sytle, slur
+@funindex \slurDashed
+@funindex slurDashed
+@funindex \slurDotted
+@funindex slurDotted
+@funindex \slurSolid
+@funindex slurSolid
+
Slurs can be solid, dotted, or dashed. Solid is the default slur
style:
Music Glossary:
@rglos{slur}.
+Learning Manual:
+@rlearning{On the un-nestedness of brackets and ties}.
+
Notation Reference:
@ref{Direction and placement},
@ref{Phrasing slurs}.
@cindex phrasing slurs
@cindex phrasing marks
+@cindex slur, phrasing
+@cindex mark, phrasing
@funindex \(
@funindex \)
e2) d\)
@end lilypond
+@funindex \phrasingSlurUp
+@funindex phrasingSlurUp
+@funindex \phrasingSlurDown
+@funindex phrasingSlurDown
+@funindex \phrasingSlurNeutral
+@funindex phrasingSlurNeutral
+
Typographically, a phrasing slur behaves almost exactly like a
normal slur. However, they are treated as different objects; a
@code{\slurUp} will have no effect on a phrasing slur. Phrasing
c4\( g' c,( b) | c1\)
@end lilypond
+@cindex simultaneous phrasing slurs
+@cindex multiple phrasing slurs
+@cindex slurs, simultaneous phrasing
+@cindex slurs, multiple phrasing
+@cindex phrasing slurs, simultaneous
+@cindex phrasing slurs, multiple
+
Simultaneous phrasing slurs are not permitted.
@predefined
-@funindex \phrasingSlurUp
@code{\phrasingSlurUp},
-@funindex \phrasingSlurDown
@code{\phrasingSlurDown},
-@funindex \phrasingSlurNeutral
@code{\phrasingSlurNeutral}.
@seealso
+Learning Manual:
+@rlearning{On the un-nestedness of brackets and ties}.
+
Notation Reference:
@ref{Direction and placement}.
@cindex breath marks
@funindex \breathe
+@funindex breathe
Breath marks are entered using @code{\breathe}:
@cindex falls
@cindex doits
@funindex \bendAfter
+@funindex bendAfter
@notation{Falls} and @notation{doits} can be added to notes using
the @code{\bendAfter} command. The direction of the fall or doit
@cindex glissando
@funindex \glissando
+@funindex glissando
A @notation{glissando} is created by attaching @code{\glissando}
to a note:
@cindex arpeggio
@cindex broken chord
@cindex chord, broken
+@funindex \arpeggio
+@funindex arpeggio
+@funindex \arpeggioArrowUp
+@funindex arpeggioArrowUp
+@funindex \arpeggioArrowDown
+@funindex arpeggioArrowDown
+@funindex \arpeggioNormal
+@funindex arpeggioNormal
An @notation{arpeggio} on a chord (also known as a broken chord)
is denoted by appending @code{\arpeggio} to the chord construct:
<c e g c>2\arpeggio
@end lilypond
+@cindex arpeggio symbols, special
+@cindex special arpeggio symbols
+@funindex \arpeggioBracket
+@funindex arpeggioBracket
+@funindex \arpeggioParenthesis
+@funindex arpeggioParenthesis
+
Special @emph{bracketed} arpeggio symbols can be created:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
@predefined
-@funindex \arpeggio
@code{\arpeggio},
-@funindex \arpeggioArrowUp
@code{\arpeggioArrowUp},
-@funindex \arpeggioArrowDown
@code{\arpeggioArrowDown},
-@funindex \arpeggioNormal
@code{\arpeggioNormal},
-@funindex \arpeggioBracket
@code{\arpeggioBracket},
-@funindex \arpeggioParenthesis
@code{\arpeggioParenthesis}.
@knownissues
+@cindex cross-staff parenthesis-style arpeggio
+@cindex arpeggio, parenthesis-style, cross-staff
+@cindex arpeggio, cross-staff parenthesis-style
+
It is not possible to mix connected arpeggios and unconnected
arpeggios in one @code{PianoStaff} at the same point in
time.
@cindex trills
@funindex \trill
+@funindex trill
+@funindex \startTrillSpan
+@funindex startTrillSpan
+@funindex \stopTrillSpan
+@funindex stopTrillSpan
Short @notation{trills} without an extender line are printed with
@code{\trill}; see @ref{Articulations and ornamentations}.
Longer trills with an extender line are made with
-@code{\startTrillSpan} and @code{\stopTrillSpan}. In the
-following example, the trill is combined with grace notes. To
-achieve precise control over the placement of the grace notes, see
-@ref{Grace notes}.
+@code{\startTrillSpan} and @code{\stopTrillSpan}:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+d1~\startTrillSpan
+d1
+c2\stopTrillSpan r2
+@end lilypond
+
+In the following example, a trill is combined with grace notes.
+The syntax of this construct and the method to precisely position
+the grace notes are described in @ref{Grace notes}.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c1 \afterGrace
@cindex pitched trills
@cindex trills, pitched
+@funindex \pitchedTrill
+@funindex pitchedTrill
Trills that require an auxiliary note with an explicit pitch can
be typeset with the @code{\pitchedTrill} command. The first
argument is the main note, and the second is the @emph{trilled}
note, printed as a stemless note head in parentheses.
-@c This syntax example doesn't look nice. -pm
-
-@c @example
-@c @code{\pitchedTrill} @var{mainnote} @code{\startTrillSpan}
-@c @var{trillnote} @var{endnote} @code{\stopTrillSpan}
-@c @end example
-
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\pitchedTrill e2\startTrillSpan fis
d\stopTrillSpan
@end lilypond
+@cindex pitched trill with forced accidental
+@cindex trill, pitched with forced accidental
+@cindex accidental, forced for pitched trill
+
In the following example, the second pitched trill is ambiguous;
the accidental of the trilled note is not printed. As a
workaround, the accidentals of the trilled notes can be forced.
@predefined
-@funindex \startTrillSpan
@code{\startTrillSpan},
-@funindex \stopTrillSpan
@code{\stopTrillSpan}.
Internals Reference:
@rinternals{TrillSpanner}.
+
* String number indications::
* Default tablatures::
* Custom tablatures::
-* Automatic fret diagrams::
* Fret diagram markups::
+* Predefined fret diagrams::
+* Automatic fret diagrams::
* Right-hand fingerings::
@end menu
@node References for fretted strings
-@subsubsection References for fretted strings
+@unnumberedsubsubsec References for fretted strings
Music for fretted string instruments is normally notated on
a single staff, either in traditional music notation or in
@seealso
Notation Reference:
-@ref{Instrument names},
-@ref{Writing music in parallel},
@ref{Fingering instructions},
@ref{Ties},
+@ref{Collision resolution},
+@ref{Instrument names},
+@ref{Writing music in parallel},
@ref{Arpeggio},
@ref{List of articulations},
@ref{Clef}.
@node String number indications
-@subsubsection String number indications
+@unnumberedsubsubsec String number indications
@cindex String numbers
@node Default tablatures
-@subsubsection Default tablatures
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Default tablatures
@cindex Tablatures, basic
@cindex Tablatures, default
When no string is specified for a note, the note is assigned to
the lowest string that can generate the note with a fret number
-greater than or equal to @code{minimumFret} is selected. The
-default value for @code{minimumFret} is 0.
+greater than or equal to the value of @code{minimumFret}.
+The default value for @code{minimumFret} is 0.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
>>
@end lilypond
+Harmonic indications and slides can be added to tablature
+notation.
+
+@lilypond[fragment, verbatim, quote, relative=1]
+\new TabStaff {
+ \new TabVoice {
+ <c g'\harmonic> d\2\glissando e\2
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+
@snippets
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
>>
@end lilypond
+Guitar special effects are limited to harmonics and slides.
@node Custom tablatures
-@subsubsection Custom tablatures
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Custom tablatures
@cindex Tablatures, custom
-You can change the tuning of the strings. A string tuning is
-given as a Scheme list with one integer number for each string,
-the number being the pitch (measured in semitones relative to
-middle C) of an open string. The numbers specified for
-@code{stringTunings} are the numbers of semitones to subtract or
-add, starting the specified pitch by default middle C, in string
-order. LilyPond automatically calculates the number of strings by
-looking at @code{stringTunings}.
-
-In the next example, @code{stringTunings} is set for the pitches
-e, a, d, and g.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-\new TabStaff <<
- \set TabStaff.stringTunings = #'(-5 -10 -15 -20)
- {
- a,4 c' a e' e c' a e'
- }
->>
-@end lilypond
+LilyPond tabulature automatically calculates the fret for
+a note based on the string to which the note is assigned.
+In order to do this, the tuning of the strings must be
+specified. The tuning of the strings is given in the
+@code{StringTunings} property.
LilyPond comes with predefined string tunings for banjo, mandolin,
guitar and bass guitar. Lilypond automatically sets the correct
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
<<
- \new Staff <<
+ \new Staff {
\clef "bass_8"
\relative c, {
- c4 d e f
+ c4 d e f
}
- >>
- \new TabStaff <<
+ }
+ \new TabStaff {
\set TabStaff.stringTunings = #bass-tuning
\relative c, {
- c4 d e f
+ c4 d e f
}
- >>
->>
-@end lilypond
-
-The default string tuning is @code{guitar-tuning} (the standard
-EADGBE tuning). Some other predefined tunings are
-@code{guitar-open-g-tuning}, @code{mandolin-tuning} and
-@code{banjo-open-g-tuning}.
-
-@seealso
-
-Snippets:
-@rlsr{Fretted strings}.
-
-The file @file{scm/@/output@/-lib@/.scm} contains the predefined string
-tunings.
-
-Internals Reference:
-@rinternals{Tab_note_heads_engraver}.
-
-@knownissues
-
-No guitar special effects have been implemented.
-
-@node Automatic fret diagrams
-@subsubsection Automatic fret diagrams
-@cindex fret diagrams
-@cindex chord diagrams
-
-Fret diagrams can be automatically created from entered notes using the
-@code{FretBoards} context. This context calculates strings and frets
-which can be used to play the notes.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-<<
- \context ChordNames {
- \chordmode {
- f1 g
- }
- }
- \context FretBoards {
- < f, c f a c' f'>1
- < g,\6 b, d g b g'>
- }
- \context Staff {
- \clef "treble_8"
- < f, c f a c' f'>1
- < g, b, d g b' g'>
- }
->>
-@end lilypond
-
-Notes can be explicitly placed on a string. It is often enough
-to place only the lowest note on an explicit string; the rest of
-the notes will then be placed appropriately by the @code{FretBoards}
-context.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-<<
- \context ChordNames {
- \chordmode {
- c1 c d:m d:m
- }
- }
- \context FretBoards {
- < c e g c' e' > 1
- < c\5 e g c' e' > 1
- < d a d' f'>
- < d\4 a d' f'>
}
- \context Staff {
- \clef "treble_8"
- < c e g c' e' > 1
- < c e g c' e' > 1
- < d a d' f'>
- < d a d' f'>
- }
>>
@end lilypond
-Fingerings can be added to FretBoard fret diagrams.
+The default string tuning is @code{guitar-tuning}, which
+is the standard EADGBE tuning. Some other predefined tunings are
+@code{guitar-open-g-tuning}, @code{mandolin-tuning} and
+@code{banjo-open-g-tuning}. The predefined string tunings
+are found in @code{scm/output-lib.scm}.
+
+A string tuning is a Scheme list of string pitches,
+one for each string, ordered by string number from 1 to N,
+where string 1 is at the top of the tablature staff and
+string N is at the bottom. This ordinarily results in ordering
+from highest pitch to lowest pitch, but some instruments
+(e.g. ukulele) do not have strings ordered by pitch.
+
+A string pitch in a string tuning list is the pitch difference
+of the open string from middle C measured in semitones. The
+string pitch must be an integer. Lilypond calculates the actual
+pitch of the string by adding the string tuning pitch to the
+actual pitch for middle C.
+
+LilyPond automatically calculates the number of strings in the
+@code{TabStaff} as the number of elements in @code{stringTunings}.
+
+Any desired string tuning can be created. For example, we can
+define a string tuning for a four-string instrument with pitches
+of @code{a''}, @code{d''}, @code{g'}, and @code{c'}:
+
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+mynotes = {
+ c'4 e' g' c'' |
+ e'' g'' b'' c'''
+}
-@lilypond[quote, verbatim]
<<
- \context ChordNames {
- \chordmode {
- c1 d:m
- }
+ \new Staff {
+ \clef treble
+ \mynotes
}
- \context FretBoards {
- < c\5-3 e-2 g c'-1 e' > 1
- < d\4 a-2 d'-3 f'-1>
+ \new TabStaff {
+ \set TabStaff.stringTunings = #'(21 14 7 0)
+ \mynotes
}
- \context Staff {
- \clef "treble_8"
- < c e g c' e' > 1
- < d a d' f'>
- }
>>
@end lilypond
-The strings and frets for the @code{FretBoards} context depend
-on the @code{stringTunings} property, which has the same meaning
-as in the TabStaff context. See @ref{Custom tablatures} for
-information on the @code{stringTunings} property.
-
-The graphical layout of a fret diagram can be customized according to
-user preference through the properties of the @code{fret-diagram-interface}.
-Details are found at @rinternals{fret-diagram-interface}. For a
-@code{FretBoards} fret diagram, the interface properties belong to
-@code{FretBoards}.
-
-@snippets
-The minimum fret to be used in calculating strings and frets for
-the FretBoard context can be set with the @code{minimumFret}
-property.
-
-@c TODO -- snippet showing minimum fret.
-
-@c TODO -- snippet for using StringTunings
-
@seealso
-Notation Reference:
-@ref{Custom tablatures}
+Installed Files:
+@file{scm/output-lib.scm}.
Snippets:
@rlsr{Fretted strings}.
-Internals Reference:
-@rinternals {fret-diagram-interface}.
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{Tab_note_heads_engraver}.
@node Fret diagram markups
-@subsubsection Fret diagram markups
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Fret diagram markups
@cindex fret diagrams
@cindex chord diagrams
markup , the interface properties belong to @code{Voice.TextScript}.
@snippets
-TODO create snippets for changing properties. Use regression test?
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly}
+
@seealso
Internals Reference:
@rinternals{fret-diagram-interface}.
+@node Predefined fret diagrams
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Predefined fret diagrams
+@cindex fret diagrams
+@cindex chord diagrams
+
+Fret diagrams can be displayed using the @code{FretBoards} context. By
+default, the @code{FretBoards} context will display fret diagrams that
+are stored in a lookup table:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim, ragged-right, quote]
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+\context FretBoards {
+ \chordmode {
+ c1 d
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+The default predefined fret diagrams are contained in the file
+@code{predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly}. Fret diagrams are
+stored based on the pitches of a chord and the value of
+@code{stringTunings} that is currently in use.
+@code{predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly} contains predefined
+fret diagrams only for @code{guitar-tuning}. Predefined fret
+diagrams can be added for other instruments or other tunings
+by following the examples found in
+@code{predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly}.
+
+Chord pitches can be entered
+either as simultaneous music or using chord mode (see
+@ref{Chord mode overview}).
+
+@lilypond[verbatim, ragged-right,quote]
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+\context FretBoards {
+ \chordmode {c1}
+ <c' e' g'>1
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+It is common that both chord names and fret diagrams are displayed together.
+This is achieved by putting a @code{ChordNames} context in parallel with
+a @code{FretBoards} context and giving both contexts the same music.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim, ragged-right, quote]
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+mychords = \chordmode{
+ c1 f g
+}
+
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ \mychords
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Predefined fret diagrams are transposable, as long as a diagram for the
+transposed chord is stored in the fret diagram table.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim, ragged-right, quote]
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+mychords = \chordmode{
+ c1 f g
+}
+
+mychordlist = {
+ \mychords
+ \transpose c e { \mychords}
+}
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \mychordlist
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ \mychordlist
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+
+The predefined fret diagram table contains seven chords (major, minor,
+augmented, diminished, dominant seventh, major seventh, minor seventh)
+for each of 17 keys. A complete list of the predefined fret diagrams is
+shown in @ref{Predefined fretboard diagrams}. If there is no entry in
+the table for a chord, the FretBoards engraver will calculate a
+fret-diagram using the automatic fret diagram functionality described in
+@ref{Automatic fret diagrams}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim, ragged-right, quote]
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+mychords = \chordmode{
+ c1 c:9
+}
+
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ \mychords
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Fret diagrams can be added to the fret diagram table. To add a diagram,
+you must specify the chord for the diagram, the tuning to be used, and the
+fret-diagram-terse definition string for the diagram.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim, ragged-right, quote]
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {c:9}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;3-2;2-1;3-3;3-4;x;"
+
+mychords = \chordmode{
+ c1 c:9
+}
+
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ \mychords
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Different fret diagrams for the same chord name can be stored using different
+octaves of pitches.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim, ragged-right, quote]
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {c'}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 2 (chord-shape 'bes))
+
+mychords = \chordmode{
+ c1 c'
+}
+
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ \mychords
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+In addition to fret diagrams, LilyPond stores an internal list of chord
+shapes. The chord shapes are fret diagrams that can be shifted along
+the neck to different posistions to provide different chords. Chord
+shapes can be added to the internal list and then used to define
+predefined fret diagrams.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim, ragged-right, quote]
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+
+% add a new chord shape
+
+\addChordShape #'powerf #"1-1;3-3;3-4;x;x;x;"
+
+% add some new chords based on the power chord shape
+
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {f'}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'powerf)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {g'}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 2 (chord-shape 'powerf))
+
+mychords = \chordmode{
+ f1 f' g g'
+}
+
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ \mychords
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+The graphical layout of a fret diagram can be customized according to
+user preference through the properties of the @code{fret-diagram-interface}.
+Details are found at @rinternals{fret-diagram-interface}. For a
+predefined fret diagram, the interface properties belong to
+@code{FretBoards.FretBoard}.
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{customizing-fretboard-fret-diagrams.ly}
+
+
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Custom tablatures},
+@ref{Automatic fret diagrams},
+@ref{Chord mode overview},
+@ref{Predefined fretboard diagrams}.
+
+Installed Files:
+@file{ly/predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly}.
+
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{Fretted strings}.
+
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals {fret-diagram-interface}.
+
+
+@node Automatic fret diagrams
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Automatic fret diagrams
+@cindex fret diagrams
+@cindex chord diagrams
+
+Fret diagrams can be automatically created from entered notes using the
+@code{FretBoards} context. If no predefined diagram is available for
+the entered notes in the active @code{stringTunings}, this context
+calculates strings and frets that can be used to play the notes.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ f1 g
+ }
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ < f, c f a c' f'>1
+ < g,\6 b, d g b g'>
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ < f, c f a c' f'>1
+ < g, b, d g b' g'>
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+As no predefined diagrams are loaded by default, automatic calculation
+of fret diagrams is the default behavior. Once default diagrams are
+loaded, automatic calculation can be enabled and disabled with predefined
+commands:
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+
+\storePredefinedDiagram <c e g c' e'>
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;3-1-(;5-2;5-3;5-4;3-1-1);"
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ c1 c c
+ }
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ <c e g c' e'>1
+ \predefinedFretboardsOff
+ <c e g c' e'>
+ \predefinedFretboardsOn
+ <c e g c' e'>
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ <c e g c' e'>1
+ <c e g c' e'>
+ <c e g c' e'>
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+
+
+Sometimes the fretboard calculator will be unable to find
+an accceptable diagram. This can often be remedied by
+manually assigning a note to a string. In many cases, only one
+note need be manually placed on a string; the rest of
+the notes will then be placed appropriately by the @code{FretBoards}
+context.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ c1 c
+ }
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ < c g c' e' g'> 1
+ < c g\4 c' e' g'> 1
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ < c g c' e' g'> 1
+ < c g c' e' g'> 1
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Fingerings can be added to FretBoard fret diagrams.
+
+@lilypond[quote, verbatim]
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ c1 d:m
+ }
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ < c-3 e-2 g c'-1 e' > 1
+ < d a-2 d'-3 f'-1>
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ < c e g c' e' > 1
+ < d a d' f'>
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+The minimum fret to be used in calculating strings and frets for
+the FretBoard context can be set with the @code{minimumFret}
+property.
+
+@lilypond[quote, verbatim]
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ d1:m d:m
+ }
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ < d a d' f'>
+ \set FretBoards.minimumFret = #5
+ < d a d' f'>
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ < d a d' f'>
+ < d a d' f'>
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+The strings and frets for the @code{FretBoards} context depend
+on the @code{stringTunings} property, which has the same meaning
+as in the TabStaff context. See @ref{Custom tablatures} for
+information on the @code{stringTunings} property.
+
+The graphical layout of a fret diagram can be customized according to
+user preference through the properties of the @code{fret-diagram-interface}.
+Details are found at @rinternals{fret-diagram-interface}. For a
+@code{FretBoards} fret diagram, the interface properties belong to
+@code{FretBoards.FretBoard}.
+
+@predefined
+@code{\predefinedFretboardsOff},
+@code{\predefinedFretboardsOn}.
+
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Custom tablatures}.
+
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{Fretted strings}.
+
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals {fret-diagram-interface}.
+
+
@node Right-hand fingerings
-@subsubsection Right-hand fingerings
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Right-hand fingerings
Right-hand fingerings @var{p-i-m-a} must be entered within a
chord construct @code{<>} for them to be printed in the score,
@end menu
@node Indicating position and barring
-@subsubsection Indicating position and barring
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Indicating position and barring
This example demonstrates how to include guitar position and
barring indications.
@rlsr{Expressive marks}.
@node Indicating harmonics and dampened notes
-@subsubsection Indicating harmonics and dampened notes
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Indicating harmonics and dampened notes
Special note heads can be used to indicate dampened notes or
harmonics. Harmonics are normally further explained with a
@end menu
@node Banjo tablatures
-@subsubsection Banjo tablatures
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Banjo tablatures
@cindex Banjo tablatures
LilyPond has basic support for the five-string banjo. When making tablatures
@example
\version @w{"@version{}"}
+\header @{ @}
\score @{
@var{...compound music expression...} % all the music goes here!
- \header @{ @}
\layout @{ @}
\midi @{ @}
@}
@cindex midi
@noindent
-Note that these three commands -- @code{\header}, @code{\layout}
-and @code{\midi} -- are special: unlike all other commands which
-begin with a backward slash (@code{\}) they are @emph{not} music
-expressions and are not part of any music expression.
-So they may be placed inside a @code{\score} block
-or outside it. In fact, these commands are commonly placed
-outside the @code{\score} block -- for example, @code{\header}
-is often placed above the @code{\score} command because headers
-naturally appear at the top of a score. That's just another
-shorthand that LilyPond accepts.
+Note that these three commands -- @code{\header}, @code{\layout} and
+@code{\midi} -- are special: unlike many other commands which begin
+with a backward slash (@code{\}) they are @emph{not} music expressions
+and are not part of any music expression. So they may be placed
+inside a @code{\score} block or outside it. In fact, these commands
+are commonly placed outside the @code{\score} block -- for example,
+@code{\header} is often placed above the @code{\score} command, as the
+example at the beginning of this section shows.
Two more commands you have not previously seen are
@code{\layout @{ @}} and @code{\midi @{@}}. If these appear as
shown they will cause LilyPond to produce a printed output and a
MIDI output respectively. They are described fully in the
-Notation Reference -- @ruser{Score layout} and
+Notation Reference -- @ruser{Score layout}, and
@ruser{Creating MIDI files}.
@cindex scores, multiple
In summary:
Every @code{\book} block creates a separate output file (e.g., a
-pdf file). If you haven't explicitly added one, LilyPond wraps
+PDF file). If you haven't explicitly added one, LilyPond wraps
your entire input code in a @code{\book} block implicitly.
Every @code{\score} block is a separate chunk of music within a
(and thus in a @code{\book} block, either explicitly or
implicitly) will affect every @code{\score} in that @code{\book}.
-Every @code{\context} block will affect the named context (e.g.,
-@code{\StaffGroup}) throughout the block (@code{\score} or
-@code{\book}) in which it appears.
-
For details see @ruser{Multiple scores in a book}.
@cindex variables
@cindex Music expression, compound
We saw the general organization of LilyPond input files in the
-previous section, @ref{How LilyPond input files work}. But we seemed to
-skip over the most important part: how do we figure out what to
-write after @code{\score}?
+previous section, @ref{Introduction to the LilyPond file structure}.
+But we seemed to skip over the most important part: how do we figure
+out what to write after @code{\score}?
We didn't skip over it at all. The big mystery is simply that
there @emph{is} no mystery. This line explains it all:
@noindent
To understand what is meant by a music expression and a compound
-music expression you may find it useful to review
+music expression, you may find it useful to review the tutorial,
@ref{Music expressions explained}. In that section, we saw how to
build big music expressions from small pieces -- we started from
notes, then chords, etc. Now we're going to start from a big
@}
@end example
-Remember that we use @code{<< ... >>} instead of
-@code{@{ ... @}} to show simultaneous
-music. And we definitely want to show the vocal part and piano
-part at the same time, not one after the other! However, the
-@code{<< ... >>} construct is not really necessary for the Singer
-staff, as it contains only one music expression, but Staves often
-do require simultaneous Voices within them, so using
-@code{<< ... >>}
-rather than braces is a good habit to adopt. We'll add some real
-music later; for now let's just put in some dummy notes and lyrics.
+Remember that we use @code{<< ... >>} instead of @code{@{ ... @}} to
+show simultaneous music. And we definitely want to show the vocal
+part and piano part at the same time, not one after the other! Note
+that the @code{<< ... >>} construct is not really necessary for the
+Singer staff, as it contains only one sequential music expression;
+however, using @code{<< ... >>} instead of braces is still necessary
+if the music in the Staff is made of two simultaneous expressions,
+e.g. two simultaneous Voices, or a Voice with lyrics. We'll add some
+real music later; for now let's just put in some dummy notes and
+lyrics.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
\score {
Be careful about the difference between notes, which are introduced
-with @code{\relative}, and lyrics, which are introduced with
+with @code{\relative} or which are directly included in a music
+expression, and lyrics, which are introduced with
@code{\lyricmode}. These are essential to tell LilyPond
to interpret the following content as music and text
respectively.
When writing (or reading) a @code{\score} section, just take it
-slowly and carefully. Start with the outer layer, then work on
-each smaller layer. It also really helps to be strict with
-indentation -- make sure that each item on the same layer starts
+slowly and carefully. Start with the outer level, then work on
+each smaller level. It also really helps to be strict with
+indentation -- make sure that each item on the same level starts
on the same horizontal position in your text editor.
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference: @ruser{Structure of a score}.
@node Nesting music expressions
@subsection Nesting music expressions
@cindex staves, temporary
@cindex ossias
-It is not essential to declare all staves at the beginning;
-they may be introduced temporarily at any point. This is
-particularly useful for creating ossia sections
-(see @rglos{ossia}). Here is a simple example showing how
-to introduce a new staff temporarily for the duration of
-three notes:
+It is not essential to declare all staves at the beginning; they may
+be introduced temporarily at any point. This is particularly useful
+for creating ossia sections -- see @rglos{ossia}. Here is a simple
+example showing how to introduce a new staff temporarily for the
+duration of three notes:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
\new Staff {
placed above the staff called @qq{main} instead of the default
position which is below.
+@seealso
+
Ossia are often written without clef and without
time signature and are usually in a smaller font.
These require further commands which
-have not yet been introduced. See @ref{Size of objects}
+have not yet been introduced. See @ref{Size of objects},
+and @ruser{Ossia staves}.
+
@node On the un-nestedness of brackets and ties
@subsection On the un-nestedness of brackets and ties
@item @code{< .. >}
@tab Encloses the notes of a chord
@item @code{<< .. >>}
- @tab Encloses concurrent or simultaneous sections
+ @tab Encloses simultaneous music expressions
@item @code{( .. )}
@tab Marks the start and end of a slur
@item @code{\( .. \)}
- @tab Marks the start and end of a phrase mark
+ @tab Marks the start and end of a phrasing slur
@item @code{[ .. ]}
@tab Marks the start and end of a manual beam
@end multitable
different durations: the quarter-note D and the eighth-note
F-sharp. How are these to be coded? They cannot be written as
a chord because all the notes in a chord must have the same
-duration. And they cannot be written as two separate notes
+duration. And they cannot be written as two sequential notes
as they need to start at the same time. This is when two
voices are required.
@code{noteB} is relative to @code{noteA} @*
@code{noteC} is relative to @code{noteB}, not @code{noteA}; @*
@code{noteD} is relative to @code{noteB}, not @code{noteA} or
-@code{noteC}. @*
-@code{noteE} is relative to @code{noteD}, not @code{noteA}
+@code{noteC}; @*
+@code{noteE} is relative to @code{noteD}, not @code{noteA}.
An alternative way, which may be clearer if the notes in the
voices are widely separated, is to place a @code{\relative}
@end lilypond
@noindent
-We see that this fixes the stem direction, but exposes a
-problem sometimes encountered with multiple voices -- the
-stems of the notes in one voice can collide with the note heads
-in other voices. In laying out the notes, LilyPond allows the
-notes or chords from two voices to occupy the same vertical
-note column provided the stems are in opposite directions, but
-the notes from the third and fourth voices are displaced to if
-necessary to avoid the note heads
-colliding. This usually works well, but in this example the
-notes of the lowest voice are clearly not well placed by default.
-LilyPond provides several ways to adjust the horizontal placing
-of notes. We are not quite ready yet to see how to correct this,
-so we shall leave this problem until a later section
-(see the force-hshift property in @ref{Fixing overlapping
-notation} )
+We see that this fixes the stem direction, but exposes a problem
+sometimes encountered with multiple voices -- the stems of the notes
+in one voice can collide with the note heads in other voices. In
+laying out the notes, LilyPond allows the notes or chords from two
+voices to occupy the same vertical note column provided the stems are
+in opposite directions, but the notes from the third and fourth voices
+are displaced, if necessary, to avoid the note heads colliding. This
+usually works well, but in this example the notes of the lowest voice
+are clearly not well placed by default. LilyPond provides several ways
+to adjust the horizontal placing of notes. We are not quite ready yet
+to see how to correct this, so we shall leave this problem until a
+later section --- see the @code{force-hshift} property in @ref{Fixing
+overlapping notation}.
+
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference: @ruser{Multiple voices}.
+
@node Explicitly instantiating voices
@subsection Explicitly instantiating voices
have no shift or the same shift specified, the error message
@qq{Too many clashing note columns} will be produced.
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference: @ruser{Multiple voices}.
+
+
@node Voices and vocals
@subsection Voices and vocals
@cindex hymn structure
-Here is a example of the first line of a hymn with four
+Here is an example of the first line of a hymn with four
verses, set for SATB. In this case the words for all four
parts are the same. Note how we use variables to separate the
music notation and words from the staff structure. See too
}
@end lilypond
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference: @ruser{Vocal music}.
+
+
@node Contexts and engravers
@section Contexts and engravers
preceding word with no hyphen or underscore, e.g.,
@code{GregorianTranscriptionStaff}.
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference: @ruser{Contexts explained}.
+
+
@node Creating contexts
@subsection Creating contexts
@end example
Note the distinction between the name of the context type,
-@code{Staff}, @code{Voice}, etc, and
-the identifying name of a particular instance of that type,
-which can be any sequence of letters invented by the user.
-The identifying name is used to refer back to that particular
-instance of a context. We saw this in use in the section on
-lyrics in @ref{Voices and vocals}.
+@code{Staff}, @code{Voice}, etc, and the identifying name of a
+particular instance of that type, which can be any sequence of letters
+and digits invented by the user. The identifying name is used to
+refer back to that particular instance of a context. We saw this in
+use in the section on lyrics, see @ref{Voices and vocals}.
+
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference: @ruser{Creating contexts}.
@node Engravers explained
Engravers live and operate in Contexts.
Engravers such as the @code{Metronome_mark_engraver}, whose
-action and output applies to the score as a whole, operate in
+action and output apply to the score as a whole, operate in
the highest level context -- the @code{Score} context.
The @code{Clef_engraver} and @code{Key_engraver} are to be
-found in every Staff Context, as different staves may require
+found in every @code{Staff} Context, as different staves may require
different clefs and keys.
The @code{Note_heads_engraver} and @code{Stem_engraver} live
@tab Engraves clefs
@item Completion_heads_engraver
@tab Splits notes which cross bar lines
-@item Dynamic_engraver
+@c The old Dynamic_engraver is deprecated. -jm
+@item New_dynamic_engraver
@tab Creates hairpins and dynamic texts
@item Forbid_line_break_engraver
@tab Prevents line breaks if a musical element is still active
We shall see later how the output of LilyPond can be changed
by modifying the action of Engravers.
+@seealso
+
+Internals reference: @rinternals{Engravers and performers}.
+
@node Modifying context properties
@subsection Modifying context properties
but occasionally it can be tricky. If the wrong context
is specified, no error message is produced, but the expected
action will not take place. For example, the
-@code{instrumentName} clearly lives in the Staff context, since
+@code{instrumentName} clearly lives in the @code{Staff} context, since
it is the staff that is to be named.
In this example the first staff is labelled, but not the second,
because we omitted the context name.
>>
@end lilypond
-Remember the default context name is Voice, so the second
+Remember the default context name is @code{Voice}, so the second
@code{\set} command set the property @code{instrumentName} in the
-Voice context to @qq{Alto}, but as LilyPond does not look
+@code{Voice} context to @qq{Alto}, but as LilyPond does not look
for any such property in the @code{Voice} context, no
further action took place. This is not an error, and no error
message is logged in the log file.
-Similarly, if the property name is mis-spelt no error message
-is produced, and clearly the expected action cannot be performed.
-If fact, you can set any (fictitious) @q{property} using any
-name you like in any context that exists by using the
-@code{\set} command. But if the name is not
-known to LilyPond it will not cause any action to be taken.
-This is one of the reasons why it is highly recommended to
-use a context-sensitive editor with syntax highlighting for
-editing LilyPond input files, such as Vim, Jedit, ConTEXT or Emacs,
-since unknown property names will be highlighted differently.
+Similarly, if the property name is mis-spelt no error message is
+produced, and clearly the expected action cannot be performed. If
+fact, you can set any (fictitious) @q{property} using any name you
+like in any context that exists by using the @code{\set} command. But
+if the name is not known to LilyPond it will not cause any action to
+be taken. Some text editors with special support for LilyPond input
+files document property names with bullets when you hover them with
+the mouse, like JEdit with LilyPondTool, or highlight unknown property
+names differently, like ConTEXT. If you do not use an editor with
+such features, it is recommended to check the property name in the
+Internals Reference: see @rinternals{Tunable context properties}, or
+@rinternals{Contexts}.
The @code{instrumentName} property will take effect only
if it is set in the @code{Staff} context, but
a b
@end lilypond
-We have now seen how to set the values of several different
-types of property. Note that integers and numbers are always
-preceded by a hash sign, @code{#}, while a true or false value
-is specified by ##t and ##f, with two hash signs. A text
-property should be enclosed in double quotation signs, as above,
-although we shall see later that text can actually be specified
-in a much more general way by using the very powerful
-@code{markup} command.
+We have now seen how to set the values of several different types of
+property. Note that integers and numbers are always preceded by a
+hash sign, @code{#}, while a true or false value is specified by
+@code{##t} and @code{##f}, with two hash signs. A text property
+should be enclosed in double quotation signs, as above, although we
+shall see later that text can actually be specified in a much more
+general way by using the very powerful @code{markup} command.
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Setting context properties with @code{\with}
@funindex \with
@cindex context properties, setting with \with
The @code{fontSize} property is treated differently. If this is
set in a @code{\with} clause it effectively resets the default
-value of the font size. If it is later changed with @code{\set}
+value of the font size. If it is later changed with @code{\set},
this new default value may be restored with the
@code{\unset fontSize} command.
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Setting context properties with @code{\context}
+
+The values of context properties may be set in @emph{all} contexts
+of a particular type, such as all @code{Staff} contexts, with a single
+command. The context type is identified by using its
+type name, like @code{Staff}, prefixed by a back-slash: @code{\Staff}.
+The statement which sets the property value is the same as that in a
+@code{\with} block, introduced above. It is placed in a
+@code{\context} block within a @code{\layout} block. Each
+@code{\context} block will affect all contexts of the type specified
+throughout the @code{\score} or @code{\book} block in which the
+@code{\layout} block appears. Here is a example to show the format:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\score {
+ \new Staff {
+ \relative c'' {
+ cis4 e d ces
+ }
+ }
+ \layout {
+ \context {
+ \Staff
+ extraNatural = ##t
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Context properties set in this way may be overridden for particular
+instances of contexts by statements in a @code{\with} block, and by
+@code{\set} commands embedded in music statements.
+
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference:
+@ruser{Changing context default settings}.
+@c FIXME
+@c uncomment when backslash-node-name issue is resolved -pm
+@c @ruser{The set command}.
+
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{Contexts},
+@rinternals{Tunable context properties}.
+
+
@node Adding and removing engravers
@subsection Adding and removing engravers
We have seen that contexts each contain several engravers, each
of which is responsible for producing a particular part of the
output, like bar lines, staves, note heads, stems, etc. If an
-engraver is removed from a context it can no longer produce its
+engraver is removed from a context, it can no longer produce its
output. This is a crude way of modifying the output, but it
can sometimes be useful.
@code{\with} command placed immediately after the context creation
command, as in the previous section.
-As an
-illustration let's repeat an example from the previous
-section with the staff lines removed. Remember that the
-staff lines are produced by the Staff_symbol_engraver.
+As an illustration, let's repeat an example from the previous section
+with the staff lines removed. Remember that the staff lines are
+produced by the @code{Staff_symbol_engraver}.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
\new Staff \with {
Engravers can also be added to individual contexts.
The command to do this is
-@code{\consists @emph{Engraver_name}},
+@code{\consists @var{Engraver_name}},
-placed inside a @code{\with} block. Some vocal scores
-have an @rglos{ambitus} placed at the beginning of a
-staff to indicate the range of notes in that staff.
-The ambitus is produced by the @code{Ambitus_engraver},
-which is not normally included in any context. If
-we add it to the @code{Voice} context it calculates
-the range from that voice only:
+@noindent
+placed inside a @code{\with} block. Some vocal scores have an ambitus
+placed at the beginning of a staff to indicate the range of notes in
+that staff -- see @rglos{ambitus}. The ambitus is produced by the
+@code{Ambitus_engraver}, which is not normally included in any
+context. If we add it to the @code{Voice} context, it calculates the
+range from that voice only:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
\new Staff <<
@end lilypond
@noindent
-but if we add the Ambitus engraver to the
-@code{Staff} context it calculates the range from all
+but if we add the ambitus engraver to the
+@code{Staff} context, it calculates the range from all
the notes in all the voices on that staff:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
engravers to every context of a specific type by placing the
commands in the appropriate context in a @code{\layout}
block. For example, if we wanted to show an ambitus for every
-staff in a four-staff score we could write
+staff in a four-staff score, we could write
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
\score {
@code{\set} command in a @code{\context} block in the
same way.
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference: @ruser{Modifying context plug-ins},
+@ruser{Changing context default settings}.
+
+
@node Extending the templates
@section Extending the templates
understand the fundamental concepts. But how can you
get the staves that you want? Well, you can find lots of
templates (see @ref{Templates}) which may give you a start.
-But what
-if you want something that isn't covered there? Read on.
-
-TODO Add links to templates after they have been moved to LSR
+But what if you want something that isn't covered there? Read on.
@menu
* Soprano and cello::
underneath the soprano stuff. We also need to add @code{<<} and
@code{>>} around the music -- that tells LilyPond that there's
more than one thing (in this case, two @code{Staves}) happening
-at once. The @code{\score} looks like this now
+at once. The @code{\score} looks like this now:
@c Indentation in this example is deliberately poor
@example
}
@end lilypond
+@seealso
+
+The starting templates can be found in the @q{Templates} appendix,
+see @ref{Single staff}.
+
@node Four-part SATB vocal score
@subsection Four-part SATB vocal score
}
@end lilypond
-None of the templates provides this layout exactly. The
-nearest is @q{SATB vocal score and automatic piano reduction},
-but we need to change the layout and add a piano
-accompaniment which is not derived automatically from the
-vocal parts. The variables holding the music and words for
-the vocal parts are fine, but we shall need to add variables for
-the piano reduction.
+None of the templates provides this layout exactly. The nearest is
+@q{SATB vocal score and automatic piano reduction} -- see @ref{Vocal
+ensembles} -- but we need to change the layout and add a piano
+accompaniment which is not derived automatically from the vocal parts.
+The variables holding the music and words for the vocal parts are
+fine, but we shall need to add variables for the piano reduction.
The order in which the contexts appear in the ChoirStaff of
the template do not correspond with the order in the vocal
@cindex template, writing your own
-After gaining some facility with writing LilyPond code you
+After gaining some facility with writing LilyPond code, you
may find that it is easier to build a score from scratch
rather than modifying one of the templates. You can also
develop your own style this way to suit the sort of music you
We simply mirror the staff structure we want.
Organ music is usually written on three staves,
one for each manual and one for the pedals. The
-manual staves should be bracketed together so we
+manual staves should be bracketed together, so we
need to use a PianoStaff for them. The first
manual part needs two voices and the second manual
part just one.
>>
@end example
-It is not strictly necessary to use the simultaneous construct
+It is not necessary to use the simultaneous construct
@code{<< .. >>} for the manual two staff and the pedal organ staff,
-since they contain only one music expression, but it does no harm
+since they contain only one music expression, but it does no harm,
and always using angle brackets after @code{\new Staff} is a good
habit to cultivate in case there are multiple voices. The opposite
is true for Voices: these should habitually be followed by braces
@code{@{ .. @}} in case your music is coded in several variables
which need to run consecutively.
-Let's add this structure to the score block, and adjust the
-indenting. We also add the appropriate clefs, ensure the
-second voice stems point down with @code{\voiceTwo} and
-enter the time signature and key to each staff using our
-predefined variable, @code{\TimeKey}.
+Let's add this structure to the score block, and adjust the indenting.
+We also add the appropriate clefs, ensure stems, ties and slurs in
+each voice on the upper staff point to the right direction with
+@code{\voiceOne} and @code{\voiceTwo}, and enter the time signature
+and key to each staff using our predefined variable, @code{\TimeKey}.
@example
\score @{
\new Staff = "ManualOne" <<
\TimeKey % set time signature and key
\clef "treble"
- \new Voice @{ \ManualOneVoiceOneMusic @}
+ \new Voice @{ \voiceOne \ManualOneVoiceOneMusic @}
\new Voice @{ \voiceTwo \ManualOneVoiceTwoMusic @}
>> % end ManualOne Staff context
\new Staff = "ManualTwo" <<
\new Staff = "ManualOne" <<
\TimeKey % set time signature and key
\clef "treble"
- \new Voice { \ManualOneVoiceOneMusic }
+ \new Voice { \voiceOne \ManualOneVoiceOneMusic }
\new Voice { \voiceTwo \ManualOneVoiceTwoMusic }
>> % end ManualOne Staff context
\new Staff = "ManualTwo" <<
@end lilypond
-
-
-
-
-
@ignore
@c Delete when satisfied this is adequately covered elsewhere -td
-@node Microtones in MIDI
-@subsection Microtones in MIDI
+@n ode Microtones in MIDI
+@s ubsection Microtones in MIDI
@cindex microtones in MIDI
@knownissues
+@code{-j} command-line option of @command{make} is unsupported for
+building the documentation. As the most time consuming task is
+running LilyPond to build images of music, the makefile variable
+@code{CPU_COUNT} may be set in @file{local.make} or on the command line
+to the number of @code{.ly} files that LilyPond should process
+simultaneously, e.g. on a bi-processor or Dual core machine
+
+@example
+make CPU_COUNT=2 web
+@end example
+
If source files have changed since last documentation build, output
files that need to be rebuilt are normally rebuilt, even if you do not
run @code{make web-clean} first. However, building dependencies in the
This section explains the different portions of the documentation.
@c leave these lines wrapping around. It's some texinfo 4.12 thing. -gp
+@c This is actually a limitation of texi2html. -jm
@menu
* About the Learning Manual (LM):: this manual introduces LilyPond, giving in-depth explanations of how to create notation.
explaining some key concepts in easy terms. You should read these
chapters in a linear fashion.
+There is a paragraph @strong{See also} at the end of each section,
+which contains cross-references to other sections: you should not
+follow these cross-references at first reading; when you have read all
+of the Learning Manual, you may want to read some sections again and
+follow cross-references for further reading.
+
@itemize
@item
@cindex foreign languages
@cindex language
-@ref{Top,Music glossary,,music-glossary}:
+@rglosnamed{Top,Music glossary}
this explains musical terms, and includes translations to various
languages. If you are not familiar with music notation or music
terminology (especially if you are a non-native English speaker),
@node About the Application Usage (AU)
@unnumberedsubsec About the Application Usage (AU)
-This book explains how to execute the program and how to integrate
+This book explains how to execute the programs and how to integrate
LilyPond notation with other programs.
@itemize
@cindex snippets
@cindex LSR
-@ref{Top,LilyPond Snippet List,,lilypond-snippets}: this shows a
+@rlsrnamed{Top,LilyPond Snippet List}: this shows a
selected set of LilyPond snippets from the
@uref{http://lsr@/.dsi@/.unimi@/.it,LilyPond Snippet Repository}
(LSR). All the snippets are in the public domain.
@node About the Internals Reference (IR)
@unnumberedsubsec About the Internals Reference (IR)
-@ref{Top,Internals Reference,,lilypond-internals}: this is a set
+@rinternalsnamed{Top,Internals Reference}: this is a set
of heavily cross linked HTML pages which document the nitty-gritty
details of each and every LilyPond class, object, and function.
It is produced directly from the formatting definitions in the
@node References for keyboards
@unnumberedsubsubsec References for keyboards
+@cindex piano staves
+@cindex staves, piano
+@cindex staves, keyboard instruments
+@cindex staves, keyed instruments
+@cindex keyboard instrument staves
+@cindex keyed instrument staves
+@funindex PianoStaff
+
Keyboard instruments are usually notated with Piano staves. These
are two or more normal staves coupled with a brace. The same
notation is also used for other keyed instruments.
Several common issues in keyboard music are covered elsewhere:
@itemize
+
@item Keyboard music usually contains multiple voices and the
number of voices may change regularly; this is described in
@ref{Collision resolution}.
@knownissues
+@cindex keyboard music, centering dynamics
+@cindex dynamics, centered in keyboard music
+@cindex piano music, centering dynamics
+@cindex centered dynamics in piano music
+@funindex staff-padding
+
Dynamics are not automatically centered, but workarounds do exist. One
option is the @q{piano centered dynamics} template under
@rlearning{Piano templates}; another option is to increase the
@cindex cross-staff beams
@cindex beams, cross-staff
@funindex \change
+@funindex change
Voices can be switched between staves manually, using the command
@rlearning{Fixing overlapping notation}.
Notation Reference:
-@ruser{Stems},
-@ruser{Automatic beams}.
+@ref{Stems},
+@ref{Automatic beams}.
Snippets:
@rlsr{Keyboards}.
@cindex automatic staff changes
@cindex staff changes, automatic
@funindex \autochange
+@funindex autochange
+@funindex PianoStaff
Voices can be made to switch automatically between the top and the
bottom staff. The syntax for this is
}
@end lilypond
+@cindex relative music and autochange
+@cindex autochange and relative music
+@funindex \relative
+@funindex relative
+
A @code{\relative} section that is outside of @code{\autochange}
has no effect on the pitches of the music, so if necessary, put
@code{\relative} inside @code{\autochange}.
@knownissues
+@cindex chords, splitting across staves with \autochange
+
The staff switches may not end up in optimal places. For high
quality output, staff switches should be specified manually.
@node Staff-change lines
@unnumberedsubsubsec Staff-change lines
-@cindex staff-change lines
-@cindex cross-staff lines
-@cindex lines, staff-change follower
+@cindex staff-change line
+@cindex staff change line
+@cindex cross-staff line
+@cindex cross staff line
+@cindex line, staff-change follower
+@cindex line, cross-staff
+@cindex line, staff-change
@cindex follow voice
@cindex staff switching
@cindex cross-staff
@funindex followVoice
+@funindex \showStaffSwitch
+@funindex showStaffSwitch
+@funindex \hideStaffSwitch
+@funindex hideStaffSwitch
Whenever a voice switches to another staff, a line connecting the
notes can be printed automatically:
@predefined
-@funindex \showStaffSwitch
-@funindex \hideStaffSwitch
@code{\showStaffSwitch}, @code{\hideStaffSwitch}.
@seealso
@unnumberedsubsubsec Cross-staff stems
@cindex cross-staff notes
+@cindex cross staff notes
@cindex notes, cross-staff
@cindex cross-staff stems
+@cindex cross staff stems
@cindex stems, cross-staff
+@cindex chords, cross-staff
+@cindex cross-staff chords
+@cindex cross staff chords
+@funindex Stem
+@funindex cross-staff
+@funindex length
+@funindex flag-style
Chords that cross staves may be produced:
@node Piano pedals
@unnumberedsubsubsec Piano pedals
+
@cindex piano pedals
@cindex pedals, piano
@cindex sustain pedal
@cindex sostenuto pedal
@cindex una corda
@cindex tre corde
+@cindex sos.
+@cindex U.C.
@funindex \sustainOn
+@funindex sustainOn
@funindex \sustainOff
+@funindex sustainOff
@funindex \sostenutoOn
+@funindex sostenutoOn
@funindex \sostenutoOff
+@funindex sostenutoOff
@funindex \unaCorda
+@funindex unaCorda
@funindex \treCorde
+@funindex treCorde
Pianos generally have three pedals that alter the way sound is
produced: @notation{sustain}, @notation{sostenuto}
<d fis a>1\treCorde
@end lilypond
+@cindex pedal indication styles
+@cindex pedal indication, text
+@cindex pedal indication, bracket
+@cindex pedal indication, mixed
+@cindex pedal sustain style
+@cindex sustain pedal style
+@funindex pedalSustainStyle
+@funindex mixed
+@funindex bracket
+@funindex text
+
There are three styles of pedal indications: text, bracket, and mixed.
The sustain pedal and the una corda pedal use the text style by default
while the sostenuto pedal uses mixed by default.
@node Accordion
@subsection Accordion
+@cindex accordion
+
This section discusses notation that is unique to the accordion.
@menu
@cindex accordion discant symbols
@cindex discant symbols, accordion
@cindex accordion shifts
+@cindex accordion shift symbols
Accordions are often built with more than one set of reeds that may be
in unison with, an octave above, or an octave below the written pitch.
@quotedblleft{}\TEXT\@quotedblright{}
@end macro
-@macro warning{TEXT}
@ifhtml
+@macro warning{TEXT}
@cartouche
@b{Note:} \TEXT\
@end cartouche
+@end macro
@end ifhtml
+
@ifnothtml
+@macro warning{TEXT}
@quotation
@quotation
@cartouche
@end cartouche
@end quotation
@end quotation
-@end ifnothtml
@end macro
+@end ifnothtml
@ifnotinfo
@macro notation{TEXT}
@c @rlearning
@c @ruser
@c @rprogram
-@c @rsnippets
+@c @rlsr
@c @rinternals
+@c all these also have a @...named version, which allows to specify the
+@c displayed text for the reference as second argument
-@ifhtml
-@c ***** HTML *****
+@c ***** HTML + bigpage is a special case (other manual names), all other
+@c formats are treated similarly
+
+@ifnottex
@ifset bigpage
@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary-big-page,Music Glossary}
@end macro
+@macro rglosnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,music-glossary-big-page,Music Glossary}
+@end macro
+
@macro rlearning{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning-big-page,Learning Manual}
@end macro
+@macro rlearningnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-learning-big-page,Learning Manual}
+@end macro
+
@macro ruser{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-big-page,Notation Reference}
@end macro
+@macro rusernamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-big-page,Notation Reference}
+@end macro
+
@macro rprogram{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program-big-page,Application Usage}
@end macro
+@macro rprogramnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-program-big-page,Application Usage}
+@end macro
+
@macro rlsr{TEXT}
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets-big-page,Snippets}
@end macro
+@macro rlsrnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-snippets-big-page,Snippets}
+@end macro
+
@macro rinternals{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-internals-big-page,Internals Reference}
@end macro
+@macro rinternalsnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-internals-big-page,Internals Reference}
+@end macro
+
@end ifset
@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary,Music Glossary}
@end macro
-@macro rlearning{TEXT}
-@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning,Learning Manual}
-@end macro
-
-@macro ruser{TEXT}
-@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond,Notation Reference}
-@end macro
-
-@macro rprogram{TEXT}
-@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program,Application Usage}
-@end macro
-
-@macro rlsr{TEXT}
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets,Snippets}
-@end macro
-
-@macro rinternals{TEXT}
+@macro rglosnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-internals,Internals Reference}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,music-glossary,Music Glossary}
@end macro
-@end ifclear
-
-@end ifhtml
-
-
-@ifdocbook
-@c ***** DOCBOOK-XML *****
-
-@macro rglos{TEXT}
+@macro rlearning{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary,Music Glossary}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning,Learning Manual}
@end macro
-@macro rlearning{TEXT}
+@macro rlearningnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning,Learning Manual}
@end macro
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond,Notation Reference}
@end macro
-@macro rprogram{TEXT}
+@macro rusernamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program,Application Usage}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond,Notation Reference}
@end macro
-@macro rlsr{TEXT}
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets,Snippets}
+@macro rprogram{TEXT}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program,Application Usage}
@end macro
-@macro rinternals{TEXT}
+@macro rprogramnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-internals,Internals Reference}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-program,Application Usage}
@end macro
-@end ifdocbook
-
-
-@ifinfo
-@c **** INFO ****
-
-@macro rglos{TEXT}
-@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary,Music Glossary}
+@macro rlsr{TEXT}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets,Snippets}
@end macro
-@macro rlearning{TEXT}
-@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning,Learning Manual}
+@macro rlsrnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-snippets,Snippets}
@end macro
-@macro ruser{TEXT}
+@macro rinternals{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond,Notation Reference}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-internals,Internals Reference}
@end macro
-@macro rprogram{TEXT}
+@macro rinternalsnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program,Application Usage}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-internals,Internals Reference}
@end macro
-@macro rlsr{TEXT}
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets,Snippets}
-@end macro
+@end ifclear
-@macro rinternals{TEXT}
-@vindex \TEXT\
-@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-internals,Internals Reference}
-@end macro
+@end ifnottex
-@end ifinfo
@c **** TEX ****
@ref{\TEXT\,,,music-glossary,Music Glossary}
@end macro
+@macro rglosnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,music-glossary,Music Glossary}
+@end macro
+
@macro rlearning{TEXT}
-learning manual, @ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning,Learning Manual}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-learning,Learning Manual}
+@end macro
+
+@macro rlearningnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-learning,Learning Manual}
@end macro
@macro ruser{TEXT}
-notation reference, @ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond,Notation Reference}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond,Notation Reference}
+@end macro
+
+@macro rusernamed{TEXT,DISPLAY,DISPLAY}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond,Notation Reference}
@end macro
@macro rprogram{TEXT}
-program usage manual, @ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program,Application Usage}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-program,Application Usage}
+@end macro
+
+@macro rprogramnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-program,Application Usage}
@end macro
@macro rlsr{TEXT}
@ref{\TEXT\,,,lilypond-snippets,Snippets}
@end macro
+@macro rlsrnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@ref{\TEXT\,,\DISPLAY\,lilypond-snippets,Snippets}
+@end macro
+
@macro rinternals{TEXT}
@vindex \TEXT\
@code{\TEXT\}
@end macro
-@end iftex
+@macro rinternalsnamed{TEXT,DISPLAY}
+@vindex \TEXT\
+@code{\DISPLAY\}
+@end macro
+@end iftex
* arpeggio::
* articulation::
* ascending interval::
-* augmentation::
* augmented interval::
+* augmentation::
* autograph::
* B::
* backfall::
* bass clef::
* beam::
* beat::
-* beat repeat::
+* beat repeat::
* bind::
* brace::
* bracket::
* contralto::
* copying music::
* counterpoint::
-* countertenor::
+* countertenor::
* crescendo::
* cue-notes::
* custos::
* didymic comma::
* diminished interval::
* diminuendo::
-* diminution::
+* diminution::
* direct::
* disjunct movement::
* dissonance::
* dissonant interval::
+* divisio::
+* doit::
* dominant::
* dominant ninth chord::
* dominant seventh chord::
* extender line::
* F::
* F clef::
+* fall::
* feathered beam::
* fermata::
* fifth::
* figured bass::
* fingering::
* flag::
+* flageolet::
* flat::
* forefall::
* forte::
* grave::
* gruppetto::
* H::
+* hairpin::
* half note::
* half rest::
* harmonic cadence::
+* harmonics::
* harmony::
* hemiola::
* homophony::
+* hymn meter::
* interval::
-* inversion::
+* inversion::
* inverted interval::
* just intonation::
* key::
* major interval::
* meantone temperament::
* measure::
-* measure repeat::
+* measure repeat::
* mediant::
* melisma::
* melisma line::
* note head::
* note names::
* note value::
-* octavation::
+* octavation::
* octave::
-* octave mark::
-* octave marking::
+* octave mark::
+* octave marking::
* octave sign::
* ornament::
* ossia::
* part::
* pause::
* pennant::
-* percent repeat::
+* percent repeat::
* percussion::
* perfect interval::
* phrase::
* portato::
* presto::
* proportion::
-* Pythagorean comma::
+* Pythagorean comma::
* quadruplet::
-* quality::
+* quality::
* quarter note::
* quarter rest::
* quarter tone::
* sextuplet::
* shake::
* sharp::
-* simile::
+* simile::
* simple meter::
* sixteenth note::
* sixteenth rest::
* sixth::
* sixty-fourth note::
* sixty-fourth rest::
-* slash repeat::
+* slash repeat::
* slur::
* solmization::
* sonata::
* staff::
* staves::
* stem::
+* stringendo::
* strings::
* strong beat::
* subdominant::
* supertonic::
* symphony::
* syncopation::
-* syntonic comma::
+* syntonic comma::
* system::
* temperament::
* tempo indication::
FI: cresendo, voimistuen.
Increasing volume. Indicated by a rightwards opening horizontal wedge
-or the abbreviation @samp{cresc.}.
+(hairpin) or the abbreviation @samp{cresc.}.
@lilypond[fragment,ragged-right]
\key g \major \time 4/4
S: decrescendo,
FI: decresendo, hiljentyen.
-Decreasing tone volume. Indicated by a leftwards opening horizontal wedge
-or the abbreviation @samp{decresc.}.
+Decreasing tone volume. Indicated by a leftwards opening horizontal
+wedge (hairpin) or the abbreviation @samp{decresc.}.
@lilypond[fragment,ragged-right]
\relative c'' {
Scales played on the white keys of a piano keybord are diatonic; and these
scales are sometimes called, somewhat inaccurately, @q{church modes}).
-These @q{modes} are used in gregorian chant and in pre-baroque early music
+These @q{modes} are used in Gregorian chant and in pre-baroque early music
but also to some extent in newer jazz music.
@lilypond[fragment,notime,ragged-right]
@ref{harmony}.
+@node divisio
+@section divisio
+
+ES: ?,
+I: ?,
+F: ?,
+D: ?,
+NL: ?,
+DK: ?,
+S: ?,
+FI: ?.
+
+[Latin: @q{division}: pl. @emph{divisiones}] In Gregorian chant, a
+vertical stroke through part or all of the staff that serves to
+structure a chant into phrases and sections. There are four types:
+
+@itemize
+
+@item @emph{divisio minima}, a short pause
+
+@item @emph{divisio maior}, a medium pause
+
+@item @emph{divisio maxima}, a long pause
+
+@item @emph{finalis}, to indicate the end of a chant, or the end of a
+section in a long antiphonal or responsorial chant.
+
+@end itemize
+
+TODO: musical example here?
+
+@seealso
+
+None yet.
+
+
+@node doit
+@section doit
+
+ES: ?,
+I: ?,
+F: ?,
+D: ?,
+NL: ?,
+DK: ?,
+S: ?,
+FI: ?.
+
+Indicator for a indeterminately rising pitch bend. Compare with
+@emph{glissando}, which has determinate starting and ending pitches.
+
+@seealso
+
+@ref{fall}, @ref{glissando}.
+
+
@node dominant
@section dominant
@c F: 'point d'orgue' on a note, 'point d'arret' on a rest.
+@node fall
+@section fall
+
+ES: ?,
+I: ?,
+F: ?,
+D: ?,
+NL: ?,
+DK: ?,
+S: ?,
+FI: ?.
+
+Indicator for a indeterminately falling pitch bend. Compare with
+@emph{glissando}, which has determinate starting and ending pitches.
+
+@seealso
+
+@ref{doit}, @ref{glissando}.
+
+
@node feathered beam
@section feathered beam
@end lilypond
-
-
@node fingering
@section fingering
@end lilypond
+@node flageolet
+@section flageolet
+
+ES: ?,
+I: ?,
+F: ?,
+D: ?,
+NL: ?,
+DK: ?,
+S: ?,
+FI: ?.
+
+An articulation for string players that means the note or passage is to
+be played in harmonics.
+
+Also:
+
+@itemize
+
+@item A duct flute similar to the recorder.
+
+@item An organ stop of flute scale at 1' or 2' pitch.
+
+@end itemize
+
+@seealso
+
+@ref{articulation}, @ref{harmonics}.
+
+
@node flat
@section flat
@seealso
-@ref{Pitch names}, @ref{B}
+@ref{Pitch names}, @ref{B}.
+
+
+@node hairpin
+@section hairpin
+
+Graphical version of the @notation{crescendo} and @notation{decrescendo}
+dynamic marks.
+
+@seealso
+
+@ref{crescendo}, @ref{decrescendo}.
@node half note
@end lilypond
+@node harmonics
+@section harmonics
+
+ES: sonidos del flautín,
+I: suoni flautati,
+F: flageolet, sons harmoniques,
+D: Flageolett-Töne,
+NL: ?,
+DK: ?,
+S: ?,
+FI: ?.
+
+The general class of pitches produced by sounding the second or higher
+harmonic of a tone producer: string, column of air, and so on.
+
+On stringed instruments, these pitches sound rather flute-like; hence,
+their name in languages other than English. They are produced by
+lightly touching the string at a node for the desired mode of vibration
+while it is being bowed or plucked.
+
+For instruments of the violin family, there are two types of harmonics:
+natural harmonics, which are those played on the open string; and
+artificial harmonics, which are produced on stopped strings.
+
+
@node harmony
@section harmony
@ref{polyphony}.
+@node hymn meter
+@section hymn meter
+
+ES: ?,
+I: ?,
+F: ?,
+D: ?,
+NL: ?,
+DK: ?,
+S: ?,
+FI: ?.
+
+A group or list of numbers that indicate the number of syllables in a
+line of a hymn's verse. Different hymnals have different ways of noting
+the hymn meter -- consider a hymn having four lines in two couplets that
+alternate between eight and seven syllables. The @emph{English Hymnal}
+notes this as 87.@w{ }87. Other hymnals may note it as 8787, 87.87, or
+8@w{ }7@w{ }8@w{ }7.
+
+Some frequently-used hymn meters have traditional names:
+
+@itemize
+
+@item 66.86 is called Short Meter (abbreviated SM or S.M.)
+
+@item 86.86 is called Common Meter (CM or C.M.)
+
+@item 88.88 is called Long Meter (LM or L.M.)
+
+@end itemize
+
+Some hymns and their tunes are doubled versions of a simpler meter: for
+easier reading, a hymn with a meter of 87.87.87.87 is usually written
+87.87D. The traditional names above also have doubled versions:
+
+@itemize
+
+@item 66.86.66.86 is Double Short Meter (DSM or D.S.M.)
+
+@item 86.86.86.86 is Double Common Meter (DCM or D.C.M.)
+
+@item 88.88.88.88 is Double Long Meter (DLM or D.L.M.)
+
+@end itemize
+
+
+
@node interval
@section interval
Five common types of seventh chords have standard symbols. The chord quality
indications are sometimes superscripted and sometimes not (e.g. Dm7, Dm^7,
-and D^m7 are all identical). The last three chords are not used commonly
+and D^m7 are all identical). The last three chords are not commonly used
except in jazz.
@seealso
@end lilypond
+@node stringendo
+@section stringendo
+
+ES: ?,
+I: stringendo,
+F: ?,
+D: ?,
+NL: ?,
+DK: ?,
+S: ?,
+FI: ?.
+
+[It, @q{pressing}]. Pressing, urging, or hastening the time, as to a
+climax.
+
+@seealso
+
+@ref{accelerando}.
+
+
@node strings
@section strings
@menu
* Chord name chart::
* Common chord modifiers::
+* Predefined fretboard diagrams::
* MIDI instruments::
* List of colors::
* The Feta font::
@end multitable
+@node Predefined fretboard diagrams
+@appendixsec Predefined fretboard diagrams
+
+The chart below shows the predefined fretboard diagrams.
+
+@lilypondfile{display-predefined-fretboards.ly}
+
@node MIDI instruments
@appendixsec MIDI instruments
to create complicated music functions.
@menu
-* Displaying music expressions::
-* Music properties::
-* Doubling a note with slurs (example)::
-* Adding articulation to notes (example)::
+* Displaying music expressions::
+* Music properties::
+* Doubling a note with slurs (example)::
+* Adding articulation to notes (example)::
@end menu
@cindex internal storage
@funindex \displayMusic
-@funindex \displayLilyMusic
When writing a music function it is often instructive to inspect how
a music expression is stored internally. This can be done with the
The note pitch can be changed by setting this 'pitch property,
+@funindex \displayLilyMusic
+
@example
#(set! (ly:music-property (first (ly:music-property someNote 'elements))
'pitch)
Notation Reference:
@ref{Time administration},
@ref{Scaling durations},
-@ref{Objects connected to the input},
+@ref{The tweak command},
@ref{Polymetric notation}.
Snippets:
Internals Reference:
@rinternals{TimeSignature},
-@rinternals{Timing-translator},
+@rinternals{Timing_translator},
@rinternals{Staff}.
@knownissues
Examples: @c @lsr{parts,rehearsal-mark-numbers.ly}
-
@node Special rhythmic concerns
@subsection Special rhythmic concerns
This will put the grace notes after a @q{space} lasting 3/4 of the
length of the main note. The fraction 3/4 can be changed by
-setting @code{afterGraceFraction}, i.e.,
-
-@example
-#(define afterGraceFraction (cons 7 8))
-@end example
+setting @code{afterGraceFraction}. The following example will put
+the grace note at 7/8 of the main note.
-@noindent
-will put the grace note at 7/8 of the main note.
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
+#(define afterGraceFraction (cons 15 16))
+c1 \afterGrace d1 { c16[ d] } c4
+@end lilypond
-The same effect can be achieved manually by doing
+The space between the main note and the grace note may also be
+specified using spacers. The following example places the grace
+note at 7/8 of the main note.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
\new Voice {
<< { d1^\trill_( }
- { s2 \grace { c16[ d] } } >>
+ { s2 s4. \grace { c16[ d] } } >>
c4)
}
@end lilypond
-@noindent
-By adjusting the duration of the skip note (here it is a
-half-note), the space between the main note and the grace
-may be adjusted.
-
A @code{\grace} music expression will introduce special
typesetting settings, for example, to produce smaller type, and
-set directions. Hence, when introducing layout tweaks, they
-should be inside the grace expression, for example,
+set directions. Hence, when introducing layout tweaks to
+override the special settings, they should be placed inside
+the grace expression. The overrides should also be reverted
+inside the grace expression. Here, the grace note's default stem
+direction is overriden and then reverted.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
\new Voice {
}
@end lilypond
-@noindent
-The overrides should also be reverted inside the grace expression.
+
+@cindex stem, with slash
+
+
+@snippets
+
+The slash through the stem in @emph{acciaccatura}s can be obtained in
+other situations:
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+\relative c'' {
+ \override Stem #'stroke-style = #"grace"
+ c8( d2) e8( f4)
+}
+@end lilypond
The layout of grace expressions can be changed throughout the
music using the function @code{add-grace-property}. The following
example undefines the @code{Stem} direction for this grace, so
that stems do not always point up.
-@example
-\new Staff @{
- #(add-grace-property 'Voice 'Stem 'direction '())
- @dots{}
-@}
-@end example
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+\relative c'' {
+ \new Staff {
+ #(add-grace-property 'Voice 'Stem 'direction ly:stem::calc-direction)
+ #(remove-grace-property 'Voice 'Stem 'direction)
+ \new Voice {
+ \acciaccatura {
+ f16
+ }
+ g4
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
-@noindent
Another option is to change the variables @code{startGraceMusic},
@code{stopGraceMusic}, @code{startAcciaccaturaMusic},
@code{stopAcciaccaturaMusic}, @code{startAppoggiaturaMusic},
seen in the file @file{ly/@/grace@/-init@/.ly}. By redefining
them other effects may be obtained.
-@cindex stem, with slash
-
-@noindent
-The slash through the stem in @emph{acciaccatura}s can be obtained in
-other situations by @code{\override Stem #'stroke-style =
-#"grace"}.
+Grace notes may be forced to align with regular notes
+in other staves:
-
-@snippets
-
-Grace notes may be forced to use align with regular notes
-in other staves by setting @code{strict-grace-spacing} to
-##t:
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
-<<
- \override Score.SpacingSpanner #'strict-grace-spacing = ##t
- \new Staff {
- c4
- \afterGrace c4 { c16[ c8 c16] }
- c4 r
- }
- \new Staff {
- c16 c c c c c c c c4 r
- }
->>
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+\relative c'' {
+ <<
+ \override Score.SpacingSpanner #'strict-grace-spacing = ##t
+ \new Staff {
+ c4
+ \afterGrace c4 { c16[ c8 c16] }
+ c4 r
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ c16 c c c c c c c c4 r
+ }
+ >>
+}
@end lilypond
Internals Reference: @rinternals{Timing_translator},
@rinternals{Score}
+
off by issuing
@example
-#(ly:set-option 'point-and-click #f)
+\pointAndClickOff
@end example
@noindent
-in a @file{.ly} file. Alternately, you may pass this as an command-line
-option
+in a @file{.ly} file. Point and click may be explicitly enabled with
+
+@example
+\pointAndClickOn
+@end example
+
+Alternately, you may disable point and click with a command-line
+option:
@example
lilypond -dno-point-and-click file.ly
@end example
+@warning{You should always turn off point and click in any LilyPond
+files to be distributed to avoid including path information about
+your computer in the .pdf file, which can pose a security risk.}
@end lilypond
First and third voices get stems up, second and fourth voices get
-stems down, third and fourth voice noteheads are horizontally shifted,
+stems down, third and fourth voice note heads are horizontally shifted,
and rests move to avoid collisions. In the following example, the
intermediate voice has stems up, therefore we enter it in the third
place, so it becomes voice three which has the stems up as desired.
Spacing rests are often used to avoid too many rests, as seen in the
example above.
-The method exposed creates two new voices when the @code{<<@{...@} \\
-@{...@}>>} construction is found in the code; to temporally add only
-one additional voice to an existing one, it is necessary to
-instantiate that voice explicitly. For these purposes, the
-@code{\voiceOne} ... @code{\voiceFour}, and @code{\oneVoice} commands
-can be used:
+Each music expression in the @code{<<@{...@} \\ @{...@}>>} construct
+is placed in a new voice, distinct from the voice for single-voice
+music; to temporarily add only one additional voice to an existing
+one, it is necessary to instantiate that voice explicitly. For
+these purposes, the @code{\voiceOne} ... @code{\voiceFour}, and
+@code{\oneVoice} commands can be used:
@example
<< @{ \voiceOne ... @} \new Voice @{ \voiceTwo ... @} >> \oneVoice
@end example
-This is a better construction to keep the control of the voices, for
+This is a better construct to keep the control of the voices, for
example, to ease a consistent assign of lyrics to the proper voice
context.
performance marks to single staves.
@menu
-* Displaying staves::
-* Modifying single staves::
-* Writing parts::
+* Displaying staves::
+* Modifying single staves::
+* Writing parts::
@end menu
@node Displaying staves
@subsection Displaying staves
-This section shows the different possibilities to create and group
-staves into groups, which can be marked in the beginning of each
-line with either a bracket or a brace.
+This section shows the different possibilities of creating and
+grouping staves, which are marked at the beginning of each line
+with either a bracket or a brace.
@menu
* Instantiating new staves::
-* Grouping staves::
-* Deeper nested staff groups::
+* Grouping staves::
+* Deeper nested staff groups::
@end menu
@node Instantiating new staves
@cindex tabstaff
@cindex tablature
-Staves (sg. staff) are created with the @code{\new} or
-@code{\context} commands. For an explanation on these commands,
-see @ref{Creating contexts}.
+@notation{Staves} (singular: @notation{staff}) are created with
+the @code{\new} or @code{\context} commands. For details, see
+@ref{Creating contexts}.
-There are different predefined staff contexts available in
-LilyPond:
-
-@itemize
-@item
-The default is @code{Staff}:
+The basic staff context is @code{Staff}:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\new Staff { c4 d e f }
@end lilypond
-@item
-@code{DrumStaff} creates a five line staff set up for a typical
-drum set. It uses different names for each instrument. The
-instrument names have to be set using the @code{drummode}. See
-@ref{Percussion staves}.
+@code{DrumStaff} creates a five-line staff set up for a
+typical drum set. It uses different names for each instrument.
+The instrument names are set using the @code{\drummode} command.
+For details, see @ref{Percussion staves}.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
-\new DrumStaff {
+\new DrumStaff {
\drummode { cymc hh ss tomh }
}
@end lilypond
@c FIXME: remove when mentioned in NR 2.8
-@item
-@code{GregorianTranscriptionStaff} sets up a staff to notate
+@code{GregorianTranscriptionStaff} creates a staff to notate
modern Gregorian chant. It does not show bar lines.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\new GregorianTranscriptionStaff { c4 d e f }
@end lilypond
-@item
-@code{RhythmicStaff} can be used to show the rhythm of some music.
-The notes are printed on one line regardless of their pitch, but
-the duration is preserved. See @ref{Showing melody rhythms}.
+@code{RhythmicStaff} creates a single-line staff that only
+displays the rhythmic values of the input. Real durations are
+preserved. For details, see @ref{Showing melody rhythms}.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\new RhythmicStaff { c4 d e f }
@end lilypond
-@item
-@code{TabStaff} creates by default a tablature with six strings in
-standard guitar tuning. See @ref{Default tablatures}.
+@code{TabStaff} creates a tablature with six strings in standard
+guitar tuning. For details, see @ref{Default tablatures}.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\new TabStaff { c4 d e f }
@end lilypond
-@end itemize
+There are two staff contexts specific for the notation of ancient
+music: @code{MensuralStaff} and @code{VaticanaStaff}. They are
+described in @ref{Pre-defined contexts}.
-@noindent
-Besides these staves there are two staff contexts specific for the
-notation of ancient music: @code{MensuralStaff} and
-@code{VaticanaStaff}. They are described in @ref{Pre-defined
-contexts}.
-
-Once a staff is instantiated it can be started or stopped at every
-point in the score. This is done with the commands
-@code{\startStaff} and @code{\stopStaff}. How to use it is
-explained in @ref{Staff symbol}.
+Staves can be started or stopped at any point in the score. The
+commands @code{\startStaff} and @code{\stopStaff} are used for
+this purpose. For details, see @ref{Staff symbol}.
@seealso
Notation Reference:
@ref{Creating contexts},
-@ref{Percussion staves},
+@ref{Percussion staves},
@ref{Default tablatures},
@ref{Gregorian chant contexts},
@ref{Mensural contexts},
@cindex system start delimiters
@cindex bracket, vertical
@cindex brace, vertical
+@cindex choir staff
@cindex grand staff
@cindex piano staff
@cindex staff group
@cindex staff, choir
-@cindex choir staff
+@cindex staff, piano
@cindex system
-LilyPond provides different types of contexts to group single
-staves together. These contexts influence in the first place the
-appearance of the system start delimiter, but they have also
-influence on the behavior of the bar lines.
+Various contexts exist to group single staves together in order to
+form multi-stave systems. Each grouping context sets the style of
+the system start delimiter and the behavior of bar lines.
-@itemize
-@item
-If no context is specified, the default properties for the score
-will be used: the group is started with a vertical line, and the
-bar lines are not connected. The name of the beginning bar line
-grob is @code{SystemStartBar}.
+If no context is specified, the default properties will be used:
+the group is started with a vertical line, and the bar lines are
+not connected.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
<<
>>
@end lilypond
-@item
-In a @code{StaffGroup}, the bar lines will be drawn through all
-the staves, and the group is started with a bracket.
+In the @code{StaffGroup} context, the group is started with a
+bracket and bar lines are drawn through all the staves.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\new StaffGroup <<
>>
@end lilypond
-@item
-In a @code{ChoirStaff}, the group is started with a bracket, but
-bar lines are not connected.
+In a @code{ChoirStaff}, the group starts with a bracket, but bar
+lines are not connected.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\new ChoirStaff <<
>>
@end lilypond
-@item
-In a @code{GrandStaff}, the group is started with a brace at the
-left, and bar lines are connected between the staves.
+In a @code{GrandStaff}, the group begins with a brace, and bar
+lines are connected between the staves.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\new GrandStaff <<
>>
@end lilypond
-@item
-The @code{PianoStaff} behaves almost as the @code{GrandStaff} but
-is optimized for setting piano music. In particular it supports
-the printing of an instrument name directly, see @ref{Instrument
-names}.
+The @code{PianoStaff} is almost identical to a @code{GrandStaff},
+except that it supports printing the instrument name directly.
+For details, see @ref{Instrument names}.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\new PianoStaff <<
+ \set PianoStaff.instrumentName = "Piano"
\new Staff { c1 c }
\new Staff { c1 c }
>>
@end lilypond
-@end itemize
-
Each staff group context sets the property
-@code{systemStartDelimiter} to one of the values
-@code{SystemStartBar}, @code{SystemStartBrace}, and
+@code{systemStartDelimiter} to one of the following values:
+@code{SystemStartBar}, @code{SystemStartBrace}, or
@code{SystemStartBracket}. A fourth delimiter,
-@code{systemStartSquare}, is also available, but must be
-instantiated manually. The usage of this last delimiter is shown
-further down in the snippet section.
-
-According to classic engraver rules an orchestral score consists
-of staves connected only with a single line at the beginning of
-the system. In LilyPond this is produced grouping the
-@code{Staff} contexts with @code{<< ... >>}.
-
-Each instrument family is grouped inside of a @code{StaffGroup}
-with a starting bracket. A group of same instruments or an
-instrument using more than one staff is grouped with braces in a
-@code{GrandStaff}.
-
-As the context names tell, @code{PianoStaff} is used for notating
-piano music and @code{ChoirStaff} for all kind of vocal ensemble
-music.
+@code{SystemStartSquare}, is also available, but it must be
+explicitly specified.
@snippets
@seealso
Music Glossary:
-@rglos{brace},
+@rglos{brace},
@rglos{bracket},
@rglos{grand staff}.
@rinternals{Staff},
@rinternals{ChoirStaff},
@rinternals{GrandStaff},
-@rinternals{PianoStaff},
+@rinternals{PianoStaff},
@rinternals{StaffGroup},
-@rinternals{systemStartDelimiter},
@rinternals{SystemStartBar},
@rinternals{SystemStartBrace},
@rinternals{SystemStartBracket},
-@rinternals{systemStartSquare}.
+@rinternals{SystemStartSquare}.
@node Deeper nested staff groups
@unnumberedsubsubsec Deeper nested staff groups
-There are also two inner staff contexts named
-@code{InnerStaffGroup} and @code{InnerChoirStaffGroup} besides the
-grouping contexts mentioned in @ref{Grouping staves}. They behave
-in the same way as their simple counterparts, except that they are
-contained in another staff grouping context, thus producing one
-more bracket on top of the existing one. Note that
-@code{GrandStaff} and @code{PianoStaff} do not have any inner
-grouping contexts. They can both be inside any other staff
-context, including inner staff groups, though.
-
-Here is an example of an orchestral score using groupings and
-nesting of these groupings. Note that the instrument names are
-omitted from the source code, for instructions how to set them see
-@ref{Instrument names}.
-
@cindex staff, nested
@cindex staves, nested
@cindex nesting of staves
@cindex inner staff group
@cindex inner choir staff group
-@example
-\score @{
-\relative c' <<
- \new StaffGroup %woodwinds
- <<
- \new Staff @{ c1 d @} %flute
- \new InnerStaffGroup <<
- \new Staff @{ c1 d @} %sax
- \new Staff @{ c1 d @} %oboe
- \new Staff @{ c1 d @} %English horn
- >>
- \new Staff @{ \clef bass c,1 d @} %bassoon
- >>
- \new StaffGroup %the brass group
- <<
- \new Staff @{ c'1 d @} %trumpet
- \new Staff @{ \clef bass c,1 d @} %trombone
- \new GrandStaff %the horns need a GrandStaff (same instrument)
- <<
- \new Staff @{ c'1 d @}
- \new Staff @{ \clef bass c,1 d @}
- >>
- >>
- \new ChoirStaff %for setting vocal music
- <<
- \new Staff @{ c'1 d @}
- \new InnerChoirStaff <<
- \new Staff @{ c1 d @}
- \new Staff @{ c1 d @}
- >>
- \new Staff @{ c1 d @}
- >>
- \new PianoStaff %for the piano
- <<
- \new Staff @{ c1 d @}
- \new Staff @{ \clef bass c,1 d @}
- >>
->> @}
-@end example
+Two additional staff-group contexts are available that can be
+nested within a @code{StaffGroup} or @code{ChoirStaff} context:
+@code{InnerStaffGroup} and @code{InnerChoirStaff}. These contexts
+create an additional bracket next to the original bracket of their
+parent staff group.
-@c no verbatim so instrument names are only in the music
-@lilypond[quote]
-\score {
-\relative c' <<
- \new StaffGroup %woodwinds
- <<
- \new Staff { \set Staff.instrumentName = "fl" c1 d } %flute
+An @code{InnerStaffGroup} is treated similarly to a
+@code{StaffGroup}; bar lines are connected between each stave
+within the context:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\new StaffGroup <<
+ \new Staff { c2 c }
\new InnerStaffGroup <<
- \new Staff { \set Staff.instrumentName = "sax" c1 d } %sax 1
- \new Staff { \set Staff.instrumentName = "ob" c1 d } %sax 2
- \new Staff { \set Staff.instrumentName = "ca" c1 d }
- >>
- \new Staff { \set Staff.instrumentName = "bs" \clef bass c,1 d } %bassoon
- >>
- \new StaffGroup %the brass group
- <<
- \new Staff { \set Staff.instrumentName = "tr" c'1 d } %trumpet
- \new Staff { \set Staff.instrumentName = "tb" \clef bass c,1 d } %trombone
- \new GrandStaff %the horns need a GrandStaff (same instrument)
- <<
- \new Staff { \set Staff.instrumentName = "cor1" c'1 d }
- \new Staff { \set Staff.instrumentName = "cor2" \clef bass c,1 d }
- >>
+ \new Staff { g2 g }
+ \new Staff { e2 e }
>>
- \new ChoirStaff %for setting vocal music
- <<
- \new Staff { \set Staff.instrumentName = "S" c'1 d }
- \new InnerChoirStaff <<
- \new Staff { \set Staff.instrumentName = "A1" c1 d }
- \new Staff { \set Staff.instrumentName = "A2" c1 d }
- >>
- \new Staff { \set Staff.instrumentName = "T" c1 d }
- >>
- \new PianoStaff %for the piano
- <<
- \new Staff { c1 d }
- \new Staff { \clef bass c,1 d }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Bar lines are @emph{not} connected between staves of an
+@code{InnerChoirStaff}, just like a @code{ChoirStaff}:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\new ChoirStaff <<
+ \new Staff { c2 c }
+ \new InnerChoirStaff <<
+ \new Staff { g2 g }
+ \new Staff { e2 e }
>>
->> }
+ \new Staff { c1 }
+>>
@end lilypond
@ref{Instrument names}.
Internals Reference:
-@rinternals{InnerChoirStaffGroup},
@rinternals{InnerStaffGroup},
-@rinternals{SystemStartBar},
+@rinternals{StaffGroup},
+@rinternals{InnerChoirStaff},
+@rinternals{ChoirStaff},
+@rinternals{SystemStartBar},
@rinternals{SystemStartBrace},
-@rinternals{SystemStartBracket},
-@rinternals{systemStartDelimiterHierarchy}.
+@rinternals{SystemStartBracket}.
@node Modifying single staves
@subsection Modifying single staves
This section explains how to change specific attributes of one
-staff like the staff lines, starting and stopping of staves,
-sizing of staves, and setting ossia sections.
+staff: for example, modifying the number of staff lines or the
+staff size. Methods to start and stop staves and set ossia
+sections are also described.
@menu
-* Staff symbol::
-* Ossia staves::
-* Hiding staves::
+* Staff symbol::
+* Ossia staves::
+* Hiding staves::
@end menu
+
@node Staff symbol
@unnumberedsubsubsec Staff symbol
@cindex spacing of ledger lines
@cindex number of staff lines
-The layout object which draws the lines of a staff is called
-@code{staff symbol}. The staff symbol may be tuned in number,
-thickness and distance of lines, using properties. It may also be
-started and stopped at every point in the score.
+The grob @code{StaffSymbol} is responsible for drawing the lines
+of a staff. Its properties can be altered in order to change the
+appearance of a staff, but they must be changed before the staff
+is created. A staff may be started or stopped at any point in the
+score.
-@itemize
-@item
-Changing the number of staff lines is done by overriding
-@code{line-count}. You may need to adjust the clef position and
-the position of the middle C to fit to the new staff. For an
-explanation, see the snippet section in @ref{Displaying pitches}.
+The number of staff lines may be changed. The clef position and
+the position of middle C may need to be modified to fit the new
+staff. For an explanation, refer to the snippet section in
+@ref{Clef}.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\new Staff {
}
@end lilypond
-@item
-The placement and amount of the staff lines can also set totally
-manually by defining their positions explicitly. The middle of
-the staff has the value of 0, each half staff space up and down
-adds an integer. The default values are 4 2 0 -2 -4. Bar lines
-are drawn according to the calculated width of the system, but
-they are always centered. As the example shows, the positions of
-the notes are not influenced by the position of the staff lines.
+The vertical position of staff lines and the number of staff lines
+can be defined at the same time. As the example shows, the
+positions of the notes are not influenced by the position of the
+staff lines. Details for modifying this property are found in
+@rinternals{staff-symbol-interface}.
+
+@warning{The @code{'line-positions} property overrides the
+@code{'line-count} property. The number of staff lines is
+implicitly defined by the number of elements in the list of values
+for @code{'line-positions}}
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\new Staff \with {
{ a4 e' f b | d1 }
@end lilypond
-@item
-The staff line thickness can be set by overriding the
-@code{thickness} property. Note that it gets applied also to
-ledger lines and stems, since they depend on the staff line
-thickness. The argument of @code{thickness} is a factor of
-@code{line-thickness} which defaults to the normal staff line
+The staff line thickness can be modified. The thickness of ledger
+lines and stems are also affected, since they depend on staff line
thickness.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\new Staff \with {
\override StaffSymbol #'thickness = #3
}
-{ d4 d d d }
+{ e4 d c b }
@end lilypond
-@item
-The thickness of the ledger lines can also be set independent of
-the settings for staff lines. The setting is calculated from a
-pair of values which will be added for the final thickness. The
-first value is the staff line thickness multiplied by a factor,
-the second is the staff space multiplied by a factor. In the
-example the ledger lines get their thickness from one staff line
-thickness plus 1/5 staff space, so they are heavier than a normal
-staff line.
+The thickness of ledger lines can be set independently of staff
+line thickness. A description of this property is also found in
+@rinternals{staff-symbol-interface}.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\new Staff \with {
\override StaffSymbol #'ledger-line-thickness = #'(1 . 0.2)
}
-{ d4 d d d }
+{ e4 d c b }
@end lilypond
-@item
-The distance of the stafflines can be changed with the
-@code{staff-space} property. Its argument is the amount of staff
-spaces that should be inserted between the lines. The default
-value is 1. Setting the distance has influence on the staff lines
-as well as on ledger lines.
+The distance between staff lines can be changed. The setting has
+influence on ledger lines as well.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\new Staff \with {
{ a4 b c d }
@end lilypond
-@item
-The length of the staff line can also be adjusted manually. The
-unit is one staff space. Spacing of the objects inside the staff
-does not get influenced by this setting.
+The width of a staff can be adjusted. The unit is one staff
+space. The spacing of objects inside the staff is not influenced
+by this setting.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\new Staff \with {
{ a4 e' f b | d1 }
@end lilypond
-@end itemize
-
-These properties can only be set before instantiating the staff
-symbol. But it is possible to start and stop staves in the middle
-of a score, so each new setting will be applied to the newly
-instantiated staff.
+Modifications to staff properties in the middle of a score can be
+placed between @code{\stopStaff} and @code{\startStaff}:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
-b4 b
-%Set here the overrides for the staff
-\override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-count = 2
-\stopStaff \startStaff
-b b
-%Revert to the default
+c2 c
+\stopStaff
+\override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-count = #2
+\startStaff
+b2 b
+\stopStaff
\revert Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-count
-\stopStaff \startStaff
-b b
+\startStaff
+a2 a
@end lilypond
-
+
@predefined
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
{making-some-staff-lines-thicker-than-the-others.ly}
+
@seealso
Music Glossary:
@ref{Displaying pitches}.
Internals Reference:
-@rinternals{StaffSymbol}.
+@rinternals{StaffSymbol},
+@rinternals{staff-symbol-interface}.
+
@knownissues
}
@end lilypond
-@noindent
This involves shrinking the staff spaces, the staff lines and the
font size by the factor 3. You find a more precise explanation in
@ref{Setting the staff size}.
s2
\startStaff
- f8 d g4
+ f8 d g4
}
\new Staff \relative c'' {
\time 2/4
@snippets
-@c @lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
-@c {making-some-staff-lines-thicker-than-the-others.ly}
-@c snippet 277
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{vertically-aligning-ossias-and-lyrics.ly}
@seealso
@rglos{staff},
@rglos{Frenched staff}.
+Learning Manual:
+@rlearning{Nesting music expressions},
+@rlearning{Size of objects},
+@rlearning{Length and thickness of objects}.
+
Notation Reference:
@ref{Setting the staff size}.
@cindex Frenched scores
@cindex staff, hiding
-@cindex staff, empty
+@cindex staff, empty
@cindex hiding of staves
@cindex empty staves
@cindex Frenched staves
<<
\new Staff { e4 f g a \break c1 }
\new Staff { c4 d e f \break R1 }
- >>
+ >>
}
@end lilypond
@cindex ossia
+@c FIXME Really? I need to see about this. -pm
+
Another application of the @code{\RemoveEmptyStaffContext} is to
make ossia sections, i.e., alternative melodies on a separate
piece of staff, with help of a Frenched staff. See
-@ref{Ossia staves}.
+@ref{Ossia staves}.
+
+@c FIXME Is this in the right section?
+@c maybe move to Staff symbol -pm
You can make the staff lines invisible by removing the
@code{Staff_symbol_engraver} from the @code{Staff} context.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\layout {
- \context {
- \RemoveEmptyStaffContext
+ \context {
+ \RemoveEmptyStaffContext
%To use the setting globally, uncomment the following line:
%\override VerticalAxisGroup #'remove-first = ##t
}
}
\new StaffGroup
\relative c'' <<
- \new Staff {
+ \new Staff {
e4 f g a \break c1 }
\new Staff {
%To use the setting globally, comment this line, uncomment the line above
@subsection Writing parts
@menu
-* Metronome marks::
-* Instrument names::
-* Quoting other voices::
-* Formatting cue notes::
+* Metronome marks::
+* Instrument names::
+* Quoting other voices::
+* Formatting cue notes::
@end menu
@node Metronome marks
@unnumberedsubsubsec Metronome marks
-@cindex Tempo
+@cindex tempo
@cindex beats per minute
@cindex metronome marking
) }
@end lilypond
-@noindent
For more details, see @ref{Formatting text}.
@rglos{metronome mark}.
Notation Reference:
-@ref{Formatting text}.
+@ref{Formatting text},
+@ref{MIDI output}.
Snippets:
@rlsr{Staff notation}.
Internals Reference:
-@rinternals{MetronomeMark},
-@ref{MIDI output}.
+@rinternals{MetronomeMark}.
@knownissues
c''1
@end lilypond
-You can also use markup texts to construct more complicated
-instrument names, for example
+Markup mode can be used to create more complicated instrument
+names:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\set Staff.instrumentName = \markup {
@cindex instrument names, changing
-Instrument names may be changed in the middle of a piece,
+Instrument names may be changed in the middle of a piece:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\set Staff.instrumentName = "First"
@cindex cue notes
@cindex cue notes, formatting
@cindex fragments
-@cindex quoting other voices
+@cindex quoting other voices
@cindex cues, formatting
The previous section deals with inserting notes from another
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
-@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
+@c This file is part of lilypond-learning.tely
@ignore
Translation of GIT committish: FILL-IN-HEAD-COMMITTISH
Various text elements can be added to a score using
the syntax described in @ref{Rehearsal marks}:
+@c \mark needs to be placed on a separate line (it's not
+@c attached to an object like \markup is). -vv
+
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
-c4\mark "Allegro" c c c
+c4
+\mark "Allegro"
+c c c
@end lilypond
This syntax makes it possible to put any text on a bar line;
symbol name:
@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
-c1 \mark \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.ufermata" }
+c1
+\mark \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.ufermata" }
c1
@end lilypond
the beginning of the line (the next line, in case of a line break).
@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
-\mark "Allegro" c1
-c\mark "assai" \break
-c c
+\mark "Allegro"
+c1 c
+\mark "assai" \break
+c c
@end lilypond
@menu
* Text markup introduction::
-* Common markup commands::
+* Selecting font and font size::
* Text alignment::
* Graphic notation inside markup::
* Music notation inside markup::
@cindex quoted text in markup mode
A @code{\markup} block may also contain quoted text, which
-can be useful to print special characters (such as @code{\} and @code{#}).
-Quoted text even allows to print double quotation marks, by preceding
-them with backslashes:
+can be useful to print special characters such as @code{\} and @code{#},
+or even double quotation marks -- these have to be preceded
+with backslashes:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
\clef bass
@end lilypond
Lists of words that are not enclosed with double quotes
-or preceded by a command are not kept distinct. In
-the following example, the first two @code{\markup} expressions
-are equivalent:
+or preceded by a command are not treated as a distinct
+expression. In the following example, the first two
+@code{\markup} expressions are equivalent:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
c1^\markup { \center-align { a bbb c } }
@knownissues
-Syntax errors for markup mode are confusing.
-
+Syntax errors for markup mode can be confusing.
-@node Common markup commands
-@subsubsection Common markup commands
-Markup text may be formatted in different ways.
+@node Selecting font and font size
+@subsubsection Selecting font and font size
@cindex font switching
@funindex \italic
@funindex \bold
@funindex \underline
-Basic font switching is supported:
+Basic font switching is supported in markup mode:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
{
predefined commands allow to easily select standard sizes,
@item
-other commands allow to change the size relatively to its previous value.
+the font size can also be changed relatively to its previous value.
@end itemize
@noindent
}
@end lilypond
+@cindex font families
+
The markup mode provides an easy way to select alternate
-font families. The default serif font, of roman type, is automatically
-selected unless specified otherwise: on the last line of the following example,
-there is no difference between the first word and the following words.
+font families. The default serif font, of roman type, is
+automatically selected unless specified otherwise: on the
+last line of the following example, there is no difference
+between the first and the second word.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
\markup {
\line { Act \number 1 }
\line { \sans { Scene I. } }
\line { \typewriter { Verona. An open place. } }
- \line { \roman Enter Valentine and Proteus. }
+ \line { Enter \roman Valentine and Proteus. }
}
}
@end lilypond
characters, as mentioned in @ref{New dynamic marks} and
@ref{Manual repeat marks}.
+@c \concat is actually documented in Align (it is not
+@c a font-switching command). But we need it here. -vv
-Defining custom font sets is also possible, as explained in
-@ref{Fonts}. An exhaustive list of font-switching, font-size
+When used inside a word, some font-switching or formatting
+commands may produce an unwanted blank space. This can
+easily be solved by concatenating the text elements together:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\markup {
+ \column {
+ \line {
+ \concat { 1 \super st }
+ movement
+ }
+ \line {
+ \concat { \dynamic p , }
+ \italic { con dolce espressione }
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+An exhaustive list of font-switching, font-size
and font-families related commands can be found in @ref{Font}.
+Defining custom font sets is also possible, as explained in
+@ref{Fonts}.
+
@predefined
@funindex \teeny
@code{\large},
@code{\huge}.
-
@c TODO: add @seealso
-@knownissues
-When used inside a word, some of these commands may produce an unwanted
-blank space. This can easily be solved by concatenating the text
-elements together, using a specific command
-described in @ref{Text alignment}.
-
-
@node Text alignment
@subsubsection Text alignment
-@warning{This subsection discusses how to place text in markup mode,
-inside a @code{\markup} block. However, markup objects can also
-be moved as a whole using the syntax described in
-@rlearning{Moving objects}.}
+@cindex text, aligning
+@cindex aligning text
+
+This subsection discusses how to place text in markup mode,
+inside a @code{\markup} block. Markup objects can also
+be moved as a whole, using the syntax described in
+@rlearning{Moving objects}.
+
+@c The padding commands should be mentioned on this page, but
+@c most of these require \box to be more clearly illustrated. -vv
-Markup objects can be aligned in different ways. By default,
+@cindex text, horizontal alignment
+@cindex horizontal text alignment
+@funindex \left-align
+@funindex \hcenter
+@funindex \right-align
+
+Markup objects may be aligned in different ways. By default,
a text indication is aligned on its left edge: in the following
-example, there's no difference between the first and the second
-markup.
+example, there's no difference
+between the first and the second markup.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
a1-\markup { poco }
e'
a,-\markup { \left-align poco }
e'
-a,-\markup { \center-align { poco } }
+a,-\markup { \hcenter { poco } }
e'
a,-\markup { \right-align poco }
@end lilypond
-@c FIXME: \center-align actually doesn't belong here
-@c \center-align vs \column
-@c \center-align vs \hcenter
-
-Horizontal alignment:
-\hcenter
-\general-align
-\halign
-
-
-\null
-\hspace
+@funindex \halign
-\lower
-\raise
-\translate
-\translate-scaled
-\rotate
-\transparent
-\whiteout
-
-Vertical alignment:
-\vcenter
-\column
-\dir-column
-
-Building a "large" markup:
-
-\line
-
-\fill-line
-
-\hcenter-in
-
-\pad-around
-\pad-markup
-\pad-to-box
-\pad-x
-
-Alignment inside a "large" markup:
-
-\justify-field
-\justify
-\justify-string
-
-\wordwrap-field
-\wordwrap
-\wordwrap-string
+The horizontal alignment may be fine-tuned
+using a numeric value:
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
+a1-\markup { \halign #-1 poco }
+e'
+a,-\markup { \halign #0 poco }
+e'
+a,-\markup { \halign #0.5 poco }
+e'
+a,-\markup { \halign #2 poco }
+@end lilypond
-@ignore
-TODO: here are some commands that could be described here.
-I'm putting them in bulk, prior to working on this section. -vv
+@noindent
+Some objects may have alignment procedures of their own,
+and therefore are not affected by these commands. It is
+possible to move such markup objects as a whole, as shown
+for instance in @ref{Text marks},
+
+@cindex text, vertical alignment
+@cindex vertical text alignment
+@funindex \raise
+@funindex \lower
+
+Vertical alignment is a bit more complex. As stated above,
+markup objects can be moved as a whole; however, it is also
+possible to move specific elements inside a markup block.
+In this case, the element to be moved needs to be preceded
+with an @emph{anchor point}, that can be another markup element
+or an invisible object. The following example demonstrates these
+two possibilities; the last markup in this example has no anchor
+point, and therefore is not moved.
-\simple
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
+d2^\markup {
+ Acte I
+ \raise #2 { Scène 1 } }
+a'
+g_\markup {
+ \null
+ \lower #4 \bold { Très modéré } }
+a
+d,^\markup {
+ \raise #4 \italic { Une forêt. } }
+a'4 a g2 a
+@end lilypond
-\char
-\fraction
+@funindex \general-align
+@funindex \translate
+@funindex \translate-scaled
-\combine
-\concat
-\put-adjacent
+Some commands can affect both the horizontal and vertical
+alignment of text objects in markup mode. Any object
+affected by these commands must be preceded with an
+anchor point:
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
+d2^\markup {
+ Acte I
+ \translate #'(-1 . 2) "Scène 1" }
+a'
+g_\markup {
+ \null
+ \general-align #Y #3.2 \bold "Très modéré" }
+a
+d,^\markup {
+ \null
+ \translate-scaled #'(-1 . 2) \teeny "Une forêt." }
+a'4 a g2 a
+@end lilypond
-\page-ref (see also "Table of contents")
-\fromproperty
-\verbatim-file
-\with-url
+@cindex multi-line markup
+@cindex multi-line text
+@cindex columns, text
-\on-the-fly
-\override
+A markup object may include several lines of text.
+In the following example, each element or expression
+is placed on its own line, either left-aligned or centered:
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\markup {
+ \column {
+ a
+ "b c"
+ \line { d e f }
+ }
+ \hspace #10
+ \center-align {
+ a
+ "b c"
+ \line { d e f }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+Similarly, a list of elements or expressions may be
+spread to fill the entire horizontal line width -- if there
+is only one element, it will be centered on the page.
+These expressions can, in turn, include multi-line text
+or any other markup expression:
-@end ignore
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\markup {
+ \fill-line {
+ \line { William S. Gilbert }
+ \center-align {
+ \huge \smallCaps "The Mikado"
+ or
+ \smallCaps "The Town of Titipu"
+ }
+ \line { Sir Arthur Sullivan }
+ }
+}
+\markup {
+ \fill-line { 1885 }
+}
+@end lilypond
+Long text indications can also be automatically wrapped
+accordingly to the given line width. These will be
+either left-aligned or justified, as shown in
+the following example.
-Some objects have alignment procedures of their own, which cancel
-out any effects of alignments applied to their markup arguments as
-a whole. For example, the @rinternals{RehearsalMark} is
-horizontally centered, so using @code{\mark \markup @{ \left-align
-.. @}} has no effect.
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\markup {
+ \column {
+ \line \smallCaps { La vida breve }
+ \line \bold { Acto I }
+ \wordwrap \italic {
+ (La escena representa el corral de una casa de
+ gitanos en el Albaicín de Granada. Al fondo una
+ puerta por la que se vé el negro interior de
+ una Fragua, iluminado por los rojos resplandores
+ del fuego.)
+ }
+ \hspace #0
+
+ \line \bold { Acto II }
+ \override #'(line-width . 50)
+ \justify \italic {
+ (Calle de Granada. Fachada de la casa de Carmela
+ y su hermano Manuel con grandes ventanas abiertas
+ a través de las que se ve el patio
+ donde se celebra una alegre fiesta)
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+An exhaustive list of text alignment commands
+can be found in @ref{Align}.
+@c TODO: add @seealso
@node Graphic notation inside markup
@subsubsection Graphic notation inside markup
+
Graphics around text:
\box
\circle
+(TODO: document padding commands here)
+
\bracket
\hbracket
@end lilypond
Scores any more complex than this simple example are better
-produced by separating out the staff structure from the notes and
+produced by separating out the score structure from the notes and
lyrics with variables. These are discussed in @ref{Organizing
pieces with variables}.
These annotations make future upgrades of LilyPond go more
smoothly. Changes in the syntax are handled with a special
-program, @file{convert-ly}, and it uses @code{\version} to
+program, @command{convert-ly}, and it uses @code{\version} to
determine what rules to apply. For details, see
@rprogram{Updating files with convert-ly}.
The title, composer, opus number, and similar information are
entered in the @code{\header} block. This exists outside of the
main music expression; the @code{\header} block is usually placed
-underneath the @ref{Version number}.
+underneath the version number.
@example
\version @w{"@version{}"}
wish to skim these chapters right now, and come back to them after
you have more experience.
+In this tutorial and in the rest of the Learning Manual, there is a
+paragraph @strong{See also} at the end of each section, which contains
+cross-references to other sections: you should not follow these
+cross-references at first reading; when you have read all of the
+Learning Manual, you may want to read some sections again and follow
+cross-references for further reading.
+
If you have not done so already, @emph{please} read @ref{About the
documentation}. There is a lot of information about LilyPond, so
newcomers often do not know where they should look for help. If
@ref{Contexts and engravers}. Here for reference is a list
of the most common object and property types together with
the conventions for naming them and a couple of examples of
-some real names. We have used A to stand for any capitalized
-alphabetic character and aaa to stand for any number of
+some real names. We have used @q{A} to stand for any capitalized
+alphabetic character and @q{aaa} to stand for any number of
lower-case alphabetic characters. Other characters are used
verbatim.
@multitable @columnfractions .33 .33 .33
@headitem Object/property type
@tab Naming convention
- @tab Example
+ @tab Examples
@item Contexts
@tab Aaaa or AaaaAaaaAaaa
@tab Staff, GrandStaff
We have already met the commands @code{\set} and @code{\with},
used to change the properties of @strong{contexts} and to remove
and add @strong{engravers}, in
-@ref{Modifying context properties} and @ref{Adding
+@ref{Modifying context properties}, and @ref{Adding
and removing engravers}. We now must meet some more important
commands.
The general syntax of this command is:
@example
-\override @emph{context}.@emph{layout_object}
- #'@emph{layout_property} = #@emph{value}
+\override @var{Context}.@var{LayoutObject} #'@var{layout-property} = #@var{value}
@end example
@noindent
-This will set the property with the name @emph{layout_property}
+This will set the property with the name @var{layout-property}
of the layout object with the name
-@emph{layout_object}, which is a member of the @emph{context}
-context, to the value @emph{value}.
+@var{LayoutObject}, which is a member of the @var{Context}
+context, to the value @var{value}.
-The @emph{context} can be omitted (and usually is) when the
+The @var{Context} can be omitted (and usually is) when the
required context is unambiguously implied and is one of lowest
level contexts, i.e., @code{Voice}, @code{ChordNames} or
@code{Lyrics}, and we shall omit it in many of the following
commands have been issued.
@example
-\revert @emph{context}.@emph{layout_object} #'@emph{layout_property}
+\revert @var{Context}.@var{LayoutObject} #'@var{layout-property}
@end example
-Again, just like @emph{context} in the @code{\override} command,
-@emph{context} is often not needed. It will be omitted
+Again, just like @var{Context} in the @code{\override} command,
+@var{Context} is often not needed. It will be omitted
in many of the following examples. Here we revert the color
of the note head to the default value for the final two notes:
item in the input stream.
Here's an example. Suppose we wish to change the size of the
-middle note (the E) in a C major chord. Let's first see what
+middle note head (the E) in a C major chord. Let's first see what
@code{\once \override} would do:
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=1]
<c e g>
@end lilypond
-We see the override affects @emph{all} the notes in the chord.
+We see the override affects @emph{all} the note heads in the chord.
This is because all the notes of a chord occur at the same
@emph{musical moment}, and the action of @code{\once} is to
apply the override to all layout objects of the type specified
The @code{\tweak} command operates in a different way. It acts
on the immediately following item in the input stream. However,
it is effective only on objects which are created directly from
-the input stream, essentially note heads and articulations.
-(Objects such as stems and accidentals are created later and
-cannot be tweaked in this way). Furthermore, when it is applied
+the input stream, essentially note heads and articulations;
+objects such as stems and accidentals are created later and
+cannot be tweaked in this way. Furthermore, when it is applied
to note heads these @emph{must} be within a chord, i.e., within
single angle brackets, so to tweak a single note the @code{\tweak}
command must be placed inside single angle brackets with the
layout object should be specified; in fact, it would generate
an error to do so. These are both implied by the following
item in the input stream. So the general syntax of the
-@code{\tweak} command is simply:
+@code{\tweak} command is simply
@example
-\tweak #'@emph{layout_property} = #@emph{value}
+\tweak #'@var{layout-property} = #@var{value}
@end example
A @code{\tweak} command can also be used to modify just one in
-\tweak #'color #green _Green
@end lilypond
+@noindent
Note that the @code{\tweak} command must be preceded by an
articulation mark as if it were an articulation itself.
}
@end lilypond
-You can find more details of the @code{\tweak} command in
-@ruser{Objects connected to the input}.
-
-If nested tuplets do not begin at the same moment their
+If nested tuplets do not begin at the same moment, their
appearance may be modified in the usual way with
@code{\override} commands:
}
@end lilypond
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference:
+@ruser{The tweak command}.
+
@node The Internals Reference manual
@section The Internals Reference manual
Let's use a concrete example with a simple fragment of real
music:
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 6/8
{
The IR for the version of LilyPond you are using may be found
on the LilyPond website at @uref{http://lilypond.org}. Go to the
documentation page and click on the Internals Reference link.
-For learning purposes you should use the standard html version,
+For learning purposes you should use the standard HTML version,
not the @q{one big page} or the PDF. For the next few
paragraphs to make sense you will need to actually do this
as you read.
version of LilyPond, in alphabetic order. Select the link to
Slur, and the properties of Slurs are listed.
-(An alternative way of finding this page is from the Notation
-Reference. On one of the pages that deals with slurs you may
-find a link to the Internals Reference. This link will
-take you directly to this page, but often it is easier to go
-straight to the IR and search there.)
+An alternative way of finding this page is from the Notation
+Reference. On one of the pages that deals with slurs you may find a
+link to the Internals Reference. This link will take you directly to
+this page, but if you have an idea about the name of the layout object
+to be tweaked, it is easier to go straight to the IR and search there.
-This Slur page in the IR tells us first that Slur objects are
-created by the
-Slur_engraver. Then it lists the standard settings. Note
-these are @strong{not} in alphabetic order. Browse down
-them looking for a property that might control the heaviness
-of slurs, and you should find
+This Slur page in the IR tells us first that Slur objects are created
+by the Slur_engraver. Then it lists the standard settings. Note
+these are @strong{not} in alphabetic order. Browse down them looking
+for a property that might control the heaviness of slurs, and you
+should find
@example
@code{thickness} (number)
answer is, @q{Within the music, before the first slur and
close to it.} Let's do that:
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 6/8
{
@code{\once} must be
repositioned as follows:
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 6/8
{
@code{\once} placed immediately before each of the notes where
the slurs begin:
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 6/8
{
to return the @code{thickness} property to its default value
after the second slur:
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 6/8
{
practice in extracting information from it. These examples will
contain progressively fewer words of guidance and explanation.
+
@node Properties found in interfaces
@subsection Properties found in interfaces
page in the IR that the @code{transparent} property is a boolean.
This
should be set to @code{#t} to make the grob transparent.
-In this next example let us make the time signature invisible
-rather than the bar lines.
+In this next example let us make the time signature invisible
+rather than the bar lines.
To do this we need to find the grob name for the time signature.
Back to
the @q{All layout objects} page in the IR to find the properties
@end lilypond
@noindent
-The time signature is gone, but this command leaves a gap where
+The time signature is gone, but this command leaves a gap where
the time signature should be. Maybe this is what is wanted for
-an exercise for the student to fill it in, but in other
-circumstances a gap might be undesirable. To remove it, the
+an exercise for the student to fill it in, but in other
+circumstances a gap might be undesirable. To remove it, the
stencil for the time signature should be set to @code{#f}
instead:
@subheading color
@cindex color property
-Finally we could make the bar lines invisible by coloring
-them white. The @code{grob-interface} specifies that the
+Finally let us try making the bar lines invisible by coloring
+them white. (There is a difficulty with this in that the
+white bar line may or may not blank out the staff lines where
+they cross. You may see in some of the examples below that this
+happens unpredictably. The details of why this is so and how to
+control it are covered in @ruser{Painting objects white}. But at
+the moment we are learning about color, so please just accept this
+limitation for now.)
+
+The @code{grob-interface} specifies that the
color property value is a list, but there is no
explanation of what that list should be. The list it
requires is actually a list of values in internal units,
a symbol, but a @emph{function}. When called, it provides
the list of internal values required to set the color to
white. The other colors in the normal list are functions
-too. To convince yourself this is working you might like
+too. To convince yourself this is working you might like
to change the color to one of the other functions in the
list.
There is yet a third function, one which converts RGB values into
internal colors -- the @code{rgb-color} function. This takes
-three arguments giving the intensities of the red, green and
+three arguments giving the intensities of the red, green and
blue colors. These take values in the range 0 to 1. So to
set the color to red the value should be @code{(rgb-color 1 0 0)}
and to white it should be @code{(rgb-color 1 1 1)}:
@end ignore
-Since LilyPond input files are text, there are two issues to
-consider when working with vocal music:
+Since LilyPond input files are text, there are two issues to consider
+when working with vocal music:
@itemize
@item
-Song texts must be entered as text, not notes. For example, the
-input@tie{}@code{d} should be interpreted as a one letter syllable, not the
-note@tie{}D.
+Song texts must be interpreted as text, not notes. For example, the
+input@tie{}@code{d} should be interpreted as a one letter syllable,
+not the note@tie{}D.
@item
Song texts must be aligned with the notes of their melody.
@end itemize
-There are a few different ways to define lyrics; we shall begin
-by examining the simplest method, and gradually increase complexity.
+To address the first issue, the fundamental method is the special mode
+opened by @code{\lyricmode} that interprets its contents as text.
+This mode is implicit by some abbreviated methods, as we will see.
+
+Aligning of text with melodies can be made automatically, but if you
+specify the durations of the syllables it can also be made manually.
+Lyrics aligning and typesetting are prepared with the help of skips,
+hyphens and extender lines.
+
+All these methods and their combinations lead to a few different ways
+to define lyrics; we shall begin by examining the simplest method, and
+gradually increase complexity.
@menu
* Common notation for vocals::
* Stanzas::
@end menu
-@snippets
-
-Checking to make sure that text scripts and lyrics are within the margins is
-a relatively large computational task. To speed up processing, LilyPond does
-not perform such calculations by default; to enable it, use
-
-@example
-\override Score.PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
-@end example
-
-To make lyrics avoid bar lines as well, use
-
-@example
-\layout @{
- \context @{
- \Lyrics
- \consists "Bar_engraver"
- \consists "Separating_line_group_engraver"
- \override BarLine #'transparent = ##t
- @}
-@}
-@end example
@node Common notation for vocals
@subsection Common notation for vocals
\time 2/4
c4 b8. a16 g4. f8 e4 d c2
}
+
+% not recommended: left aligns syllables
\new Lyrics \lyricmode { Joy4 to8. the16 world!4. the8 Lord4 is come.2 }
+
+% wrong: durations needed
\new Lyrics \lyricmode { Joy to the earth! the Sa -- viour reigns. }
+
+%correct
\new Lyrics \lyricsto "one" { No more let sins and sor -- rows grow. }
>>
@end lilypond
@c it might be better to present it first - vv
You can define melismata entirely in the lyrics, by entering @code{_}
-for every note that is part of the melisma.
+for every extra note that has to be added to the the melisma.
@c verbose! --FV
@c duplicated: TODO fix
double hyphens to separate syllables in a word, underscores to add
notes to a melisma, and a double underscore to put an extender line.
+@c wrong: extender line only on last syllable of a word. Change example
@lilypond[relative=1,verbatim,fragment,quote]
{ \set melismaBusyProperties = #'()
c d( e) f f( e) e e }
@seealso
-Internals Reference:
-@rinternals{Melisma_translator}.
-
@c @lsr{vocal,lyric@/-combine.ly}.
@knownissues
@cindex extender
@c leave this as samp. -gp
-Melismata are sometimes indicated with a long horizontal line starting
-in the melisma syllable, and ending in the next one. Such a line is
-called an extender line, and it is entered as @samp{ __ } (note the
-spaces before and after the two underscore characters).
+In the last syllable of a word, melismata are sometimes indicated with
+a long horizontal line starting in the melisma syllable, and ending in
+the next one. Such a line is called an extender line, and it is
+entered as @samp{ __ } (note the spaces before and after the two
+underscore characters).
@warning{Melismata are indicated in the score with extender lines,
which are entered as one double underscore; but short melismata can
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
{aligning-lyrics.ly}
+
+@snippets
+
+Checking to make sure that text scripts and lyrics are within the margins is
+a relatively large computational task. To speed up processing, LilyPond does
+not perform such calculations by default; to enable it, use
+
+@example
+\override Score.PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
+@end example
+
+To make lyrics avoid bar lines as well, use
+
+@example
+\layout @{
+ \context @{
+ \Lyrics
+ \consists "Bar_engraver"
+ \consists "Separating_line_group_engraver"
+ \override BarLine #'transparent = ##t
+ @}
+@}
+@end example
+
@c TODO Create and add lsr example of lyricMelismaAlignment
@c It's used like this to center-align all lyric syllables,
@c even when notes are tied. -td
}
@end ignore
+
@node Centering lyrics between staves
@subsubsection Centering lyrics between staves
Here, @code{alternative} is the name of the @code{Voice} context
containing the triplet.
-This command command must be one syllable too early, before @q{Ty} in
-this case. In other words, changing the associatedVoice happens one
-step later than expected. This is for technical reasons, and it is
-not a bug.
+This command must be one syllable too early, before @q{Ty} in this
+case. In other words, changing the associatedVoice happens one step
+later than expected. This is for technical reasons, and it is not a
+bug.
@example
\new Lyrics \lyricsto "lahlah" @{
Internals Reference:
@rinternals{LyricText},
-@rinternals{StanzaNumber},
-@rinternals{VocalName}.
+@rinternals{StanzaNumber}.
@node Wind instruments
@section Wind instruments
-This section includes extra information for writing for bagpipes.
+@lilypondfile[quote]{wind-headword.ly}
+
+This section includes some elements of music notation that arise when
+writing for winds.
@menu
* Common notation for wind instruments::
@node Common notation for wind instruments
@subsection Common notation for wind instruments
+This section discusses some issues common to most wind instruments.
+
@menu
* References for wind instruments::
-* Half-holes::
+* Fingerings::
@end menu
@node References for wind instruments
-@subsubsection References for wind instruments
+@unnumberedsubsubsec References for wind instruments
+
+@cindex wind instruments
+
+Many notation issues for wind instruments pertain to breathing and
+tonguing:
+
+@itemize
+@item Breathing can be specified by rests or @ref{Breath marks}.
+@item Legato playing is indicated by @ref{Slurs}.
+@item Different types of tonguings, ranging from legato to non-legato to
+stacatto are usually shown by articulation marks, sometimes combined
+with slurs, see @ref{Articulations and ornamentations} and @ref{List of
+articulations}.
+@item Flutter tonguing is usually indicated by placing a tremolo mark
+and a text markup on the note. See @ref{Tremolo repeats}.
+@end itemize
+
+There are also other aspects of musical notation that can apply to wind
+instruments:
+
+@itemize
+@item Many wind instruments are transposing intruments, see
+@ref{Instrument transpositions}.
+@item The slide glissando are characteristic of the trombone, but other
+winds may perform keyed or valved glissandi. See @ref{Glissando}.
+@item Harmonic series glissandi, which are possible on all brass
+instruments but common for French Horns, are usually written out as
+@ref{Grace notes}.
+@item Pitch inflections at the end of a note are discussed in @ref{Falls
+and doits}.
+@item Key slaps or valve slaps are often shown by the @code{cross} style
+of @ref{Special note heads}.
+@item Woodwinds can overblow low notes to sound harmonics. These are
+shown by the @code{flageolet} articulation. See @ref{List of articulations}.
+@item The use of brass mutes is usually indicated by a text markup, but
+where there are many rapid changes it is better to use the
+@code{stopped} and @code{open} articulations. See @ref{Articulations and
+ornamentations} and @ref{List of articulations}.
+@item Stopped horns are indicated by the @code{stopped} articulation.
+See @ref{Articulations and ornamentations}.
+@end itemize
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{changing--flageolet-mark-size.ly}
+
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Breath marks},
+@ref{Slurs},
+@ref{Articulations and ornamentations},
+@ref{List of articulations},
+@ref{Tremolo repeats},
+@ref{Instrument transpositions},
+@ref{Glissando},
+@ref{Grace notes},
+@ref{Falls and doits},
+@ref{Special note heads},
+
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{Winds}
+
+
+@node Fingerings
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Fingerings
+@c TODO add link to LSR snippet by Libero Mureddo once he has added
+@c it (after August 15th).
+All wind instruments other than the trombone require the use of several
+fingers to produce each pitch.
-@c TODO Add refs
-TBC
-
-@node Half-holes
-@subsubsection Half-holes
-@c TODO Add text; search -user
TBC
@node Bagpipes
@subsection Bagpipes
+This section includes extra information for writing for bagpipes.
+
@menu
* Bagpipe definitions::
* Bagpipe example::
@end menu
@node Bagpipe definitions
-@subsubsection Bagpipe definitions
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Bagpipe definitions
+
+@cindex bagpipe
+@cindex Scottish highland bagpipe
+@cindex grace notes
+@funindex \taor
+@funindex taor
+@funindex \hideKeySignature
+@funindex hideKeySignature
+@funindex \showKeySignature
+@funindex showKeySignature
LilyPond contains special definitions for music for the Scottish
highland bagpipe; to use them, add
piobaireachd high g can be written @code{gflat} when it occurs in light
music.
+@seealso
+@rlsr{Winds}
@node Bagpipe example
-@subsubsection Bagpipe example
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Bagpipe example
+
+@cindex bagpipe example
+@cindex Amazing Grace bagpipe example
This is what the well known tune Amazing Grace looks like in bagpipe
notation.
}
@end lilypond
-
-
-
-
+@seealso
+@rlsr{Winds}
automatic beaming. You can override this by switching off
automatic beaming and beaming the notes manually. Where matching
existing typeset music is not an issue, you may still want to
-adjust the beaming behaviour and/or using compound time
-signatures.
+adjust the beaming behaviour and/or use compound time signatures.
@snippets
# see process_links()
non_copied_pages = ['Documentation/user/out-www/lilypond-big-page',
'Documentation/user/out-www/lilypond-internals-big-page',
+ 'Documentation/user/out-www/lilypond-learning-big-page',
+ 'Documentation/user/out-www/lilypond-program-big-page',
'Documentation/user/out-www/music-glossary-big-page',
'out-www/examples',
'Documentation/topdocs',
'Documentation/bibliography',
'Documentation/out-www/THANKS',
'Documentation/out-www/DEDICATION',
+ 'Documentation/out-www/devel',
'input/']
def _doc (s):
translation = langdefs.translation
localtime = time.strftime ('%c %Z', time.localtime (time.time ()))
- if re.search ("http://", mail_address):
+ if "http://" in mail_address:
mail_address_url = mail_address
else:
mail_address_url= 'mailto:' + mail_address
if int (versiontup[1]) % 2:
branch_str = _doc ('development-branch')
+ # Initialize dictionaries for string formatting
+ subst = {}
+ subst[''] = dict ([i for i in globals ().items() if type (i[1]) is str])
+ subst[''].update (dict ([i for i in locals ().items() if type (i[1]) is str]))
+ for l in translation:
+ e = langdefs.LANGDICT[l].webext
+ if e:
+ subst[e] = {}
+ for name in subst['']:
+ subst[e][name] = translation[l] (subst[''][name])
+ # Do deeper string formatting as early as possible,
+ # so only one '%' formatting pass is needed later
+ for e in subst:
+ subst[e]['footer_name_version'] = subst[e]['footer_name_version'] % subst[e]
+ subst[e]['footer_report_errors'] = subst[e]['footer_report_errors'] % subst[e]
+ subst[e]['footer_suggest_docs'] = subst[e]['footer_suggest_docs'] % subst[e]
+
for prefix, ext_list in pages_dict.items ():
for lang_ext in ext_list:
file_name = langdefs.lang_file_name (prefix, lang_ext, '.html')
page_flavors = process_links (s, prefix, lang_ext, file_name, missing, target)
# Add menu after stripping: must not have autoselection for language menu.
page_flavors = add_menu (page_flavors, prefix, available, target, translation)
- subst = dict ([i for i in globals().items() if type (i[1]) is str])
- subst.update (dict ([i for i in locals().items() if type (i[1]) is str]))
for k in page_flavors:
- if page_flavors[k][0] in translation:
- for name in subst:
- subst[name] = translation[page_flavors[k][0]] (subst[name])
- subst['footer_name_version'] = subst['footer_name_version'] % subst
- subst['footer_report_errors'] = subst['footer_report_errors'] % subst
- subst['footer_suggest_docs'] = subst['footer_suggest_docs'] % subst
- page_flavors[k][1] = page_flavors[k][1] % subst
+ page_flavors[k][1] = page_flavors[k][1] % subst[page_flavors[k][0]]
out_f = open (name_filter (k), 'w')
out_f.write (page_flavors[k][1])
out_f.close()
return None
-ref_re = re.compile (r'@(ref|ruser|rlearning|rprogram|rglos)\{([^,\\]*?)\}(.)',
- re.DOTALL)
+ref_re = re.compile \
+ ('@(ref|ruser|rlearning|rprogram|rglos)(?:\\{(?P<ref>[^,\\\\\\}]+?)|\
+named\\{(?P<refname>[^,\\\\]+?),(?P<display>[^,\\\\\\}]+?))\\}(?P<last>.)',
+ re.DOTALL)
node_include_re = re.compile (r'(?m)^@(node|include)\s+(.+?)$')
whitespace_re = re.compile (r'\s+')
t -= 1
raise InteractionError ("%d retries limit exceeded" % retries)
+refs_count = 0
def check_ref (manual, file, m):
- global fixes_count, bad_refs_count
+ global fixes_count, bad_refs_count, refs_count
+ refs_count += 1
bad_ref = False
fixed = True
type = m.group (1)
- original_name = m.group (2)
+ original_name = m.group ('ref') or m.group ('refname')
name = whitespace_re.sub (' ', original_name). strip ()
newline_indices = manuals[manual]['newline_indices'][file]
line = which_line (m.start (), newline_indices)
- linebroken = '\n' in m.group (2)
- next_char = m.group (3)
+ linebroken = '\n' in original_name
+ original_display_name = m.group ('display')
+ next_char = m.group ('last')
+ if original_display_name: # the xref has an explicit display name
+ display_linebroken = '\n' in original_display_name
+ display_name = whitespace_re.sub (' ', original_display_name). strip ()
commented_out = is_commented_out \
(m.start (), m.end (), manuals[manual]['comments_boundaries'][file])
useful_fix = not outdir in file
fixed = True
if not fixed:
- # all previous automatic fixes attempts failed,
+ # all previous automatic fixing attempts failed,
# ask user for substring to look in node names
while True:
node_list = search_prompt ()
# compute returned string
if new_name == name:
- return ('@%s{%s}' % (type, original_name)) + next_char
+ if bad_ref and (options.interactive or options.auto_fix):
+ # only the type of the ref was fixed
+ fixes_count += 1
+ if original_display_name:
+ return ('@%snamed{%s,%s}' % (type, original_name, original_display_name)) + next_char
+ else:
+ return ('@%s{%s}' % (type, original_name)) + next_char
else:
fixes_count += 1
(ref, n) = preserve_linebreak (new_name, linebroken)
- return ('@%s{%s}' % (type, ref)) + next_char + n
+ if original_display_name:
+ if bad_ref:
+ stdout.write ("Current display name is `%s'\n")
+ display_name = raw_input \
+ ("Enter a new display name or press enter to keep the existing name:\n") \
+ or display_name
+ (display_name, n) = preserve_linebreak (display_name, display_linebroken)
+ else:
+ display_name = original_display_name
+ return ('@%snamed{%s,%s}' % (type, ref, display_name)) + \
+ next_char + n
+ else:
+ return ('@%s{%s}' % (type, ref)) + next_char + n
log.write ("Checking cross-references...\n")
log.write ("Operation refused by user: %s\nExiting.\n" % instance)
sys.exit (3)
-log.write ("Done: %d bad x-refs found, fixed %d.\n" %
- (bad_refs_count, fixes_count))
+log.write ("Done: %d x-refs found, %d bad x-refs found, fixed %d.\n" %
+ (refs_count, bad_refs_count, fixes_count))
make_skeleton = ('--skeleton', '') in optlist # --skeleton extract the node tree from a Texinfo source
output_file = 'doc.pot'
-node_blurb = '''@ifhtml
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@end ifhtml
+
+# @untranslated should be defined as a macro in Texinfo source
+node_blurb = '''@untranslated
'''
doclang = ''
head_committish = read_pipe ('git-rev-parse HEAD')
elif x[0] == '-l': # -l ISOLANG set documentlanguage to ISOLANG
doclang = '; documentlanguage: ' + x[1]
-texinfo_with_menus_re = re.compile (r"^(\*) +([^:\n]+)::.*?$|^@(include|menu|end menu|node|(?:unnumbered|appendix)(?:(?:sub){0,2}sec)?|top|chapter|(?:sub){0,2}section|(?:major|chap|(?:sub){0,2})heading) *(.+?)$|@(rglos){(.+?)}", re.M)
+texinfo_with_menus_re = re.compile (r"^(\*) +([^:\n]+)::.*?$|^@(include|menu|end menu|node|(?:unnumbered|appendix)(?:(?:sub){0,2}sec)?|top|chapter|(?:sub){0,2}section|(?:major|chap|(?:sub){0,2})heading) *(.*?)$|@(rglos){(.+?)}", re.M)
texinfo_re = re.compile (r"^@(include|node|(?:unnumbered|appendix)(?:(?:sub){0,2}sec)?|top|chapter|(?:sub){0,2}section|(?:major|chap|(?:sub){0,2})heading) *(.+?)$|@(rglos){(.+?)}", re.M)
g.write ('* ' + item[1] + '::\n')
elif output_file and item[4] == 'rglos':
output_file.write ('_(r"' + item[5] + '") # @rglos in ' + printedfilename + '\n')
+ elif item[2] == 'menu':
+ g.write ('@menu\n')
+ elif item[2] == 'end menu':
+ g.write ('@end menu\n\n')
else:
g.write ('@' + item[2] + ' ' + item[3] + '\n')
if node_trigger:
g.write (n_blurb)
node_trigger = False
- if not item[2] in ('include', 'menu', 'end menu'):
+ elif item[2] == 'include':
+ includes.append (item[3])
+ else:
if output_file:
output_file.write ('# @' + item[2] + ' in ' + \
printedfilename + '\n_(r"' + item[3].strip () + '")\n')
if item[2] == 'node':
node_trigger = True
- elif item[2] == 'include':
- includes.append (item[3])
g.write (end_blurb)
g.close ()
re.M | re.I)
status_re = re.compile (r'^@c\s+Translation\s*status\s*:\s*(.*?)$', re.M | re.I)
post_gdp_re = re.compile ('post.GDP', re.I)
-untranslated_node_str = 'UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME'
+untranslated_node_str = '@untranslated'
skeleton_str = '-- SKELETON FILE --'
section_titles_string = _doc ('Section titles')
\dynamicUp
\override DynamicLineSpanner #'staff-padding = #4
r2 r16 c'8.\pp r4
- } \\ {
+ }
+ \\
+ {
\override DynamicLineSpanner #'layer = #0
des,2\mf\< ~
\override TextScript #'layer = #2
\header {
lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes"
+ texidoces = "
+Al utilizar la posibilidad de combinación automática de partes, se
+puede modificar el texto que se imprime para las secciones de solo
+y de unísono:
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Cambiar los textos de partcombine"
+
texidoc = "
When using the automatic part combining feature, the printed text for
the solo and unison sections may be changed:
} % begin verbatim
\relative c'' {
c2
- \override BreathingSign #'text = #(make-musicglyph-markup "scripts.rvarcomma")
+ \override BreathingSign #'text = \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.rvarcomma" }
\breathe
d2
}
\header {
lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes, text"
+ texidoces = "
+La herramienta de combinación de partes ( instrucción
+@code{\partcombine}) permite la combinación de varias partes
+diferentes sobre el mismo pentagrama. Las indicaciones textuales
+tales como \"solo\" o \"a2\" se añaden de forma predeterminada;
+para quitarlas, sencillamente establezca la proopiedad
+@code{printPartCombineTexts} al valor \"falso\". Para partituras
+vocales (como himnos), no hay necesidad de añadir los textos
+\"solo\" o \"a2\", por lo que se deben desactivar. Sin embargo,
+podría ser mejor no usarlo si hay solos, porque éstos no se
+indicarán. En tales casos podría ser preferible la notación
+polifónica estándar.
+
+Este fragmento de código presenta las tres formas en que se pueden
+imprimir dos partes sobre un solo pentagrama: polifonía estándar,
+@code{\partcombine} sin textos, y @code{\partcombine} con
+textos.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Combinar dos partes sobre el mismo pentagrama"
+
texidoc = "
The part combiner tool ( @code{\\partcombine} command ) allows the
combination of several different parts on the same staff. Text
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings,tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+ texidoc = "Fret diagram properties can be set through
+@code{fret-diagram-details}. For FretBoard fret diagrams,
+overrides are applied to the @code{FretBoards.FretBoard} object.
+"
+ doctitle = "Customizing fretboard fret diagrams"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode { c' }
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;1-1-(;3-2;3-3;3-4;1-1-);"
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode { c1 c c d }
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ % Set global properties of fret diagram
+ \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'size = #'1.2
+ \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'finger-code = #'in-dot
+ \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-color = #'white
+ \chordmode {
+ c
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'size = #'1.0
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'barre-type = #'straight
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-color = #'black
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'finger-code = #'below-string
+ c'
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'barre-type = #'none
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'number-type = #'arabic
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'orientation = #'landscape
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'mute-string = #"M"
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'label-dir = #-1
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-color = #'black
+ c'
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'finger-code = #'below-string
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-radius = #0.35
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-position = #0.5
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'fret-count = #3
+ d
+ }
+ }
+ \context Voice {
+ c'1 c' c' d'
+ }
+>>
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings,tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+ texidoc = "Fret diagram properties can be set through
+@code{fret-diagram-details}. For markup fret diagrams, overrides
+can be applied to the @code{Voice.TextScript} object or directly
+to the markup.
+"
+ doctitle = "Customizing markup fret diagrams"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+<<
+ \chords { c1 c c d }
+
+ \new Voice = "mel" {
+ \textLengthOn
+ % Set global properties of fret diagram
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'size = #'1.2
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'finger-code = #'in-dot
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-color = #'white
+
+ %% C major for guitar, no barre, using defaults
+ % terse style
+ c'1^\markup { \fret-diagram-terse #"x;3-3;2-2;o;1-1;o;" }
+
+ %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
+ % verbose style
+ % size 1.0
+ % roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight barre
+ c'1^\markup {
+ % standard size
+ \override #'(size . 1.0) {
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (number-type . roman-lower)
+ (finger-code . in-dot)
+ (barre-type . straight))) {
+ \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
+ (place-fret 5 3 1)
+ (place-fret 4 5 2)
+ (place-fret 3 5 3)
+ (place-fret 2 5 4)
+ (place-fret 1 3 1)
+ (barre 5 1 3))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
+ % verbose style
+ % landscape orientation, arabic numbers, M for mute string
+ % no barre, fret label down or left, small mute label font
+ c'1^\markup {
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (finger-code . below-string)
+ (number-type . arabic)
+ (label-dir . -1)
+ (mute-string . "M")
+ (orientation . landscape)
+ (barre-type . none)
+ (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
+ (xo-padding . 0.3))) {
+ \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
+ (place-fret 5 3 1)
+ (place-fret 4 5 2)
+ (place-fret 3 5 3)
+ (place-fret 2 5 4)
+ (place-fret 1 3 1)
+ (barre 5 1 3))
+ }
+ }
+
+ %% simple D chord
+ % terse style
+ % larger dots, centered dots, fewer frets
+ % label below string
+ d'1^\markup {
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (finger-code . below-string)
+ (dot-radius . 0.35)
+ (dot-position . 0.5)
+ (fret-count . 3))) {
+ \fret-diagram-terse #"x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"
+ }
+ }
+ }
+>>
line-arrows.ly
hiding-the-extender-line-for-text-dynamics.ly
vertically-aligning-dynamics-across-multiple-notes.ly
-modifying-default-values-for-articulation-shorthand-notation.ly
+horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly
changing-text-and-spanner-styles-for-text-dynamics.ly
controlling-the-vertical-ordering-of-scripts.ly
inserting-a-caesura.ly
creating-slurs-across-voices.ly
caesura-railtracks-with-fermata.ly
changing-the-breath-mark-symbol.ly
+modifying-default-values-for-articulation-shorthand-notation.ly
creating-simultaneous-rehearsal-marks.ly
setting-hairpin-behavior-at-bar-lines.ly
changing--flageolet-mark-size.ly
laissez-vibrer-ties.ly
controlling-the-placement-of-chord-fingerings.ly
allowing-fingerings-to-be-printed-inside-the-staff.ly
+customizing-fretboard-fret-diagrams.ly
faking-a-hammer-in-tablatures.ly
fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly
modern-tab-text-clef.ly
stem-and-beam-behavior-in-tablature.ly
+customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+ texidoc = "
+Some dynamic expressions involve additional text, like \"sempre pp\".
+Since lilypond aligns all dynamics centered on the note, the \\pp would
+be displayed way after the note it applies to.
+
+To correctly align the \"sempre \\pp\" horizontally, so that it is
+aligned as if it were only the \\pp, there are several approaches:
+
+* Simply use @code{\\once\\override DynamicText #'X-offset = #-9.2}
+before the note with the dynamics to manually shift it to the correct
+position. Drawback: This has to be done manually each time you use that
+dynamic markup... * Add some padding (@code{#:hspace 7.1}) into the
+definition of your custom dynamic mark, so that after lilypond
+center-aligns it, it is already correctly aligned. Drawback: The
+padding really takes up that space and does not allow any other markup
+or dynamics to be shown in that position.
+
+* Shift the dynamic script @code{\\once\\override ... #'X-offset = ..}.
+Drawback: @code{\\once\\override} is needed for every invocation!
+
+* Set the dimensions of the additional text to 0 (using
+@code{#:with-dimensions '(0 . 0) '(0 . 0)}). Drawback: To lilypond
+\"sempre\" has no extent, so it might put other stuff there and create
+collisions (which are not detected by the collision dection!). Also,
+there seems to be some spacing, so it's not exactly the same alignment
+as without the additional text
+
+* Add an explicit shifting directly inside the scheme function for the
+dynamic-script.
+
+* Set an explicit alignment inside the dynamic-script. By default, this
+won't have any effect, only if one sets X-offset! Drawback: One needs
+to set @code{DynamicText #'X-offset}, which will apply to all dynamic
+texts! Also, it is aligned at the right edge of the additional text,
+not at the center of pp.
+
+
+
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Horizontally aligning custom dynamics (e.g. \"sempre pp\", \"piu f\", \"subito p\")"
+} % begin verbatim
+\header { title = "Horizontally aligning custom dynamics" }
+\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
+
+% Solution 1: Using a simple markup with a particular halign value
+% Drawback: It's a markup, not a dynamic command, so \dynamicDown etc. will have no effect
+semppMarkup = \markup { \halign #1.4 \italic "sempre" \dynamic "pp" }
+
+% Solution 2: Using a dynamic script and shifting with \once\override ... #'X-offset = ..
+% Drawback: \once\override needed for every invocation
+semppK = #(make-dynamic-script (markup #:line( #:normal-text #:italic "sempre" #:dynamic "pp")))
+
+% Solution 3: Padding the dynamic script so the center-alignment puts it to the correct position
+% Drawback: the padding really reserves the space, nothing else can be there
+semppT = #(
+ make-dynamic-script (
+ markup #:line (
+ #:normal-text #:italic "sempre" #:dynamic "pp" #:hspace 7.1
+ )
+ )
+)
+
+% Solution 4: Dynamic, setting the dimensions of the additional text to 0
+% Drawback: To lilypond "sempre" has no extent, so it might put other stuff there => collisions
+% Drawback: Also, there seems to be some spacing, so it's not exactly the
+% same alignment as without the additional text
+semppM = #(make-dynamic-script (markup #:line( #:with-dimensions '(0 . 0) '(0 . 0) #:right-align #:normal-text #:italic "sempre" #:dynamic "pp")))
+
+% Solution 5: Dynamic with explicit shifting inside the scheme function
+semppG = #(make-dynamic-script
+ (markup
+ #:hspace 0 #:translate (cons -18.85 0 )
+ #:line( #:normal-text #:italic "sempre" #:dynamic "pp"))
+)
+
+% Solution 6: Dynamic with explicit alignment. This has only effect, if one sets X-offset!
+% Drawback: One needs to set DynamicText #'X-offset!
+% Drawback: Aligned at the right edge of the additional text, not at the center of pp
+semppMII = #(make-dynamic-script (markup #:line(#:right-align #:normal-text #:italic "sempre" #:dynamic "pp")))
+
+
+\context StaffGroup <<
+ \context Staff="s" << \set Staff.instrumentName = "Normal"
+ \relative c'' { \key es \major c4\pp c\p c c | c\ff c c\pp c }
+ >>
+ \context Staff="sMarkup" << \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup\column{"Normal" "Markup"}
+ \relative c'' { \key es \major c4-\semppMarkup c\p c c | c\ff c c-\semppMarkup c}
+ >>
+ \context Staff="sK" << \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup\column{"Explicit" "shifting"}
+ \relative c'' { \key es \major
+ \once \override DynamicText #'X-offset = #-9.2 c4\semppK c\p c c |
+ c\ff c \once \override DynamicText #'X-offset = #-9.2 c\semppK c }
+ >>
+ \context Staff="sT" << \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup\column{"Right" "padding"}
+ \relative c'' { \key es \major c4\semppT c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppT c }
+ >>
+ \context Staff="sM" << \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup\column{"Setting" "dimension" "to zero"}
+ \relative c'' { \key es \major c4\semppM c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppM c }
+ >>
+ \context Staff="sG" << \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup\column{"Shifting" "inside" "dynamics"}
+ \relative c'' { \key es \major c4\semppG c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppG c}
+ >>
+ \context Staff="sMII" << \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup\column{"Alignment" "inside" "dynamics"}
+ \relative c'' { \key es \major
+ \override DynamicText #'X-offset = #0 % Setting to ##f (false) gives the same resul
+ c4\semppMII c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppMII c }
+ >>
+>>
+
@ifnottex
@macro ruser{NAME}
-These snippets illustrate the User Manual,
+These snippets illustrate the Notation Reference,
section @ref{\NAME\,,,lilypond,Notation Reference}.
@end macro
\relative c {
g16 b d g b d g b
\stemDown
- \override Beam #'damping = #100000
+ \override Beam #'damping = #+inf.0
g,,16 b d g b d g b
}
}
printing-a-repeat-sign-at-the-beginning-of-a-piece.ly
creating-text-spanners.ly
rest-styles.ly
+horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly
how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly
using-the--tweak-command-to-tweak-individual-grobs.ly
suppressing-warnings-for-clashing-note-columns.ly
controlling-tuplet-bracket-visibility.ly
positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly
changing-the-staff-size.ly
+customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly
changing-text-and-spanner-styles-for-text-dynamics.ly
fine-tuning-pedal-brackets.ly
controlling-the-vertical-ordering-of-scripts.ly
changing-form-of-multi--measure-rests.ly
time-signature-in-parentheses.ly
changing-a-single-notes-size-in-a-chord.ly
+customizing-fretboard-fret-diagrams.ly
creating-simultaneous-rehearsal-marks.ly
nesting-staves.ly
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "vocal-music"
+
+ texidoc = "
+In a vocal piece where there are several (two,four or more) lines of
+lyrics, and common lyrics for all voices at some point, these common
+lyrics may be vertically centered regardingly, as shown in the
+following example:
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Vertically centered common lyrics"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+\include "english.ly"
+leftbrace = \markup { \override #'(font-encoding . fetaBraces) \lookup #"brace240" }
+rightbrace = \markup { \rotate #180 \leftbrace }
+
+dropLyrics =
+{
+ \override LyricText #'extra-offset = #'(0 . -5)
+ \override LyricHyphen #'extra-offset = #'(0 . -5)
+ \override LyricExtender #'extra-offset = #'(0 . -5)
+}
+
+raiseLyrics =
+{
+ \revert LyricText #'extra-offset
+ \revert LyricHyphen #'extra-offset
+ \revert LyricExtender #'extra-offset
+}
+
+skipFour = \repeat unfold 4 { \skip 8 }
+
+lyricsA = \lyricmode { The first verse has \dropLyrics the com -- mon
+__ words \raiseLyrics used in all four. }
+lyricsB = \lyricmode { In stan -- za two, \skipFour al -- so ap -- pear. }
+lyricsC = \lyricmode { By the third verse, \skipFour are get -- ting dull. }
+lyricsD = \lyricmode { Last stan -- za, and \skipFour get used once more. }
+
+melody = \relative c' { c4 d e f g f e8( e f) d4 c e d c }
+
+\score
+{
+ <<
+ \new Voice = m \melody
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto m \lyricsA
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto m \lyricsB
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto m \lyricsC
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto m \lyricsD
+ >>
+}
single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-and-chords.ly
formatting-lyrics-syllables.ly
vertically-aligning-ossias-and-lyrics.ly
+vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly
demo-midiinstruments.ly
vocal-ensemble-template.ly
adjusting-lyrics-vertical-spacing.ly
--- /dev/null
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+
+mychords = \chordmode {c1 c:m c:aug c:dim c:7 c:maj7 c:m7 \break }
+
+chordsline = {
+ \mychords
+ \transpose c cis {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c des {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c d {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c dis {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c ees {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c e {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c f {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c fis {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c ges {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c g {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c gis {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c aes {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c a {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c ais {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c bes {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c b {
+ \mychords
+ }
+}
+
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordsline
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ \chordsline
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \chordsline
+ }
+>>
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.55"
+#(set-global-staff-size 15)
+\paper {
+ line-width = 16\cm
+ indent = 0\cm
+}
+
+% NR 2.whatever Wind
+
+% Tchaikovsky
+% Nutcracker Suite, VII Dance of the Merlitons
+\score {
+ \new StaffGroup <<
+ \new Staff \relative c'' {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = "Flauto I,II"
+ \once \override Score.RehearsalMark #'self-alignment-X = #-1
+ \once \override Score.RehearsalMark #'break-align-symbols =
+#'(time-signature)
+ \once \override Score.TimeSignature
+#'break-align-anchor-alignment = #LEFT
+ \once \override Score.RehearsalMark #'padding = #4
+ \mark \markup \large \bold {Moderato assai}
+ \key d \major
+ \time 2/4
+ \compressFullBarRests
+ R2*2
+ <d a>16-.\p <cis g>-. <d a>-. <cis g>-. <d a>8-. <cis g>-.
+ <e a,>-.\< <d a>32( <fis d> <a fis> <d a> <fis d>4--)\mf
+ <g d>16-. <fis cis>-. <g d>-. <fis cis>-.
+ <e b>(\> <d a>) <a fis>-. <fis d>-.\!
+ <d bes>4--\sf \acciaccatura {<d' bes>8} <cis a>4--\mf
+ }
+ \new Staff \relative c' {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = "Flauto III"
+ \key d \major
+ \time 2/4
+ \compressFullBarRests
+ R2*2_\markup{Gr.Fl.}
+ fis16-.\p e-. fis-. e-. fis8-. e-.
+ g8-.\< fis32( a d fis a4--)\mf
+ b16-. a-. b-. a-. g(\> fis) d-. a-.\!
+ g4--\sf \acciaccatura fis'8 g4--\mf
+ }
+ >>
+}
+
\dynamicUp
\override DynamicLineSpanner #'staff-padding = #4
r2 r16 c'8.\pp r4
- } \\ {
+ }
+ \\
+ {
\override DynamicLineSpanner #'layer = #0
des,2\mf\< ~
\override TextScript #'layer = #2
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings,tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+ texidoc = "Fret diagram properties can be set through
+@code{fret-diagram-details}. For FretBoard fret diagrams,
+overrides are applied to the @code{FretBoards.FretBoard} object.
+"
+ doctitle = "Customizing fretboard fret diagrams"
+}
+
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode { c' }
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;1-1-(;3-2;3-3;3-4;1-1-);"
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode { c1 c c d }
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ % Set global properties of fret diagram
+ \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'size = #'1.2
+ \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'finger-code = #'in-dot
+ \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-color = #'white
+ \chordmode {
+ c
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'size = #'1.0
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'barre-type = #'straight
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-color = #'black
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'finger-code = #'below-string
+ c'
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'barre-type = #'none
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'number-type = #'arabic
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'orientation = #'landscape
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'mute-string = #"M"
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'label-dir = #-1
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-color = #'black
+ c'
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'finger-code = #'below-string
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-radius = #0.35
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-position = #0.5
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'fret-count = #3
+ d
+ }
+ }
+ \context Voice {
+ c'1 c' c' d'
+ }
+>>
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings,tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+ texidoc = "Fret diagram properties can be set through
+@code{fret-diagram-details}. For markup fret diagrams, overrides
+can be applied to the @code{Voice.TextScript} object or directly
+to the markup.
+"
+ doctitle = "Customizing markup fret diagrams"
+}
+
+<<
+ \chords { c1 c c d }
+
+ \new Voice = "mel" {
+ \textLengthOn
+ % Set global properties of fret diagram
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'size = #'1.2
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'finger-code = #'in-dot
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-color = #'white
+
+ %% C major for guitar, no barre, using defaults
+ % terse style
+ c'1^\markup { \fret-diagram-terse #"x;3-3;2-2;o;1-1;o;" }
+
+ %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
+ % verbose style
+ % size 1.0
+ % roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight barre
+ c'1^\markup {
+ % standard size
+ \override #'(size . 1.0) {
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (number-type . roman-lower)
+ (finger-code . in-dot)
+ (barre-type . straight))) {
+ \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
+ (place-fret 5 3 1)
+ (place-fret 4 5 2)
+ (place-fret 3 5 3)
+ (place-fret 2 5 4)
+ (place-fret 1 3 1)
+ (barre 5 1 3))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
+ % verbose style
+ % landscape orientation, arabic numbers, M for mute string
+ % no barre, fret label down or left, small mute label font
+ c'1^\markup {
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (finger-code . below-string)
+ (number-type . arabic)
+ (label-dir . -1)
+ (mute-string . "M")
+ (orientation . landscape)
+ (barre-type . none)
+ (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
+ (xo-padding . 0.3))) {
+ \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
+ (place-fret 5 3 1)
+ (place-fret 4 5 2)
+ (place-fret 3 5 3)
+ (place-fret 2 5 4)
+ (place-fret 1 3 1)
+ (barre 5 1 3))
+ }
+ }
+
+ %% simple D chord
+ % terse style
+ % larger dots, centered dots, fewer frets
+ % label below string
+ d'1^\markup {
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (finger-code . below-string)
+ (dot-radius . 0.35)
+ (dot-position . 0.5)
+ (fret-count . 3))) {
+ \fret-diagram-terse #"x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"
+ }
+ }
+ }
+>>
--- /dev/null
+\header {
+
+ texidoc = "Identifiers following a chordmode section are not
+interpreted as chordmode tokens. In the following snippet, the
+identifier `m' is not interpreted by the lexer as as a minor chord
+modifier."
+
+}
+
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+myDisplayMusic =
+#(define-music-function (parser location music)
+ (ly:music?)
+ (display-scheme-music music)
+ (make-music 'SequentialMusic 'void #t))
+
+\myDisplayMusic \chordmode { c }
+
+m = \relative c' { c4 d e f }
+
+\new Staff { \m }
--- /dev/null
+% add a chord shape
+
+\addChordShape #'bes #"x;1-1-(;3-2;3-3;3-4;1-1-);"
+
+% add chords
+
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {bes}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'bes)
+
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {c}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 2 (chord-shape 'bes))
+
+mychords = \chordmode {
+ bes
+}
+
+chordline = {
+ \mychords
+ \transpose bes c {
+ \mychords
+ }
+}
+
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordline
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ \chordline
+ }
+>>
"minimumFret "
"maximumFretStretch "
"tablatureFormat "
- "highStringOne ",
+ "highStringOne "
+ "predefinedDiagramTable",
/* write */
""
{
static Stencil dot (Offset p, Real radius);
static Stencil bracket (Axis a, Interval iv, Real thick, Real protrude, Real blot);
- static Stencil accordion (SCM arg, Real interline_f, Font_metric *fm);
static Stencil rotated_box (Real slope, Real width, Real thick, Real blot);
static Stencil round_filled_polygon (vector<Offset> const &points, Real blotdiameter);
static Stencil frame (Box b, Real thick, Real blot);
static Real line_thickness (Grob *);
static Real staff_space (Grob *);
static Grob *get_staff_symbol (Grob *);
- static bool on_line (Grob *);
static bool on_line (Grob *, int);
static bool on_staff_line (Grob *, int);
- static bool on_staff_line (Grob *);
static int line_count (Grob *);
static Real get_position (Grob *);
static Real staff_radius (Grob *);
else if (scm_is_symbol (yylval.scm))
return DRUM_PITCH;
}
- else if ((handle = scm_hashq_get_handle (chordmodifier_tab_, sym))!= SCM_BOOL_F)
+ else if ((YYSTATE == chords)
+ && (handle = scm_hashq_get_handle (chordmodifier_tab_, sym))!= SCM_BOOL_F)
{
yylval.scm = scm_cdr (handle);
return CHORD_MODIFIER;
#include "warn.hh"
#include "dimensions.hh"
#include "bezier.hh"
-#include "string-convert.hh"
#include "file-path.hh"
#include "main.hh"
#include "lily-guile.hh"
-#include "font-metric.hh"
Stencil
Lookup::dot (Offset p, Real radius)
return Stencil (b, horizontal_bend);
}
-/*
- TODO: junk me.
-*/
-Stencil
-Lookup::accordion (SCM s, Real staff_space, Font_metric *fm)
-{
- Stencil m;
- string sym = ly_scm2string (scm_car (s));
- string reg = ly_scm2string (scm_car (scm_cdr (s)));
-
- if (sym == "Discant")
- {
- Stencil r = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accDiscant");
- m.add_stencil (r);
- if (reg.substr (0, 1) == "F")
- {
- Stencil d = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accDot");
- d.translate_axis (staff_space * 2.5 PT, Y_AXIS);
- m.add_stencil (d);
- reg = reg.substr (1);
- }
- int eflag = 0x00;
- if (reg.substr (0, 3) == "EEE")
- {
- eflag = 0x07;
- reg = reg.substr (3);
- }
- else if (reg.substr (0, 2) == "EE")
- {
- eflag = 0x05;
- reg = reg.substr (2);
- }
- else if (reg.substr (0, 2) == "Eh")
- {
- eflag = 0x04;
- reg = reg.substr (2);
- }
- else if (reg.substr (0, 1) == "E")
- {
- eflag = 0x02;
- reg = reg.substr (1);
- }
- if (eflag & 0x02)
- {
- Stencil d = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accDot");
- d.translate_axis (staff_space * 1.5 PT, Y_AXIS);
- m.add_stencil (d);
- }
- if (eflag & 0x04)
- {
- Stencil d = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accDot");
- d.translate_axis (staff_space * 1.5 PT, Y_AXIS);
- d.translate_axis (0.8 * staff_space PT, X_AXIS);
- m.add_stencil (d);
- }
- if (eflag & 0x01)
- {
- Stencil d = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accDot");
- d.translate_axis (staff_space * 1.5 PT, Y_AXIS);
- d.translate_axis (-0.8 * staff_space PT, X_AXIS);
- m.add_stencil (d);
- }
- if (reg.substr (0, 2) == "SS")
- {
- Stencil d = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accDot");
- d.translate_axis (0.5 * staff_space PT, Y_AXIS);
- d.translate_axis (0.4 * staff_space PT, X_AXIS);
- m.add_stencil (d);
- d.translate_axis (-0.8 * staff_space PT, X_AXIS);
- m.add_stencil (d);
- reg = reg.substr (2);
- }
- if (reg.substr (0, 1) == "S")
- {
- Stencil d = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accDot");
- d.translate_axis (0.5 * staff_space PT, Y_AXIS);
- m.add_stencil (d);
- reg = reg.substr (1);
- }
- }
- else if (sym == "Freebase")
- {
- Stencil r = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accFreebase");
- m.add_stencil (r);
- if (reg.substr (0, 1) == "F")
- {
- Stencil d = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accDot");
- d.translate_axis (staff_space * 1.5 PT, Y_AXIS);
- m.add_stencil (d);
- reg = reg.substr (1);
- }
- if (reg == "E")
- {
- Stencil d = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accDot");
- d.translate_axis (staff_space * 0.5 PT, Y_AXIS);
- m.add_stencil (d);
- }
- }
- else if (sym == "Bayanbase")
- {
- Stencil r = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accBayanbase");
- m.add_stencil (r);
- if (reg.substr (0, 1) == "T")
- {
- Stencil d = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accDot");
- d.translate_axis (staff_space * 2.5 PT, Y_AXIS);
- m.add_stencil (d);
- reg = reg.substr (1);
- }
- /* include 4' reed just for completeness. You don't want to use this. */
- if (reg.substr (0, 1) == "F")
- {
- Stencil d = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accDot");
- d.translate_axis (staff_space * 1.5 PT, Y_AXIS);
- m.add_stencil (d);
- reg = reg.substr (1);
- }
- if (reg.substr (0, 2) == "EE")
- {
- Stencil d = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accDot");
- d.translate_axis (staff_space * 0.5 PT, Y_AXIS);
- d.translate_axis (0.4 * staff_space PT, X_AXIS);
- m.add_stencil (d);
- d.translate_axis (-0.8 * staff_space PT, X_AXIS);
- m.add_stencil (d);
- reg = reg.substr (2);
- }
- if (reg.substr (0, 1) == "E")
- {
- Stencil d = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accDot");
- d.translate_axis (staff_space * 0.5 PT, Y_AXIS);
- m.add_stencil (d);
- reg = reg.substr (1);
- }
- }
- else if (sym == "Stdbase")
- {
- Stencil r = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accStdbase");
- m.add_stencil (r);
- if (reg.substr (0, 1) == "T")
- {
- Stencil d = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accDot");
- d.translate_axis (staff_space * 3.5 PT, Y_AXIS);
- m.add_stencil (d);
- reg = reg.substr (1);
- }
- if (reg.substr (0, 1) == "F")
- {
- Stencil d = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accDot");
- d.translate_axis (staff_space * 2.5 PT, Y_AXIS);
- m.add_stencil (d);
- reg = reg.substr (1);
- }
- if (reg.substr (0, 1) == "M")
- {
- Stencil d = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accDot");
- d.translate_axis (staff_space * 2 PT, Y_AXIS);
- d.translate_axis (staff_space PT, X_AXIS);
- m.add_stencil (d);
- reg = reg.substr (1);
- }
- if (reg.substr (0, 1) == "E")
- {
- Stencil d = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accDot");
- d.translate_axis (staff_space * 1.5 PT, Y_AXIS);
- m.add_stencil (d);
- reg = reg.substr (1);
- }
- if (reg.substr (0, 1) == "S")
- {
- Stencil d = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accDot");
- d.translate_axis (staff_space * 0.5 PT, Y_AXIS);
- m.add_stencil (d);
- reg = reg.substr (1);
- }
- }
- /* ugh maybe try to use regular font for S.B. and B.B and only use one font
- for the rectangle */
- else if (sym == "SB")
- {
- Stencil r = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accSB");
- m.add_stencil (r);
- }
- else if (sym == "BB")
- {
- Stencil r = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accBB");
- m.add_stencil (r);
- }
- else if (sym == "OldEE")
- {
- Stencil r = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accOldEE");
- m.add_stencil (r);
- }
- else if (sym == "OldEES")
- {
- Stencil r = fm->find_by_name ("accordion.accOldEES");
- m.add_stencil (r);
- }
- return m;
-}
-
Stencil
Lookup::repeat_slash (Real w, Real s, Real t)
{
return Font_interface::get_default_font (me)
->find_by_name ("scripts." + ly_scm2string (str));
}
- else if (key == ly_symbol2scm ("accordion"))
- return Lookup::accordion (scm_cdr (s), 1.0,
- Font_interface::get_default_font (me));
else
assert (false);
return st ? Staff_symbol::line_count (st) : 0;
}
-bool
-Staff_symbol_referencer::on_line (Grob *me)
-{
- return on_line (me, (int) rint (get_position (me)));
-}
-
-bool
-Staff_symbol_referencer::on_staff_line (Grob *me)
-{
- return on_staff_line (me, (int) rint (get_position (me)));
-}
-
bool
Staff_symbol_referencer::on_line (Grob *me, int pos)
{
- return Staff_symbol::on_line (me, pos);
+ Grob *st = get_staff_symbol (me);
+ return st ? Staff_symbol::on_line (st, pos) : false;
}
bool
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.10.0"
-% Symbols needed to print accordion music
-%
-% 2' = T
-% 4' = F
-% 8' = E
-% 16' = S
-%
-
-accDiscant = #(make-articulation "accDiscant")
-accDiscantF = #(make-articulation "accDiscantF")
-accDiscantE = #(make-articulation "accDiscantE")
-accDiscantEh = #(make-articulation "accDiscantEh")
-accDiscantFE = #(make-articulation "accDiscantFE")
-accDiscantFEh = #(make-articulation "accDiscantFEh")
-accDiscantEE = #(make-articulation "accDiscantEE")
-accDiscantFEE = #(make-articulation "accDiscantFEE")
-accDiscantEEE = #(make-articulation "accDiscantEEE")
-accDiscantFEEE = #(make-articulation "accDiscantFEEE")
-accDiscantS = #(make-articulation "accDiscantS")
-accDiscantFS = #(make-articulation "accDiscantFS")
-accDiscantES = #(make-articulation "accDiscantES")
-accDiscantEhS = #(make-articulation "accDiscantEhS")
-accDiscantFES = #(make-articulation "accDiscantFES")
-accDiscantFEhS = #(make-articulation "accDiscantFEhS")
-accDiscantEES = #(make-articulation "accDiscantEES")
-accDiscantFEES = #(make-articulation "accDiscantFEES")
-accDiscantEEES = #(make-articulation "accDiscantEEES")
-accDiscantFEEES = #(make-articulation "accDiscantFEEES")
-accDiscantSS = #(make-articulation "accDiscantSS")
-accDiscantESS = #(make-articulation "accDiscantESS")
-accDiscantEESS = #(make-articulation "accDiscantEESS")
-accDiscantEEESS = #(make-articulation "accDiscantEEESS")
-
-accFreebase = #(make-articulation "accFreebase")
-accFreebaseF = #(make-articulation "accFreebaseF")
-accFreebaseE = #(make-articulation "accFreebaseE")
-accFreebaseFE = #(make-articulation "accFreebaseFE")
-
-accBayanbase = #(make-articulation "accBayanbase")
-accBayanbaseT = #(make-articulation "accBayanbaseT")
-accBayanbaseE = #(make-articulation "accBayanbaseE")
-accBayanbaseTE = #(make-articulation "accBayanbaseTE")
-accBayanbaseEE = #(make-articulation "accBayanbaseEE")
-accBayanbaseTEE = #(make-articulation "accBayanbaseTEE")
-
-accStdbase = #(make-articulation "accStdbase")
-accStdbaseFE = #(make-articulation "accStdbaseFE")
-accStdbaseTFE = #(make-articulation "accStdbaseTFE")
-accStdbaseMES = #(make-articulation "accStdbaseMES")
-accStdbaseTFMES = #(make-articulation "accStdbaseTFMES")
-
-accSB = #(make-articulation "accSB")
-accBB = #(make-articulation "accBB")
-accOldEE = #(make-articulation "accOldEE")
-accOldEES = #(make-articulation "accOldEES")
escapedSmallerSymbol = #(make-span-event 'CrescendoEvent START)
+#(define fretboard-table (make-hash-table 100))
\include "scale-definitions-init.ly"
#(define book-music-handler collect-book-music-for-book)
#(define book-score-handler ly:book-add-score!)
#(define book-text-handler ly:book-add-score!)
+
+
+\include "predefined-fretboards-init.ly"
\consists "Separating_line_group_engraver"
\consists "Font_size_engraver"
\consists "Instrument_name_engraver"
+
+ predefinedDiagramTable = #fretboard-table
}
\context {
--- /dev/null
+%%%% predefined-fretboard-init.ly
+%%%%
+%%%% source file of the GNU LilyPond music typesetter
+%%%%
+%%%% (c) 2008 Carl D. Sorensen <c_sorensen@byu.edu>
+
+%%%%% define storage structures
+
+% base-chord-shapes is an alist of chord shapes
+% in the form of fret-diagram-terse strings with
+% scheme symbols as keys. For convenience, the
+% symbols are LilyPond chordmode chord descriptions,
+% but that is unnecessary.
+
+#(define base-chord-shapes '())
+
+
+% music function for adding a chord shape to
+% base-chord-shapes
+
+addChordShape =
+#(define-music-function (parser location key-symbol shape-string)
+ (symbol? string?)
+ (set! base-chord-shapes
+ (acons key-symbol shape-string base-chord-shapes))
+ (make-music 'SequentialMusic 'void #t))
+
+% for convenience, to eliminate storage list in .ly references
+
+#(define (chord-shape shape-code)
+ (get-chord-shape shape-code base-chord-shapes))
+
+% music function for adding a predefined diagram to
+% fretboard-table
+
+storePredefinedDiagram =
+#(define-music-function (parser location chord tuning terse-definition)
+ (ly:music? list? string?)
+ (let* ((pitches (event-chord-pitches
+ (car (extract-named-music chord 'EventChord))))
+ (hash-key (cons tuning pitches)))
+ (hash-set! fretboard-table
+ hash-key
+ (parse-terse-string terse-definition)))
+ (make-music 'SequentialMusic 'void #t))
+
--- /dev/null
+%%%% predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly
+%%%%
+%%%% source file of the GNU LilyPond music typesetter
+%%%%
+%%%% (c) 2008 Carl D. Sorensen <c_sorensen@byu.edu>
+
+%%% Add basic chordshapes
+
+\addChordShape #'f #"1-1-(;3-3;3-4;2-2;1-1;1-1-);"
+\addChordShape #'f:m #"1-1-(;3-3;3-4;1-1;1-1;1-1-);"
+\addChordShape #'f:7 #"1-1-(;3-3;1-1;2-2;1-1;1-1-);"
+\addChordShape #'f:m7 #"1-1-(;3-3;1-1;1-1;1-1;1-1-);"
+\addChordShape #'bes #"x;1-1-(;3-2;3-3;3-4;1-1-);"
+\addChordShape #'bes:m #"x;1-1-(;3-3;3-4;2-2;1-1-);"
+\addChordShape #'bes:m7 #"x;1-1-(;3-3;1-1;2-2;1-1-);"
+\addChordShape #'bes:7 #"x;1-1-(;3-2;1-1;3-3;1-1-);"
+\addChordShape #'bes:maj7 #"x;1-1;3-3;2-2;3-4;x;"
+\addChordShape #'c:dim #"x;x;1-1;2-3;1-2;2-4;"
+\addChordShape #'c:aug #"x;x;2-2;1-1-(;1-1-);4-4;"
+\addChordShape #'cis #"x;x;3-3;1-1-(;2-2;1-1-);"
+\addChordShape #'ees:dim #"x;x;1-1;2-3;1-2;2-4;"
+\addChordShape #'a:dim #"x;x;1-1;2-3;1-2;2-4;"
+
+%%% Add predefined chords
+
+% definitions of predefined diagrams below here
+
+%%%% c chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {c}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;3-3;2-2;o;1-1;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {c:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 2 (chord-shape 'bes:m))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {c:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'c:aug)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {c:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'c:dim)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {c:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"o;3-3;2-2;3-4;1-1;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {c:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;3-3;2-2;o;o;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {c:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 2 (chord-shape 'bes:m7))
+
+%%%% cis chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {cis}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'cis)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {cis:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;2-2;1-1;2-3;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {cis:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;4-4;3-3;2-1;2-2;x;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {cis:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'c:dim))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {cis:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;3-2;4-3;2-1;4-4;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {cis:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;4-4;3-3;1-1-(;1-1;1-1-);"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {cis:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;4-4;2-2;1-1;o;o;"
+
+%%%% des chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {des}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;3-3;1-1-(;2-2;1-1-);"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {des:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;2-2;1-1;2-3;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {des:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;4-4;3-3;2-1;2-2;x;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {des:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'c:dim))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {des:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;3-2;4-3;2-1;4-4;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {des:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;4-4;3-3;1-1-(;1-1;1-1-);"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {des:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;4-4;2-2;1-1;o;o;"
+
+%%%% d chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {d}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {d:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;o;2-2;3-3;1-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {d:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;o;3-2;3-3;2-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {d:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;o;1-1;o;1-2;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {d:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;o;2-2;1-1;2-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {d:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;o;2-1;2-2;2-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {d:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;o;2-2;1-1-(;1-1-);"
+
+%%%% dis chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {dis}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 2 (chord-shape 'cis))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {dis:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;4-3;3-2;4-4;1-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {dis:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"3-3;2-2;1-1;o;o;3-4"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {dis:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'ees:dim)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {dis:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;1-1;3-3;2-2;3-4;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {dis:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;1-1;3-2;3-3;3-4;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {dis:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;1-1;3-2;2-3;2-4;"
+
+%%%% ees chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ees}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 2 (chord-shape 'cis))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ees:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;4-3;3-2;4-4;1-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ees:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"3-3;2-2;1-1;o;o;3-4"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ees:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'ees:dim)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ees:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;1-1;3-3;2-2;3-4;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ees:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;1-1;3-2;3-3;3-4;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ees:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;1-1;3-2;2-3;2-4;"
+
+%%%% e chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {e}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"o;2-2;2-3;1-1;o;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {e:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"o;2-2;2-3;o;o;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {e:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"o;3-3;2-2;1-1;x;x;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {e:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'ees:dim))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {e:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"o;2-2;o;1-1;o;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {e:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"o;2-3;1-1;1-2;o;x;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {e:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"o;2-2;o;o;o;o;"
+
+%%%% f chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {f}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'f)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {f:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'f:m)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {f:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;1-1;4-3;4-4;3-2;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {f:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;o;1-1;o;1-2;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {f:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'f:7)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {f:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;3-3;3-4;2-2;1-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {f:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'f:m7)
+
+%%%% fis chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {fis}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'f))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {fis:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'f:m))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {fis:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"2-2;1-1;o;3-4-(;3-4-);2-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {fis:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;1-1;2-3;1-2;2-4;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {fis:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'f:7))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {fis:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;4-4;3-3;2-2;1-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {fis:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'f:m7))
+
+%%%% ges chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ges}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'f))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ges:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'f:m))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ges:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"2-2;1-1;o;3-4-(;3-4-);2-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ges:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;1-1;2-3;1-2;2-4;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ges:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'f:7))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ges:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;4-4;3-3;2-2;1-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ges:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'f:m7))
+
+%%%% g chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {g}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"3-2;2-1;o;o;o;3-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {g:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 2 (chord-shape 'f:m))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {g:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;5-1;8-3;8-4;7-2;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {g:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;5-2;6-4;5-3;3-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {g:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"3-3;2-2;o;o;o;1-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {g:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;5-4;4-3;3-2;2-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {g:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 2 (chord-shape 'f:m7))
+
+%%%% gis chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {gis}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 3 (chord-shape 'f))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {gis:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 3 (chord-shape 'f:m))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {gis:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"o;3-4;2-3;1-1;1-2;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {gis:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;o;1-1;o;1-2;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {gis:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 3 (chord-shape 'f:7))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {gis:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;1-1-(;1-1;1-1-);3-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {gis:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 3 (chord-shape 'f:m7))
+
+%%%% aes chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {aes}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 3 (chord-shape 'f))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {aes:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 3 (chord-shape 'f:m))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {aes:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"o;3-4;2-3;1-1;1-2;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {aes:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;o;1-1;o;1-2;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {aes:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 3 (chord-shape 'f:7))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {aes:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;1-1-(;1-1;1-1-);3-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {aes:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 3 (chord-shape 'f:m7))
+
+%%%% a chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {a}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;o;2-1;2-2;2-3;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {a:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;o;2-2;2-3;1-1;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {a:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;o;3-4;2-2;2-3;1-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {a:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'a:dim)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {a:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;o;2-1;o;2-3;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {a:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;o;2-2;1-1;2-3;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {a:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;o;2-2;o;1-1;o;"
+
+%%%% ais chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ais}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'bes)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ais:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'bes:m)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ais:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"2-2;1-1;o;3-4-(;3-4-);2-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ais:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'a:dim))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ais:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'bes:7)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ais:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;1-1;3-3;2-2;3-4;x;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ais:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'bes:m7)
+
+%%%% bes chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {bes}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'bes)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {bes:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'bes:m)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {bes:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"2-2;1-1;o;3-4-(;3-4-);2-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {bes:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'a:dim))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {bes:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'bes:7)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {bes:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;1-1;3-3;2-2;3-4;x;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {bes:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'bes:m7)
+
+%%%% b chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {b}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'bes))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {b:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'bes:m))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {b:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;3-2;2-1;o;o;x;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {b:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;o;1-1;o;1-2;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {b:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'bes:7))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {b:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;2-1;4-3;3-2;4-4;x;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {b:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'bes:m7))
+
\revert Staff.BassFigureAlignmentPositioning #'direction
}
+predefinedFretboardsOff = {
+ \set FretBoards.predefinedDiagramTable = ##f
+}
+
+predefinedFretboardsOn = {
+ \set FretBoards.predefinedDiagramTable = #fretboard-table
+}
+
+pointAndClickOff = #(define-music-function (parser location) ()
+ (ly:set-option 'point-and-click #f)
+ (make-music 'SequentialMusic 'void #t))
+
+pointAndClickOn = #(define-music-function (parser location) ()
+ (ly:set-option 'point-and-click #t)
+ (make-music 'SequentialMusic 'void #t))
--- /dev/null
+default:
+
+local-WWW: $(OUT_HTML_FILES)
+ $(PYTHON) $(buildscript-dir)/mass-link.py --prepend-suffix .$(ISOLANG) hard $(outdir) $(top-build-dir)/Documentation/$(outdir) $(HTML_FILES)
--- /dev/null
+HTML_PAGE_NAMES = index translations
+HTML_FILES = $(HTML_PAGE_NAMES:%=%.html)
+OUT_HTML_FILES = $(HTML_PAGE_NAMES:%=$(outdir)/%.html)
MAKEINFO_FLAGS += --force --enable-encoding $(DOCUMENTATION_INCLUDES)
MAKEINFO = LANG= $(MAKEINFO_PROGRAM) $(MAKEINFO_FLAGS)
-TEXI2PDF_FLAGS += --batch $(DOCUMENTATION_INCLUDES)
+TEXI2PDF_FLAGS += -q --batch $(DOCUMENTATION_INCLUDES)
TELY_FILES = $(call src-wildcard,*.tely)
OUT_TEXI_FILES = $(TELY_FILES:%.tely=$(outdir)/%.texi)
sustain pedals: @code{text}, @code{bracket} or @code{mixed} (both).")
(pedalUnaCordaStrings ,list? "See @code{pedalSustainStrings}.")
(pedalUnaCordaStyle ,symbol? "See @code{pedalSustainStyle}.")
+ (predefinedDiagramTable ,hash-table? "The hash table of predefined
+fret diagrams to use in FretBoards.")
(printKeyCancellation ,boolean? "Print restoration alterations
before a key signature change.")
(printOctaveNames ,boolean? "Print octave marks for the
(useBassFigureExtenders ,boolean? "Whether to use extender lines
for repeated bass figures.")
-
-
+
(verticallySpacedContexts ,list? "List of symbols, containing
context names whose vertical axis groups should be taken into account
for vertical spacing of systems.")
(ly:add-interface
'fret-diagram-interface
"A fret diagram"
- '(align-dir fret-diagram-details size string-fret-finger-combinations
+ '(align-dir fret-diagram-details size dot-placement-list
thickness))
(ly:add-interface
be used: @code{#UP}=@code{1}, @code{#DOWN}=@code{-1},
@code{#LEFT}=@code{-1}, @code{#RIGHT}=@code{1}, @code{#CENTER}=@code{0}.")
(dot-count ,integer? "The number of dots.")
+ (dot-placement-list ,list? "List
+consisting of @code{(@var{description} @var{string-number}
+@var{fret-number} @var{finger-number})}
+entries used to define fret diagrams.")
(duration-log ,integer? "The 2-log of the note head duration,
i.e., @code{0} = whole note, @code{1} = half note, etc.")
@itemize @bullet
@item
@code{barre-type} -- Type of barre indication used.
-Choices include @code{curved} and @code{straight}.
+Choices include @code{curved}, @code{straight}, and
+@code{none}. Default @code{curved}.
@item
@code{dot-color} -- Color of dots. Options include
-@code{black} and @code{white}.
+@code{black} and @code{white}. Default @code{black}.
@item
@code{dot-label-font-mag} -- Magnification for font used to
label fret dots. Default value 1.
@item
-@code{dot-radius} -- Radius of dots.
+@code{dot-radius} -- Radius of dots, in terms of fret spaces.
+Default value 0.425 for labeled dots, 0.25 for unlabeled dots.
@item
@code{finger-code} -- Code for the type of fingering indication used.
Options include @code{none}, @code{in-dot}, and
-@code{below-string}.
+@code{below-string}. Default @code{none} for markup fret diagrams,
+@code{below-string} for @code{FretBoards} fret diagrams.
@item
-@code{fret-count} -- The number of frets.
+@code{fret-count} -- The number of frets. Default 4.
@item
@code{fret-label-font-mag} -- The magnification of the font used to label
the lowest fret number. Default 0.5
@code{label-dir} -- Side to which the fret label is attached.
@code{-1}, @code{#LEFT}, or @code{#DOWN} for left or down;
@code{1}, @code{#RIGHT}, or @code{#UP} for right or up.
+Default @code{#RIGHT}.
@item
-@code{mute-string} -- Character string to be used to indicate muted string.
+@code{mute-string} -- Character string to be used to indicate muted
+string. Default \"x\".
@item
@code{number-type} -- Type of numbers to use in fret label. Choices
-include @code{roman-lower}, @code{roman-upper}, and @code{arabic}.
+include @code{roman-lower}, @code{roman-upper}, and @code{arabic}. Default
+@code{roman-lower}.
@item
-@code{open-string} -- Character string to be used to indicate open string.
+@code{open-string} -- Character string to be used to indicate open
+string. Default \"o\".
@item
@code{orientation} -- Orientation of fret-diagram. Options include
-@code{normal} and @code{landscape}
+@code{normal} and @code{landscape}. Default @code{normal}.
@item
-@code{string-count} -- The number of strings.
+@code{string-count} -- The number of strings. Default 6.
@item
-@code{string-label-font-mag} -- The magnification of the font used to label fingerings
-at the string, rather than in the dot. Default value 0.6.
+@code{string-label-font-mag} -- The magnification of the font used to label
+fingerings at the string, rather than in the dot. Default value 0.6.
@item
@code{top-fret-thickness} -- The thickness of the top fret line, as a multiple
of the standard thickness. Default value 3.
@code{xo-font-magnification} -- Magnification used for mute and
open string indicators. Default value 0.5.
@item
-@code{xo-padding} -- Padding for open and mute indicators from top fret. Default
-value 0.25.
+@code{xo-padding} -- Padding for open and mute indicators from top fret.
+Default value 0.25.
@end itemize") ;"
correction and @code{1} for full correction.")
(labels ,list? "List of labels (symbols) placed on a column")
- (layer ,number? "The output layer (a value between 0 and@tie{}2:
+ (layer ,integer? "The output layer (a value between 0 and@tie{}2:
Layers define the order of printing objects. Objects in lower layers
are overprinted by objects in higher layers.")
(ledger-line-thickness ,number-pair? "The thickness of ledger
(strict-note-spacing ,boolean? "If set, unbroken columns
with non-musical material (clefs, bar lines, etc.) are not spaced
separately, but put before musical columns.")
- (string-fret-finger-combinations ,list? "List consisting of
-@code{(@var{string-number} @var{fret-number} @var{finger-number})}
-entries.")
(stroke-style ,string? "Set to @code{\"grace\"} to turn stroke
through flag on.")
(style ,symbol? "This setting determines in what style a grob is
@c NOTE: This is documentation-generate.scm, not macros.itexi
+@macro q{TEXT}
+@quoteleft{}\\TEXT\\@quoteright{}
+@end macro
+
+@macro qq{TEXT}
+@quotedblleft{}\\TEXT\\@quotedblright{}
+@end macro
+
+
@ifhtml
@c ***** HTML *****
@cindex \\TEXT\\
@end macro
-@macro glossaryref{TEXT}
-@vindex \\TEXT\\
-@ref{\\TEXT\\,,,music-glossary-big-page,Music Glossary}
-@end macro
-
@end ifset
@ifclear bigpage
@macro ruser{NAME}
-@ref{\\NAME\\,,,lilypond}
-@cindex \\NAME\\
-@end macro
-
-@macro glossaryref{NAME}
-@ref{\\NAME\\,,,music-glossary}
+@ref{\\NAME\\,,,lilypond,Notation Reference}
@cindex \\NAME\\
@end macro
@uref{source/\\DIR\\/out-www/collated-files.html#\\NAME\\,@file{\\DIR\\/\\NAME\\}}@c
@end macro
-@macro q{TEXT}
-@html
-‘\\TEXT\\’
-@end html
-@end macro
@end ifhtml
@c ***** info *****
@macro ruser{NAME}
-@ref{\\NAME\\,,,lilypond}
+@ref{\\NAME\\,,,lilypond,Notation Reference}
@cindex \\NAME\\
@end macro
@file{\\DIR\\/\\NAME\\}
@end macro
-@macro q{TEXT}
-`\\TEXT\\'
-@end macro
@end ifinfo
@file{\\DIR\\/\\NAME\\}@c
@end macro
-@macro q{TEXT}
-`\\TEXT\\'
-@end macro
@end iftex
;;;;
;;;; source file of the GNU LilyPond music typesetter
;;;;
-;;;; (c) 2004--2007 Carl D. Sorensen <c_sorensen@byu.edu>
+;;;; (c) 2004--2008 Carl D. Sorensen <c_sorensen@byu.edu>
(define (fret-parse-marking-list marking-list fret-count)
(let* ((fret-range (list 1 fret-count))
(make-bezier-sandwich-list
(* size barre-start-string-coordinate)
(* size barre-end-string-coordinate)
- (* size (+ 2 (- top-fret (+ low-fret barre-fret-coordinate))))
+ (* size (+ 2 (- top-fret
+ (+ low-fret barre-fret-coordinate))))
(* size bezier-height)
(* size bezier-thick)
orientation)
(xo-list (cdr (assoc 'xo-list parameters)))
(fret-range (cdr (assoc 'fret-range parameters)))
(barre-list (cdr (assoc 'barre-list parameters)))
+ (barre-type
+ (assoc-get 'barre-type details 'curved))
(fret-diagram-stencil
(ly:stencil-add
(draw-strings string-count fret-range th size orientation)
(draw-frets fret-range string-count th size orientation))))
- (if (not (null? barre-list))
+ (if (and (not (null? barre-list))
+ (not (eq? 'none barre-type)))
(set! fret-diagram-stencil
(ly:stencil-add
(draw-barre layout props string-count fret-range size
(car definition-list)
(cdr definition-list))))
-(define (fret-parse-terse-definition-string props definition-string)
+(define-public
+ (fret-parse-terse-definition-string props definition-string)
"Parse a fret diagram string that uses terse syntax; return a pair containing:
props, modified to include the string-count determined by the
definition-string, and
"encoding.scm"
"fret-diagrams.scm"
- "define-markup-commands.scm"
+ "predefined-fretboards.scm"
+ "define-markup-commands.scm"
"define-grob-properties.scm"
"define-grobs.scm"
"define-grob-interfaces.scm"
((< i 0))
(f (vector-ref v i))))
-;; TODO: make a remove-grace-property too.
(define-public (add-grace-property context-name grob sym val)
"Set SYM=VAL for GROB in CONTEXT-NAME. "
(define (set-prop context)
(ly:context-set-property! where 'graceSettings new-settings)))
(ly:export (context-spec-music (make-apply-context set-prop) 'Voice)))
+(define-public (remove-grace-property context-name grob sym)
+ "Remove all SYM for GROB in CONTEXT-NAME. "
+ (define (sym-grob-context? property sym grob context-name)
+ (and (eq? (car property) context-name)
+ (eq? (cadr property) grob)
+ (eq? (caddr property) sym)))
+ (define (delete-prop context)
+ (let* ((where (ly:context-property-where-defined context 'graceSettings))
+ (current (ly:context-property where 'graceSettings))
+ (prop-settings (filter
+ (lambda(x) (sym-grob-context? x sym grob context-name))
+ current))
+ (new-settings current))
+ (for-each (lambda(x)
+ (set! new-settings (delete x new-settings)))
+ prop-settings)
+ (ly:context-set-property! where 'graceSettings new-settings)))
+ (ly:export (context-spec-music (make-apply-context delete-prop) 'Voice)))
+
(defmacro-public def-grace-function (start stop)
(ly:music-property (car evs) 'pitch)
#f)))
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+
+(define-public (extract-named-music music music-name)
+"Return a flat list of all music named @code{music-name}
+from @code{music}."
+ (let ((extracted-list
+ (if (ly:music? music)
+ (if (eq? (ly:music-property music 'name) music-name)
+ (list music)
+ (let ((elt (ly:music-property music 'element))
+ (elts (ly:music-property music 'elements)))
+ (if (ly:music? elt)
+ (extract-named-music elt music-name)
+ (if (null? elts)
+ '()
+ (map (lambda(x)
+ (extract-named-music x music-name ))
+ elts)))))
+ '())))
+ (flatten-list extracted-list)))
+
+(define-public (event-chord-notes event-chord)
+"Return a list of all notes from @{event-chord}."
+ (filter
+ (lambda (m) (eq? 'NoteEvent (ly:music-property m 'name)))
+ (ly:music-property event-chord 'elements)))
+
+(define-public (event-chord-pitches event-chord)
+"Return a list of all pitches from @{event-chord}."
+ (map (lambda (x) (ly:music-property x 'pitch))
+ (event-chord-notes event-chord)))
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;; fret boards
-(define (string-frets->description string-frets string-count)
- (let*
- ((desc (list->vector
- (map (lambda (x) (list 'mute (1+ x)))
- (iota string-count)))))
-
- (for-each (lambda (sf)
- (let*
- ((string (car sf))
- (fret (cadr sf))
- (finger (caddr sf)))
-
-
- (vector-set! desc (1- string)
- (if (= 0 fret)
- (list 'open string)
- (if finger
- (list 'place-fret string fret finger)
- (list 'place-fret string fret))
-
-
- ))
- ))
- string-frets)
-
- (vector->list desc)))
-
(define-public (fret-board::calc-stencil grob)
- (let* ((string-frets (ly:grob-property grob 'string-fret-finger-combinations))
- (string-count (assoc-get
- 'string-count
- (ly:grob-property grob 'fret-diagram-details)
- 6)))
-
(grob-interpret-markup
grob
(make-fret-diagram-verbose-markup
- (string-frets->description string-frets string-count)))))
+ (ly:grob-property grob 'dot-placement-list))))
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;; scripts
--- /dev/null
+;;;; predefined-fretboards.scm
+;;;;
+;;;; source file of the GNU LilyPOnd music typesetter
+;;;;
+;;;; (c) 2008 Carl D. Sorensen <c_sorensen@byu.edu>
+
+
+(define-public (parse-terse-string terse-definition)
+"Parse a fret-diagram-terse definition string @code{terse-definition} and
+return a marking list, which can be used as with a fretboard grob."
+ (cdr (fret-parse-terse-definition-string (list '()) terse-definition)))
+
+(define-public (get-chord-shape shape-code base-chord-shapes)
+"Return the chord shape associated with key @code{shape-code} in
+the alist @code{base-chord-shapes}."
+ (assoc-get shape-code base-chord-shapes #f))
+
+(define-public (offset-fret fret-offset terse-string)
+"Add @code{fret-offset} to each fret indication in @code{terse-string}
+and return the resulting fret-diagram-terse definition string."
+
+ (define (split-fretstring fret-string)
+ (map (lambda (x) (split-item x))
+ (string-split fret-string #\sp )))
+
+ (define (split-item item-string)
+ (string-split item-string #\- ))
+
+ (define (split-terse-string terse-string)
+ (let ((long-list
+ (string-split terse-string #\;)))
+ (map (lambda (x) (split-fretstring x))
+ (list-head long-list (1- (length long-list))))))
+
+ (define (join-terse-string terse-string-list)
+ (string-join
+ (map (lambda (x) (join-fretstring x)) terse-string-list)
+ ";" 'suffix))
+
+ (define (join-item item-list)
+ (string-join item-list "-" ))
+
+ (define (join-fretstring fretstring-list)
+ (string-join
+ (map (lambda (x) (join-item x)) fretstring-list)
+ " " ))
+
+ (define (add-item-fret-offset fret-offset item-list)
+ (let ((fretval (string->number (car item-list))))
+ (if fretval
+ (cons (number->string (+ fretval fret-offset))
+ (cdr item-list))
+ item-list)))
+
+ (define (add-fretstring-fret-offset fret-offset fretstring-list)
+ (map (lambda (x) (add-item-fret-offset fret-offset x))
+ fretstring-list))
+
+ (define (add-terse-fret-offset fret-offset terse-string-list)
+ (map (lambda (x) (add-fretstring-fret-offset fret-offset x))
+ terse-string-list))
+
+;; body
+ (join-terse-string
+ (add-terse-fret-offset
+ fret-offset
+ (split-terse-string terse-string))))
+
`(set! ,list-var (append ,list-var (list ,object))))
(export add!)
-(define-public (flatten lst)
- (cond
- ((null? lst)
- lst)
- ((pair? (car lst))
- (append (flatten (car lst)) (flatten (cdr lst))))
- (else
- (cons (car lst) (flatten (cdr lst))))))
-
(define-public (safe-car list)
(if (null? list)
#f
;; fret diagrams
(define-public (determine-frets context grob notes string-numbers)
+
(define (ensure-number a b)
(if (number? a)
a
b))
-(let*
+
+ (define (string-frets->dot-placement string-frets string-count)
+ (let*
+ ((desc (list->vector
+ (map (lambda (x) (list 'mute (1+ x)))
+ (iota string-count)))))
+
+ (for-each (lambda (sf)
+ (let*
+ ((string (car sf))
+ (fret (cadr sf))
+ (finger (caddr sf)))
+
+ (vector-set!
+ desc (1- string)
+ (if (= 0 fret)
+ (list 'open string)
+ (if finger
+ (list 'place-fret string fret finger)
+ (list 'place-fret string fret))
+ ))
+ ))
+ string-frets)
+ (vector->list desc)))
+
+;; body.
+ (let*
((tunings (ly:context-property context 'stringTunings))
+ (my-string-count (length tunings))
(details (ly:grob-property grob 'fret-diagram-details))
+ (predefined-frets
+ (ly:context-property context 'predefinedDiagramTable))
(minimum-fret (ensure-number
(ly:context-property context 'minimumFret) 0))
(max-stretch (ensure-number
(ly:context-property context 'maximumFretStretch) 4))
(string-frets (determine-frets-mf notes string-numbers
minimum-fret max-stretch
- tunings)))
+ tunings))
+ (pitches (map (lambda (x) (ly:event-property x 'pitch)) notes)))
+
+ (set! (ly:grob-property grob 'fret-diagram-details)
- (set! (ly:grob-property grob 'fret-diagram-details)
(if (null? details)
(acons 'string-count (length tunings) '())
(acons 'string-count (length tunings) details)))
- (set! (ly:grob-property grob 'string-fret-finger-combinations) string-frets)))
+ (set! (ly:grob-property grob 'dot-placement-list)
+ (if predefined-frets
+ (let ((hash-handle
+ (hash-get-handle
+ predefined-frets
+ (cons tunings pitches))))
+ (if hash-handle
+ (cdr hash-handle) ;found default diagram
+ (string-frets->dot-placement
+ string-frets my-string-count)))
+ (string-frets->dot-placement string-frets my-string-count)))))
(define-public (determine-frets-mf notes string-numbers
minimum-fret max-stretch
(if (note-string note)
(set-fret note (note-string note))
(let*
- ((string (find (lambda (string) (string-qualifies string
- (note-pitch note)))
- (reverse free-strings))))
- (if string
- (set-fret note string)
- (ly:warning "No string for pitch ~a (given frets ~a)" (note-pitch note)
+ ((fit-string (find (lambda (string)
+ (string-qualifies string (note-pitch note)))
+ free-strings)))
+ (if fit-string
+ (set-fret note fit-string)
+ (ly:warning "No string for pitch ~a (given frets ~a)"
+ (note-pitch note)
specified-frets))
)))
-.PHONY : all clean config default dist doc exe help html lib TAGS\
- po
+.PHONY : all clean bin-clean config default dist doc exe help\
+ html lib TAGS po
all: default
$(LOOP)
-rm -rf "./$(outdir)"
$(LOOP)
+ifeq (,$(findstring metafont,$(STEPMAKE_TEMPLATES)))
+bin-clean: local-bin-clean
+ -rm -rf "./$(outdir)"
+ $(LOOP)
+else
+bin-clean:
+endif
+
+local-bin-clean: local-clean
+
ifneq ($(strip $(depth)),.)
dist:
$(MAKE) -C $(depth) dist
@echo -e "Generic targets:\n\
all * update everything except website documentation\n\
clean * remove all generated stuff in $(outdir)\n\
+ bin-clean * same as clean, except that mf/out is preserved\n\
default same as the empty target\n\
exe update all executables\n\
help this help\n\
MAKEINFO_FLAGS = --enable-encoding
MAKEINFO = LANG= $(MAKEINFO_PROGRAM) $(MAKEINFO_FLAGS)
+TEXI2PDF_FLAGS += -q
# info stuff
INFO_INSTALL_FILES = $(wildcard $(addsuffix *, $(INFO_FILES)))
projects / lilypond.git / commitdiff